WO2024260079A1 - Fan module, motor for portable rotating device and high-speed motor - Google Patents
Fan module, motor for portable rotating device and high-speed motor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024260079A1 WO2024260079A1 PCT/CN2024/087098 CN2024087098W WO2024260079A1 WO 2024260079 A1 WO2024260079 A1 WO 2024260079A1 CN 2024087098 W CN2024087098 W CN 2024087098W WO 2024260079 A1 WO2024260079 A1 WO 2024260079A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- fan
- assembly
- air guide
- bearing
- air
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F04—POSITIVE - DISPLACEMENT MACHINES FOR LIQUIDS; PUMPS FOR LIQUIDS OR ELASTIC FLUIDS
- F04D—NON-POSITIVE-DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
- F04D29/00—Details, component parts, or accessories
- F04D29/26—Rotors specially for elastic fluids
- F04D29/32—Rotors specially for elastic fluids for axial flow pumps
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F04—POSITIVE - DISPLACEMENT MACHINES FOR LIQUIDS; PUMPS FOR LIQUIDS OR ELASTIC FLUIDS
- F04D—NON-POSITIVE-DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
- F04D29/00—Details, component parts, or accessories
- F04D29/40—Casings; Connections of working fluid
- F04D29/52—Casings; Connections of working fluid for axial pumps
Definitions
- the present application relates to the technical field of fans, and in particular to a fan module, a motor of a portable rotating device, and a high-speed motor.
- the fan in the prior art includes: a housing and a fan assembly disposed in the housing, the housing is provided with an air inlet and an air outlet, and the fan assembly pushes the airflow from the air inlet to the air outlet.
- the inventor of the present application found in the research that the fan housing in the prior art has a loose structure, lacks guidance for the airflow passing therethrough, and the air outlet efficiency of the fan is low.
- the main purpose of the present application is to provide a fan module, comprising: an air guide cover, which is provided with an air inlet; an air guide duct, which is provided with an air outlet corresponding to the air inlet, and the end of the air guide duct facing away from the air outlet is connected to the end of the air guide cover facing away from the air inlet; a fan assembly, which is connected to the air guide duct, and at least part of the structure of the fan assembly extends out of the air guide duct and into the air guide cover.
- FIG1-1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 1-2 are cross-sectional views of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 1-3 are exploded schematic diagrams of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 1-4 are three-dimensional schematic diagrams of a side shell from a top view according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 1-5 are three-dimensional schematic diagrams of a side shell body from a bottom perspective according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 1-6 are exploded schematic diagrams of a fan assembly according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 1-7 are three-dimensional schematic diagrams of an upper shell of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG2-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG2-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a flexible shell according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 2-3 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an air guide cover according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 2-4 are schematic diagrams of disassembly of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 2-5 are cross-sectional views of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 2-6 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an air guide duct according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 2-7 is a cross-sectional view of the connection between the bracket and the fan assembly of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3-3 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell body from a top view of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 3-4 are schematic diagrams of the three-dimensional structure of a shell of a specific embodiment of the present application when viewed from a bottom perspective.
- FIG. 3-5 are cross-sectional schematic diagrams of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG4-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG4-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG4-3 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a shell of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG4-4 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan blade from a first perspective in a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 4-5 are schematic structural diagrams of a fan blade from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 4-6 are schematic structural diagrams of a fan blade from a third viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5-3 is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5-4 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of a shell according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connection between the shell and the rotating shaft in a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 5-6 are schematic diagrams of the connection structure between the shell and the PCB circuit board of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6-3 is a cross-sectional view of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6-4 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a first viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6-5 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 6-6 is a schematic structural diagram of a motor housing of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 6-7 are structural schematic diagrams of fan blades from a first perspective of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIGS. 6-8 are structural schematic diagrams of fan blades from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 6-9 are schematic structural diagrams of an assembly base from a first perspective according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- 6-10 are schematic structural diagrams of an assembly base from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7-3 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a first viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7-4 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7-5 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan blade from a first perspective of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7-6 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan blade from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8-1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the portable fan provided in the present application.
- FIG8-2 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of the portable fan provided in the present application.
- FIG8-3 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of a portable fan from another perspective provided in the present application.
- FIG8-4 is a cross-sectional view of the portable fan provided in the present application.
- FIG8-5 is a cross-sectional view of the portable fan from another perspective provided in the present application.
- Figure 8-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the cylinder provided in this application.
- Figure 8-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the portable fan provided in this application with some parts removed.
- Figure 8-8 is a cross-sectional view of some parts of the portable fan provided in the present application after removal.
- FIGS. 8-9 are exploded schematic diagrams of the portable fan air inlet cover assembly provided in the present application.
- FIG9-1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer component of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer body in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a limit member in a buffer member of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an auxiliary buffer component in a buffer component of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a handheld fan provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 9-7 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the A-A line in Figure 9-6 of this application.
- FIG10-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a portable fan according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10-2 is a schematic diagram of the position structure of the holding portion and the fan assembly of a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10-3 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of a fan assembly according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10-4 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure decomposition of a portable fan according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10-5 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of an assembly tube and a fan assembly according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an assembly tube according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- Figure 10-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a connecting tube according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10-8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an air inlet ring according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
- FIG11-1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the portable fan of the present application.
- FIG11-2 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the portable fan of the present application.
- FIG11-3 is a cross-sectional view of the portable fan of the present application.
- Figure 11-4 is an enlarged view of part A in Figure 11-3.
- Figure 11-5 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the cylinder of the present application.
- FIG12-1 is a three-dimensional diagram of the high-speed motor of the present application.
- FIG12-2 is a three-dimensional exploded view of the high-speed motor of the present application.
- FIG12-3 is a cross-sectional exploded view of the high-speed motor of the present application.
- FIG12-4 is a cross-sectional view of the high-speed motor of the present application.
- Figure 12-5 is a cross-sectional view of the high-speed motor of the present application when the barrel is removed.
- first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features.
- a feature defined as “first” or “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features.
- the meaning of “plurality” is two or more, unless otherwise clearly and specifically defined.
- Solution 1 is shown in Figures 1-1 to 1-7.
- FIG. 1-1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the fan module of the present embodiment
- FIG. 1-2 is a cross-sectional view of the fan module of the present embodiment.
- a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a bracket 2 and a fan assembly 3.
- the housing 1 is provided with an air inlet 133 and an air outlet 113 which are arranged opposite to each other; the bracket 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and the bracket 2 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1; the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the housing 1, and the fan assembly 3 is connected to the bracket 2; the inner surfaces of the housing 1 and the fan assembly 3 at corresponding positions are configured to be arc-shaped.
- a bracket 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and the fan assembly 3 is fixed on the bracket 2, so that the fan assembly 3 and the inner wall of the housing 1 are relatively suspended, and the inner surface of the housing 1 relative to the fan assembly 3 is constructed into an arc shape.
- the arc structure of the arc inner surface can guide the airflow when the airflow contacts the inner surface of the housing 1.
- the guiding effect of the arc surface on the airflow in contact with it can reduce the energy loss when the airflow contacts the inner surface of the housing 1, and improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan.
- the structure of the arc inner surface can reduce the backflow of airflow, the air outlet efficiency of the fan is further improved.
- FIG. 1-3 are exploded schematic diagrams of the fan module of this embodiment.
- the housing 1 is composed of an upper housing 11, a side housing 12, and a lower housing 13.
- the air inlet 133 is provided on the lower housing 13
- the air outlet 113 is provided on the upper housing 11
- the bracket 2 is arranged in the side housing 12, and the bracket 2 is connected to the inner surface of the side housing 12, and at least part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is located in the lower housing 13.
- the structure of the three-section housing can reduce the difficulty of manufacturing the housing.
- the structure of the housing 1 is not limited to this. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the housing 1 can be integrally formed, or can be composed of two shell structures spliced together.
- a bracket 2 is provided in the housing 1, and the bracket 2 includes: a receiving chamber 21 and a plurality of air guide plates 22 connected to the receiving chamber 21.
- the receiving chamber 21 is hollow inside and contains a battery 27. Placing the battery 27 in the receiving chamber 21 can eliminate the need for a handle for the battery 27 in the fan module, further simplifying the structure of the fan module and reducing the volume of the fan module.
- the installation position of the battery 27 in the fan module is not limited thereto.
- the fan module is provided with a handle, and the battery 27 is installed in the handle.
- the accommodating cavity 21 is configured in a cylindrical shape.
- the shape of the accommodating cavity 21 is not limited thereto, and the accommodating cavity 21 can be configured in a hemispherical shape, an ellipsoidal shape, a conical shape, a triangular shape, or the like according to different specific application scenarios.
- One end of the plurality of air guide plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, and the other end of the plurality of air guide plates 22 is connected to the accommodating cavity 21, and the fan assembly 3 is connected to the accommodating cavity 21.
- the arrangement of the air guide plates 22 enables the accommodating cavity 21 to be arranged in a suspended posture inside the housing 1.
- Two adjacent air guide plates 22, the outer wall of the accommodating cavity 21 between the two adjacent air guide plates 22, and the inner surface of the corresponding housing 1 together form an air duct.
- the number of the air guide plates 22 is 5.
- the number of the air guide plates 22 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the air guide plates 22 can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 or more.
- a plurality of air guide plates 22 are arranged around the accommodating cavity 21, and the plurality of air guide plates 22 are bent and extended in the direction from the air outlet 113 to the air inlet 133. Specifically, the plurality of air guide plates 22 are bent near one end of the fan assembly 3, and the bending direction of the bent end of the plurality of air guide plates 22 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3.
- the rotation direction of the airflow is the same as the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3.
- the bending direction of the bent end of the air guide plate 22 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3.
- This structure enables the airflow to contact the airflow at an obtuse angle greater than 90° when the air guide plate 22 contacts the airflow. Since the function of the air guide plate 22 is to guide the airflow to the air outlet 113, the angle between the air guide plate 22 and the airflow when in contact is an obtuse angle, which can improve the air guiding efficiency of the air guide plate 22 and improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- FIG. 1-4 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the side shell body from a top view of the present embodiment.
- the housing 1 is connected to the accommodating chamber 21, and an assembly groove 24 is provided at the connection position, and the assembly groove 24 is provided with a control component 4.
- the connection between the housing 1 and the accommodating chamber 21 can be the connection between the inner wall of the accommodating chamber 21 and the outer wall of the housing 1, and can also be the connection between the outer wall of the accommodating chamber 21 and the inner surface of the housing 1.
- the assembly slot 24 includes a first slot surface 241, a second slot surface 242, and an inclined surface connecting the first slot surface 241 and the second slot surface 242.
- the length of the first slot surface 241 is greater than the length of the second slot surface 242. Therefore, from the direction of the air outlet 113 to the air inlet 133, the cross-sectional area of the assembly slot 24 in the extending direction of the inclined surface becomes smaller and smaller, so that one end of the assembly slot 24 forms a wind guide angle (not marked).
- the structure of the wind guide angle can effectively reduce the space occupied by the assembly slot 24 in the housing 1 and increase the area of the air duct in the housing 1.
- the triangular structure can reduce the resistance to the airflow by the wind guide angle and improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the inclination direction of the inclined surface is the same as the bending direction of the air guide plate 22, which is also conducive to the wind guide angle to guide the air.
- the inward depression of the first slot surface 241 of the wind guide angle is formed in the same bending direction as the air guide plate 22, playing the same role as the air guide plate 22, further improving the wind guide efficiency of the wind guide angle.
- the wind guide corner is configured as a triangle, but the shape of the wind guide corner is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, the wind guide corner can be configured as a crescent shape.
- the control component 4 is fixed in the assembly groove 24 by plugging.
- a first stopper 243 extending along the vertical direction of the first groove surface 241 is provided on the first groove surface 241
- a second stopper 244 extending along the second groove surface 242 is provided on the second groove surface 242
- a third stopper 245 and a fourth stopper 246 are arranged side by side on the inclined surface.
- the first stopper 243, the second stopper 244, the third stopper 245 and the fourth stopper 246 are used to stop the control component 4 from moving in the direction of the accommodating cavity 21.
- the fixing method of the control component 4 and the assembly groove 24 is not limited to plugging. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the fixing method of the control component 4 and the assembly groove 24 can be (not limited to): adhesive fixing or interference fit fixing.
- the installation position of the assembly slot 24 is not limited to the side shell 12.
- the assembly slot 24 can be provided on the surface of the shell 1.
- the assembly slot 24 can be provided on any one of the two-stage structures.
- the control component 4 includes a rotary encoder 41, a charging interface 42 and a control PCB circuit board 43, wherein the rotary encoder 41 and the charging interface 42 are fixed on the control PCB circuit board 43.
- the rotation of the rotary encoder 41 is used to steplessly adjust the speed of the fan assembly 3, and at the same time, the pressing function of the rotary encoder 41 is used to turn the fan assembly 3 on or off.
- the control PCB circuit has circuit pins (not marked), and the circuit pins are electrically connected to the battery 27 and the fan assembly 3 through wires.
- the control assembly 4 further includes a buckle plate 44, which is buckled onto the rotary encoder 41, the charging interface 42 and the control PCB circuit board 43, and the buckle plate 44 is provided with corresponding openings for the rotary encoder 41 and the charging interface 42, so as to expose the rotary encoder 41 and the charging interface 42.
- the provision of the buckle plate 44 can make the installation of the control assembly 4 more convenient.
- a wiring hole 26 is provided on the end surface of the accommodating cavity 21 connected to the fan assembly 3. The location of the wiring hole 26 can prevent the wire from appearing in the air duct and causing obstruction to the airflow, thereby improving the smoothness of the airflow inside the fan module and protecting the safety of the wire.
- FIG. 1-5 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the side shell of this embodiment from a bottom view.
- a connecting column 23 is provided at one end of the accommodating chamber 21 connected to the fan assembly 3 in the direction of the air outlet 113, and the fan assembly 3 is connected to the connecting column 23.
- the shape of the connecting column 23 is configured to be cylindrical, but the structure of the connecting column 23 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, the shape of the connecting column 23 can be (not limited to): prism or cone, etc.
- the fan assembly 3 includes: a fan blade 31, a magnetic ring 312, a coil 32 and a rotating shaft 35.
- the coil 32 is arranged on the connecting column 23, the magnetic ring 312 is arranged in the fan blade 31, the magnetic ring 312 is sleeved on the coil 32, one end of the rotating shaft 35 is connected to the fan blade 31, and the other end of the rotating shaft 35 passes through the magnetic ring 312 and the coil 32 and is connected to the connecting column 23.
- the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting post 23 and fixed to the connecting post 23 by interference fit.
- the fixing method of the coil 32 and the connecting post 23 is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, the coil 32 can also be fixed to the connecting post 23 by gluing.
- FIG. 1-6 are exploded schematic diagrams of the fan assembly of this embodiment.
- a storage cavity 311 is provided on the fan blade 31, and a magnetic ring 312 is fixed in the storage cavity 311 by interference fit or gluing, and the magnetic ring 312 is sleeved on the coil 32, that is, the coil 32 is also located in the storage cavity 311 of the fan blade 31.
- the structural method of the fan assembly 3 can concentrate the power part of the fan assembly 3 inside the fan blade 31, greatly reducing the volume of the fan assembly 3 and making the fan module more compact.
- the inner surface of the accommodating cavity 21 at a position corresponding to the connecting column 23 is recessed along the extending direction of the connecting column 23 to form an installation cavity 25 .
- the installation cavity 25 is provided with an installation hole 231 .
- One end of the rotating shaft 35 connected to the connecting column 23 is inserted into the installation hole 231 .
- the shape of the installation cavity 25 is configured to be conical. However, the shape of the installation cavity 25 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, the shape of the installation cavity 25 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, cylindrical or prismatic.
- the mounting hole 231 is provided at the end of the mounting cavity 25, and the connecting column 23 includes a sleeve 33, which passes through the mounting hole 231 and is inserted into the mounting cavity 25.
- One end of the rotating shaft 35 connected to the connecting column 23 passes through the sleeve 33 and is inserted into the mounting cavity 25.
- a slot 351 is provided at one end of the rotating shaft 35 connected to the connecting column 23, and a retaining spring 34 cooperating with the slot 351 is provided in the mounting cavity 25 to lock the rotating shaft 35 in the mounting hole 231.
- the shaft sleeve 33 is configured to be cylindrical. However, the shape of the shaft sleeve 33 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the shaft sleeve 33 can be (not limited to) prism-shaped or shuttle-shaped.
- the conical structure of the installation cavity 25 can make the installation of the retaining spring 34 more convenient.
- the sleeve 33 can be completely disposed in the mounting cavity 25, or one end can be inserted into the mounting cavity 25 and the other end can extend out of the mounting cavity 25.
- the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23.
- the coil 32 can be sleeved on the sleeve 33.
- the sleeve 33 is made of metal or alloy.
- the setting of the sleeve 33 can effectively improve the strength of the connecting shaft and prevent the connecting shaft from being deformed by external force.
- the sleeve 33 has a strong anti-extrusion ability, which can improve the connection strength of the interference fit between the coil 32 and the sleeve 33.
- the lower housing 13 includes a bottom surface 132 and a first side edge 131 connected to the bottom surface 132.
- the air inlet 133 is provided on the bottom surface 132, and the area of the air inlet 133 is smaller than the area of the bottom surface 132.
- the smooth transition between the bottom surface 132 and the first side edge 131 forms an arc on the inner surface of the lower housing 13.
- the area of the air inlet 133 is smaller than the area of the bottom surface 132, and the smooth transition between the bottom surface 132 and the first side edge 131 makes the connecting part of the two present an arc.
- the structure of the lower housing 13 can make the surface of the lower housing 13 play a role in guiding the airflow.
- the area of the air inlet 133 is smaller than the area of the bottom surface 132, so that the edge of the bottom surface 132 has an intercepting effect on the internal airflow, reducing the backflow airflow and improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the air inlet 133 is provided with a filter cover 6, which can prevent foreign objects such as clothes or hair from entering the fan module when the user is using the fan, and can also prevent hard foreign objects from entering the fan module and damaging the fan module.
- the filter cover 6 is circular in shape, and is provided with regularly arranged hollow grids for air intake.
- the shape of the filter cover 6 is not limited thereto, and can be arbitrarily set to (not limited to) square, oval, prism, etc. according to different specific application scenarios.
- FIG. 1-7 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the upper shell in this embodiment.
- the upper housing 11 includes: a top surface 112 and a second side 111 connected to the top surface 112, an air outlet 113 is arranged on the top surface 112, and a smooth transition is formed between the top surface 112 and the second side 111.
- the fan module also includes: a receiving cover 115, the receiving cover 115 is arranged above the receiving cavity 21, and the receiving cover 115 and the upper housing 11 are connected through a plurality of air outlet plates 114, and the plurality of air outlet plates 114 correspond to the plurality of air guide plates 22 one by one.
- the accommodating cover 115 includes: a cover wall and a visible window 116 opened on the cover wall.
- the cover wall and the visible window 116 smoothly transition to form an arc surface.
- Multiple air outlet plates 114 extend along the arc surface of the cover wall from the radial direction of the cover wall to the axial direction of the cover wall.
- the number of air outlet plates 114 is set in accordance with the number of air guide plates 22, and the positions where the air outlet plates 114 contact the air guide plates 22 have the same shape.
- the air outlet plates 114 divide the air outlet 113 into a plurality of trapezoidal air outlet ducts, which are composed of a portion of the outer surface of the receiving cover 115, the inner surface of the upper shell 11, and two adjacent air outlet plates 114. Since the outer surface of the receiving cover 115 and the inner surface of the upper shell 11 are both configured in an arc shape, the resistance to the airflow is smaller, which can improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- a display assembly 5 is arranged between the accommodating cover 115 and the accommodating cavity 21, and a perspective plate 7 for observing the display assembly 5 is arranged on the visual window 116.
- the display assembly 5 includes: a display 51 and a display PCB circuit board 52, wherein the display 51 can be (but not limited to): a grid display 51 or a liquid crystal display 51.
- the display assembly 5 is connected to the controller assembly through a wire.
- the perspective plate 7 can be (but not limited to): made of glass or translucent plastic.
- An assembly cover is also provided between the receiving cover 115 and the upper shell 11, and the assembly cover is buckled on the assembly cavity.
- the assembly cover is provided between the two air outlet plates 114, and the assembly cover is provided along the
- the inner surface of the upper shell 11 is configured to be arc-shaped, and the surface of the receiving cover 115 is also configured to be arc-shaped.
- the receiving cover 115 and the arc-shaped surfaces of the upper shell 11 are configured to form a triangle as a whole.
- the structure of the receiving cover 115 can reduce the obstruction to the airflow of the air outlet 113 and increase the air outlet area of the air outlet 113.
- two PCB circuit boards are provided: a control PCB circuit board 43 and a display PCB circuit board 52. Therefore, there are two wiring methods inside the fan module in this embodiment.
- the first method the battery 27 and the fan assembly 3 are respectively connected to the control PCB circuit board 43 with wires, and the control PCB circuit board 43 is then connected to the display PCB circuit board 52 with wires.
- the second method the battery 27 and the fan assembly 3 are respectively connected to the display PCB circuit board 52 with wires, and the control PCB circuit board 43 is then connected to the display PCB circuit board 52 with wires.
- the wires corresponding to the fan assembly 3 extend into the accommodating cavity 21 through the wiring holes 26.
- the fan module in this embodiment can be used as a component of a handheld fan, a desktop fan, a floor fan, a bladeless fan or an industrial fan, etc. In some application scenarios, the fan module can be used alone as a handheld fan.
- Option 2 is shown in Figures 2-1 to 2-7.
- FIG. 2-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
- a fan module includes: an air duct 2, an air duct 1, and a fan assembly 3.
- the air duct 2 is provided with an air inlet 21; the air duct 1 is provided with an air outlet 11 corresponding to the air inlet 21, and the end of the air duct 1 facing away from the air outlet 11 is connected to the air duct 2.
- the fan assembly 3 is connected to the air duct 1 , and at least part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 extends out of the air duct 1 and into the air duct cover 2 .
- the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 are connected by snapping.
- the connection method of the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 is not limited to this.
- the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can also be connected by (not limited to): gluing, overlapping or hot pressing fusion; in some embodiments, the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can also be integrally formed.
- FIG. 2-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the flexible shell of this embodiment.
- the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 are further provided with a flexible shell 4 on the outside, and the flexible shell 4 is specifically a silicone shell.
- the material made of the flexible shell 4 is not limited thereto.
- the material made of the flexible shell 4 can be (but not limited to): foam, paper or fabric. The provision of the flexible shell 4 can provide good protection for the air duct 2, the air duct 1 and the fan assembly 3.
- the deformation ability of the flexible shell 4 can adapt well to different fan casing sizes, and the larger friction coefficient on the surface of the flexible shell 4 can also make the fan module more firmly connected to the fan casing.
- the air guide cover 2 and the air guide pipe 1 can be connected in an overlapping manner.
- the outer surface of the flexible shell 4 is raised to form a plurality of convex rings 41.
- the plurality of convex rings 41 are arranged at intervals along the vertical length direction of the flexible shell 4.
- three convex rings 41 are arranged on the flexible shell 4, respectively located at the two ends and the middle position of the flexible shell 4.
- the number and arrangement of the convex rings 41 on the flexible shell 4 are not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the convex rings 41 on the flexible shell 4 can be (not limited to): 2, 4, 5, 6 or more.
- the arrangement between the convex rings 41 can be (not limited to): spaced arrangement, equidistant arrangement, concentrated arrangement, etc.
- the provision of the convex rings 41 can reduce the contact area between the fan module and the fan housing, improve the assembly efficiency of the fan module and the fan housing, and at the same time, enable the convex rings 41 to have a larger deformation space, so as to adapt to a wider range of fan housing sizes.
- the outer surface of the flexible shell 4 is raised to form a plurality of convex points 43, and the plurality of convex points 43 are evenly arranged on the outer surface of the flexible shell 4.
- the provision of the convex points 43 can reduce the contact area between the fan module and the fan housing, improve the assembly efficiency of the fan module and the fan housing, and at the same time, the convex points 43 have a larger deformation space, which can adapt to a wider range of fan housing sizes.
- the outer surface of the flexible shell 4 is raised to form a plurality of convex rings 41 and a plurality of convex points 43, and a plurality of convex points 43 are arranged between two adjacent convex rings 41 in the plurality of convex rings 41.
- the number of convex points 43 is much greater than the number of convex rings 41, and the apex of the convex point 43 is flush with the outer surface of the convex ring 41.
- the combined configuration of the convex ring 41 and the convex point 43 makes the contact area between the flexible shell and the fan shell larger and the connection more stable.
- the interval arrangement of the convex ring 41 and the convex point 43 allows the convex ring 41 and the convex point 43 to each have a larger deformation space, so as to adapt to a wider range of fan shell sizes.
- the shell that is sleeved outside the air guide cover 2 and the air guide duct 1 can be a metal shell or a hard plastic shell.
- FIG. 2-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the air guide cover of this embodiment.
- the air guide cover 2 is configured as a cylindrical barrel, and the outside of the air guide cover 2 is concave, so that the inner surface of the air guide cover 2 is raised to form a neck ring 22, and the neck ring 22 is arranged at a position corresponding to one end of the fan blade assembly 32 facing the air inlet 21.
- the neck ring 22 divides the air guide cover 2 into two trumpet-shaped barrel structures, namely the first cover body 23 and the second cover body 24, wherein the air inlet 21 is opened on the first cover body 23, and the second cover body 24 is connected to the air guide duct 1. There is a smooth transition between the first cover body 23 and the neck ring 22, and there is also a smooth transition between the second cover body 24 and the neck ring 22.
- the hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 of the fan blade assembly 32 are all suspended in the second cover body 24, and the inner surface of the second cover body 24 corresponding to the hub 321 is configured to be arc-shaped.
- the inner surface structure of the air guide cover 2 is smooth, and has a good guiding effect on the airflow.
- the setting of the necking ring 22 pressurizes the airflow entering the air guide cover 2, so that the airflow entering the air guide cover 2 has a higher initial velocity and a faster airflow speed.
- the necking ring 22 is set at a position corresponding to one end of the fan blade assembly 32 facing the air inlet 21, which can block and guide the reverse airflow generated when the fan blade assembly 32 rotates, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the inner surface of the second cover body 24 corresponding to the hub 321 is configured to be arc-shaped, which can guide the lateral airflow generated by the rotation of the blades 322, so that the airflow is turned from lateral collision to the surface of the second cover body 24 to the direction of the air outlet 11, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency.
- a plurality of reinforcing ribs 25 are provided on the outer surfaces of the first cover 23 and the second cover 24. Each reinforcing rib 25 is connected to the first cover 23, the neck ring 22, and the second cover 24.
- the number of reinforcing ribs 25 is 2, but the number of reinforcing ribs 25 is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of reinforcing ribs 25 can be (not limited to): 3, 4, 5 or more.
- the first cover body 23, the neck ring 22 and the second cover body 24 can be connected and manufactured in one piece, or they can be manufactured separately and then spliced together.
- Figure 2-4 is a schematic diagram of the disassembly of the fan module of this embodiment
- Figure 2-5 is a cross-sectional view of the fan module of this embodiment.
- the fan assembly 3 includes: a motor assembly 31 and a blade assembly 32, one end of the motor assembly 31 is connected to the air duct 1, and the fan assembly 3 is sleeved on the motor assembly 31.
- the blade assembly 32 includes: a hub 321, a connecting ring 323 and a plurality of blades 322, the plurality of blades 322 are arranged around the hub 321 along the circumference of the hub 321 on the surface of the hub 321, one end of the connecting ring 323 is connected to the hub 321, and the other end of the connecting ring 323 is sleeved on the motor assembly 31.
- the motor assembly 31 includes: a rotating shaft 313, a coil 311 and a magnetic ring 312, a connecting portion 5 is provided on the storage tube 12, one end of the rotating shaft 313 is connected to the storage tube 12, and the other end of the rotating shaft 313 is connected to the blade assembly 32, the coil 311 is provided on the connecting portion 5, the magnetic ring 312 is provided on the blade assembly 32, and the magnetic ring 312 is sleeved on the coil 311.
- the hub 321 is configured to be conical.
- the conical hub 321 can make the distance between the hub 321 and the inner side of the first cover 23 larger, thereby making the area of the blades 322 larger, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the structure of the hub 321 is not limited to this. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the hub 321 can be configured to be: hemispherical, cylindrical or prismatic, etc.
- the multiple blades 322 are bent and extended along the conical surface of the hub 321 from the direction of the air inlet 21 to the direction of the air outlet 11, and the bending direction of the multiple blades 322 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade assembly 32.
- Each blade 322 of the multiple blades 322 includes: a first end 322a adjacent to the air outlet 11 and a second end 322b corresponding to the first end 322a, and the width of the first end 322a is greater than the width of the second end 322b.
- This structural mode of the blade 322 can make the first end 322a have a larger contact area with the airflow when cutting the wind, and the restraining force on the airflow is stronger, which can push more airflow into the fan blade airway formed by two adjacent blades 322.
- the width of the blade 322 gradually decreases, and the ability of the blade 322 to restrain the airflow gradually decreases, releasing part of the energy of the airflow, reducing the collision kinetic energy of the airflow outflowing from the fan blade and the second cover body 24 and the air guide duct 1, reducing the loss of airflow energy, and improving the air outlet efficiency.
- the blade spacing between two adjacent blades 322 in the plurality of blades 322 gradually increases from the direction of the air inlet 21 to the direction of the air outlet 11.
- the distance between adjacent blades 322 along the direction of the airflow is getting larger and larger, which can gradually release the energy of the airflow during the airflow, reduce the collision kinetic energy of the airflow outflowing fan blades with the second cover body 24 and the air guide shell 14, reduce the loss of airflow energy, and improve the air outlet efficiency.
- the hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 are located in the air duct 2, one end of the connecting ring 323 sleeved with the motor assembly 31 extends into the air duct 1, and one end of the connecting ring 323 connected to the hub 321 is located in the air duct 2.
- the hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 are located in the first cover body 23, a part of the connecting ring 323 extends into the air duct 1, and the other end of the connecting ring 323 is connected to the bottom surface of the hub 321.
- the number of blades 322 is 5.
- the number of blades 322 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 322 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 6 or more.
- FIG. 2-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the air duct of this embodiment.
- the air guide duct 1 includes: an air guide shell 14, a storage tube 12 and a plurality of air guide plates 13.
- the storage tube 12 is arranged in the air guide shell 14.
- the plurality of air guide plates 13 are arranged around the circumference of the storage tube 12, and one end of the plurality of air guide plates 13 is connected to the inner surface of the air guide shell 14, and the other end of the plurality of air guide plates 13 is connected to the storage tube 12.
- the air guide shell 14 is connected to the air guide cover 2, and the motor assembly 31 is connected to the storage tube 12.
- the air guide shell 14, the storage tube 12 and the plurality of air guide plates 13 enclose an air outlet 11.
- the air guide shell 14 is configured in a tubular shape, one end of the air guide shell 14 is connected to the second cover body 24 of the air guide cover 2, and the other end of the air guide shell 14 is provided with an air outlet 11.
- a storage tube 12 is provided inside the air guide shell 14, and the storage tube 12 is suspended in the center of the air guide shell 14, and a plurality of air guide plates 13 are respectively connected to the air guide shell 14 and the storage tube 12.
- a gap is left between the air guide shell 14 and the storage tube 12 for air flow.
- the number of air guide plates 13 is specifically 7. However, the number of air guide plates 13 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the number of air guide plates 13 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
- the air guide plates 13 divide the air outlet 11 into a plurality of arc-shaped air ducts.
- Multiple air guide plates 13 are bent at one end close to the fan assembly 3, and the bending direction of the bent ends of the multiple air guide plates 13 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 13 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3.
- the fan assembly 3 rotates, it will drive the airflow to rotate in the same direction.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 13 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow.
- the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the bent part of the air guide plate 13. Due to the opposite directions, the angle between the airflow and the bent part of the air guide plate 13 when they contact is greater than 90 degrees.
- the airflow contacts the air guide plate 13 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 13.
- the air guide plate 13 has a significant guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency.
- the storage tube 12 is cylindrical, and a cover 122 is provided on the surface of the storage tube 12 located on the side of the air outlet 11.
- the cover 122 can be integrally manufactured with the storage tube 12, or can be manufactured separately and then assembled and connected.
- a storage cavity 121 is provided on the side of the storage tube 12 connected to the motor assembly 31, and one end of the connecting ring 323 of the fan blade assembly 32 extends into the storage tube 12.
- the hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 are arranged between the necking ring 22 and the storage tube 12. At this time, the hub 321 acts as a shield for the storage tube 12, which can prevent the airflow from flowing from the blades 322 into the storage tube 12, resulting in unnecessary energy loss, and improve the air outlet efficiency.
- the necking ring 22 can reduce the airflow inside the fan module for reflux, and can also further improve the air outlet efficiency.
- the cross-sectional area of one end of the hub 321 connected to the connecting ring 323 is greater than or equal to the cross-sectional area of the storage tube 12. Since the hub 321 acts as a shield for the storage tube 12 and the storage cavity 121, when the cross-sectional area of one end of the hub 321 connected to the connecting ring 323 is greater than or equal to the cross-sectional area of the storage tube 12, the hub 321 can be reduced to the maximum extent, and the airflow flowing through the blades 322 collides with the edge of the storage tube 12, which can also prevent the airflow from flowing back into the storage cavity 121, resulting in unnecessary energy loss, and further improving the air outlet efficiency.
- FIG. 2-7 is a cross-sectional view of the connection between the bracket and the fan assembly of this embodiment.
- the connecting part 5 includes: a bracket 51, the end of the storage tube 12 bulges inward to form an assembly frame 124, and an assembly hole 125 is opened on the assembly frame 124 to pass through the assembly frame 124.
- One end of the bracket 51 is inserted into and passes through the assembly hole 125, and the end of the bracket 51 passing through the assembly hole 125 is connected to the rotating shaft 313.
- the upper cover 122 of the storage tube 12 bulges inward to form an assembly frame 124, and an assembly hole 125 is provided on the assembly frame 124 to penetrate the assembly frame 124.
- the assembly frame 124 is configured to be conical.
- the shape and structure of the assembly frame 124 are not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the assembly frame 124 can be (not limited to): annular or prismatic.
- the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 are made of the same material, and the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 can be integrally manufactured.
- the bracket 51 is a metal tube, and the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 are combined by injection molding.
- the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 are connected by snap-fitting.
- the connecting part 5 also includes: a first sleeve 54, a second sleeve 53 and a retaining spring 52.
- the bracket 51 is provided with a mounting hole 511 penetrating the bracket 51.
- the mounting hole 511 is raised to form a stop ring 512.
- the first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 are respectively arranged at both ends of the stop ring 512.
- the retaining spring 52 is arranged in the mounting hole 511 and overlaps with the second sleeve 53.
- One end of the rotating shaft 313 passes through the first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 and is connected to the retaining spring 52.
- the first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 are made of metal. The arrangement of the first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 improves the rotation efficiency of the rotating shaft 313 of the motor assembly 31, and can also avoid the contact between the rotating shaft 313 and the mounting hole 511 and cause wear.
- the magnetic ring 312 of the motor assembly 31 is sleeved at the position where the first sleeve 54 is provided on the bracket 51. Since the first sleeve 54 is made of metal, the physical strength of the bracket 51 can be increased. The magnetic ring 312 is sleeved at the position where the first sleeve 54 is provided on the bracket 51, and the connection stability between the magnetic ring 312 and the bracket 51 is stronger. The magnetic ring 312 and the bracket 51 are connected by interference fit, but the connection method is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the magnetic ring 312 can be connected to the bracket 51 by snapping or gluing.
- first sleeve 54, the second sleeve 53 and the bracket 51 are connected by interference fit.
- the connection method is not limited thereto.
- the first sleeve 54, the second sleeve 53 and the bracket 51 can be fixed by snapping or gluing.
- first bushing 54 and the second bushing 53 can be replaced with bearings.
- the motor assembly 31 further includes: a motor housing 314, the motor housing 314 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 312, the connecting ring 323 is sleeved on the motor housing 314, and one end of the rotating shaft 313 connected to the fan blade assembly 32 passes through the motor housing 314.
- the motor assembly 31 further includes: a conical helical spring 315, the conical helical spring 315 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 313, one end of the conical helical spring 315 is connected to the motor housing 314, and the other end of the conical helical spring 315 is connected to the first sleeve 54.
- the setting of the conical helical spring 315 can enable the fan blade assembly 32 to have a certain buffer displacement space when it is impacted by an external force, and well protect the fan blade assembly 32. At the same time, it can also avoid the vibration generated when the fan blade assembly 32 rotates, and rigidly transmit it to the entire fan module, causing greater vibration, and can also reduce the wind noise of the fan blade assembly 32 rotating.
- the magnetic ring 312 is composed of a plurality of magnetic sheets.
- one end of the conical coil spring 315 can be directly connected to the hub 321 , and the other end can be connected to the first sleeve 54 .
- the conical helical spring 315 is connected to the motor housing 314 or the wheel hub 321 by (not limited to): overlapping or gluing.
- the conical helical spring 315 is connected to the first sleeve 54 by (not limited to): overlapping, welding or gluing.
- a wiring hole 123 is provided on the upper cover 122 of the storage tube 12, and the wire 6 passes through the wiring hole 123 to connect with the coil 311.
- the wire 6 is directly extended into the storage cavity 121 through the wiring hole 123 to connect with the coil 311, which can avoid the wire 6 from being routed outside the storage tube 12, reduce the obstruction of the flow of air inside the fan module, and improve the air outlet efficiency.
- the fan module includes an air duct 2 and an air duct 1, and part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, and the other part extends into the air duct 2.
- This layout structure can make the fan module have higher space utilization, more compact structure, and more compact volume.
- the air flow channel of the fan module composed of the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can guide the air flow entering therein, so that the air flow can flow from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 11 more efficiently.
- the part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, so that the part of the fan assembly 3 directly exposed is reduced, which also reduces the contact area between the fan assembly 3 and the air flow, reduces the obstruction to the air flow, and improves the air outlet efficiency.
- a blowing device includes the fan module in embodiment 1, wherein the fan module is a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
- the fan module is used for airflow in the blowing device.
- blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation.
- the fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
- the fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment includes an air duct 2 and an air duct 1. Part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, and the other part extends into the air duct 2.
- This layout structure can make the fan module have higher space utilization, more compact structure, and more compact volume.
- the air flow channel of the fan module composed of the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can guide the air flow entering therein, so that the air flow can flow from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 11 more efficiently.
- the part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, so that the part of the fan assembly 3 directly exposed is reduced, which also reduces the contact area between the fan assembly 3 and the air flow, reduces the obstruction to the air flow, and improves the air outlet efficiency.
- Option 3 is shown in Figures 3-1 to 3-5.
- Figure 3-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment
- Figure 3-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
- a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a connecting member 2, a fan motor 3, a fan blade 4 and a buffer member 5.
- the connecting member 2 is arranged in the housing 1; the fan motor 3 is arranged in the housing 1, and one end of the fan motor 3 is connected to the connecting member 2; the fan blade 4 is arranged in the housing 1, and the fan blade 4 is sleeved on the fan motor 3; and the buffer member 5 is arranged between the fan blade 4 and the connecting member 2.
- the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder.
- the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
- FIG3-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the shell of this embodiment from a top view.
- the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape.
- the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
- FIG. 3-4 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of the shell of this embodiment when viewed from a bottom perspective.
- the connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 21, a connecting column 23 and a plurality of connecting plates 22.
- the plurality of connecting plates 22 are arranged around the connecting ring 21, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 22 is connected to the connecting ring 21.
- the connecting column 23 is arranged on the side of the connecting ring 21 facing the fan blades 4.
- the connecting column 23 includes: a connecting truncated cone 231 and a connecting cylinder 232, wherein the bottom surface of the connecting truncated cone 231 is arranged on the connecting ring 21, the top surface of the connecting truncated cone 231 is connected to the connecting cylinder 232, and the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232.
- the structure of the connecting column 23 can enable the connecting truncated cone 231 to play a limiting role, and play a stopping role for the fan assembly sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the coil 32.
- the connecting column 23 can also be configured as a prism or a circular column.
- the arrangement of the connecting column 23 enables the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 to be suspended inside the housing 1 , so that the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 can rotate more smoothly inside the housing 1 .
- connection ring 21 and the plurality of connection plates 22 are arranged so that the connection ring 21 can be suspended inside the housing 1.
- the gaps between the connection plates 22 can serve as air ducts for the air flow inside the housing 1, thereby constraining the air flow inside the housing 1.
- each connecting plate 22 facing the fan blade 4 is bent and extended toward the fan blade 4 to form an air guide plate 24 .
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 4 .
- each connecting plate 22 facing the fan blade 4 is bent and extended to form an air guide plate 24.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly.
- the airflow will be driven to rotate in the same direction.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow.
- the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the curved part of the air guide plate 24. Since the directions are opposite, the angle between the airflow and the curved part of the air guide plate 24 is greater than 90 degrees.
- the airflow contacts the air guide plate 24 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 24.
- the air guide plate 24 has an obvious guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, thereby greatly improving the air outlet efficiency.
- the number of the connecting plates 22 is 7.
- the number of the connecting plates 22 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the connecting plates 22 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
- the number of air guide plates 24 corresponding to the number of connecting plates 22 is also 7.
- the number of air guide plates 24 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of air guide plates 24 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
- the connecting plate 22 and the air guide plate 24 adopt a split structure, that is, the connecting plate 22 and the air guide plate 24 are independently arranged, and one end of the connection between the connecting plate 22 and the air guide plate 24 can be connected together or separated from each other.
- the air guide plate 24 is disposed between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1 , and the air guide plate 24 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1 , with a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 .
- the air guide plate 24 is arranged between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1, and there is a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4.
- the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 is such that after the airflow contacts the air guide plate 24, part of the airflow flows toward the air outlet along the guidance of the air guide plate 24, and the other part of the airflow flows to the next air guide plate 24 through the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4.
- the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 provides a channel for the air pressure balance between the air guide plates 24, thereby avoiding the problem that the air pressure on both sides of the air guide plate 24 is inconsistent due to the complete closure of the air guide plate 24, thereby affecting the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- FIG. 3-5 is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the fan module of this embodiment.
- the fan motor 3 includes: a coil 32, a magnetic ring 33 and a rotating shaft 31.
- a connecting column 23 is provided on the side of the connecting member 2 facing the fan blades 4.
- the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23
- the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32
- the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the magnetic ring 33.
- One end of the rotating shaft 31 is connected to the fan blades 4, and the other end of the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into the connecting column 23.
- the buffer member 5 is arranged between the connecting column 23 and the fan blades 4.
- the connecting column 23 includes: a connecting truncated cone 231 and a connecting cylinder 232
- the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232, and one end of the coil 32 abuts against the connecting truncated cone 231.
- the connecting truncated cone 231 can define the position of the coil 32, making it easy to assemble and position the coil 32.
- the magnetic ring 33 is arranged inside the hub 41 of the fan blade 4, and the magnetic ring 33 and the hub 41 are connected by interference fit, and the inner ring of the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32 and connected to the coil 32 by magnetic coupling.
- the connection method of the magnetic ring 33, the fan blade 4 and the coil 32 can make the connection between the entire fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 more compact, and can also save the outer shell structure of the fan motor 3, making the fan motor 3 more lightweight.
- the fan blade 4 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, so that the contact area between the fan blade 4 and the fan motor 3 is larger, and the torque during rotation is smaller. Therefore, the fan blade 4 can be more stable when rotating, the rotation speed is higher, and the air output of the fan module is larger.
- the fan motor 3 further includes a metal ring 34, which is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the metal ring 34.
- the provision of the metal ring 34 can protect the magnetic ring 33 and prevent the magnetic ring 33 from being damaged during the assembly process.
- the buffer member 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31, and a connecting hole 25 is formed on the connecting column 23.
- the two ends of the connecting hole 25 are respectively provided with a first sleeve 26 and a second sleeve 27, and the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into and passes through the first sleeve 26 and the second sleeve 27.
- the provision of the first sleeve 26 and the second sleeve 27 can make the linear stability of the rotating shaft 31 better when rotating, thereby making the rotation of the fan blades 4 more stable and the air outlet efficiency higher.
- a slot is provided at one end of the rotating shaft 31 passing through the second sleeve 27, and an annular retaining ring 35 is arranged in the slot.
- An opening is provided on the annular retaining ring 35 so that the annular retaining ring 35 can be removed.
- the diameter of the annular retaining ring is larger than the diameter of the inner ring of the second sleeve 27, so the annular retaining ring can prevent the rotating shaft 31 from falling off from the second sleeve 27 and the first sleeve 26.
- a sealing ring 36 is provided between the annular retaining ring 35 and the second sleeve 27 .
- the buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape, and the buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31.
- the buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31, which can prevent the buffer 5 from being displaced when the fan blade 4 rotates, thereby preventing the normal rotation of the fan blade 4.
- the buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape. After being compressed, the elastic force of the tower-shaped buffer 5 increases linearly, which can effectively buffer and reset the displacement generated during the rotation of the fan blade 4, making the rotation of the fan blade 4 more stable. The elastic force increases linearly, which can make the buffer force increase steadily when the fan blade 4 is squeezed by a large external force, thereby achieving a better buffering effect.
- the shape of the buffer 5 is not limited to a tower shape.
- the shape of the buffer 5 can be (but not limited to): annular, straight, arc-shaped, spherical, etc.
- the position of the buffer 5 is not limited to being sleeved on the rotating shaft 31 , and can be set on the fan blades 4 or on the connecting column 23 according to different specific application scenarios.
- the buffer 5 is fixedly connected to the connecting column 23, and the other end of the buffer 5 is overlapped with or separated from the fan blade 4.
- the buffer 5 is connected to the connecting column 23 to prevent the buffer 5 from contacting the fan blade 4 when the fan blade 4 is in normal working condition, thereby interfering with the normal rotation of the fan blade 4, and improving the rotation stability of the fan blade 4 and the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the other end of the buffer 5 is overlapped with or separated from the fan blade 4. Specifically, when the fan blade 4 is forced to move in the direction of the connecting column 23, the fan blade 4 is overlapped with the buffer 5; when the fan blade 4 rotates normally, it is separated from the buffer 5 to ensure that the fan blade 4 is in the best rotation state.
- the buffer 5 can be mounted on the rotating shaft 31, and can also be separated from the rotating shaft 31.
- the material of the buffer member 5 can be (but not limited to): a metal spring or an elastomer made of rubber material.
- a connector 2 for connecting a fan motor 3 is provided in the housing 1 of the fan module, a fan blade 4 is connected to the fan motor 3, and a buffer 5 is provided between the fan blade 4 and the connector 2.
- the buffer 5 can limit and buffer the displacement of the fan blade 4, and avoid contact between the fan blade 4 and other components in the housing 1 in a narrow space, thereby preventing the fan blade 42 from being worn or the rotation efficiency from being reduced.
- the rotation efficiency of the fan module is improved, and the service life of the fan module is extended.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is 1.01-1.15.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blade 4 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of the centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner side surface of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 is limited to between 1.01 and 1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blades 4 and the shell 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the return airflow in the fan blades 4, preventing the cyclone generated by the return airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blades 4, thereby improving the air intake efficiency of the fan module.
- the improvement in the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- a blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
- blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation.
- the fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
- the fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment is provided with a connecting piece 2 for connecting a fan motor 3 in a housing 1 of the fan module, and a fan blade 4 is connected to the fan motor 3 and a buffer 5 is provided between the fan blade 4 and the connecting piece 2.
- the provision of the buffer 5 can limit and buffer the displacement of the fan blade 4, and avoid the fan blade 4 and other components in the housing 1 in a narrow space, thereby preventing the fan blade 4 from contacting with each other, thereby causing the fan blade 42 to be worn or the rotation efficiency to be reduced.
- the rotation efficiency of the fan module is improved, and the service life of the fan module is extended.
- Scheme 4 is shown in Figures 4-1 to 4-6.
- Figure 4-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment
- Figure 4-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
- a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a fan motor 3 and a fan blade 4.
- the fan motor 3 is arranged in the housing 1; a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432 are arranged inside the fan blade 4, the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are connected to each other, the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, a connecting sleeve 434 is arranged in the second cavity 432, and the rotating shaft 31 of the fan motor 3 passes through the first cavity 431 and is connected to the connecting sleeve 434.
- the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 are arranged in the housing 1, and a cavity is opened inside the fan blade 4, namely a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432, and the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are connected to each other, wherein the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, and a connecting sleeve 434 is arranged in the second cavity 432, and the connecting sleeve 434 is connected to the rotating shaft 31.
- the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 can be constructed into a connected structure, which reduces the overall volume of the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4, and further reduces the overall volume of the fan module.
- the weight of the fan blades 4 is not concentrated on one end of the rotating shaft 31, and the center of mass of the rotating shaft 31 will not be offset, thereby reducing the probability of vibration of the rotating shaft 31 under high-speed rotation, thereby reducing the probability of abnormal shaking of the fan blades 4, improving the rotation stability of the fan blades 4, and improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder.
- the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
- FIG. 4-3 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the shell of this embodiment.
- the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape.
- the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
- the fan motor 3 in this embodiment includes: a coil 32, a magnetic ring 33 and a rotating shaft 31.
- a connecting column 23 is provided on the side of the connecting member 2 facing the fan blades 4.
- the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23, the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the magnetic ring 33.
- One end of the rotating shaft 31 is connected to the connecting shaft sleeve 434 of the fan blades 4, and the other end of the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into the connecting column 23.
- the buffer member 5 is arranged between the connecting column 23 and the fan blades 4.
- the buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape, and the buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31.
- the buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31, which can prevent the buffer 5 from being displaced when the fan blade 4 rotates, thereby preventing the normal rotation of the fan blade 4.
- the buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape. After being compressed, the elastic force of the buffer 5 increases linearly, which can effectively buffer and reset the displacement generated during the rotation of the fan blade 4, making the rotation of the fan blade 4 more stable. The elastic force increases linearly, which can make the buffer force increase steadily when the fan blade 4 is squeezed by a large external force, thereby achieving a better buffering effect.
- the shape of the buffer 5 is not limited to a tower shape.
- the shape of the buffer 5 can be (but not limited to): annular, straight, arc-shaped, spherical, etc.
- the fan motor 3 further includes a metal ring 34, which is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the metal ring 34.
- the provision of the metal ring 34 can protect the magnetic ring 33 and prevent the magnetic ring 33 from being damaged during the assembly process.
- the fan motor 3 can be a motor with a housing 1.
- the connector 2 is used to fix the motor in the housing 1.
- the connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 21, a connecting column 23 and a plurality of connecting plates 22.
- the plurality of connecting plates 22 are arranged around the connecting ring 21, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 22 is connected to the connecting ring 21.
- the connecting column 23 is arranged on the side of the connecting ring 21 facing the fan blades 4.
- the connecting column 23 includes: a connecting truncated cone 231 and a connecting cylinder 232, wherein the bottom surface 412 of the connecting truncated cone 231 is arranged on the connecting ring 21, the top surface 411 of the connecting truncated cone 231 is connected to the connecting cylinder 232, and the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232.
- the structure of the connecting column 23 can enable the connecting truncated cone 231 to play a limiting role, and play a stopping role for the fan assembly sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the coil 32.
- the connecting column 23 can also be configured as a prism or a circular column.
- the arrangement of the connecting column 23 enables the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 to be suspended inside the housing 1 , so that the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 can rotate more smoothly inside the housing 1 .
- FIG. 4-4 is a schematic structural diagram of the fan blade of this embodiment from a first viewing angle.
- the fan blade 4 includes: a hub 41 and a plurality of blades 42 , wherein the plurality of blades 42 are arranged around the hub 41 , and a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432 are arranged in the hub 41 .
- Figure 4-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blade of this embodiment at a second viewing angle
- Figure 4-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blade of this embodiment at a third viewing angle.
- the hub 41 includes: a top surface 411, a bottom surface 412 and a side 413, the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface 412 is larger than the cross-sectional area of the top surface 411, and there is a smooth transition between the top surface 411 and the side 413. That is, in this embodiment, the hub 41 is configured to be in the shape of a bullet head with a flat head.
- This shape of the hub 41 enables the airflow flowing through the blades 42 to flow along the arc surface formed by the smooth transition between the top surface 411 and the side 413, which has a good guiding effect on the airflow, improves the efficiency of the airflow flowing in the fan blades 4, and thus improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the shape of the hub 41 is not limited thereto.
- the shape of the hub 41 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, conical, truncated cone, cylindrical, etc.
- the top surface 411 of the hub 41 is a circular surface.
- the shape of the top surface 411 is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, depending on the specific application scenario,
- the number of blades 42 is 9.
- the number of blades 42 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 42 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 or more.
- the inner surface of the fan blade 4 is raised to form a limiting ring 433 .
- the limiting ring 433 is located between the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 , and the limiting ring 433 abuts against the fan motor 3 .
- the limiting ring 433 is arranged on the inner surface of the hub 41 , and the limiting ring 433 divides the internal cavity 43 of the hub 41 into a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432 , and the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are interconnected through the limiting ring 433 .
- the limiting ring 433 abuts against the magnetic ring 33 of the fan motor 3. In some embodiments, when the magnetic ring 33 of the fan motor 3 is sleeved with a metal ring 34, the limiting ring 433 abuts against one end of the metal ring 34.
- the abutment between the limiting ring 433 and the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34 enables the limiting ring 433 to limit the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34, facilitates the assembly of the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34, and can avoid the problem that the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34 extends into the internal cavity 43 of the hub 41, causing the bottom surface 412 of the hub 41 to contact the connector 2.
- a plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 are disposed in the second cavity 432 .
- the plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 are disposed around the connecting sleeve 434 , and one end of each of the plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 is connected to the connecting sleeve 434 , and the other end of each of the plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 is connected to the inner surface of the second cavity 432 .
- the provision of the reinforcing ribs 435 can improve the physical strength of the connecting sleeve 434. At the same time, the provision of the reinforcing ribs 435 can disperse the force received by the fan blades 4 to the hub 41, thereby avoiding the single-point force on the connecting sleeve 434 and improving the rotation stability of the fan blades 4.
- Each of the multiple blades 42 includes a first end 421 and a second end 422 opposite to the first end 421, and the length of the first end 421 is greater than the length of the second end 422.
- the first end 421 is located adjacent to the top surface 411 of the hub 41, and the second end 422 is located adjacent to the bottom surface 412 of the hub 41.
- the first end 421 is used to push the airflow into the fan blade 4 when the fan blade 4 rotates.
- the longer length of the first end 421 is conducive to pushing the airflow.
- the second end 422 is located at the end of the airflow direction. The reduction in the length of the second end 422 is conducive to reducing the size of the space where the airflow flows, compressing the airflow, and increasing the initial kinetic energy of the airflow, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- Each blade 42 is provided with a blade edge 423.
- the thickness of each blade 42 gradually increases from the first end 421 to the blade edge 423, and the thickness of each blade 42 gradually decreases from the blade edge 423 to the second end 422.
- the thickness of different parts of the blade 42 varies, so that each blade 42 is constructed into a structure that is thinner at both ends and thicker in the middle. This structure enhances the cutting ability of the two ends of the blade 42 on the airflow and reduces the air resistance at both ends of the blade 42.
- the increase in the thickness of the middle part can enhance the physical strength of the blade 42.
- the increase in the thickness of the blade 42 reduces the space between two adjacent blades 42, which has a pressurizing effect on the airflow passing through.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 is 1.01-1.15.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 limits the gap between the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4.
- the ratio of the inner diameter of the shell 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blade 4 and the shell 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the return airflow in the fan blade 4, prevent the cyclone generated by the return airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blade 4, and improve the air intake efficiency of the fan module.
- the improvement of the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the length ratio of the first end 421 and the second end 422 is in the range of 1.4-1.9.
- the airflow flowing through the fan flows from the first end 421 to the second end 422, and the direction of the first end 421 facing the second end 422 gradually decreases. This reduction process cooperates with the size change of the hub 31 to gradually reduce the space for the airflow to flow, gradually pressurize the convection, and increase the initial velocity of the airflow.
- the length ratio of the first end 421 and the second end 422 is limited to 1.4-1.9. Within this ratio range, the airflow pressure flowing through the fan blades 4 is adjusted within the optimal range, which minimizes the backflow problem caused by excessive pressure of the airflow.
- the first end 421 can most effectively intercept and utilize the return airflow gradually overflowing from the edge of the blade 42, and reduce the probability of the return airflow flowing out of the housing 1 to the greatest extent.
- the combination of the two functions can make the airflow entering the first end 421 and the airflow outflowing from the end of the airflow approach the optimal value of 1:1, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 4.
- a blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
- blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation.
- the fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
- the fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment sets the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 in the housing 1, and the fan blade 4 is provided with a cavity inside, namely a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432, and the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are connected to each other, wherein the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, and a connecting sleeve 434 is provided in the second cavity 432, and the connecting sleeve 434 is connected to the rotating shaft 31.
- the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 can be constructed into a connected structure, which reduces the overall volume of the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4, and further reduces the overall volume of the fan module.
- the weight of the fan blades 4 is not concentrated on one end of the rotating shaft 31, and the center of mass of the rotating shaft 31 will not be offset, thereby reducing the probability of vibration of the rotating shaft 31 under high-speed rotation, thereby reducing the probability of abnormal shaking of the fan blades 4, improving the rotation stability of the fan blades 4, and improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- Scheme 5 is shown in Figures 5-1 to 5-6.
- Figure 5-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment
- Figure 5-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
- a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a connector 2, a fan motor 3 and a fan blade 4.
- the connector 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and the connector 2 and the housing 1 enclose a plurality of airflow channels, and a first bearing 35 is abutted or spaced at one end of the connection; the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connector 2 and the first bearing 35, and one end of the bearing of the fan motor 3 passes through the first bearing 35 and is connected to the connector 2; the fan blade 4 is connected to the other end of the rotating shaft 31.
- a connecting member 2 is provided in the housing 1, and a first bearing 35 is provided at the end of the connecting member 2 in contact with or at intervals, and the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35.
- the first bearing 35 is made of metal, it has a higher physical strength and can provide stronger support for the fan motor 3.
- the first bearing 35 has a higher support strength, which can avoid the problem of the connecting member 2 being damaged and broken due to excessive force when the fan motor 3 rotates at high speed, thereby improving the service life of the fan module.
- the provision of the first bearing 35 shortens the length of the connecting member 2, and the shortened length shortens the torque of the connecting member 2 when it is subjected to force, so that it can withstand a greater force from the fan motor 3, making the rotation of the fan motor 3 more stable and the air outlet efficiency higher.
- the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder.
- the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
- the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape.
- the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, racetrack-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
- a trumpet-shaped air guide cover or an air guide cover with a constricted opening is disposed in the housing 1 .
- the fan motor 3 includes: a coil 32 and a magnetic ring 33, the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35, the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32.
- a receiving cavity is provided on the fan blade 4.
- the inner surface of the accommodating cavity is sleeved on the coil 32.
- FIG. 5-3 is a cross-sectional diagram of the fan module of this embodiment.
- the fan motor 3 includes: a coil 32, a magnetic ring 33 and a motor housing 34.
- the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35
- the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32
- the motor housing 34 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33
- the motor housing 34 is fixedly connected to the rotating shaft 31, so that the fan housing 1 drives the rotating shaft 31 to rotate.
- the coil 32 drives the magnetic ring 33 to rotate
- the magnetic ring 33 drives the motor housing 34 to rotate synchronously when rotating
- the motor housing 34 drives the rotating shaft 31 connected thereto to rotate.
- connection mode and driving mode because the steering force area of the magnetic ring 33 is larger, the magnetic coupling connection mode between the magnetic ring 33 and the coil 32 can make the magnetic ring 33 rotate faster and more stably, thereby making the fan motor 3 rotate faster and more stably.
- the rotational torque between the rotating shaft 31 and the fan blades 4 is smaller, and the rotational inertia resistance of the fan blades 4 is also smaller.
- the fan blades 4 are not prone to jitter and resonance, making the rotation of the fan blades 4 more stable and the speed higher.
- the coil 32 is respectively interference-fitted with the connector 2, the magnetic ring 33 is magnetically coupled to the coil 32, and the motor housing 34 is interference-fitted with the rotating shaft 31.
- the magnetic ring 33 is in a suspended state for rotation, and is subjected to less physical friction than a traditional motor, so the speed of the fan motor 3 can be further increased.
- connection method between the coil 32 and the connector 2 is not limited to interference fit.
- connection method between the coil 32 and the connector 2 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
- connection method between the motor housing 34 and the rotating shaft 31 is not limited to interference fit.
- connection method between the motor housing 34 and the rotating shaft 31 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
- the connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 22 and a plurality of connecting plates 21, wherein the plurality of connecting plates 21 are arranged around the connecting ring 22, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 21 is connected to the inner surface of the shell 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 21 is connected to the connecting ring 22, and two adjacent connecting plates 21 among the plurality of connecting plates 21 enclose each other to form an air duct.
- connection ring 22 The arrangement of the plurality of connection plates 21 enables the connection ring 22 to be suspended in the housing 1 , and every two connection plates 21 among the plurality of connection plates 21 enclose an air duct, allowing the airflow driven by the fan assembly to flow through the air duct.
- the number of the connecting plates 21 is 7.
- the number of the connecting plates 21 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the connecting plates 21 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
- the connecting member 2 is a plate disposed inside the housing 1 , the shape of the plate is the same as the shape of the internal cavity of the housing 1 , and a plurality of holes for airflow are opened on the plate.
- the connector 2 and the housing 1 are manufactured by an integrated molding process.
- the manufacturing process of the connector 2 and the housing 1 is not limited thereto.
- the connector 2 and the housing 1 can be processed and molded separately, and then assembled and connected by gluing, clamping, riveting or screwing.
- Figure 5-4 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of the shell of this embodiment
- Figure 5-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connection between the shell and the rotating shaft of this embodiment.
- the connector 2 further includes a connecting column 23 .
- the connecting column 23 is connected to the side of the connecting ring 22 facing the fan motor 3 , the connecting column 23 is in contact with or spaced from the first bearing 35 , the bearing passes through the first bearing 35 and is connected to the connecting column 23 , and the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connecting column 23 and the first bearing 35 .
- the connecting column 23 is configured in a truncated cone shape, and the truncated cone structure can stop the coil 32, making it convenient to install and fix the coil 32.
- the shape of the connecting column 23 is not limited thereto.
- the connecting column 23 can be a stepped structure composed of two connected cylinders; or formed by a prism or cylindrical structure.
- the connector 2 only includes: a connecting column 23 and a plurality of connecting plates 21 , the plurality of connecting plates 21 are arranged around the connecting column 23 , and one end of the plurality of connecting plates 21 is connected to the inner surface of the shell 1 and the other end is connected to the connecting column 23 .
- connection column 23 and the connection ring 22 are manufactured by an integral casting process.
- preparation method of the connection column 23 and the connection ring 22 is not limited thereto.
- connection column 23 and the connection ring 22 are separately manufactured and formed, and then connected by (but not limited to): screw connection, clamping, riveting, adhesive connection, etc.
- each connecting plate 21 facing the fan motor 3 is bent and extended toward the fan motor 3 to form an air guide plate 24, and the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly.
- each of the multiple connecting plates 21 is formed with an air guide plate 24 at the end facing the fan motor 3, and the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4, which means that the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4, and is not limited to the specific embodiment in which the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is 180° to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4.
- the bending angle of the air guide plate 24 is an obtuse angle with the rotation direction of the fan blades 4, it is also within the opposite coverage defined in this embodiment.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4.
- the airflow will be driven to rotate in the same direction.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow.
- the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the curved part of the air guide plate 24. Since the directions are opposite, the angle between the airflow and the curved part of the air guide plate 24 is greater than 90 degrees.
- the airflow contacts the air guide plate 24 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 24.
- the air guide plate 24 has an obvious guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency.
- the air guide plate 24 is disposed between the fan assembly and the housing 1 , and the air guide plate 24 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1 , with a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan assembly.
- the air guide plate 24 is disposed between the fan motor 3 and the housing 1 , and a gap is provided between the air guide plate 24 and the fan motor 3 .
- the air guide plate 24 is disposed between the hub of the fan blade 4 and the housing 1 , and there is a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the hub.
- the air guide plate 24 is arranged between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1, and there is a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4.
- the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 is such that after the airflow contacts the air guide plate 24, part of the airflow flows toward the air outlet along the guidance of the air guide plate 24, and the other part of the airflow flows to the next air guide plate 24 through the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4.
- the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 provides a channel for the air pressure balance between the air guide plates 24, thereby avoiding the problem that the air pressure on both sides of the air guide plate 24 is inconsistent due to the complete closure of the air guide plate 24, thereby affecting the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the connecting ring 22 includes: a connecting outer ring 221 and a connecting inner ring 222, the connecting inner ring 222 is arranged inside the connecting outer ring 221, the connecting outer ring 221 is connected to a plurality of connecting plates 21, one end of the connecting column 23 is connected to the connecting inner ring 222, and the other end of the connecting column 23 extends out of the connecting outer ring 221 and is sleeved and connected to the fan motor 3.
- the thickness of the connecting outer ring 221 is greater than the thickness of the connecting inner ring 222, so that when the connecting inner ring 222 is set in the connecting outer ring 221, there is still spare space in the connecting outer ring 221, and the spare space can be used to set the assembly base, thereby improving the space utilization of the fan module.
- the connecting post 23 is provided with a connecting hole 25 that penetrates the connecting post 23, and the connecting hole 25 is communicated with the connecting inner ring 222.
- the second bearing 36 is arranged in the connecting inner ring 222 and the connecting hole 25, and the rotating shaft 31 passes through the connecting hole 25 and is connected to the second bearing 36.
- the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into and passes through the first bearing 35 and the second bearing 36, and a clamping groove 311 is provided at one end of the rotating shaft 31 that passes through the second bearing 36, and a clamping spring 37 is connected to the clamping groove 311.
- the arrangement of the first bearing 35 and the second bearing 36 can make the rotation of the rotating shaft 31 smoother.
- the arrangement of the two rotating shafts 31 makes the linear rotation of the rotating shaft 31 more stable, and can make the rotation speed of the fan motor 3 faster.
- the arrangement of the clamping groove 311 and the clamping spring 37 can prevent the rotating shaft 31 from falling off from the first bearing 35 and the second bearing 36, thereby enhancing the stability and reliability of the connection of the rotating shaft 31.
- the end of the connecting outer ring 221 facing away from the fan motor 3 is snap-connected with a PCB circuit board 6.
- the PCB circuit board 6 is snap-connected and set on the connecting outer ring 221.
- the PCB circuit board 6 is set on the connecting outer ring 221, which can prevent the PCB circuit board 6 from leaking out of the fan module and hindering the airflow in the fan module. Therefore, the setting method of the PCB circuit board 6 reduces the wind resistance inside the fan module and improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the snap connection between the PCB circuit board 6 and the connecting outer ring 221 facilitates the disassembly and replacement of the PCB circuit board 6, thereby improving the maintenance efficiency.
- the PCB circuit board 6 can also serve as a dust cover above the fan motor 3 or the rotating shaft 31 and the second bearing 36 to prevent external dust from entering the above components and affecting the normal use of the above components.
- Figure 5-6 is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the shell and the PCB circuit board in this embodiment.
- a clamping plate 221a and a support plate 221b are provided at one end of the connecting outer ring 221 facing away from the fan motor 3.
- the support plate 221b overlaps the PCB circuit board 6, and the clamping plate 221a is clamped and connected to the PCB circuit board 6.
- the support plate 221b and the clamping plate 221a are alternately arranged.
- the supporting plates 221 b and the clamping plates 221 a are alternately arranged so that the supporting plates 221 b and the clamping plates 221 a have movable space, which facilitates the assembly of the PCB circuit board 6 .
- the number of support plates 221b is 3.
- the number of support plates 221b is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of support plates 221b can be (not limited to): 2, 4, 5 or more.
- the number of the clamping plates 221a is 3.
- the number of the clamping plates 221a is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the clamping plates 221a can be (not limited to): 2, 4, 5 or more.
- a claw 221c is provided on the clamping plate 221a, and the support plate 221b forms a support edge 221d by changing the thickness.
- the position height of the support edge 221d is lower than the position height of the claw 221c.
- the claw 221c and the support edge 221d form a clamping space, and the PCB circuit board 6 is arranged in the clamping space.
- the annular clamping space formed by the clamping claw 221c and the supporting stop edge 221d can clamp the PCB circuit board 6 to prevent the PCB circuit board 6 from shaking or vibrating when the fan motor 3 rotates, thereby improving the stability of the fan module and reducing the noise of the fan module.
- the clamping device on the clamping plate 221a is not limited to the claw 221c.
- the clamping plate 221a can be provided with (but not limited to): circular, elliptical, and runway-shaped protrusions serving as the clamping device.
- the manufacturing device on the support plate 221b is not limited to the support edge 221d formed by thickness variation.
- the support plate 221b can be provided with (not limited to): circular, elliptical, and runway-shaped protrusions acting as support devices.
- the ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is in the range of 1.01-1.15.
- the ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blade 4 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner edge of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blade 4 and the housing 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the backflow airflow in the fan blade 4, prevent the cyclone generated by the backflow airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blade 4, and improve the air intake efficiency of the fan module.
- the improvement of the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- a flexible sleeve 5 is sleeved on the housing 1, and an annular protrusion 51 and a dot-shaped protrusion 52 are alternately arranged on the outside of the flexible sleeve 5.
- the setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can increase the friction between the fan module and the external object or other matching structure, so that the connection stability of the fan module is stronger.
- the setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can also effectively buffer the physical vibration generated when the fan module is working, so that the rotation of the fan module is more stable and the noise generated is smaller.
- the flexible sleeve 5 is alternately provided with annular protrusions 51 and dot-shaped protrusions 52 on the outside.
- the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between the two annular protrusions 51.
- the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends and the middle position of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between two adjacent annular protrusions 51.
- the alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 is not limited thereto, and the number of the annular protrusions 51 can be: 4, 5, 6 or more.
- the dot-shaped protrusions 52 can also be provided at one end or both ends of the flexible sleeve 5.
- the alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 provides the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 with a larger deformation space, which facilitates the assembly of the fan module. At the same time, the enlargement of the deformation space can improve the buffering performance of the flexible sleeve 5.
- a blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
- blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, car fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation.
- the fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
- a connecting member 2 is provided in the housing 1 of the blowing device, and a first bearing 35 is provided at the end of the connecting member 2 in abutment with or at intervals, and the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35.
- the first bearing 35 is made of metal, it has a higher physical strength and can provide stronger support for the fan motor 3.
- the supporting strength of the first bearing 35 is higher, which can avoid the problem of the connecting member 2 being damaged and broken due to excessive force when the fan motor 3 rotates at high speed, thereby improving the service life of the fan module.
- the provision of the first bearing 35 shortens the length of the connecting member 2, and the shortened length shortens the torque of the connecting member 2 when it is subjected to force, so that it bears a greater force from the fan motor 3, making the rotation of the fan motor 3 more stable and the air outlet efficiency higher.
- Scheme 6 is shown in Figures 6-1 to 6-10.
- Figure 6-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment
- Figure 6-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
- a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a connecting member 2, an assembly base 3 and a fan assembly 4.
- the connecting member 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and an air duct is opened on the connecting member 2; the assembly base 3 is connected to the connecting member 2; the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and connected to the assembly base 3, and the fan assembly 4 is connected to the assembly base 3 through a rotating shaft 414.
- the connector 2 is arranged in the housing 1, the assembly base 3 is connected to the connector 2, the fan assembly 4 is connected to the assembly base 3, and the assembly base 3 and the fan assembly 4 are connected in two ways.
- a part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and installed on the assembly base 3;
- a part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is also connected to the assembly base 3 through the rotating shaft 414.
- the multiplexed connection method between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3 not only increases the connection stability between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3, but also, this composite connection method can greatly reduce the space occupied by the fan assembly 4 in the housing 1, so that the volume of the fan module can be further reduced.
- the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder.
- the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
- FIG. 6-3 is a cross-sectional view of the fan module of this embodiment.
- the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape.
- the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
- Figure 6-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the shell of this embodiment from a first viewing angle
- Figure 6-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the shell of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
- the connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 21 and a plurality of connecting plates 22.
- the plurality of connecting plates 22 are arranged around the connecting ring 21.
- One end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the shell 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 22 is connected to the connecting ring 21.
- Two adjacent connecting plates 22 among the plurality of connecting plates 22 enclose each other to form an air duct.
- connection ring 21 The arrangement of the plurality of connection plates 22 enables the connection ring 21 to be suspended in the housing 1 , and every two connection plates 22 among the plurality of connection plates 22 enclose an air duct, enabling the airflow driven by the fan assembly 4 to flow through the air duct.
- the number of the connecting plates 22 is 7.
- the number of the connecting plates 22 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the connecting plates 22 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
- the connecting member 2 is a plate disposed inside the housing 1 , the shape of the plate is the same as the shape of the internal cavity of the housing 1 , and a plurality of holes for airflow are opened on the plate.
- the connector 2 and the housing 1 are manufactured by an integrated molding process.
- the manufacturing process of the connector 2 and the housing 1 is not limited thereto.
- the connector 2 and the housing 1 can be processed and molded separately, and then assembled and connected by gluing, clamping, riveting or screwing.
- the connecting ring 21 includes: an outer connecting ring 211 and an inner connecting ring 212, the inner connecting ring 212 is arranged inside the outer connecting ring 211, the outer connecting ring 211 is connected to a plurality of connecting plates 22, the assembly base 3 is connected to the inner connecting ring 212, and the thickness of the outer connecting ring 211 is greater than the thickness of the inner connecting ring 212.
- the thickness in this embodiment refers to: the height in the vertical direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction.
- the thickness of the connecting outer ring 211 is greater than the thickness of the connecting inner ring 212, so that when the connecting inner ring 212 is set in the connecting outer ring 211, there is still spare space in the connecting outer ring 211.
- the spare space can be used to set the assembly base 3, thereby improving the space utilization of the fan module.
- each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 facing the fan assembly 4 is bent and extended toward the fan assembly 4 to form an air guide plate 23 .
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 4 .
- each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is formed with an air guide plate 23 at the end facing the fan blade 42 in the fan assembly 4, and the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42, which means that the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42, and is not limited to the specific embodiment in which the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is 180° to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42.
- the bending angle of the air guide plate 23 is an obtuse angle to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42, it is also within the opposite coverage defined in this embodiment.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 42.
- the airflow will be driven to rotate in the same direction.
- the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow.
- the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the curved part of the air guide plate 23. Since the directions are opposite, the angle between the airflow and the curved part of the air guide plate 23 is greater than 90 degrees.
- the airflow contacts the air guide plate 23 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 23.
- the air guide plate 23 has an obvious guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency.
- the air guide plate 23 is disposed between the fan assembly 4 and the housing 1 , and the air guide plate 23 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1 , with a gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan assembly 4 .
- the air guide plate 23 is disposed between the fan motor 41 and the housing 1 , and a gap is provided between the air guide plate 23 and the fan motor 41 .
- the air guide plate 23 is disposed between the hub 421 of the fan blade 42 and the housing 1 , and a gap is provided between the air guide plate 23 and the hub 421 .
- the air guide plate 23 is arranged between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1, and there is a gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42.
- the gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42 is such that after the airflow contacts the air guide plate 23, part of the airflow flows toward the air outlet along the guidance of the air guide plate 23, and the other part of the airflow flows to the next air guide plate 23 through the gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42.
- the gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42 provides a channel for the air pressure balance between the air guide plates 23, thereby avoiding the problem that the air pressure on both sides of the air guide plate 23 is inconsistent due to the complete closure of the air guide plate 23, thereby affecting the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the assembly base 3 is detachably connected to the connecting member 2 , and the assembly base 3 is made of metal.
- the connector 2 is provided with a plurality of first fixing holes 215, and the assembly base 3 is correspondingly provided with a plurality of second fixing holes 311, and the plurality of first fixing holes 215 and the plurality of second fixing holes 311 are connected by screws.
- the assembly base 3 can be disassembled by screw connection, and the assembly base 3 can be conveniently replaced and repaired.
- the detachable connection between the connector 2 and the assembly base 3 is not limited to screw connection. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the connector 2 and the assembly base 3 can also be connected by a buckle or lock connection.
- a positioning groove 214 is formed on the connecting member 2 , and one end of the assembly base 3 connected to the connecting member 2 is arranged in the positioning groove 214 .
- the positioning groove 214 is provided on the connecting inner ring 212 of the connecting member 2, and the setting of the positioning groove 214 enables the base 31 in the assembly base 3 to be embedded in the positioning groove 214.
- This method facilitates the positioning and alignment of the first fixing hole 215 and the second fixing hole 311, and optimizes the assembly process.
- the assembly base 3 needs to withstand the torque generated by the fan assembly 4 when the fan assembly 4 rotates, and the magnitude of the torque is proportional to the rotation speed of the fan assembly 4. Therefore, when the generated torque is borne by the screw, the strength requirements of the screw are relatively high, and at the same time, it will affect the service life of the screw.
- the setting of the positioning groove 214 can deflect and stop the assembly base 3 through the positioning groove 214, which is equivalent to sharing a part of the torque by the positioning groove 214, greatly reducing the loss of the screw and extending the service life of the fan module.
- the positioning groove 214 is configured as a rounded triangle
- the shape of the base 31 of the corresponding assembly base 3 is also configured as a rounded triangle that matches the positioning groove 214, and the edges of the two adjacent rounded corners of the positioning groove 214 are in an inner arc shape, and the edges of the two adjacent rounded corners of the corresponding assembly base 3 are also configured as an inner arc shape.
- the inner arc structure makes the edge of the positioning groove 214 that contacts the assembly base 3 in an arc shape.
- the force of the assembly base 3 acting on the positioning groove 214 is decomposed in different directions of the arc edge, rather than concentrated in the same direction, which further reduces the force strength of the edge of the positioning groove 214 and improves the service life of the fan assembly 4.
- the shape of the positioning groove 214 and the corresponding shape of the assembly base 3 are not limited thereto.
- the shape of the positioning groove 214 can be (but not limited to): a running field shape, a polygon, an ellipse, etc., which can have a limiting effect on the embedded objects of the same shape.
- the shape of the base 31 of the assembly base 3 can also change accordingly.
- the number of the first fixing holes 215 is 3, and the corresponding number of the second fixing holes 311 can also be 3.
- the first fixing holes 215 are respectively arranged at the rounded corners of the rounded triangle, and the second fixing holes 311 are respectively arranged at the rounded corners of the rounded triangle of the base 31.
- the number of the first fixing holes 215 and the number of the second fixing holes 311 are not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the first fixing holes 215 and the number of the second fixing holes 311 are respectively (but not limited to): 2, 4, 5 or more.
- the assembly base 3 is made of metal, and the shell 1 and the connecting member 2 are made of plastic.
- the use of metal material can make the assembly base 3 have higher physical strength and can be suitable for high-speed rotation of the fan assembly 4.
- the assembly base 3 is made of aluminum alloy material.
- the material of the assembly base 3 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the material of the assembly base 3 can be (but not limited to): iron, aluminum, copper and other conventional metals, and can also be made of iron or copper alloy materials.
- the mounting base 3 and the housing 1 can be made of the same plastic material.
- the fan assembly 4 includes: a fan motor 41 and fan blades 42 .
- the fan motor 41 is sleeved and connected to the assembly base 3 , and the fan motor 41 is connected to the assembly base 3 via a rotating shaft 414 , and the fan blades 42 are connected to the assembly base 3 via a rotating shaft 414 .
- the fan motor 41 is connected to the assembly base 3 and the rotating shaft 414 respectively.
- the two connection methods can make the fan motor 41 suspended in the shell 1.
- the sleeve installation can make the space occupied by the fan motor 41 and the assembly base 3 smaller.
- the fan motor 41 includes: a coil 411, a magnetic ring 412 and a motor housing 413.
- the coil 411 is sleeved on the assembly base 3
- the magnetic ring 412 is sleeved on the coil 411
- the motor housing 413 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 412
- the motor housing 413 is fixedly connected to the rotating shaft 414, so that the fan housing 1 drives the rotating shaft 414 to rotate.
- the driving magnetic ring 412 rotates, and then the magnetic ring 412 drives the motor housing 413 to rotate, and finally the motor housing 413 drives the rotating shaft 414 to rotate.
- This motor driving method enables the fan motor 41 to be sleeved on the assembly base 3. At the same time, since the force-bearing area of the magnetic ring 412 is larger than that of the driven motor, the fan motor 41 rotates faster.
- the coil 411 is interference fit with the assembly base 3, the magnetic ring 412 is magnetically coupled with the coil 411, and the motor housing 413 is interference fit with the rotating shaft 414.
- the magnetic ring 412 is suspended and rotates, which is less physically frictional than the traditional motor, thus further increasing the speed of the fan motor 41.
- connection method between the coil 411 and the assembly base 3 is not limited to interference fit.
- connection method between the coil 411 and the assembly base 3 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
- connection method between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414 is not limited to interference fit.
- connection method between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414 can also be (not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
- FIG. 6-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the motor housing of this embodiment.
- a limit stop edge 417 is provided inside the motor housing 413, and the limit stop edge 417 abuts against one end of the magnetic ring 412.
- the limit stop edge 417 is provided inside the motor housing 413, so that the magnetic ring 412 can be quickly assembled and limited, and the position of the motor housing 413 in the housing 1 is prevented from changing due to inconsistent assembly of the magnetic ring 412, thereby causing poor rotation stability of the fan module and easy friction damage.
- the limit stop edge 417 on the motor housing 413 is formed due to the thickness variation of the side wall of the motor housing 413.
- the side wall thickness of the motor housing 413 adjacent to the fan blade 42 is larger, and the side wall thickness of the motor housing 413 adjacent to the connector 2 is smaller.
- the thickness variation of the side wall of the motor housing 413 forms the limit stop edge 417 inside the motor housing 413.
- the limit stop edge 417 inside the motor housing 413 can be a limit stop edge 417 formed by a protrusion on the inner surface of the motor housing 413 .
- the fan blades 42 include: a hub 421 and a plurality of blades 422 .
- the plurality of blades 422 are arranged around the hub 421 , and the hub 421 is connected to the rotating shaft 414 .
- Figure 6-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment at a first viewing angle
- Figure 6-8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment at a second viewing angle.
- the number of blades 422 is 9.
- the number of blades 422 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 422 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 or more.
- the hub 421 includes: a top surface 421a, a bottom surface 421c and a side 421b, the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface 421c is larger than the cross-sectional area of the top surface 421a, and the top surface 421a and the side 421b have a smooth transition. That is, in this embodiment, the hub 421 is configured to be in the shape of a bullet head with a flat head.
- This shape of the hub 421 enables the airflow flowing through the blades 422 to flow along the arc surface formed by the smooth transition between the top surface 421a and the side 421b, which has a good guiding effect on the airflow to form a wall attachment effect, thereby improving the efficiency of the airflow flowing in the fan blades 42, and thus improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the shape of the hub 421 is not limited thereto.
- the shape of the hub 421 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, conical, truncated cone, cylindrical, etc.
- the top surface 421a of the hub 421 is a circular surface.
- the shape of the top surface 421a is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the top surface 421a of the hub 421 can also be conical, polygonal, elliptical or other shapes.
- Each of the plurality of blades 422 includes a first end 422a and a second end 422b opposite to the first end 422a, and the length of the first end 422a is greater than the length of the second end 422b.
- the first end 422a is located adjacent to the top surface 421a of the hub 421, and the second end 422b is located adjacent to the bottom surface 421c of the hub 421.
- the first end 422a is used to push the airflow into the fan blade 42 when the fan blade 42 rotates.
- the longer length of the first end 422a is conducive to pushing the airflow.
- the second end 422b is located at the end of the airflow direction. The reduction in the length of the second end 422b is conducive to reducing the size of the space where the airflow flows, compressing the airflow, and increasing the initial kinetic energy of the airflow, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- Each blade 422 is provided with a blade edge 422c.
- the thickness of each blade 422 gradually increases from the first end 422a to the blade edge 422c, and the thickness of each blade 422 gradually decreases from the blade edge 422c to the second end 422b.
- the thickness of different parts of the blade 422 varies, so that each blade 422 is constructed into a structure that is thinner at both ends and thicker in the middle. This structure enhances the cutting ability of the two ends of the blade 422 on the airflow and reduces the air resistance at both ends of the blade 422.
- the increase in the thickness of the middle part can enhance the physical strength of the blade 422.
- the increase in the thickness of the blade 422 reduces the space between two adjacent blades 422, which has a pressurizing effect on the airflow passing through.
- Figure 6-9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the assembly base of this embodiment from a first viewing angle
- Figure 6-10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the assembly base of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
- the assembly base 3 includes: a base 31 and a connecting column 32 , the base 31 is connected to the connecting member 2 , the connecting column 32 is connected to the base 31 , and the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and connected to the connecting column 32 .
- the base 31 is configured in the shape of a rounded triangle, and the two adjacent rounded edges of the base 31 are also configured in an inner arc shape.
- the inner arc shape when the fan assembly 4 rotates, the force of the base 31 acting on the positioning groove 214 is decomposed in different directions of the arc edge, rather than concentrated in the same direction, further reducing the force strength of the edge of the positioning groove 214 and improving the service life of the fan assembly 4.
- the shape of the base 31 is not limited thereto.
- the shape of the base 31 can be (but not limited to): a running field shape, a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, etc.
- the connecting column 32 includes: a first column 321 and a second column 322 .
- the diameter of the first column 321 is greater than the diameter of the second column 322 .
- the first column 321 is connected to the base 31 .
- the second column 322 is connected to the first column 321 .
- the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and connected to the second column 322 .
- the diameter of the first column 321 is greater than the diameter of the second body, so that the first column 321 and the second column 322 form a stepped structure.
- the first column 321 can serve as a stopper for the fan motor 41 or the PCB circuit board, facilitating the assembly of the fan motor 41 or the PCB circuit board.
- the shape of the connecting column 32 is not limited thereto.
- the connecting column 32 can be (but not limited to): a straight column, a prismatic column, or a composite structure consisting of a frustum and a straight column.
- a connecting hole 33 is provided on the connecting column 32, and a first bearing 34 and a second bearing 35 are respectively provided at both ends of the connecting hole 33.
- the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35 are inserted and passed through the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35.
- a groove 414a is provided on one end of the rotating shaft 414 passing through the second bearing 35, and a retaining spring 415 is connected to the groove 414a.
- the arrangement of the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35 can make the rotating shaft 414 rotate more smoothly.
- the arrangement of the two rotating shafts 414 makes the linear rotation of the rotating shaft 414 more stable, and can make the rotation speed of the fan motor 41 faster.
- the arrangement of the slot 414a and the retaining spring 415 can prevent the rotating shaft 414 from falling off from the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35, thereby enhancing the stability and reliability of the connection of the rotating shaft 414.
- the base 31 includes: a first protrusion 312 , a second protrusion 313 and a third protrusion 314 , wherein inner arc notches 315 are formed between the first protrusion 312 , the second protrusion 313 and the third protrusion 314 , and an outer arc piece 316 is provided between the second protrusion 313 and the third protrusion 314 .
- the second fixing holes 311 are respectively arranged on the first protrusion 312, the second protrusion 313 and the third protrusion 314.
- the thickness of the outer arc piece 316 is less than the thickness of the base 31 body, and the second wiring hole 317 is provided on the outer arc piece 316.
- the structure of the inner arc notch 315 makes the edge of the positioning groove 214 in contact with the base 31 arc-shaped. When the fan assembly 4 rotates, the force of the base 31 acting on the positioning groove 214 is decomposed in different directions of the arc edge, rather than concentrated in the same direction, which further reduces the force strength of the edge of the positioning groove 214 and improves the service life of the fan assembly 4.
- a connecting platform 416 is provided at the position where the fan assembly 4 is connected to the rotating shaft 414.
- the rotating shaft 414 passes through the connecting platform 416 and is interference fit with the connecting platform 416.
- the end of the connecting platform 416 facing the first bearing 34 abuts against the first inner ring 341 of the first bearing 34.
- a protrusion extends in the direction of the connecting column 32 to form a connecting platform 416.
- the setting of the connecting platform 416 can increase the contact area between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414, enhance the connection strength between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414, and effectively prevent the problem of excessive local force, unstable connection, and short service life due to the small contact area between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414.
- connection method between the connecting platform 416 and the rotating shaft 414 is not limited to interference fit.
- connection method between the connecting platform 416 and the rotating shaft 414 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
- the connecting platform 416 is in contact with the first inner ring 341 of the first bearing 34.
- the connecting platform 416 can also provide driving force for the first inner ring 341. This effectively avoids the problem that the rotating shaft 414 and the first inner ring 341 rotate relative to each other or slip due to long-term use, resulting in the first inner ring 341 and the rotating shaft 414 rotating asynchronously, thereby reducing the rotation efficiency of the rotating shaft 414.
- the motor housing 413 rotates, it will drive the first inner ring 341 of the first bearing 34 to rotate, and the first inner ring 341 can synchronously drive the rotating shaft 414 to rotate.
- the force-bearing length of the rotating shaft 414 is extended, the rotation torque of the rotating shaft 414 is shortened, the force strength per unit area of the rotating shaft 414 is reduced, and its service life is extended.
- the rotating shaft 414 can be made to rotate more stably, reducing the vibration and noise of the fan module.
- a sleeve 36 is disposed between the second bearing 35 and the retaining spring 415 .
- the sleeve 36 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 414 , and one end of the sleeve 36 facing the second rotating shaft 414 abuts against the second inner ring 351 of the second bearing 35 .
- the arrangement of the sleeve 36 can prevent the rotating shaft 414 from slipping with the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35, which would cause the retaining spring 415 to contact the second bearing 35 and cause friction damage.
- the end of the sleeve 36 facing the second bearing 35 abuts against the second inner ring 351, so that the sleeve 36 can rotate synchronously with the rotating shaft 414 and the second inner ring 351, thereby preventing the sleeve 36 from causing friction and collision damage with the rotating shaft 414 and the second bearing 35 due to lack of driving force.
- one end of the sleeve 36 abuts against the retaining spring 415 , and the other end abuts against the second inner ring 351 of the second bearing 35 .
- the shaft sleeve 36 is made of alloy material or metal material.
- the material of the shaft sleeve 36 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the shaft sleeve 36 can be made of plastic or rubber material.
- one end of the rotating shaft 414 connected to the retaining spring 415 is located inside the connecting inner ring 212 to prevent the protruding end of the rotating shaft 414 from causing friction damage with other components.
- a PCB circuit board is provided between the base 31 and the fan assembly 4, and the PCB circuit board is sleeved on the connecting column 32.
- the PCB circuit board is used to control functions such as starting, stopping, and speed change of the fan motor 41.
- the PCB circuit board is provided between the base 31 and the fan assembly 4, and sleeved on the connecting column 32, which can save the internal space of the fan module and improve the space utilization rate inside the fan module. At the same time, the distance between the PCB circuit board and the fan motor 41 is shortened, and the length of the wire connecting the two is reduced, which saves consumables.
- the PCB circuit board is configured as a ring as a whole.
- the shape of the PCB circuit board is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the shape of the PCB circuit board can be (not limited to): polygonal, elliptical or racetrack-shaped.
- the PCB circuit board is connected to the connecting column 32 by means of interference fit.
- the fixing method of the PCB circuit board is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the PCB circuit board is also fixed to the coil 411 by screws.
- a first wiring hole 213 is provided on the connector 2
- a second wiring hole 317 is provided at the base 31 corresponding to the first wiring hole 213, and the thickness of the base 31 at the position where the second wiring hole 317 is provided is smaller than the thickness at other positions of the base 31.
- a first wiring hole 213 is provided on the connector 2, and a second wiring hole 317 is provided on the base 31.
- the provision of the first wiring hole 213 and the second wiring hole 317 allows the wires to be routed in a manner that does not leak out, thereby improving the smoothness of the airflow inside the fan module.
- the thickness of the base 31 at the position where the second wiring hole 317 is provided is less than the thickness at other positions of the base 31, which can reduce the overall weight of the base 31 and make the fan module more portable.
- the design of the thickness variation cooperates with the design of the positioning groove 214, so that the side of the base 31 facing the fan motor 41 is smoother and neater.
- a flexible sleeve 5 is sleeved on the housing 1, and an annular protrusion 51 and a dot-shaped protrusion 52 are alternately arranged on the outside of the flexible sleeve 5.
- the setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can increase the friction between the fan module and the external object or other matching structure, so that the connection stability of the fan module is stronger.
- the setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can also effectively buffer the physical vibration generated when the fan module is working, so that the rotation of the fan module is more stable and the noise generated is smaller.
- the flexible sleeve 5 is alternately provided with annular protrusions 51 and dot-shaped protrusions 52 on the outside.
- the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between the two annular protrusions 51.
- the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends and the middle position of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between two adjacent annular protrusions 51.
- the alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 is not limited thereto, and the number of the annular protrusions 51 can be: 4, 5, 6 or more.
- the dot-shaped protrusions 52 can also be provided at one end or both ends of the flexible sleeve 5.
- the alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 provides the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 with a larger deformation space, which facilitates the assembly of the fan module. At the same time, the enlargement of the deformation space can improve the buffering performance of the flexible sleeve 5.
- the ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 42 is in the range of 1.01-1.15.
- the ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 42 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blade 42.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 42 is limited to between 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner edge of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 42 is limited to between 1.01-1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the backflow airflow in the fan blades 42, prevent the cyclone generated by the backflow airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blades 42, and improve the air intake efficiency of the fan module.
- the improvement of the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the length ratio of the first end 422a and the second end 422b is in the range of 1.4-1.9.
- the airflow flowing through the fan flows from the first end 422a to the second end 422b, and the direction of the first end 422a facing the second end 422b gradually decreases. This reduction process cooperates with the size change of the hub 421 to gradually reduce the space for the airflow to flow, gradually pressurize the convection, and increase the initial velocity of the airflow.
- the length ratio range of the first end 422a and the second end 422b is limited to 1.4-1.9. Within this ratio range, the airflow pressure flowing through the fan blade 42 is adjusted within the optimal range, which minimizes the backflow problem caused by excessive pressure.
- the first end 422a can most effectively intercept and utilize the return airflow gradually overflowing from the edge of the blade 422, and minimize the probability of the return airflow flowing out of the housing 1.
- the combination of the two effects can make the airflow entering the first end 422a and the airflow outflowing from the end of the airflow approach the optimal value of 1:1.
- the air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 42 is greatly improved.
- a blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
- blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation.
- the fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
- the blowing device in this embodiment sets the connecting member 2 in the housing 1, the assembly base 3 is connected to the connecting member 2, the fan assembly 4 is connected to the assembly base 3, and the assembly base 3 and the fan assembly 4 are connected in two ways. First, part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and installed on the assembly base 3; second, part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is also connected to the assembly base 3 through the rotating shaft 414.
- the multiplexed connection method between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3 not only increases the connection stability between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3, but also, this composite connection method can greatly reduce the space occupied by the fan assembly 4 in the housing 1, so that the volume of the fan module can be further reduced.
- Scheme 7 is shown in Figures 7-1 to 7-6.
- Figure 7-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment
- Figure 7-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
- a fan module includes: a housing 1, a fan motor 2 and a fan blade 3.
- the fan motor 2 is arranged in the housing 1; the fan blade 3 is provided with a first balance ring portion 33 and a second balance ring portion 34, and the diameter of the first balance ring portion 33 is greater than the diameter of the second balance ring portion 34.
- the fan motor 2 and the fan blade 3 of the fan module are arranged in the housing 1, and the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 are provided on the fan blade 3.
- the mass distribution of the fan blade 3 is balanced, so that the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3 are improved.
- the two adjustment ring parts of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 can increase the adjustable space of the fan blade 3, so as to achieve the purpose of balancing the mass deviation of the fan blade 3 in a larger range.
- the diameter of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the diameter of the second balance ring part 34.
- the torque of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the torque of the second balance ring part 34.
- the same mass of balance soil has different regulating effects on the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34. Therefore, this structure has different levels of balancing effect on the fan blade 3.
- the combination of the two can achieve more accurate mass balancing, thereby greatly improving the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3.
- the housing 1 is configured as a cylinder, and a cylindrical air cavity is provided inside the cylinder.
- the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
- the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity is configured in a cylindrical shape.
- the shape of the air cavity is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
- a horn or a fairing with a necked opening is further disposed in the housing 1 .
- the fan motor 2 is arranged in the housing 1 through the connecting member 4.
- the connecting member 4 includes: a connecting ring 41 and a plurality of connecting plates 42, the plurality of connecting plates 42 are arranged around the connecting ring 41, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 42 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, the other end of each of the connecting plates 42 is connected to the connecting ring 41, and two adjacent connecting plates 42 in the plurality of connecting plates 42 are enclosed to form an air duct.
- the connecting ring 41 is interference-fitted or snap-fitted with the fan motor 2, or a connecting column 43 is arranged on the connecting ring 41, and the fan motor 2 is sleeved on the connecting column 43.
- Figure 7-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the housing of this embodiment from a first viewing angle
- Figure 7-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the housing of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
- the arrangement of multiple connecting plates 42 enables the connecting ring 41 to be suspended in the shell 1 , and every two connecting plates 42 among the multiple connecting plates 42 enclose an air duct, allowing the airflow driven by the fan assembly to flow through the air duct.
- connection member 4 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connection member 4 can be a connector formed perpendicular to the inner surface of the shell 1 .
- the fan motor 2 is fixed on the connecting ring 41.
- the fixing method of the fan motor 2 is not limited thereto.
- a connecting column 43 is provided on the connecting ring 41, and the fan motor 2 can be sleeved on the connecting column 43.
- the connecting column 43 can be integrally formed with the connecting ring 41, or can be fixed on the connecting ring 41 by means of clamping, riveting, screw connection or gluing.
- the fan motor 2 includes: a coil 22 and a magnetic ring 23, wherein the coil 22 is sleeved on the connecting column 43 and has an interference fit with the connecting column 43, and the magnetic ring 23 is arranged in the fan blade 3.
- One end of the rotating shaft 21 is connected to the fan blade 3, and the other end is connected to the connecting column 43.
- the fan motor 2 includes: a coil 22, a magnetic ring 23 and a motor housing 24, the coil 22 is sleeved on the connecting column 43 and has an interference fit with the connecting column 43, the magnetic ring 23 is arranged in the motor housing 24 and sleeved on the coil 22.
- One end of the rotating shaft 21 is connected to the fan blade 3, and the other end is connected to the connecting column 43 and has an interference fit with the motor housing 24.
- the fan motor 2 is a conventional motor, which is fixed to the connecting ring 41 by means of clamping, screw fixing, riveting, adhesive connection, welding, etc.
- the fan motor 2 can be connected to the housing 1 through the structure inside the housing 1, for example, a connecting platform is provided on the inner wall of the housing 1, and the connecting platform is connected to the fan motor 2.
- a connecting rod is inserted into the housing 1, and the fan motor 2 is fixed on the connecting rod.
- two opposite clamping parts extend inwardly from the inner surface of the housing 1 to clamp and fix the fan motor 2.
- an abutment plate extends from the inner surface of the housing 1 toward the fan motor 2 to fix the fan motor 2 by clamping, or a supporting structure extends laterally from the housing 1 to fix the fan motor 2 .
- the fan motor 2 is connected to the fan blades 3 via the rotating shaft 21.
- One end of the rotating shaft 21 is connected to the fan motor 2 and the connecting column 43, and the other end is connected to the fan blades 3.
- the connection method of the rotating shaft 21 is not limited thereto.
- the end of the rotating shaft 21 connected to the fan motor 2 is also connected to the connecting column 43.
- one end of the rotating shaft 21 is only connected to the connecting ring 41 or the connecting column 43, and the other end is connected to the fan blades 3.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 is 1.01-1.15.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 is limited to 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blades 3 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of the centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner side surface of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field.
- the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 is limited to between 1.01 and 1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blades 3 and the shell 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the return airflow in the fan blades 3, preventing the cyclone generated by the return airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blades 3, thereby improving the air intake efficiency of the fan module.
- the improvement in the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- Figure 7-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment from a first viewing angle
- Figure 7-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
- the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 are both surrounded by a plurality of balance grooves 35.
- the independent balance groove 35 is conducive to quantifying the balance adjustment and is convenient for the user to perform leveling.
- the balance grooves 35 of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 have different torques, the balance grooves 35 of the first balance ring part 33 have a larger torque and can be used for coarse adjustment, and the balance grooves 35 of the second balance ring part 34 have a smaller torque and can achieve fine adjustment.
- the combination of the two can achieve a combination of coarse adjustment and fine adjustment, and achieve more accurate leveling.
- the number of the balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 18, 26 or more.
- the number of the balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 can be arbitrarily set based on actual needs.
- the number of the balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 18, 26 or more.
- the number of the balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 can be arbitrarily set based on actual needs.
- the first balance ring portion 33 is configured as an annular groove
- the second balance ring portion 34 is also configured as an annular groove.
- the number of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is greater than the number of balancing grooves 35 constituting the second balancing ring portion 34.
- the number of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is greater than the number of balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34, which can make the adjustable range of the first balancing ring portion 33 larger and increase the adjustable space of the fan blades 3.
- the upper limit of the interval for leveling the fan blades 3 can be maximized, thereby increasing the scene adaptability of the fan blades 3.
- the balancing groove 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is configured in a square shape.
- the shape of the balancing groove 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is not limited to that of a circle, an ellipse, a semicircle, a semi-ellipse, a racetrack, a wedge, or other polygons other than a quadrilateral, etc., depending on the specific application scenario.
- the balancing groove 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 is configured in a wedge shape.
- the shape of the balancing groove 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 is not limited to that of a circle, an ellipse, a semicircle, a semi-ellipse, a racetrack, a polygon, etc., depending on the specific application scenario.
- the fan blades 3 include: a hub 31 and a plurality of blades 32 , wherein the plurality of blades 32 extend obliquely around the surface of the hub 31 , and the hub 31 is connected to the rotating shaft 21 .
- the number of blades 32 is 9.
- the number of blades 32 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 32 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 or more.
- the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 are both arranged on the surface of the hub 31. Such an arrangement of the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 facilitates the filling of balancing soil and makes the leveling work more convenient.
- the first balancing ring portion 33 is disposed on the inner surface of the hub 31, and the second balancing ring portion 34 is disposed on the surface of the hub 31.
- the arrangement of the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 can more directly adjust the mass imbalance formed on the inner surface of the hub 31.
- the balancing soil in the first balancing ring portion 33 is more firmly connected under the centrifugal force when the fan blades 3 rotate.
- the wheel hub 31 includes: a top surface 311, a bottom surface 313 and a side edge 312.
- the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface 313 is larger than the cross-sectional area of the top surface 311, and there is a smooth transition between the top surface 311 and the side edge 312.
- the first balance ring portion 33 is arranged on the side edge 312 and connected to the bottom surface 313.
- the second balance ring portion 34 is arranged on the side edge 312.
- the hub 31 is configured to be in the shape of a bullet head with a flat head.
- This shape of the hub 31 enables the airflow passing through the blades 32 to flow along the arc surface formed by the smooth transition between the top surface 311 and the side edge 312 to form a wall effect, which has a good guiding effect on the airflow, improves the efficiency of the airflow flowing in the fan blades 3, and further improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the first balancing ring portion 33 is arranged on the side 312 and communicates with the bottom surface 313, and the second balancing ring portion 34 is arranged on the side 312.
- the first balancing ring portion 33 is arranged at the position where the torque of the hub 31 is the largest, which maximizes the leveling effect of the first balancing ring portion 33 and improves the upper limit of leveling.
- the combination of the positions of the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 can make the leveling of the fan blade 3 more hierarchical, and improve the upper limit and accuracy of leveling.
- the shape of the hub 31 is not limited thereto.
- the shape of the hub 31 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, conical, truncated cone, cylindrical, etc.
- the top surface 311 of the hub 31 is a circular surface.
- the shape of the top surface 311 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the top surface 311 of the hub 31 can also be conical, polygonal, elliptical or other shapes.
- An opening is provided on the bottom surface 313 of the hub 31, and the opening is connected to the accommodating cavity inside the hub 31, and a connecting sleeve is provided in the accommodating cavity.
- a plurality of reinforcing ribs are provided around the connecting sleeve, and the plurality of reinforcing ribs are arranged around the connecting sleeve, one end of the reinforcing rib is connected to the connecting sleeve, and the other end of the reinforcing rib is connected to the inner surface of the hub 31.
- Each blade 32 among the multiple blades 32 includes a first end 321 and a second end 322 opposite to the first end 321, the length of the first end 321 is greater than the length of the second end 322, the first balance ring portion 33 is arranged on a side adjacent to the second end 322, and the second balance ring portion 34 is arranged on a side adjacent to the first end 321.
- the first end 321 is located adjacent to the top surface 311 of the hub 31, and the second end 322 is located adjacent to the bottom surface 313 of the hub 31.
- the first end 321 is used to push the airflow into the fan blade 3 when the fan blade 3 rotates.
- the longer length of the first end 321 is conducive to pushing the airflow.
- the second end 322 is located at the end of the airflow direction. The reduction in the length of the second end 322 is conducive to reducing the size of the space where the airflow flows, compressing the airflow, and increasing the initial kinetic energy of the airflow, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
- the length ratio of the first end 321 to the second end 322 is in the range of 1.4-1.9.
- the airflow flowing through the fan flows from the first end 321 to the second end 322, and the direction of the first end 321 facing the second end 322 gradually decreases. This reduction process cooperates with the size change of the hub 31 to gradually reduce the space for the airflow to flow, gradually pressurize the convection, and increase the initial velocity of the airflow.
- there is a gap between the fan blades 3 and the housing 1 when the pressure of the airflow entering the first end 321 and flowing out of the second end 322 is obviously too large, since it is not a completely closed space, the airflow will flow back due to excessive pressure.
- the backflow airflow will impact the intake airflow of the fan module to form a cyclone, reducing the air intake efficiency of the fan module.
- the length ratio of the first end 321 to the second end 322 is limited to 1.4-1.9. Within this ratio range, the airflow pressure flowing through the fan blades 3 is adjusted within the optimal range, which minimizes the airflow caused by excessive pressure. At the same time, within the range of this ratio, the first end 321 can most effectively intercept and utilize the return airflow gradually overflowing from the edge of the blade 32, and reduce the probability of the return airflow flowing out of the housing 1 to the greatest extent.
- the combination of the two functions can make the airflow entering the first end 321 and the airflow outflowing from the end of the airflow approach the optimal value of 1:1.
- the air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 3 is greatly improved.
- the first balance ring portion 33 is arranged on a side adjacent to the second end portion 322, and the second balance ring portion 34 is arranged on a side adjacent to the first end portion 321.
- the first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 are arranged on both sides of the blade 32, and the spatial layout is reasonable, and will not affect the normal layout of the surface of the fan blade 3.
- the first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 distributed on both sides of the blade 32 can better adjust the imbalance problem of the fan blade 3 caused by the uneven mass distribution of the blade 32.
- the distance between the first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 is greater than the length of the blade 32, which can expand the leveling coverage of the first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 to the entire fan page, thereby improving the leveling range.
- Each blade 32 is provided with a blade edge 323.
- the thickness of each blade 32 gradually increases from the first end 321 to the blade edge 323, and the thickness of each blade 32 gradually decreases from the blade edge 323 to the second end 322.
- the thickness of different parts of the blade 32 varies, so that each blade 32 is constructed into a structure that is thinner at both ends and thicker in the middle. This structure enhances the cutting ability of the two ends of the blade 32 on the airflow and reduces the air resistance at both ends of the blade 32.
- the increase in the thickness of the middle part can enhance the physical strength of the blade 32.
- the increase in the thickness of the blade 32 reduces the space between two adjacent blades 32, which has a pressurizing effect on the airflow passing through.
- the second balancing ring portion 34 is disposed between the top surface 311 and the first end portion 321, and the plurality of balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 are enclosed and configured to be in a truncated cone shape. Since the cross-sectional area of the hub 31 increases from the top surface 311 to the bottom surface 313 of the hub 31, the side edge 312 of the hub 31 is configured to be in an arc shape.
- the plurality of balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 are enclosed and configured to be in a truncated cone shape, so that the distribution of the balancing grooves 35 is more reasonable, conforming to the trend change of the side wall, and improving the space utilization rate.
- the multiple balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are arranged in pairs between two adjacent blades 32. Two adjacent balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are separated by a first partition plate 331 or a second partition plate 332. Along the circumferential direction of the hub 31, the length of the second partition plate 332 is greater than the length of the first partition plate 331.
- the plurality of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are arranged in pairs between two adjacent blades 32. This design reasonably utilizes the space of the fan blades 3, increases the number of balancing grooves 35 that can be arranged on the first balancing ring portion 33, and improves the ability to level the fan blades 3.
- Two adjacent balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are separated by a first partition plate 331 or a second partition plate 332.
- Each independent balancing groove 35 serves as the minimum leveling unit of the first balancing ring portion 33.
- the balancing grooves 35 are isolated from each other, thereby avoiding mutual interference when filling balancing soil between the balancing grooves 35 and improving the filling efficiency.
- the length of the second partition 332 is greater than that of the first partition 331.
- the change in the interval length makes the leveling ability of the first balance ring part 33 not the superposition of the unit leveling ability, but a numerical span appears. This span change is combined with the fine-tuning ability of the second balance ring part 34.
- the fine-tuning ability is a supplement to the numerical span, which can quickly achieve the leveling purpose.
- the second partition 332 is connected to the second end 322 of the blade 32 .
- This connection method fully utilizes the space of the fan blade 3 , extends the length of the blade 32 , and improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 3 .
- the fan module housing 1 is provided with a flexible sleeve 5, and the flexible sleeve 5 is alternately provided with annular protrusions 51 and dot-shaped protrusions 52.
- the anti-fall performance of the fan module is improved, and when used in combination, the noise and vibration of the fan module can be reduced.
- a blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
- blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation.
- the fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
- the fan motor 2 and the fan blade 3 of the fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment are arranged in the housing 1, and the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 are provided on the fan blade 3.
- the mass distribution of the fan blade 3 is balanced, so that the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3 are improved.
- the two adjustment ring parts of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 can increase the adjustable space of the fan blade 3, so as to achieve the purpose of balancing the mass deviation of the fan blade 3 in a larger range.
- the diameter of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the diameter of the second balance ring part 34.
- the torque of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the torque of the second balance ring part 34.
- the same mass of balance soil has different regulating effects on the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34. Therefore, this structure has different levels of balancing effect on the fan blade 3.
- the combination of the two can achieve more accurate mass balancing, thereby greatly improving the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3.
- Scheme 8 is shown in Figures 8-1 to 8-9.
- the portable fan of the present application includes an air outlet portion 100 and a hand-held portion 200 .
- the air outlet portion 100 is used for discharging air
- the hand-held portion 200 is used for being held by a user, so that the user can hold and move the fan for easy use.
- the air outlet 100 includes a housing 1, a casing 2, a first buffer 30 and a cylinder 4 from the outside to the inside.
- the cylinder 4 has air inlet at the rear end and air outlet at the front end.
- a motor 5 and a fan 6 are arranged in the cylinder 4.
- the motor 5 is a high-speed three-phase motor, which can provide sufficient power. force and speed to ensure the wind force of the portable fan.
- the first buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, the casing 2 is arranged outside the first buffer 30, and the outer shell 1 is arranged outside the casing 2.
- the first buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4.
- the first buffer 30 absorbs and reduces the vibration caused by the high-speed three-phase motor in time, so that the portable fan can continue to rotate at a high speed stably.
- the casing 2 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, a limiting portion 20 is provided inside the casing 2, the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30 are inserted into the casing 2 from back to front, and the limiting portion 20 limits the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30.
- the outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the first buffer 30, and the outer diameter of the first buffer 30 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the casing 2.
- the cylinder 4, the first buffer 30 and the casing 2 are tightly matched and have a stable structure.
- the outer shell 1 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, the outer diameter of the casing 2 is smaller than the inner diameter of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs are equidistantly provided on the inner surface of the casing 1, so that the casing 2 can be easily inserted into the inner side of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs can help tighten the casing 2.
- a plurality of ribs can be equidistantly provided on the outer surface of the casing 2.
- the first buffer member 30 is used as an isolation buffer interface between the barrel 4 and the casing 2.
- the first buffer member 30 is a smooth surface; in another embodiment, in order to enhance its isolation and buffering properties, a plurality of convex points may be arranged at intervals on the outer surface of the first buffer member.
- the first buffer member 30 may only cover part of the outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the entire outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the front end face and the rear end face of the barrel 4, but is not limited thereto.
- the cylinder 4 includes an outer ring portion 40, an inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of first connecting leaves 42 connecting the outer ring portion 40 and the inner ring portion 41, wherein the inner ring portion 41 is shorter than the outer ring portion 40, and the inner ring portion 41 is located at the inner side corresponding to the front end portion of the outer ring portion 40, and the front end of the inner ring portion 41 exceeds the front end of the outer ring portion 40 forward.
- a base plate 44 is provided in the inner ring portion 41, and a hollow shaft cylinder 45 protrudes backward from the base plate 44.
- the motor 5 includes a stator assembly 51 and a rotor assembly, wherein the stator assembly 51 and the rotor assembly are nested and fixed, and fixed to the shaft cylinder 45 from the rear, and the fan 6 is installed at the rear side of the rotor assembly.
- the motor 5 further includes a driving plate 52.
- the front end of the inner ring portion 41 is provided with a receiving portion 46 and a buckle 47.
- the receiving portion 46 is used to receive the driving plate 52, and the buckle 47 is used to buckle and fix the driving plate 52.
- the base plate 44 is provided with a wire passing opening 440, and the wire passes through the wire passing opening 440 to electrically connect the driving plate 52 and the stator assembly 51.
- the driving plate 52 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 51, and drives the rotor assembly and the fan 6 to rotate.
- the rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 501, a bearing 502 and a stopper 503, wherein the bearing 502, the stopper 503 and the stator assembly 51 are all inserted outside the rotating shaft 501.
- the shaft cylinder 45 extends backward beyond the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, but does not extend beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40.
- the rotating shaft 501 is inserted into the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and two bearings 502 are provided, one of which is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and the other bearing 502 is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from front to back.
- the shaft cylinder 45 is provided with a second buffer (not shown, the same below) between the two bearings 502, and the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the second buffer is smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the bearing 502.
- a slot is provided radially outside the front of the rotating shaft 501, and the stopper 503 is fixed in the slot from front to back, and a third buffer 31 is provided between the front bearing 502 and the stopper 503.
- the second buffer and the third buffer 31 can effectively absorb and reduce the vibration between the rotating shaft 501 and the shaft cylinder 45, and the shock absorption effect is good.
- the rotor assembly further comprises a housing 504 and a magnetic ring 505, the housing 504 is open to the front, the housing 504 comprises a rear portion and a side portion, the magnetic ring 505 is fixed to the inner side of the side portion of the housing 504, and the stator assembly 51 is fixed to the inner side of the magnetic ring 505.
- the stator assembly 51, the magnetic ring 505 and the side portion of the housing 504 are sleeved on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the front end of the side portion of the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged in close proximity in the axial direction.
- the interval between the side portion of the housing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the interval between the rear portion of the housing 504 and the rear bearing 502, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the rear portion of the housing 504 will not impact and damage the rear bearing 502.
- the distance between the side of the casing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the distance between the front end of the rotating shaft 501 and the rear end of the driving plate 52, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the front end of the bearing 502 will not hit and damage the driving plate 52.
- the outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is 23.71-24.05 mm
- the length of the cylinder 4 is 30-33.05 mm
- the volume of the cylinder 4 is small, so that the overall volume of the portable fan can also be small, thereby improving the portability of the portable fan.
- the cylinder 4 also includes a plurality of extension leaves 43, which correspond to the first connecting leaves 42 one by one, and extend backward from the first connecting leaves 42 to form the extension leaves 43.
- the first connecting leaves 42 extend vertically forward, and the extension leaves 43 extend in an arc shape, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 surround the outside of the side of the housing 504.
- the fan 6 is fixedly arranged at the rear end of the rotating shaft 501, and the front end of the fan 6 is arranged closely to the rear end of the housing 504 in the axial direction.
- the fan 6 is arranged coaxially with the motor 5, and the fan 6 and the housing 504 are arranged closely to each other, so there is no need to arrange a transmission device between the motor 5 and the fan 6, which effectively improves the transmission efficiency of the fan 6.
- the fan 6 includes a hub 60 and a plurality of blades 61 arranged outside the hub 60.
- the fourth buffer member 32 passes through the notch at the rear of the housing 504 and is disposed between the bearing 502 at the rear and the ribs 62 of the fan 6.
- the rear end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the ribs 62, and the front end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the bearing 502 at the rear.
- the fourth buffer member 32 effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the high-speed rotation of the fan 6, and has a good shock absorption effect.
- a fifth buffer (not numbered, the same below) is sleeved on the outer side of one of the two bearings 502; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, and both are arranged in the shaft cylinder 45; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, the front bearing 502 is arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, and the rear bearing 502 is not arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, but directly arranged in the rotor assembly.
- the fifth buffer effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the high-speed rotation of the bearing 502, and has a good shock absorption effect.
- the fan 6 is a diagonal flow fan 6, the hub 60 radially increases and extends from the back to the front, and the hub 60 is arc-shaped.
- the diameter of the hub 60, the diameter of the housing 504, and the diameter of the inner ring portion 41 are less than 0.5 mm apart from each other, and in the axial direction, the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged closely spaced from front to back, and the hub 60 and the housing 504 are arranged closely.
- the rear end of the fan 6 does not extend backward beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40, and the fan 6 can be completely arranged in the four-layer structure of the outer ring portion 40, the first buffer 30, the casing 2, and the outer shell 1, which can effectively absorb and reduce the noise of the high-speed rotation of the fan 6. It should be understood that the channel between the inner ring portion 41 and the outer ring portion 40, and the channel between the side of the housing 504 and the outer ring portion 40 belong to the air duct of the portable fan.
- the fan 6 rotates, and the high-speed rotating blades 61 generate high-speed turbulence, which first flows through the bent and extended extension blades 43 to be initially combed, then flows through the first connecting blades 42 extending vertically forward to be combed again, and is guided to be ejected vertically forward to reduce kinetic energy loss and retain large air volume and high wind pressure.
- the air outlet portion 100 further includes an air inlet cover assembly 7 and an air outlet cover 8, wherein the air inlet cover assembly 7 is fixed to the rear side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the rear side of the outer shell 1.
- the air outlet cover 8 is fixed to the front side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the front side of the outer shell 1.
- a first fixing portion 21 is provided at the front side of the casing 2
- a first matching portion 70 is provided at the outer side of the air outlet cover 8, and the first fixing portion 21 and the first matching portion 70 are fixed in a corresponding manner.
- a second fixing portion 22 is provided at the rear side of the casing 2, and the air inlet cover assembly 7 is provided with a second matching portion 80, and the second fixing portion 22 and the second matching portion 80 are fixed in a corresponding manner.
- the axial length of the shell 1 is 53.6-54 mm
- the first spacing is smaller than the second spacing, so that the airflow has sufficient air inlet distance and air outlet distance
- the guide, rectification and pressurization structures are set in the air inlet distance and the air outlet distance, to ensure that the portable fan can increase the air volume, wind pressure and wind efficiency even when the volume is limited.
- the air inlet cover assembly 7 comprises a rear shell 71, a fairing 72, a housing 73 and a fastener 74, wherein the fastener 74 fixes the rear shell 71 and the housing 73, and the rear shell 71, the housing 73 and the fairing 72 are all located at the rear side of the hub 60.
- the rear shell 71 is hollow, and a protrusion 710 and a first fixing hole 714 are provided at the front end of the rear shell 71.
- a housing 721 is provided at the edge of the fairing 72, and the housing 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710, and the fairing 72 covers the radial inner side of the rear shell 71.
- a second fixing hole 730 is provided at the rear end of the housing 73, and the fastener 74 fixes the first fixing hole 714 and the second fixing hole 730, and the rear shell 71 and the housing 73 clamp the fairing 72.
- the fairing 72 includes a plurality of air inlet holes 720, and the thickness of the fairing 72 is 0.4 mm.
- the rear shell 71 includes a plane portion 711, a radial guide portion 712 and an axial guide portion 713 which are connected in sequence in a radial direction.
- the front end of the axial guide portion 713 is provided with a first step portion, and the first step portion is convexly provided with the protrusion 710.
- the edge of the fairing 72 is provided at the first step portion, and the clamping hole 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710.
- the rear end of the clamping shell 73 is arranged corresponding to the first step portion to clamp the fairing 72 with the first step portion.
- the radial guide portion 712 is an arc surface, and radially decreases from the plane portion 711 to the axial guide portion 713.
- the minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is greater than the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713.
- the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 extends forward substantially radially unchanged, and the inner side surface of the clamping shell 73 extends forward substantially radially unchanged.
- the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 can also be radially tapered and extended forward with a very small amplitude.
- the airflow is introduced from the arc-shaped radial guide portion 712, and the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 remain unchanged in radial direction, so that the airflow encounters less resistance and generates less turbulence, which can reduce the noise generated by airflow disturbance and help guide the airflow to flow forward.
- the fairing 72 which has a thickness and a plurality of air inlet holes 720, can organize the airflow well, so that the airflow can be more gathered and smoothly enter the portable fan.
- the minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is R1, and the distance between the plane portion 711 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D1, 0.5R ⁇ D1 ⁇ R1 ⁇ 2D1; the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713 is R2, and the distance between the rear end of the axial guide portion 713 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D2, 0.5R2 ⁇ D2 ⁇ R2 ⁇ 2D2. Too large D1 and D2 will affect the layout distribution of the portable fan, while too small D1 and D2 will increase the intake loss of the portable fan and affect the performance of the portable fan.
- an excellent intake length can be designed, so that the airflow encounters less resistance, generates less turbulence, increases the air volume, wind pressure and wind efficiency, and reduces the noise of the air intake.
- the air outlet cover 8 includes an outer cover portion 81, an inner cover portion 82, and a plurality of second connecting leaves 83 connecting the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82, and the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82 form the portable fan.
- the second connecting blade 83 is spaced more than 3.5 mm from the first connecting blade 42 in the axial direction. It should be understood that the first connecting blade 42 and the second connecting blade 83 are both stationary blades. Double stationary blades are used to replace ordinary stationary blades, and there is a gap between the double stationary blades. When the airflow passes through the double stationary blades, it is ensured that there is enough buffer space, and part of the airflow will not rebound, which can prevent the generation of turbulence and reduce noise.
- the front end of the outer cover part 81 is in front of the front end of the inner cover part 82, the rear end of the inner cover part 82 is open, the front end is sealed, and the front end of the inner cover part 82 is formed with a negative pressure surface 820 that is recessed backwards, and the negative pressure surface 820 has the effect of gathering and replenishing wind, so that the wind blown out from the air outlet is more concentrated and strong, and the blowing distance is farther.
- the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 first radially increases and extends from the back to the front and then radially decreases and extends, and the radially increased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 is longer than the radially decreased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82, and the diameter of the front end of the inner cover part 82 is greater than the diameter of the rear end of the inner cover part 82.
- the front end of the inner ring part 41 is open, and the front end of the inner ring part 41 is provided with a driving plate 52, which is convenient for installing the driving plate 52 and is conducive to connecting the driving plate 52 with the wire.
- the rear end of the inner cover portion 82 is disposed adjacent to the front end of the inner ring portion 41 to shield and protect the drive plate 52 and reduce dust and impurities from entering the drive plate 52 to affect normal use.
- the thickness of the air hood 8 in the axial direction is 12.7-12.82 mm, which is conducive to enhancing wind pressure and making the air outlet distance longer.
- the front end of the housing 1 is protruding with a second step portion, and the front end of the outer cover portion 81 first expands and extends radially forward and outward, then bends and extends backward and wraps the second step portion, thereby strengthening the fit and fixation between the air hood 8 and the housing 1.
- the length of the housing 1 in the axial direction is 53.6-54 mm
- at least part of the air inlet cover assembly 7 is arranged inside the housing 1
- at least part of the air outlet cover 8 is arranged inside the housing 1
- the distance between the rear end of the air inlet cover assembly 7 and the front end of the air outlet cover 8 is 59.6-60 mm.
- the air outlet 100 is compact in size and easy to carry.
- a power supply 209 and a control panel 210 are provided in the handheld part 200, and the air outlet 100 and the handheld part 200 are fixed.
- the housing 1 is provided with a notch 10 corresponding to the handheld part 200, and a first fool-proof block 11 is provided in front of the notch 10 on the inner side of the housing 1.
- the inner cover part 82 and the inner ring part 41 are arranged adjacent to each other in the axial direction, and a fool-proof hole 23 is provided on the front side of the sleeve 2.
- One of the second connecting leaves 83 is provided with a wire groove 830, and the wire groove 830 radially passes through the inner cover part 82 and the outer cover part 81, and a second fool-proof block 810 is provided on the outer side of the outer cover part 81 corresponding to the wire groove 830.
- the sleeve 2 is inserted into the outer shell 1 from back to front, the first anti-foolproof block 11 and the second anti-foolproof block 810 are both matched with the anti-foolproof hole 23, the missing groove 10, part of the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 are connected, and the wire passes through the missing groove 10, the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 to electrically connect the control board 210 and the drive board 52.
- the housing of the handheld part 200 includes a left shell 201 and a right shell 202 that match each other, and the air outlet 100 also includes a mounting frame 9 protruding from the outer surface of the housing 1.
- a connecting frame 203 is provided inside the handheld part 200, and the connecting frame 203 includes a connecting top plate 204, and a front mounting portion 205, a rear mounting portion 206, a left mounting portion 207 and a right mounting portion 208 extending downward from four sides of the connecting top plate 204.
- the connecting top plate 204 is fixedly connected with the mounting frame 9, the left shell 201 is fixedly connected with the left mounting portion 207, the right shell 202 is fixedly connected with the right mounting portion 208, and the boss of the right shell 202 is inserted into the front mounting portion 205 and the rear mounting portion 206, and the control board 210 is clamped at the bottom of the connecting frame 203.
- the handheld part 200 further includes a switch 211 electrically connected to the front side of the control panel 210, an interface 212 electrically connected to the rear side of the control panel 210, and an anti-mistaken touch device 213 electrically connected to the side of the control panel 210.
- the switch 211 is exposed to the front side of the handheld part 200
- the interface 212 is provided on the rear mounting part 206 and is exposed to the rear side of the handheld part 200
- the anti-mistaken touch device 213 is exposed to the left or right side of the handheld part 200.
- the power supply 209 is provided below the control panel 210 and is electrically connected to the control panel 210. The power supply 209 can directly supply power to the motor 5 to drive the fan 6 to rotate without connecting to an external power source.
- a sixth buffer member (not shown, the same below) is provided on the rear side of the negative pressure surface 820 , and the sixth buffer member is used for pressurizing and connecting the drive plate 52 and the control plate 210 , and can absorb the noise generated by the operation of the motor 5 .
- the first buffer 31, the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33, the fifth buffer and the sixth buffer are all elastic, but the specific material and form can be selected from existing elastic materials, for example, the first buffer 31 can be a silicone material or a foam material; the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33 and the fifth buffer can be a spring material or a silicone material; the sixth buffer can be a silicone material or a foam material.
- the specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it is elastic and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
- the portable fan of the present application includes an air outlet portion 100 and a hand-held portion 200 .
- the air outlet portion 100 is used for discharging air
- the hand-held portion 200 is used for being held by a user, so that the user can hold and move the fan for easy use.
- the air outlet part 100 includes an outer shell 1, a casing 2, a first buffer member 30 and a cylinder 4 from the outside to the inside.
- the cylinder 4 has air intake at the rear end and air outlet at the front end.
- a motor 5 and a fan 6 are arranged in the cylinder 4.
- the motor 5 is a high-speed three-phase motor.
- the high-speed three-phase motor can provide sufficient power and rotation speed to ensure the wind force of the portable fan.
- the first buffer member 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, the casing 2 is arranged outside the first buffer member 30, and the outer shell 1 is arranged outside the casing 2.
- a first buffer member 30 is disposed outside the cylinder body 4. The first buffer member 30 timely absorbs and reduces the vibration caused by the high-speed three-phase motor, so that the portable fan can continuously and stably rotate at a high speed.
- the casing 2 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, a limiting portion 20 is provided inside the casing 2, the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30 are inserted into the casing 2 from back to front, and the limiting portion 20 limits the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30.
- the outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the first buffer 30, and the outer diameter of the first buffer 30 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the casing 2.
- the cylinder 4, the first buffer 30 and the casing 2 are tightly matched and have a stable structure.
- the outer shell 1 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, the outer diameter of the casing 2 is smaller than the inner diameter of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs are equidistantly provided on the inner surface of the casing 1, so that the casing 2 can be easily inserted into the inner side of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs can help tighten the casing 2.
- a plurality of ribs can be equidistantly provided on the outer surface of the casing 2.
- the first buffer member 30 is used as an isolation buffer interface between the barrel 4 and the casing 2.
- the first buffer member 30 is a smooth surface; in another embodiment, in order to enhance its isolation and buffering properties, a plurality of convex points may be arranged at intervals on the outer surface of the first buffer member.
- the first buffer member 30 may only cover part of the outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the entire outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the front end face and the rear end face of the barrel 4, but is not limited thereto.
- the cylinder 4 includes an outer ring portion 40, an inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of first connecting leaves 42 connecting the outer ring portion 40 and the inner ring portion 41, wherein the inner ring portion 41 is shorter than the outer ring portion 40, and the inner ring portion 41 is located at the inner side corresponding to the front end portion of the outer ring portion 40, and the front end of the inner ring portion 41 exceeds the front end of the outer ring portion 40 forward.
- a base plate 44 is provided in the inner ring portion 41, and a hollow shaft cylinder 45 protrudes backward from the base plate 44.
- the motor 5 includes a stator assembly 51 and a rotor assembly, wherein the stator assembly 51 and the rotor assembly are nested and fixed, and fixed to the shaft cylinder 45 from the rear, and the fan 6 is installed at the rear side of the rotor assembly.
- the motor 5 further includes a driving plate 52.
- the front end of the inner ring portion 41 is provided with a receiving portion 46 and a buckle 47.
- the receiving portion 46 is used to receive the driving plate 52, and the buckle 47 is used to buckle and fix the driving plate 52.
- the base plate 44 is provided with a wire passing opening 440, and the wire passes through the wire passing opening 440 to electrically connect the driving plate 52 and the stator assembly 51.
- the driving plate 52 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 51, and drives the rotor assembly and the fan 6 to rotate.
- the rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 501, a bearing 502 and a stopper 503, wherein the bearing 502, the stopper 503 and the stator assembly 51 are all inserted outside the rotating shaft 501.
- the shaft cylinder 45 extends backward beyond the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, but does not extend beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40.
- the rotating shaft 501 is inserted into the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and two bearings 502 are provided, one of which is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and the other bearing 502 is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from front to back.
- the shaft cylinder 45 is provided with a second buffer (not shown, the same below) between the two bearings 502, and the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the second buffer is smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the bearing 502.
- a slot is provided radially outside the front of the rotating shaft 501, and the stopper 503 is fixed in the slot from front to back, and a third buffer 31 is provided between the front bearing 502 and the stopper 503.
- the second buffer and the third buffer 31 can effectively absorb and reduce the vibration between the rotating shaft 501 and the shaft cylinder 45, and the shock absorption effect is good.
- the rotor assembly further comprises a housing 504 and a magnetic ring 505, the housing 504 is open to the front, the housing 504 comprises a rear portion and a side portion, the magnetic ring 505 is fixed to the inner side of the side portion of the housing 504, and the stator assembly 51 is fixed to the inner side of the magnetic ring 505.
- the stator assembly 51, the magnetic ring 505 and the side portion of the housing 504 are sleeved on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the front end of the side portion of the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged in close proximity in the axial direction.
- the interval between the side portion of the housing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the interval between the rear portion of the housing 504 and the rear bearing 502, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the rear portion of the housing 504 will not impact and damage the rear bearing 502.
- the distance between the side of the casing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the distance between the front end of the rotating shaft 501 and the rear end of the driving plate 52, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the front end of the bearing 502 will not hit and damage the driving plate 52.
- the outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is 23.71-24.05 mm
- the length of the cylinder 4 is 30-33.05 mm
- the volume of the cylinder 4 is small, so that the overall volume of the portable fan can also be small, thereby improving the portability of the portable fan.
- the cylinder 4 also includes a plurality of extension leaves 43, which correspond to the first connecting leaves 42 one by one, and extend backward from the first connecting leaves 42 to form the extension leaves 43.
- the first connecting leaves 42 extend vertically forward, and the extension leaves 43 extend in an arc shape, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 surround the outside of the side of the housing 504.
- the fan 6 is fixedly arranged at the rear end of the rotating shaft 501, and the front end of the fan 6 is arranged closely to the rear end of the casing 504 in the axial direction.
- the fan 6 is arranged coaxially with the motor 5, and the fan 6 and the casing 504 are arranged closely, so there is no need to provide an additional transmission device between the motor 5 and the fan 6, which effectively improves the transmission efficiency of the fan 6.
- the fan 6 includes a hub 60 and a plurality of blades 61 arranged on the outside of the hub 60, and rib blades 62 are arranged on the inner side of the hub 60.
- a notch is penetrated at the rear of the casing 504, and the fourth buffer member 32 passes through the notch at the rear of the casing 504, and is arranged between the bearing 502 at the rear and the rib blades 62 of the fan 6.
- the rear end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the rib blades 62, and the The front end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the bearing 502 at the rear, and the fourth buffer member 32 effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the fan 6 rotating at a high speed, and has a good shock absorption effect.
- a fifth buffer (not numbered, the same below) is sleeved on the outer side of one of the two bearings 502; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, and both are arranged in the shaft cylinder 45; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, the front bearing 502 is arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, and the rear bearing 502 is not arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, but directly arranged in the rotor assembly.
- the fifth buffer effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the high-speed rotation of the bearing 502, and has a good shock absorption effect.
- the fan 6 is a diagonal flow fan 6, the hub 60 radially increases and extends from the back to the front, and the hub 60 is arc-shaped.
- the diameter of the hub 60, the diameter of the housing 504, and the diameter of the inner ring portion 41 are less than 0.5 mm apart from each other, and in the axial direction, the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged closely spaced from front to back, and the hub 60 and the housing 504 are arranged closely.
- the rear end of the fan 6 does not extend backward beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40, and the fan 6 can be completely arranged in the four-layer structure of the outer ring portion 40, the first buffer 30, the casing 2, and the outer shell 1, which can effectively absorb and reduce the noise of the high-speed rotation of the fan 6. It should be understood that the channel between the inner ring portion 41 and the outer ring portion 40, and the channel between the side of the housing 504 and the outer ring portion 40 belong to the air duct of the portable fan.
- the fan 6 rotates, and the high-speed rotating blades 61 generate high-speed turbulence, which first flows through the bent and extended extension blades 43 to be initially combed, then flows through the first connecting blades 42 extending vertically forward to be combed again, and is guided to be ejected vertically forward to reduce kinetic energy loss and retain large air volume and high wind pressure.
- the air outlet 100 further includes a first deflector 7 and a second deflector 8, wherein the first deflector 7 is fixed to the rear side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the rear side of the outer shell 1.
- the second deflector 8 is fixed to the front side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the front side of the outer shell 1.
- a first fixing portion 21 is provided at the front side of the casing 2, and a first matching portion 70 is provided at the outer side of the second deflector 8, and the first fixing portion 21 and the first matching portion 70 are fixed in a corresponding manner.
- a second fixing portion 22 is provided at the rear side of the casing 2, and the first deflector 7 is provided with a second matching portion 80, and the second fixing portion 22 and the second matching portion 80 are fixed in a corresponding manner.
- the axial length of the housing 1 is 53.6-54 mm
- a first spacing is provided between the rear end of the first deflector 7 and the rear end of the hub 60
- a second spacing is provided between the front end of the second deflector 8 and the front end of the hub 60
- the first spacing is smaller than the second spacing, so that the airflow has sufficient air inlet distance and air outlet distance
- a guide, rectifying, and pressurizing structure is provided in the air inlet distance and the air outlet distance, so as to ensure that the portable fan can increase the air volume, wind pressure, and wind efficiency even when the volume is limited.
- the first deflector 7 comprises a rear shell 71, a fairing 72, a housing 73 and a fastener 74, wherein the fastener 74 fixes the rear shell 71 and the housing 73, and the rear shell 71, the housing 73 and the fairing 72 are all located at the rear side of the hub 60.
- the rear shell 71 is hollow, and a protrusion 710 and a first fixing hole 714 are provided at the front end of the rear shell 71.
- a housing 721 is provided at the edge of the fairing 72, and the housing 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710, and the fairing 72 covers the radial inner side of the rear shell 71.
- a second fixing hole 730 is provided at the rear end of the housing 73, and the fastener 74 fixes the first fixing hole 714 and the second fixing hole 730, and the rear shell 71 and the housing 73 clamp the fairing 72.
- the fairing 72 includes a plurality of air inlet holes 720, and the thickness of the fairing 72 is 0.4 mm.
- the rear shell 71 includes a plane portion 711, a radial guide portion 712 and an axial guide portion 713 which are connected in sequence in a radial direction.
- the front end of the axial guide portion 713 is provided with a first step portion, and the first step portion is convexly provided with the protrusion 710.
- the edge of the fairing 72 is provided at the first step portion, and the clamping hole 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710.
- the rear end of the clamping shell 73 is arranged corresponding to the first step portion to clamp the fairing 72 with the first step portion.
- the radial guide portion 712 is an arc surface, and radially decreases from the plane portion 711 to the axial guide portion 713.
- the minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is greater than the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713.
- the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 extends forward substantially radially unchanged, and the inner side surface of the clamping shell 73 extends forward substantially radially unchanged.
- the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 can also be radially tapered and extended forward with a very small amplitude.
- the airflow is introduced from the arc-shaped radial guide portion 712, and the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 remain unchanged in radial direction, so that the airflow encounters less resistance and generates less turbulence, which can reduce the noise generated by airflow disturbance and help guide the airflow to flow forward.
- the fairing 72 which has a thickness and a plurality of air inlet holes 720, can organize the airflow well, so that the airflow can be more gathered and smoothly enter the portable fan.
- the minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is R1, and the distance between the plane portion 711 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D1, 0.5R ⁇ D1 ⁇ R1 ⁇ 2D1; the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713 is R2, and the distance between the rear end of the axial guide portion 713 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D2, 0.5R2 ⁇ D2 ⁇ R2 ⁇ 2D2. Too large D1 and D2 will affect the layout distribution of the portable fan, while too small D1 and D2 will increase the intake loss of the portable fan and affect the performance of the portable fan.
- an excellent intake length can be designed, so that the airflow encounters less resistance, generates less turbulence, increases the air volume, wind pressure and wind efficiency, and reduces the noise of the air intake.
- the second deflector 8 includes an outer cover portion 81, an inner cover portion 82, and a plurality of second connecting blades 83 connecting the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82, and the air outlet of the portable fan is formed between the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82.
- the second connecting blade 83 is spaced more than 3.5 mm from the first connecting blade 42 in the axial direction.
- first connecting blade 42 and the second connecting blade 83 are both stationary blades, and double stationary blades are used instead of general stationary blades, and there is also a gap between the double stationary blades, so that the airflow
- the double static blades will ensure that there is enough buffer space, which will not cause part of the airflow to rebound, and can prevent the generation of turbulence, thereby reducing noise.
- the front end of the outer cover part 81 is in front of the front end of the inner cover part 82, the rear end of the inner cover part 82 is open, the front end is sealed, and the front end of the inner cover part 82 is formed with a negative pressure surface 820 that is recessed backwards, and the negative pressure surface 820 has the effect of gathering and replenishing wind, so that the wind blown out from the air outlet is more concentrated and strong, and the blowing distance is farther.
- the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 first radially increases and extends from the back to the front and then radially decreases and extends, and the radially increased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 is longer than the radially decreased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82, and the diameter of the front end of the inner cover part 82 is greater than the diameter of the rear end of the inner cover part 82.
- the front end of the inner ring part 41 is open, and the front end of the inner ring part 41 is provided with a driving plate 52, which is convenient for installing the driving plate 52 and is conducive to connecting the driving plate 52 with the wire.
- the rear end of the inner cover portion 82 is disposed adjacent to the front end of the inner ring portion 41 to shield and protect the drive plate 52 and reduce dust and impurities from entering the drive plate 52 to affect normal use.
- the thickness of the second deflector 8 in the axial direction is 12.7-12.82 mm, which is conducive to enhancing wind pressure and making the air outlet distance farther.
- the front end of the housing 1 is protruding with a second step portion, and the front end of the outer cover portion 81 first expands and extends radially forward and outward, then bends and extends backward and wraps the second step portion, thereby strengthening the fit and fixation between the second deflector 8 and the housing 1.
- the length of the housing 1 in the axial direction is 53.6-54 mm
- at least part of the first deflector 7 is disposed inside the housing 1
- at least part of the second deflector 8 is disposed inside the housing 1
- the distance between the rear end of the first deflector 7 and the front end of the second deflector 8 is 59.6-60 mm.
- the air outlet 100 is compact in size and easy to carry.
- a power supply 209 and a control panel 210 are provided in the handheld part 200, and the air outlet 100 and the handheld part 200 are fixed.
- the housing 1 is provided with a notch 10 corresponding to the handheld part 200, and a first fool-proof block 11 is provided in front of the notch 10 on the inner side of the housing 1.
- the inner cover part 82 and the inner ring part 41 are arranged adjacent to each other in the axial direction, and a fool-proof hole 23 is provided on the front side of the sleeve 2.
- One of the second connecting leaves 83 is provided with a wire groove 830, and the wire groove 830 radially passes through the inner cover part 82 and the outer cover part 81, and a second fool-proof block 810 is provided on the outer side of the outer cover part 81 corresponding to the wire groove 830.
- the sleeve 2 is inserted into the outer shell 1 from back to front, the first anti-foolproof block 11 and the second anti-foolproof block 810 are both matched with the anti-foolproof hole 23, the missing groove 10, part of the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 are connected, and the wire passes through the missing groove 10, the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 to electrically connect the control board 210 and the drive board 52.
- the housing of the handheld part 200 includes a left shell 201 and a right shell 202 that match each other, and the air outlet 100 also includes a mounting frame 9 protruding from the outer surface of the housing 1.
- a connecting frame 203 is provided inside the handheld part 200, and the connecting frame 203 includes a connecting top plate 204, and a front mounting portion 205, a rear mounting portion 206, a left mounting portion 207 and a right mounting portion 208 extending downward from four sides of the connecting top plate 204.
- the connecting top plate 204 is fixedly connected with the mounting frame 9, the left shell 201 is fixedly connected with the left mounting portion 207, the right shell 202 is fixedly connected with the right mounting portion 208, and the boss of the right shell 202 is inserted into the front mounting portion 205 and the rear mounting portion 206, and the control board 210 is clamped at the bottom of the connecting frame 203.
- the handheld part 200 further includes a switch 211 electrically connected to the front side of the control panel 210, an interface 212 electrically connected to the rear side of the control panel 210, and an anti-mistaken touch device 213 electrically connected to the side of the control panel 210.
- the switch 211 is exposed to the front side of the handheld part 200
- the interface 212 is provided on the rear mounting part 206 and is exposed to the rear side of the handheld part 200
- the anti-mistaken touch device 213 is exposed to the left or right side of the handheld part 200.
- the power supply 209 is provided below the control panel 210 and is electrically connected to the control panel 210. The power supply 209 can directly supply power to the motor 5 to drive the fan 6 to rotate without connecting to an external power source.
- a sixth buffer member (not shown, the same below) is provided on the rear side of the negative pressure surface 820 , and the sixth buffer member is used for pressurizing and connecting the drive plate 52 and the control plate 210 , and can absorb the noise generated by the operation of the motor 5 .
- the first buffer 31, the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33, the fifth buffer and the sixth buffer are all elastic, but the specific material and form can be selected from existing elastic materials, for example, the first buffer 31 can be a silicone material or a foam material; the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33 and the fifth buffer can be a spring material or a silicone material; the sixth buffer can be a silicone material or a foam material.
- the specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it is elastic and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
- Scheme 10 is shown in Figures 9-1 to 9-7.
- Figure 9-1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer 1 of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model.
- Figure 9-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer body 11 in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model.
- Figure 9-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a limiter 123 in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model.
- Figure 9-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an auxiliary buffer 12 in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model.
- Figure 9-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a fan module 2 provided in an embodiment of the utility model.
- FIG. 9-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a handheld fan provided in an embodiment of the utility model.
- Figure 9-7 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the AA direction in Figure 9-6.
- a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model includes a buffer body 11 and an auxiliary buffer 12.
- the buffer body 11 is sleeved on the outside of the fan module 2, and the auxiliary buffer 12 is sleeved on the outside of the fan module 2.
- 12 is arranged on the buffer body 11, the fan module 2 is located inside the buffer body 11, the auxiliary buffer 12 is located outside the buffer body 11, the auxiliary buffer 12 is used to be close to the support shell 3, and the auxiliary buffer 12 protrudes from the buffer body 11 towards the direction close to the support shell 3.
- the interior of the buffer body 11 has a space for accommodating the fan module 2
- the exterior of the buffer body 11 has a space for accommodating the auxiliary buffer 12 .
- the auxiliary buffer 12 and the buffer body 11 may be made of elastic materials such as silicone.
- the buffer body 11 is arranged outside the fan module, and the auxiliary buffer 12 is arranged on the buffer body 11.
- the auxiliary buffer 12 located on the buffer body 11 sleeved outside the fan module 2 can achieve shock absorption and buffering, and after buffering the vibration generated during the operation of the fan module 2, the stability of the operation can be improved, which is conducive to reducing noise.
- the technical effect of reducing noise while reducing shock is achieved, which is conducive to improving the stability of the operation.
- the auxiliary buffer 12 at least includes a plurality of first protrusion groups 121 distributed along the circumferential direction on the outside of the buffer body 11, and the plurality of first protrusion groups 121 are arranged in the middle section 111 of the buffer body 11, and the middle section 111 refers to the area between the two ends of the buffer body 11, and the area has space for accommodating the plurality of first protrusion groups 121.
- the circumferential distribution of the plurality of first protrusion groups 121 along the buffer body 11 means that, as shown in FIG.
- each first protrusion group 121 on the buffer body 11 is distributed from left to right, and each first protrusion group 121 presents a circular shape that is the same as the outer circumference of the buffer body 11.
- the multiple groups of first protrusion groups 121 may include 1 group of first protrusion groups 121, 2 groups of first protrusion groups 121, 3 groups of first protrusion groups 121, 4 groups of first protrusion groups 121, etc.
- the multiple groups of first protrusion groups 121 are evenly spaced along the circumference of the buffer body 11 on the outside of the buffer body 11, that is, the spacing between each two connected groups of first protrusion groups 121 on the outside of the buffer body 11 is equal.
- the first protrusion group 121 includes a plurality of protrusions 1211, and the plurality of protrusions 1211 are distributed at equal intervals, and the protrusions 1211 are truncated cone-shaped.
- the plurality of protrusions 1211 include 1 protrusion 1211, 2 protrusions 1211, 3 protrusions 1211, 4 protrusions 1211, etc., and the plurality of protrusions 1211 can be annular on the outside of the buffer body 11.
- the protrusions 1211 are truncated cone-shaped, and the protrusions 1211 are in contact with the inner wall of the support shell 3, and shock absorption and buffering can be achieved through the plurality of protrusions 1211.
- the auxiliary buffer 12 further includes two groups of second protrusion groups 122, one group of second protrusion groups 122 is arranged at one end of the buffer body 11, and the other group of second protrusion groups 122 is arranged at the other end of the buffer body 11, and the plurality of groups of the above-mentioned first protrusion groups 121 are all located between the two groups of second protrusion groups 122, that is, the two groups of second protrusion groups 122 are respectively located at the openings at both ends of the buffer body 11.
- Both groups of second protrusion groups 122 are distributed along the circumference of the buffer body 11, that is, the second protrusion groups 122 are annular.
- the second protrusion group 122 includes a plurality of bosses 1221, which are distributed at equal intervals and are tapered.
- the plurality of bosses 1221 may refer to one boss 1221, two bosses 1221, three bosses 1221, four bosses 1221, etc.
- the cross section of the boss 1221 in the direction away from the buffer body 11 gradually decreases, and after the boss 1221 contacts the inner wall of the support shell 3, shock absorption and buffering can be achieved through the plurality of bosses 1221.
- the length of the second protrusion group 122 in the radial direction along the buffer body 11 is equal to the length of the first protrusion group 121 in the radial direction along the buffer body 11.
- the height of each protrusion 1211 in the first protrusion group 121 is the same
- the height of each boss 1221 in the second protrusion group 122 is the same
- the protrusion 1211 and the boss 1221 are in contact with the inner wall of the support shell 3.
- the buffer 1 also includes two limit members 123, the two limit members 123 are arranged inside the buffer body 11, and the two limit members 123 are respectively located at the two ends of the fan module 2, that is, the two limit members 123 limit the fan module 2 from both ends of the fan module 2, so that when the fan module 2 is running, the buffer body 11 is firmly mounted on the fan module 2 to avoid horizontal displacement of the buffer body 11 mounted on the fan module 2.
- the embodiment of the utility model further provides a fan module, which includes the above-mentioned buffer component, and also includes an air guide component 4 and an air inlet bracket 5, and the buffer component body 11 is located between the air guide component 4 and the air inlet bracket 5.
- a fan module which includes the above-mentioned buffer component, and also includes an air guide component 4 and an air inlet bracket 5, and the buffer component body 11 is located between the air guide component 4 and the air inlet bracket 5.
- the buffer body 11 is arranged between the air guide 4 and the air inlet bracket 5.
- the gas moves from the air inlet bracket 5 in the direction toward the air guide 4, and the air guide 4 and the air inlet bracket 5 clamp the buffer body 11 from both sides of the buffer body 11. Therefore, during the operation, the vibration generated during the operation can be buffered, which is conducive to reducing noise and improving the technical effect of stability during operation.
- the projection of the buffer body 11 on the air guide 4 along the length extension direction of the buffer body 11 is located on the air guide 4, and at this time, the air guide 4 and one end of the buffer body 11 abut against each other.
- the projection of the buffer body 11 on the air inlet bracket 5 along the length extension direction of the buffer body 11 is located on the air inlet bracket 5, and at this time, the air inlet bracket 5 and one end of the buffer body 11 abut against each other.
- At least a portion of the air guide 4 extends into the interior of the support shell 3, and at least a portion of the air inlet bracket 5 extends into the interior of the support shell 3. That is, one end of the support shell 3 is sleeved on a portion of the air guide 4, and the other end of the support shell 3 is sleeved on a portion of the air inlet bracket 5, and the air guide 4 and the air inlet bracket 5 are limited by the two ends of the support shell 3, respectively.
- the utility model embodiment also provides a handheld fan, which includes the above-mentioned fan module and also includes a handheld part 6.
- the above-mentioned support shell 3 is provided with a mounting port 31, and the mounting port 31 can be located at the bottom of the support shell 3.
- the handheld part 6 is used for the user to hold.
- One end of the connecting bracket 61 in the handheld part 6 extends into the interior of the mounting port 31, and the connecting bracket 61 extending into the interior of the mounting port 31 is tightly attached to the above-mentioned auxiliary buffer 12.
- One end of the connecting bracket 61 extending into the mounting port 31 can present a curved surface that matches the buffer body 11, so that this part of the connecting bracket 61 is in close contact with the auxiliary buffer 12.
- one end of the connecting bracket 61 in the handheld portion 6 extends into the interior of the mounting opening 31 in the support shell 3, and the other end of the connecting bracket 61 is closely attached to the auxiliary buffer 12.
- the user holds the handheld portion 6, and the connecting bracket 61 provides support for the buffer body 11 and the auxiliary buffer 12.
- the vibration of the buffer body 11 and the auxiliary buffer 12 is transmitted to the handheld portion 6 through the connecting bracket 61, thereby achieving the purpose of buffering the vibration generated by the fan module during operation, which is beneficial to improving the stability of operation and the technical effect of noise reduction.
- Scheme 11 is shown in Figures 10-1 to 10-8.
- Figure 10-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the portable fan of this embodiment
- Figure 10-2 is a schematic diagram of the position structure of the grip and fan assembly of this embodiment.
- a portable fan includes: a holding portion 1; a blowing portion 2, which is connected to one end of the holding portion 1 and is provided with an air inlet 21 and an air outlet 22; a fan assembly 3, which is arranged in the blowing portion 2 and is used to push the air flow from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 22; the holding portion 1 is provided with a first end 11 and a second end 12 opposite to the first end 11 along the direction from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 22, and the fan assembly 3 is arranged in a space defined by extension lines L1 and L2 of the first end 11 and the second end 12 toward the blowing portion 2.
- the grip portion 1 is constructed as a cuboid, and the side joints of the grip portion 1 are smoothly transitioned by rounded corners.
- the overall structure of the grip portion 1 is not limited to this.
- the grip portion 1 is constructed as a cylinder, a polygonal column, a cube, a cartoon figure, etc. (not limited to).
- the blowing part 2 is configured to be cylindrical.
- the configuration of the blowing part 2 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the blowing part 2 can be configured to be (not limited to): prism, barrel, polygon, racetrack, etc.
- FIG. 10-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan assembly of this embodiment.
- the fan assembly 3 in this embodiment includes: a fan blade 32 and a fan motor 31.
- a connecting ring is provided inside the blowing portion 2 for fixing the fan assembly 3.
- the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 are integrated in a spatial structure reuse manner.
- the structure of the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 is not limited to, in some embodiments, the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 can be a split structure, that is, the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 are connected only by a rotating shaft.
- the fan assembly 3 further includes: a fan housing 33, the fan blades 32 and the fan motor 31 are both disposed in the fan housing 33, and the fan housing 33 encapsulates the fan blades 32 and the fan motor 31 into a standardized accessory.
- the length of the fan assembly 3 refers to the height of the cylindrical structure of the fan housing 33, or refers to the distance from the top of the fan blade 32 to the tail of the fan motor 31.
- the fan assembly 3 further includes: a flexible protective cover 34, which is sleeved on the fan housing 33 and is used to increase the stability of the connection between the fan assembly 3 and the blowing part 2.
- the flexible protective cover 34 also has a buffering effect, which can reduce the vibration and noise of the portable fan.
- the length of the fan assembly 3 refers to the height of the cylindrical structure of the flexible protective cover 34.
- the surface of the flexible protective cover 34 is provided with dot-shaped protrusions 341 or annular protrusions (not shown). In some embodiments, the dot-shaped protrusions 341 and the annular protrusions are alternately provided. The dot-shaped protrusions 341 and/or the annular protrusions can enhance the buffering capacity of the flexible protective cover 34, further reduce the vibration and noise of the portable fan, and at the same time, facilitate the assembly of the fan assembly 3 into the blowing part 2.
- the first end 11 and the second end 12 actually represent the length of the three attribute parameters of the length, width and height of the holding portion 1.
- the overall length of the fan assembly 3 is not greater than the length of the holding portion 1; in terms of positional relationship, the fan assembly 3 is disposed within the range defined by the vertical extension line of the first end 11 and the second end 12.
- the fan assembly 3 of the portable fan is arranged in the blowing part 2, and the fan assembly 3 is limited to be placed in the space of the extension line member of the first end 11 and the second end 12 of the holding part 1. That is, the length of the fan assembly 3 in the blowing direction is limited to be no greater than the length of the holding part 1 in the blowing direction.
- This construction method can make the center of gravity of the fan assembly 3 and the holding part 1 consistent, so that the portable fan has stronger stability when placed.
- the portable fan will generate a recoil force during the blowing process. When the center of gravity of the fan assembly 3 and the holding part 1 are inconsistent, the portable fan will turn under the action of the recoil force. Therefore, the relative position relationship between the fan assembly 3 and the holding part 1 in this embodiment can also prevent the portable fan from deflecting when blowing.
- the fan assembly 3 is limited between the first end and the second end of the grip 1, so that the high-frequency vibration generated by the fan assembly 3 cannot be directly transmitted to the grip 1, but is transmitted from the fan assembly 3 to the blowing part 2, and then from the blowing part 2 to the grip 1.
- the vibration wave will be attenuated during this transmission process, which greatly reduces the amplitude and energy of the vibration of the grip 1.
- the use of a three-phase motor can make the fan motor 31 rotate at a higher speed, blow out a larger amount of air, and have a more obvious cooling effect.
- the type of motor used by the fan motor 31 is not limited to a three-phase motor. In some embodiments, the fan motor 31 can also use a two-phase motor.
- FIG. 10-4 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure decomposition of the portable fan of this embodiment.
- the blowing portion 2 includes: a connecting tube 23 , the outer surface of the connecting tube 23 is smooth, the connecting tube 23 is connected to one end of the holding portion 1 , and the fan assembly 3 is disposed in the connecting tube 23 .
- the air near the connecting tube 23 will flow toward the air inlet 21 as the negative pressure at the air inlet 21 is formed.
- the outer surface of the connecting tube 23 is smooth, which can make the air flow smoother and will not form vortices due to obstruction during the flow process, thereby affecting the air intake of the portable fan. Therefore, the blowing efficiency of the portable fan can be improved.
- the fan assembly 3 is fixed in the connecting tube 23.
- the fan assembly 3 is fixed by a connecting ring that is hollowed out in the connecting tube 23, or the fan assembly 3 is fixed by a connecting rod that is arranged inside the fan assembly 3.
- the connecting tube 23 can be directly connected to the holding portion 1 by means of (but not limited to): screws, gluing, clamping, welding or riveting.
- connection between the connecting tube 23 and the holding portion 1 needs to be connected to the holding portion 1 through the connecting member 15, one end of the connecting member 15 is connected to the holding portion 1, and the other end of the connecting member 15 is connected to the connecting tube 23.
- the connection between the connecting tube 23 and the connecting member 15 is connected in a manner (not limited to): screws, adhesive, clamping, welding or riveting.
- the connecting tube 23 is directly connected to the holding portion 1 or connected through the connecting member 15, both of which are the connection between the connecting tube 23 and the holding portion 1.
- the ratio of the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12 to the length of the fan assembly 3 is: 1.05-1.35.
- the overall shape and blowing efficiency of the portable fan are optimal.
- the ratio of the two is greater than 1.35, the ratio of the fan assembly 3 to the holding portion 1 begins to gradually become unbalanced, and the wind-driving ability of the too-small fan assembly 3 decreases.
- the ratio of the two is less than 1.05, the ratio of the fan assembly 3 to the holding portion 1 gradually becomes unbalanced.
- a counterweight is provided in the grip portion 1 to keep the portable fan stable when placed.
- the counterweight is usually a battery 14, but the object is not limited thereto.
- the counterweight is a counterweight made of metals such as lead, copper, iron, or a compound or mixture of the above metals.
- the counterweight and the battery 14 can also serve as the counterweight of the grip portion 1.
- the setting of the counterweight can further improve the placement stability of the holding portion 1, lower the center of gravity of the portable fan, and prevent it from tipping over.
- the blowing portion 2 is arranged from the first end 11 to the second end 12, and the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12.
- the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the blowing portion 2, and the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12, that is, the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the length of the holding portion 1.
- the airflow has a certain beam space when entering the blowing portion 2 and flowing out of the blowing portion 2, which can make the airflow entering the fan assembly 3 mixed, so that it has a uniform flow direction and flow speed; similarly, the airflow flowing out of the blowing portion 2 can also be mixed, so that it has a uniform flow direction and flow speed, thereby improving the blowing efficiency of the portable fan as a whole.
- a negative pressure wind zone will be formed around the air inlet 21, and a positive pressure wind zone will be formed in the air outlet 22.
- the negative pressure wind zone at the air inlet 21 will cause the surrounding airflow to converge to the air inlet 21. If the length of the blowing part 2 is too short, so that the air inlet 21 is flush with the holding part 1 or inside the holding part 1, when the surrounding airflow converges, the holding part 1 itself will become an obstacle to the flow of airflow, causing turbulence or vortex in the flowing airflow, reducing the air intake efficiency.
- the length of the blowing part 2 is greater than the length of the holding part 1, there is a gap between the air inlet 21 and the holding part 1, and the holding part 1 no longer becomes an obstacle for the surrounding airflow to flow to the air inlet 21, which greatly improves the air intake efficiency of the portable fan.
- the positive pressure wind area formed by the air outlet 22 will cause the airflow around the air outlet 22 to flow in all directions.
- the length of the blowing part 2 is too short, so that the air outlet 22 is flush with the holding part 1 or inside the holding part 1, the airflow blown out of the air outlet 22 will flow along the holding part 1 due to the wall attachment effect, reducing the air outlet efficiency, or the airflow blown out of the air outlet 22 will collide with the holding part 1 and generate a cyclone, which also reduces the air outlet efficiency.
- the length of the blowing part 2 is greater than the length of the holding part 1, there is a gap between the air outlet 22 and the holding part 1, which can prevent the airflow from colliding with the holding part 1 or generating the wall attachment effect, greatly improving the air outlet efficiency of the portable fan.
- the ratio of the length of the blowing portion 2 to the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12 is 1.1-1.5. Within this ratio, the air intake and air outlet efficiency of the portable fan is optimal. When the ratio of the two is greater than 1.5, the proportion of the blowing portion 2 and the holding portion 1 is unbalanced.
- the excessively long air outlet makes the distance from the air inlet 21 to the fan assembly 3 too long, and the air intake mixed flow space is too large.
- the excessively long air outlet increases the contact area between the airflow and the inner wall space of the blowing portion 2, resulting in high air intake noise.
- the excessively long air outlet also makes the distance from the fan assembly 3 to the air outlet 22 too long, which also leads to high air outlet noise and low air outlet efficiency.
- the excessively short air outlet If the distance between the air inlet 21 and the fan assembly 3 is too short, the airflow entering therein cannot be well beamed, causing more turbulence in the airflow entering the fan blades 32, affecting the efficiency of the fan blades 32. If the air outlet is too short, the distance between the air outlet 22 and the fan assembly 3 is too short, and the airflow blown out of the air outlet 22 is too dispersed and has poor directionality.
- the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12 is greater than the thickness of the grip 1 in the direction perpendicular to the first end 11 to the second end 12. That is, from the perspective of "length, width and height", the length of the grip 1 is greater than the width of the grip 1.
- This shape combined with the barrel-shaped blowing part 2 makes the overall shape of the portable fan more coordinated.
- FIG. 10-5 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of the assembly tube and the fan assembly of this embodiment.
- the blowing unit 2 further includes: an assembly cylinder 24, which is disposed in the connecting cylinder 23, and the fan assembly 3 is disposed in the connecting cylinder 23.
- the assembly cylinder 24 is disposed in the connecting cylinder 23, and the assembly cylinder 24 is connected to the fan assembly 3.
- the assembly tube 24 and the connection tube 23 are made of different materials.
- the connection tube 23 is made of metal material, while the assembly tube 24 is made of plastic material.
- the material of the assembly tube 24 is more plastic. Therefore, the assembly tube 24 and the connection tube 23 are manufactured separately, which can greatly improve the assembly efficiency and external aesthetics of the portable fan. It can ensure that the outer surface of the connection tube 23 is smooth and easy to grasp.
- the relationship between the assembly cylinder 24 and the connecting cylinder 23 is not limited to this.
- the assembly cylinder 24 and the connecting cylinder 23 can be made of the same material through integrated processing and manufacturing technology.
- the assembly cylinder 24 and the connecting cylinder 23 should be distinguished based on the function of the overall component, rather than by whether the component is independent.
- Figure 10-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the assembly tube of this embodiment
- Figure 10-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connection tube of this embodiment
- Figure 10-8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the air inlet ring of this embodiment.
- the blowing part 2 also includes: an air inlet tube 26 and an air outlet tube 25, the air inlet 21 is opened on the air inlet tube 26, the air outlet 22 is opened on the air outlet tube 25, and the air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25 are respectively clamped and connected to the two ends of the assembly tube 24.
- the air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25 are respectively arranged at both ends of the assembly tube 24, and can clamp the connecting tube 23 to prevent the assembly tube 24 from falling from the connecting tube 23.
- the air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25 are fixed by a clamping method, which facilitates the assembly and disassembly of the air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25.
- connection retaining edges 261a The surface of the air inlet tube 26 is raised to form a plurality of connection retaining edges 261a, and two adjacent connection retaining edges 261a are connected by a first connection spring piece 261b, and a first claw 261c is provided on the side of the first connection spring piece 261b facing the connection tube 23, and a first buckle 241 that cooperates with the first claw 261c is provided on the surface of one end of the assembly tube 24 connected to the air inlet tube 26.
- the setting of the connection retaining edges 261a reduces the overall volume of the air inlet tube 26, and less material is required to make the air inlet tube 26.
- the space between the two connection retaining edges 261a can also be used to set the first claw 261c, so that the first claw 261c has space for compression deformation. This method cleverly utilizes the surface space of the air inlet tube 26, makes the connection between the air inlet tube 26 and the assembly tube 24 more clever, and improves the space utilization rate.
- the surface of the air outlet cylinder 25 facing the connecting cylinder 23 is indented to form a plurality of first slots 251, and a plurality of first openings 242 are correspondingly provided at one end of the assembly cylinder 24 facing the air outlet cylinder 25, and a second connecting elastic piece 243 is provided in each of the plurality of first openings 242, and a second claw 244 cooperating with the first slot 251 is provided on the side of the second connecting elastic piece 243 facing the fan assembly 3.
- connection method between the assembly cylinder 24 and the air outlet cylinder 25 is to cleverly open the first opening 242 on the surface of the assembly cylinder 24, and to open the second connecting elastic piece 243 at the position of the first opening 242, so that the assembly cylinder 24 can be connected with the air outlet cylinder 25 without providing a protruding structure, which reasonably utilizes the space structure and improves the space utilization rate of the assembly.
- connection method between the air inlet duct 26 and the air outlet duct 25 and the assembly duct 24 is not limited to this.
- the connection method between the air inlet duct 26 and the air outlet duct 25 and the assembly duct 24 can be (not limited to): gluing, screw connection, riveting, etc.
- the assembly cylinder 24 and the air inlet cylinder 26 or the air outlet cylinder 25 can be manufactured using an integrated manufacturing technology.
- the length of the first inner surface 262b of the end of the air inlet 26 facing away from the fan assembly 3 is less than the length of the first outer surface 262a, and the first inner surface 262b and the first outer surface 262a are smoothly transitioned to form a first arcuate edge 262c. That is, the length of the first inner surface 262b extending outward is less than the length of the first outer surface 262a extending outward, so that the ends of the first inner surface 262b and the first outer surface 262a will form a length difference, and this length difference is connected through the first arcuate edge 262c, so that the edge of the air inlet 21 forms a smooth edge shaped like a "bell mouth".
- the first arcuate edge 262c When the air inlet 21 is entering, the first arcuate edge 262c has a guiding effect on the airflow entering therein, and its smooth lines can also prevent the airflow from having a rough contact with the side, so that the air intake efficiency of the portable fan can be improved and the wind noise of the air intake can be reduced.
- the length of the second inner surface 254 of the end of the air outlet 25 facing away from the fan assembly 3 is smaller than the length of the second outer surface 253, and the second inner surface 254 and the second outer surface 253 smoothly transition to form a second arcuate edge 255. That is, the length of the second inner surface 254 extending outward is smaller than the length of the second outer surface 253 extending outward. Therefore, a length difference is formed between the ends of the second inner surface 254 and the second outer surface 253. This length difference is connected through the second arcuate edge 255, so that the edge of the air outlet 22 forms a smooth edge shaped like a "bell mouth".
- the second arcuate edge 255 When the air outlet 22 discharges air, the second arcuate edge 255 has a guiding effect on the outflowing airflow.
- the arcuate surface of the second arcuate edge 255 forms a wall attachment effect, which quickly relieves the pressure of the high-speed airflow and increases the flow area of the airflow in the blowing direction. Its smooth lines can also avoid The airflow makes a rough contact with the side, thus improving the air outlet efficiency of the portable fan, increasing the blowing area, and reducing the wind noise.
- the air inlet cylinder 26 includes: a connection cylinder 261 and an air inlet ring 262, a plurality of connection baffles 261a, a first connection spring sheet 261b and a first claw 261c are all arranged on the connection cylinder 261, the connection cylinder 261 and the air inlet ring 262 are detachably connected, the maximum outer diameter of the connection cylinder 261 is smaller than the inner diameter of the assembly cylinder 24, and the maximum outer diameter of the air inlet ring 262 is larger than the outer diameter of the connection cylinder 23.
- the air inlet cylinder 26 can be disassembled into: a connection cylinder 261 and an air inlet ring 262. Although the assembly process is increased, the detachable structure allows the connection between the assembly cylinder 24 and the air inlet cylinder 26 to have more adjustable space and higher fault tolerance during assembly.
- the first inner surface 262 b and the first outer surface 262 a are both disposed on the air inlet ring 262 , and the first arc-shaped edge 262 c is also disposed on the air inlet ring 262 .
- connection screw holes 261d are provided with connection screw holes 261d
- the air inlet ring 262 is provided with a threaded column 262d at a position corresponding to the connection screw hole 261d.
- the connection screw hole 261d and the threaded column 262d are connected by a first screw, and a receiving groove 245 for receiving the first screw, the connection screw hole 261d and/or the threaded column 262d is provided at one end of the assembly cylinder 24 connected to the air outlet cylinder 25.
- the receiving groove 245 can receive one or more of the first screw, the connection screw hole 261d or the threaded column 262d.
- the screw connection enables the connection between the assembly cylinder 24 and the air inlet cylinder 26 to be adjusted, and has a higher fault tolerance during assembly.
- the connection screw hole 261d is provided on the connection retaining edge 261a, and two connection modes are provided between the connection retaining edge 261a and the adjacent connection retaining edge 261a through reasonable use of space, thereby improving the space utilization efficiency.
- the opening of the receiving groove 245 can prevent the first screw from protruding from the surface of the assembly tube 24, thereby facilitating assembly.
- the detachable connection method between the connecting tube 261 and the air inlet ring 262 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connecting tube 261 and the air inlet ring 262 can also be connected by a snap-fit method.
- the connecting tube 261 and the air inlet ring 262 can be prepared and formed by an integrated molding manufacturing technology.
- the outer diameter of one end of the air outlet tube 25 connected to the assembly tube 24 is smaller than the inner diameter of the assembly tube 24 , and the maximum outer diameter of one end of the air outlet tube 25 facing away from the assembly tube 24 is larger than the outer diameter of the connecting tube 23 .
- the outer diameter of the end of the air outlet tube 25 and the connecting tube 261 connected to the assembly tube 24 is smaller than the inner diameter of the assembly tube 24, so that the end of the air outlet tube 25 and the connecting tube 261 connected to the assembly tube 24 can be inserted into the assembly tube 24.
- the maximum outer diameter of the end of the air outlet tube 25 away from the assembly tube 24 and the air inlet ring 262 is larger than the outer diameter of the connecting tube 23, which can clamp and limit the connecting tube 23 to prevent the assembly tube 24 and the connecting tube 23 from separating or shifting.
- a limited stop edge 246 is provided on the inner wall of one end of the assembly cylinder 24 connected to the air outlet cylinder 25, a positioning piece 252 is provided at one end of the air outlet cylinder 25 connected to the assembly cylinder 24, and a positioning groove 247 is provided on the limited stop edge 246 at a position corresponding to the positioning piece 252, and the positioning piece 252 is provided in the extension direction of at least one first card slot 251 among the plurality of first card slots 251 facing the assembly cylinder 24.
- the provision of the positioning piece 252 and the positioning groove 247 facilitates the clamping assembly of the air outlet cylinder 25 and the assembly cylinder 24.
- the provision of the positioning piece 252 in the extension direction of the first card slot 251 facing the assembly cylinder 24 makes it easier to assemble the first card slot 251 with the second connecting elastic piece 243 and the second claw 244.
- a filter 27 is disposed between the connecting tube 23 and the air inlet ring 262.
- the filter 27 can prevent debris and the user's hair or clothes from being drawn into the fan assembly 3, thus providing good protection.
- the filter 27 is disposed between the connecting tube 23 and the air inlet ring 262, so that the filter 27 can be easily installed and replaced.
- the holding portion 1 includes: a shell 13, a battery 14 and a connector 15, the battery 14 is disposed in the shell 13, one end cover of the connector 15 is disposed at one end of the shell 13, and the other end of the connector is connected to the blowing portion 2.
- the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1 are connected by the connecting piece 15, so that the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1 are independent of each other, which is convenient for disassembly and maintenance of one of them separately.
- the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1 both have predetermined functional shapes, their specific shapes are not convenient for connection and fixation.
- the connecting piece 15 is used to connect the two.
- the connecting piece 15 can be adaptively deformed and docked according to the different shape requirements of the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1, thereby improving the stability of the connection.
- an arc groove is provided at one end of the connecting piece 15 connected to the blowing part 2, and the end of the connecting piece 15 connected to the holding part 1 is constructed to have a shape similar to the outer shape of the holding part 1.
- the connector 15 is connected to the blowing part 2 by screws, and the connector 15 is connected to the housing 13 by snap-fitting.
- the connection between the connector 15 and the blowing part 2 is not limited thereto.
- the connector 15 and the blowing part 2 can be connected and fixed by (but not limited to): gluing, snap-fitting, riveting, welding, etc.
- the connector 15 and the housing 13 can be connected and fixed by (but not limited to): interference fit, screw connection, riveting, gluing, welding, etc.
- the portable fan also includes: a first PCB circuit board 41, a second PCB circuit board 42 and a third PCB circuit board 43.
- the first PCB circuit board 41 is arranged in the shell 13, the second PCB circuit board 42 is arranged on the connecting member 15, and the third PCB circuit board 43 is arranged on the fan assembly 3.
- the first PCB circuit board 41 and the second PCB circuit board 42 are perpendicular to each other.
- the first PCB circuit board 41 and the second PCB circuit board 42 are connected by a first conductive member 46
- the second PCB circuit board 42 and the third PCB circuit board 43 are connected by a second conductive member 47.
- the stiffness of the first conductive member 46 is greater than or equal to the stiffness of the second conductive member 47.
- the first PCB circuit board 41, the second PCB circuit board 42 and the third PCB circuit board 43 are respectively arranged at different positions of the portable fan, which can not only increase the assembly area of various electronic components of the portable fan, but also effectively avoid the electrical
- the problem of large magnetic interference is effectively reduced, and the electronic interference intensity between different circuit boards is effectively reduced.
- PCB circuit boards in different positions can also avoid excessive heat concentration of electronic components and improve the heat dissipation efficiency of portable fans.
- the rigidity of the first conductive member 46 is greater than that of the second conductive member 47, so that the second PCB circuit board 42 has a greater supporting force on the first PCB circuit board 41.
- the second PCB circuit board 42 has a supporting effect on the first PCB circuit board 41, thereby preventing the first PCB circuit board 41 from being displaced toward the inside of the housing 13 under the action of external force.
- the second conductive member 47 has a smaller connection rigidity, which facilitates the installation of the blowing part 2 and the connecting member 15 .
- the first conductive member 46 is a motor component pin or a welded prismatic iron metal rod
- the second conductive member 47 is a wire, a flat cable or a flexible circuit board.
- the first PCB circuit board 41 is fixedly connected to the inner surface of the housing 13, the second PCB circuit board 42 is fixedly connected to the connecting member 15 by screws, and the third PCB circuit board 43 is fixedly connected to the fan assembly 3.
- the first PCB circuit board 41 is connected by a clamping connection, which is convenient for assembly and disassembly.
- the second PCB circuit board 42 is fixedly connected to the connecting member 15 by screws. Since the second PCB circuit board 42 needs to support the first PCB circuit board 41, the better the installation stability of the second PCB circuit board 42, the higher the limit or support degree of the first PCB circuit board 41.
- the third PCB circuit board 43 is fixedly connected to the fan assembly 3, which is convenient for assembly and disassembly, and can serve as a dust cover for the fan assembly 3.
- the first PCB circuit board 41 is connected to the first control button 44
- the second PCB circuit board 42 is connected to the second control button 45
- the movement path of the first control button 44 after being subjected to force is perpendicular to the first PCB circuit board 41
- the movement path of the second control button 45 after being subjected to force is parallel to the second PCB circuit board 42. Since the first PCB circuit board 41 is fixed by snap connection, and the second PCB circuit board 42 can support the first PCB circuit board 41, the first PCB circuit board 41 has a higher force strength in its vertical direction, and is suitable for assembling the first control button 44 that moves in its vertical direction.
- the second PCB circuit board 42 is fixed to the connector 15 by screws, has a large suspended area, and has a weak vertical force bearing capacity. However, due to the screw fixation, it has a strong anti-rotation ability, the movement path of the second control button 45 after being subjected to force is parallel to the second PCB circuit board 42, and the second PCB circuit board 42 can well resist the steering force or deflection force applied to the second control button 45 when in use.
- plurality in this embodiment refers to a number of two or more.
- Scheme 12 is shown in Figures 11-1 to 11-5.
- the high-speed motor of the present application is used in a portable fan.
- the portable fan includes an air outlet 100 and a hand-held part 200.
- the air outlet 100 is used to discharge air
- the hand-held part 200 is used for a user to hold it, so that the user can hold it and use it.
- the air outlet 100 includes a housing 1, a casing 2, a buffer 30 and the high-speed motor from the outside to the inside.
- the high-speed motor includes a barrel 4, a driving plate 55, a stator assembly 54, a rotor assembly and a fan blade 6.
- the high-speed motor can provide sufficient power and speed to ensure the wind force of the portable fan.
- the buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, the casing 2 is arranged outside the buffer 30, and the outer shell 1 is arranged outside the casing 2.
- the layers are fixed and the overall structure is stable.
- the overall vibration reduction effect is ensured to be good.
- the buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, and the buffer 30 absorbs and reduces the vibration caused by the high-speed motor in time, so that the portable fan can continue to rotate at a high speed stably.
- the buffer member 30 is used as an isolation buffer interface between the barrel 4 and the casing 2.
- the buffer member 30 is a smooth surface; in another embodiment, in order to enhance its isolation and buffering properties, a plurality of convex points may be arranged at intervals on the outer surface of the buffer member 30.
- the buffer member 30 may only cover part of the outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the entire outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the front end face and the rear end face of the barrel 4, but is not limited thereto.
- the cylinder 4 includes an outer ring portion 40, an inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of connecting leaves 42 connecting the outer ring portion 40 and the inner ring portion 41.
- the inner ring portion 41 is shorter than the outer ring portion 40, and the front end of the inner ring portion 41 extends forward beyond the front end of the outer ring portion 40.
- a base plate 44 is formed in the inner ring portion 41, and a hollow shaft cylinder 45 protrudes backward from the base plate 44 and extends backward beyond the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, but does not exceed the rear end of the outer ring portion 40.
- the stator assembly 54, the rotor assembly and the shaft cylinder 45 are nested and fixed.
- a first step portion 451 is formed on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the stator assembly 54 is arranged outside the shaft cylinder 45 and abuts against the first step portion 451.
- the rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 50, a bearing 51 and a magnetic ring 52.
- the rotating shaft 50 extends into the shaft cylinder 45, the bearing 51 is arranged outside the rotating shaft 50, the buffer sleeve 31 is arranged outside the bearing 51, and the magnetic ring 52 is arranged outside the stator assembly 54.
- a receiving portion 46 and a buckle 47 are provided at the front end of the inner ring portion 41, wherein the receiving portion 46 is used to receive the drive plate 55, and the buckle 47 is used to buckle and fix the drive plate 55.
- the base plate 44 is provided with a wire passing opening, through which a wire passes to electrically connect the drive plate 55 and the stator assembly 54.
- the drive plate 55 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 54 and drives the rotor assembly to rotate.
- the bearing 51 is provided with two, including a first bearing 511 and a second bearing 512, and the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 are both provided outside the rotating shaft 50.
- the first bearing 511 is located in front of the second bearing 512, and at least one of the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 is provided with the buffer sleeve 31.
- the buffer sleeve 31 is provided outside the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512.
- the buffer sleeve 31 may be provided outside the first bearing 511, and the buffer sleeve 31 may not be provided outside the second bearing 512; or the buffer sleeve 31 may not be provided outside the first bearing 511, and the buffer sleeve 31 may be provided outside the second bearing 512.
- the buffer sleeve 31 is formed with a groove 313, and the groove 313 is formed on one or more of the radial outer side, radial inner side, axial outer side, and axial inner side of the buffer sleeve 31.
- the groove 313 is formed on the radial outer side of the buffer sleeve 31, and the groove 313 is arranged around the buffer sleeve 31.
- the provision of the groove 313 can give the buffer sleeve 31 some deformation space, so that the buffer sleeve 31 has a stronger buffering absorption capacity.
- the outer diameter of the buffer sleeve 31 is 5.96 mm (millimeter, the same below), the depth of the groove 313 is 0.1 mm, and the width of the groove 313 is 0.7 mm.
- the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 are both provided with the buffer sleeve 31.
- the first bearing 511 is provided with the first buffer sleeve 311
- the second bearing 512 is provided with the second buffer sleeve 312.
- the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 respectively have an inner wall, an outer wall, and a ball disposed between the inner wall and the outer wall, and the rotating shaft 50 is penetrated through the inner walls of the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512.
- a second step portion 452 is formed on the inner side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the first bearing 511 and the first buffer sleeve 311 are abutted against the second step portion 452 from front to back, and the first buffer sleeve 311 covers the radial outer side and rear side of the outer wall of the first bearing 511.
- the second bearing 512 and the second buffer sleeve 312 are abutted against the rear end of the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and the second buffer sleeve 312 covers the radial outer side and front side of the outer wall of the second bearing 512, and part of the stator assembly 54 is disposed outside the second buffer sleeve 312.
- the rotor assembly further includes a housing 53.
- the housing 53 opens forward, and includes a first side wall 531, a second side wall 532, and a rear wall 533.
- the first side wall 531 is located radially inward of the second side wall 532, and the first side wall 531 is shorter than the second side wall 532, and the rear wall 533 connects the first side wall 531 and the second side wall 532.
- the first side wall 531 is fixedly disposed outside the rotating shaft 50, and the second side wall 532 is disposed outside the magnetic ring 52.
- the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 are adjacently arranged in the axial direction, and the first side wall 531 and the second bearing 512 are adjacently arranged in the axial direction.
- the spacing between the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the spacing between the first side wall 531 and the second bearing 512.
- the spacing between the first side wall 531 and the second bearing 512 is 0.8 mm, and the spacing between the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 is 0.7 mm, but this is not limiting.
- a buffer pad 33 is provided at the front end of the second side wall 532 and/or the rear end of the inner ring portion 41.
- a buffer pad 33 is provided at the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of buffer pads 33 are provided, which are distributed at the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, so that even when the high-speed motor falls or is hit by an external impact, the front end of the second side wall 532 can be prevented from impacting and vibrating the rear end of the inner ring portion 41.
- the thickness of the buffer pad 33 is 0.3 mm, which can well absorb and reduce the impact vibration, but it is not limited to this.
- the buffer pad 33 can also be provided at the front end of the second side wall 532, and the buffer pad 33 can be arranged in a circle around the front end of the second side wall 532 and/or the rear end of the inner ring portion 41.
- the spacing between the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the spacing between the rotating shaft 50 and the driving plate 55. In this way, even if the high-speed motor falls or is hit by other external impacts, the front end of the rotating shaft 50 will not hit and damage the driving plate 55.
- the outer diameter of the barrel 4 is 23.71-24.05 mm, and the length of the barrel 4 is 30-33.05 mm.
- the barrel 4 is small in size, so that the overall volume of the portable fan can also be small, thereby improving the portability of the portable fan.
- the barrel 4 also includes a plurality of extension leaves 43, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 correspond to the plurality of connecting leaves 42 one by one, and the extension leaves 43 are formed by extending backward from the connecting leaves 42.
- the connecting leaves 42 extend vertically forward, and the extension leaves 43 extend in an arc shape, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 surround the outside of the second side wall 532.
- a fan blade 6 is also fixedly provided at the rear end of the rotating shaft 50.
- the front end of the fan blade 6 is arranged adjacent to the rear wall 533 of the housing 53 in the axial direction.
- the fan blade 6 is coaxially arranged with the housing 53, the magnetic ring 52, and the bearing 51, and the fan blade 6 and the housing 53 are arranged adjacent to each other, and there is no need to set a transmission device between the housing 53 and the fan blade 6, which effectively improves the transmission efficiency of the fan blade 6.
- the fan blade 6 includes a hub 60, and a plurality of blades 61 arranged around the outer side of the hub 60 at intervals.
- a shaft column 62 is also provided on the inner side of the hub 60, and the shaft column 62 is fixedly provided outside the rotating shaft 50, and a plurality of ribs 63 connect the shaft column 62 and the hub 60.
- the rear wall 533 is penetrated with a notch, and the elastic member 32 passes through the notch of the rear wall 533, and the two ends of the elastic member 32 are respectively abutted against the ribs 63 and the second bearing 512.
- the elastic member 32 abuts against the diameter of one end of the rib leaf 63.
- the diameter of the elastic member 32 is larger than the diameter of the second bearing 512 abutted by the elastic member 32 .
- the maximum outer diameter of the elastic member 32 is 7-7.8 mm, and the minimum inner diameter of the elastic member 32 is 2.05 mm.
- the fan blade 6 is a diagonal flow fan blade
- the hub 60 radially increases and extends from the back to the front
- the hub 60 is arc-shaped.
- the diameter of the hub 60, the diameter of the housing 53, and the diameter of the inner ring portion 41 are less than 0.5 mm apart from each other, and in the axial direction, the housing 53 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged adjacent to each other in front and back intervals, and the hub 60 and the housing 53 are arranged in close proximity.
- the rear end of the fan blade 6 does not extend backward beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40, and the fan can be completely arranged in the four-layer structure of the outer ring portion 40, the buffer 30, the sleeve 2, and the outer shell 1, which can effectively absorb and reduce the noise generated by the high-speed rotation of the fan blade 6. It should be understood that the channel between the inner ring portion 41 and the outer ring portion 40, and the channel between the second side wall 532 and the outer ring portion 40 belong to the air duct of the portable fan.
- the fan blades 6 rotate, and the high-speed turbulence generated by the high-speed rotating fan blades 6 first flows through the curved extension blades 43 to be initially combed, then flows through the connecting blades 42 extending vertically forward to be combed again, and is guided to be sprayed vertically forward to reduce kinetic energy loss and retain large air volume and high wind pressure.
- the air outlet portion 100 further includes an air inlet cover 7 and an air outlet cover 8.
- the air inlet cover 7 is fixed to the rear side of the casing 2 and is disposed on the rear side of the outer shell 1.
- the air outlet cover 8 is fixed to the front side of the casing 2 and is disposed on the front side of the outer shell 1.
- a power supply 201 and a control board 202 are provided in the handheld portion 200, and the air outlet portion 100 and the handheld portion 200 are fixed.
- the control board 202 is electrically connected to the drive board 55 through a wire.
- the power supply 201 is provided below the control board 202, and the power supply 201 is electrically connected to the control board 202.
- the power supply 201 can directly supply power to the high-speed motor to drive the fan blade 6 to rotate without connecting to an external power supply.
- the buffer 30, the buffer sleeve 31, and the elastic member 32 all have the ability to be elastically deformed, but the specific material, form, and deformation ability can be selected from existing elastic materials.
- the buffer 30 can be a silicone material or a foam material
- the buffer sleeve 31 can be a silicone material or a foam material
- the elastic member 32 can be a spring material or a silicone material.
- the specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it has the ability to be elastically deformed and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
- Scheme 13 is shown in Figures 12-1 to 12-5.
- a high-speed motor of the present application comprises a barrel 1, a stator assembly 2 and a rotor assembly.
- the barrel 1 comprises an outer ring portion 11, an inner ring portion 12, and a plurality of connecting blades 13 connecting the outer ring portion 11 and the inner ring portion 12.
- a base plate 14 is formed in the inner ring portion 12, and a shaft cylinder 15 protrudes and extends backward from the base plate 14.
- An integral bearing mounting structure is provided in the shaft cylinder 15, and the bearing mounting structure includes a first bearing chamber 151 and a second bearing chamber 152.
- the stator assembly 2, the rotor assembly and the shaft cylinder 15 are nested and fixed.
- the rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 31, and a first bearing 32 and a second bearing 33 arranged on the radial outer side of the rotating shaft 31.
- the rotating shaft 31 extends into the shaft cylinder 15, the first bearing 32 is accommodated in the first bearing chamber 151, and the second bearing 33 is accommodated in the second bearing chamber 152, so as to fix the rotating shaft 31 and the shaft cylinder 15.
- a first step portion 153 is formed on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 15, and the stator assembly 2 is disposed outside the shaft cylinder 15 and abuts against the first step portion 153.
- the stator assembly 2 is nested and positioned radially outside the shaft cylinder 15.
- the bearing mounting structure is integrally formed in the shaft cylinder 15. That is, in this embodiment, the first bearing chamber 151 and the second bearing chamber 152 are directly integrally formed by the shaft cylinder 15, and the axis of the first bearing chamber 151, the axis of the second bearing chamber 152 and the axis of the shaft cylinder 15 coincide, which not only ensures the concentricity of the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33, but also ensures the concentricity of the first bearing 32, the second bearing 33 and the shaft cylinder 15.
- the bearing mounting structure can be integrally formed separately and then embedded in the shaft cylinder 15, which can also ensure the concentricity between the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33.
- the first bearing chamber 151 is located in front of the second bearing chamber 152, and the rear end of the first bearing chamber 151 forms a second step portion 154, and the rear end of the second bearing chamber 152 forms a third step portion 155.
- the step portion is formed at the rear end of the bearing chamber to limit the backward movement of the bearing and fix the bearing.
- the diameter of the first bearing chamber 151 is greater than the diameter of the second bearing chamber 152, and the outer diameter of the first bearing 32 is greater than the outer diameter of the second bearing 33. Therefore, after the second bearing 33 first enters from the front end of the shaft cylinder 15 and is accommodated in the second bearing chamber 152, the first bearing 32 then enters from the front end of the shaft cylinder 15 and is accommodated in the first bearing chamber 151.
- a buffer pad is provided between the first bearing 32 and the second step portion 154 to buffer the vibration between the first bearing 32 and the second step portion 154.
- the buffer pad may also be provided between the second bearing 33 and the third step portion 155. Alternatively, the buffer pad is not provided between the first bearing 32 and the second step portion 154, and the buffer pad is provided between the second bearing 33 and the third step portion 155.
- the diameter of the first bearing chamber 151 is 5.8-7.2 mm
- the diameter of the second bearing chamber 152 is 4.8-5.2 mm.
- a buffer sleeve may be provided outside the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33.
- the buffer sleeve may be The vibration of the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33 is further alleviated, thereby further reducing noise.
- the buffer sleeve may not be provided outside the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33.
- the bearing mounting structure further includes a transition section 156 disposed between the first bearing chamber 151 and the second bearing chamber 152, and the diameter of the transition section 156 decreases from front to back.
- the transition section 156 decreases from front to back, which facilitates the second bearing 33 to move backward from the front end of the bearing mounting structure into the second bearing chamber 152.
- the transition section 156 accommodates an isolating member 6, and the isolating member 6 is used to isolate and position the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33, so as to prevent the first bearing 32 and the rotating shaft 31, and the second bearing 33 and the rotating shaft 31 from relative displacement.
- the length of the isolating member 6 is 5.65-6.05 mm.
- the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into the shaft cylinder 15 and passes through the second bearing 33 and the first bearing 32.
- a slot is formed at the front end of the rotating shaft 31, and a buffer 8 is provided between the stopper 7 and the first bearing 32. The stopper 7 and the buffer 8 limit the relative displacement between the first bearing 32 and the rotating shaft 31.
- the rotor assembly further includes a housing 34 and a magnetic ring 35 disposed radially outside the rotating shaft 31, the magnetic ring 35 being disposed radially outside the stator assembly 2, the housing 34 opening facing forward, and the side wall of the housing 34 being disposed radially outside the magnetic ring 35.
- the high-speed motor further includes a fan blade 4 and a drive plate 5.
- the fan blade 4 is fixedly disposed at the rear end of the rotating shaft 31, and the fan blade 4 and the housing 34 are disposed adjacent to each other.
- the drive plate 5 is disposed at the front end of the inner ring portion 12, the drive plate 5 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 2, and drives the rotor assembly and the fan blade 4 to rotate.
- an elastic member is further provided between the rear wall of the housing 34 and the second bearing 33 to further limit the relative displacement between the second bearing 33 and the rotating shaft 31, and to buffer and reduce the vibration of the second bearing 33.
- the front and rear ends of the first bearing 32 and the front and rear ends of the second bearing 33 are both supported, and the pre-pressure between the first bearing 32, the second bearing 33 and the whole high-speed motor is balanced, and the vibration of the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33 is buffered and reduced, thereby effectively reducing the noise of the high-speed motor.
- the isolating member 6, the buffer member 8, the buffer pad and the elastic member in the high-speed motor described in the present application can all be elastic, but the specific material and form can be selected from existing elastic materials, for example, the isolating member 6, the buffer member 8 and the elastic member can all be silicone materials; the isolating member 6 and the buffer member 8 can be silicone materials, and the elastic member is an elastic metal material.
- the specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it is elastic and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
- the high-speed motor is used in a portable fan, which can be a handheld fan, a neck hanging fan, a clip fan, a hanging fan, etc.
- a portable fan which can be a handheld fan, a neck hanging fan, a clip fan, a hanging fan, etc.
- the high-speed motor can also be used in other devices, not limited to the examples.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Structures Of Non-Positive Displacement Pumps (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及风扇技术领域,特别是涉及一种风扇模组、便携式转动设备的电机及高速电机。The present application relates to the technical field of fans, and in particular to a fan module, a motor of a portable rotating device, and a high-speed motor.
在炎热夏季风扇成为了人们消除炎热的必备用品,伴随着人们便捷化的使用需求,更加轻量化和便携性的风扇,越来越多的受到人们的青睐。In the hot summer, fans have become a must-have item for people to get rid of the heat. With people's demand for convenient use, lighter and more portable fans are becoming more and more popular.
现有技术中的风扇包括:壳体和设置在壳体内的风扇组件,壳体上开设进风口和出风口,由风扇组件推动气流从进风口向出风口进行流动。本申请的发明人在研究中发现,现有技术中的风扇壳体结构松散,对流经其中的气流缺乏疏导,风扇的出风效率较低。The fan in the prior art includes: a housing and a fan assembly disposed in the housing, the housing is provided with an air inlet and an air outlet, and the fan assembly pushes the airflow from the air inlet to the air outlet. The inventor of the present application found in the research that the fan housing in the prior art has a loose structure, lacks guidance for the airflow passing therethrough, and the air outlet efficiency of the fan is low.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请主要的目的是提供一种风扇模组,包括:导风罩,所述导风罩上开设有进风口;导风管,所述导风管上开设有与所述进风口对应的出风口,且所述导风管背向所述出风口的一端与所述导风罩背向所述进风口的一端连接;风扇组件,所述风扇组件连接在所述导风管内,且所述风扇组件的至少部分结构伸出所述导风管伸入到所述导风罩内。The main purpose of the present application is to provide a fan module, comprising: an air guide cover, which is provided with an air inlet; an air guide duct, which is provided with an air outlet corresponding to the air inlet, and the end of the air guide duct facing away from the air outlet is connected to the end of the air guide cover facing away from the air inlet; a fan assembly, which is connected to the air guide duct, and at least part of the structure of the fan assembly extends out of the air guide duct and into the air guide cover.
本申请将结合附图对实施方式进行说明。本申请的附图仅用于描述实施例,以展示为目的。在不偏离本申请原理的条件下,本领域技术人员能够轻松地通过以下描述根据所述步骤做出其他实施例。The present application will illustrate the implementation methods in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The accompanying drawings of the present application are only used to describe the embodiments for the purpose of demonstration. Without departing from the principles of the present application, those skilled in the art can easily make other embodiments according to the steps described below through the following description.
图1-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的立体示意图。FIG1-1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图1-2为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的剖视图。1-2 are cross-sectional views of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图1-3为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的分解示意图。1-3 are exploded schematic diagrams of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图1-4为本申请一个具体实施例的侧壳体的俯视视角立体示意图。1-4 are three-dimensional schematic diagrams of a side shell from a top view according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图1-5为本申请一个具体实施例的侧壳体的仰视视角立体示意图。1-5 are three-dimensional schematic diagrams of a side shell body from a bottom perspective according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图1-6为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇组件的分解示意图。1-6 are exploded schematic diagrams of a fan assembly according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图1-7为本申请一个具体实施例的上壳体的立体示意图。1-7 are three-dimensional schematic diagrams of an upper shell of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的整体结构示意图。FIG2-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-2为本申请一个具体实施例的柔性壳体的结构示意图。FIG2-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a flexible shell according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-3为本申请一个具体实施例的导风罩结构示意图。2-3 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an air guide cover according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-4为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组拆分示意图。2-4 are schematic diagrams of disassembly of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-5为本申请一个具体实施例风扇模组的剖视图。2-5 are cross-sectional views of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-6为本申请一个具体实施例的导风管的结构示意图。2-6 are schematic diagrams of the structure of an air guide duct according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图2-7为本申请一个具体实施例的支架与风扇组件连接剖视图。2-7 is a cross-sectional view of the connection between the bracket and the fan assembly of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图3-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的整体结构示意图。FIG3-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图3-2为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的分解结构示意图。FIG3-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图3-3为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体俯视视角的结构示意图。FIG3-3 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell body from a top view of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图3-4为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体仰视视角的立体结构示意图。3-4 are schematic diagrams of the three-dimensional structure of a shell of a specific embodiment of the present application when viewed from a bottom perspective.
图3-5为本申请一个具体实施例风扇模组的剖视示意图。3-5 are cross-sectional schematic diagrams of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图4-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的整体结构示意图。FIG4-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图4-2为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的分解结构示意图。FIG4-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图4-3为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体的整体结构示意图。FIG4-3 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a shell of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图4-4为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇叶片第一视角的结构示意图。FIG4-4 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan blade from a first perspective in a specific embodiment of the present application.
图4-5为本申请一个具体实施例风扇叶片第二视角的结构示意图。4-5 are schematic structural diagrams of a fan blade from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图4-6为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇叶片第三视角的结构示意图。4-6 are schematic structural diagrams of a fan blade from a third viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图5-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的整体结构示意图。FIG5-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图5-2为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的分解结构示意图。FIG5-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图5-3为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的剖面示意图。FIG5-3 is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图5-4为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体的立体结构示意图。FIG5-4 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of a shell according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图5-5为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体与转轴连接的结构示意图。 FIG5-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connection between the shell and the rotating shaft in a specific embodiment of the present application.
图5-6为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体与PCB电路板连接结构示意图。5-6 are schematic diagrams of the connection structure between the shell and the PCB circuit board of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的整体结构示意图。FIG6-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-2为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的分解结构示意图。FIG6-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-3为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的剖视图。FIG6-3 is a cross-sectional view of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-4为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体第一视角的结构示意图。FIG6-4 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a first viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-5为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体第二视角的结构示意图。FIG6-5 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-6本申请一个具体实施例的电机外壳的结构示意图。Figure 6-6 is a schematic structural diagram of a motor housing of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-7本申请一个具体实施例的风扇扇叶第一视角的结构示意图。6-7 are structural schematic diagrams of fan blades from a first perspective of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-8本申请一个具体实施例的风扇扇叶第二视角的结构示意图。6-8 are structural schematic diagrams of fan blades from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-9为本申请一个具体实施例的装配基座第一视角的结构示意图。6-9 are schematic structural diagrams of an assembly base from a first perspective according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图6-10为本申请一个具体实施例的装配基座第二视角的结构示意图。6-10 are schematic structural diagrams of an assembly base from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图7-1为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的整体结构示意图。FIG7-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图7-2为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇模组的分解结构示意图。FIG7-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of a fan module according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图7-3为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体第一视角的结构示意图。FIG7-3 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a first viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图7-4为本申请一个具体实施例的壳体第二视角的结构示意图。FIG7-4 is a schematic structural diagram of a shell from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图7-5为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇扇叶第一视角的结构示意图。FIG7-5 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan blade from a first perspective of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图7-6为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇扇叶第二视角的结构示意图。FIG7-6 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan blade from a second viewing angle according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图8-1为本申请提供的便携式风扇的结构示意图。FIG8-1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the portable fan provided in the present application.
图8-2为本申请提供的便携式风扇的分解示意图。FIG8-2 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of the portable fan provided in the present application.
图8-3为本申请提供的另一视角下的便携式风扇的分解示意图。FIG8-3 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of a portable fan from another perspective provided in the present application.
图8-4为本申请提供的便携式风扇的剖视图。FIG8-4 is a cross-sectional view of the portable fan provided in the present application.
图8-5为本申请提供的另一视角下的便携式风扇的剖视图。FIG8-5 is a cross-sectional view of the portable fan from another perspective provided in the present application.
图8-6为本申请提供的筒体的结构示意图。Figure 8-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the cylinder provided in this application.
图8-7为本申请提供的便携式风扇拆除部分零件的结构示意图。Figure 8-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the portable fan provided in this application with some parts removed.
图8-8为本申请提供的便携式风扇拆除部分零件的剖视图。Figure 8-8 is a cross-sectional view of some parts of the portable fan provided in the present application after removal.
图8-9为本申请提供的便携式风扇进风罩组件的分解示意图。8-9 are exploded schematic diagrams of the portable fan air inlet cover assembly provided in the present application.
图9-1为本申请实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件的结构示意图。FIG9-1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer component of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9-2为本申请实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件中缓冲件本体的结构示意图。FIG9-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer body in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9-3为本申请实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件中限位件的结构示意图。FIG9-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a limit member in a buffer member of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9-4为本申请实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件中辅助缓冲件的结构示意图。FIG9-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an auxiliary buffer component in a buffer component of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9-5为本申请实施例提供的一种风扇模组的结构示意图。FIG9-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9-6为本申请实施例提供的手持风扇的结构示意图。FIG9-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a handheld fan provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9-7为本申请图9-6中A-A向的剖面结构示意图。Figure 9-7 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the A-A line in Figure 9-6 of this application.
图10-1为本申请一个具体实施例的便携式风扇的整体结构示意图。FIG10-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of a portable fan according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-2为本申请一个具体实施例的持握部和风扇组件位置结构示意图。FIG10-2 is a schematic diagram of the position structure of the holding portion and the fan assembly of a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-3为本申请一个具体实施例的风扇组件的分解示意图。FIG10-3 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of a fan assembly according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-4为本申请一个具体实施例的便携式风扇整体结构分解示意图。FIG10-4 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure decomposition of a portable fan according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-5为本申请一个具体实施例的装配筒及风扇组件的分解示意图。FIG10-5 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of an assembly tube and a fan assembly according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-6为本申请一个具体实施例的装配筒的结构示意图。FIG10-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an assembly tube according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-7为本申请一个具体实施例的衔接筒的结构示意图。Figure 10-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a connecting tube according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图10-8为本申请一个具体实施例的进风环的结构示意图。FIG10-8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an air inlet ring according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
图11-1为本申请便携式风扇的立体示意图。FIG11-1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the portable fan of the present application.
图11-2为本申请便携式风扇的立体示意图。FIG11-2 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the portable fan of the present application.
图11-3为本申请便携式风扇的剖视图。FIG11-3 is a cross-sectional view of the portable fan of the present application.
图11-4为图11-3中A部分的放大图。Figure 11-4 is an enlarged view of part A in Figure 11-3.
图11-5为本申请筒体的立体示意图。Figure 11-5 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the cylinder of the present application.
图12-1为本申请高速电机的立体图。FIG12-1 is a three-dimensional diagram of the high-speed motor of the present application.
图12-2为本申请高速电机的立体分解图。FIG12-2 is a three-dimensional exploded view of the high-speed motor of the present application.
图12-3为本申请高速电机的剖视分解图。FIG12-3 is a cross-sectional exploded view of the high-speed motor of the present application.
图12-4为本申请高速电机的剖视图。FIG12-4 is a cross-sectional view of the high-speed motor of the present application.
图12-5为本申请高速电机筒体移开时的剖视图。Figure 12-5 is a cross-sectional view of the high-speed motor of the present application when the barrel is removed.
为了使本申请所要解决的技术问题、技术方案及有益效果更加清楚明白,以下结合附图及实施例,对本申请进行进一步详细说明。应当理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请,并不用于限定本申请。In order to make the technical problems, technical solutions and beneficial effects to be solved by the present application more clearly understood, the present application is further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings and embodiments. It should be understood that the specific embodiments described herein are only used to explain the present application and are not used to limit the present application.
需要说明的是,当元件被称为“固定于”或“设置于”另一个元件,它可以直接在另一个元件上或者间接在该另一个元件上。当一个元件被称为是“连接于”另一个元件,它可以是直接连接到另一个元件或间接连接至该另一个元件上。在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。下面将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本申请。It should be noted that when an element is referred to as being "fixed to" or "disposed on" another element, it may be directly on the other element or indirectly on the other element. When an element is referred to as being "connected to" another element, it may be directly connected to the other element or indirectly connected to the other element. In the absence of conflict, the embodiments in this application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other. The present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and in combination with the embodiments.
需要理解的是,术语“长度”、“宽度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。It should be understood that the terms "length", "width", "up", "down", "front", "back", "left", "right", "vertical", "horizontal", "top", "bottom", "inside", "outside", etc., indicating the orientation or position relationship, are based on the orientation or position relationship shown in the drawings, and are only for the convenience of describing the present application and simplifying the description, and do not indicate or imply that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore should not be understood as a limitation on the present application.
此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of the indicated technical features. Thus, a feature defined as "first" or "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of this application, the meaning of "plurality" is two or more, unless otherwise clearly and specifically defined.
除非另有定义,本说明书所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本说明书中在本申请的说明书中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是用于限制本申请。本说明书所使用的术语"和/或"包括一个或多个相关的所列项目的任意的和所有的组合。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used in this specification have the same meaning as those commonly understood by those skilled in the art to which this application belongs. The terms used in this specification and in the specification of this application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments and are not intended to limit this application. The term "and/or" used in this specification includes any and all combinations of one or more of the related listed items.
方案1,如图1-1至图1-7所示。Solution 1 is shown in Figures 1-1 to 1-7.
请参阅图1-1和图1-2,图1-1为本实施例风扇模组的立体示意图;图1-2为本实施例风扇模组的剖视图。Please refer to FIG. 1-1 and FIG. 1-2 . FIG. 1-1 is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the fan module of the present embodiment; and FIG. 1-2 is a cross-sectional view of the fan module of the present embodiment.
如图1-1和图1-2所示,一种风扇模组,包括:壳体1、支架2和风扇组件3。壳体1上开设有相对设置的进风口133和出风口113;支架2设置在壳体1内,且支架2与壳体1的内表面连接;风扇组件3设置在壳体1内,且风扇组件3连接在支架2上;壳体1与风扇组件3对应位置的内表面构造成弧形。As shown in Fig. 1-1 and Fig. 1-2, a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a bracket 2 and a fan assembly 3. The housing 1 is provided with an air inlet 133 and an air outlet 113 which are arranged opposite to each other; the bracket 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and the bracket 2 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1; the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the housing 1, and the fan assembly 3 is connected to the bracket 2; the inner surfaces of the housing 1 and the fan assembly 3 at corresponding positions are configured to be arc-shaped.
在壳体1内设置支架2,将风扇组件3固定在支架2上,使风扇组件3和壳体1内壁之间相对悬空,将壳体1与风扇组件3相对的位置的内表面构造成弧形,风扇组件3转动时,气流由风扇组件3流向壳体1内表面时,弧形内表面的弧形构造能够使气流在接触壳体1内表面时,对气流进行导向。弧形表面对与其接触的气流的导向作用,能够减少气流与壳体1内表面接触时的能量损失,提升风扇的出风效率。同时,由于弧形内表面的构造能够减小气流回流,进一步的提升风扇出风效率。A bracket 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and the fan assembly 3 is fixed on the bracket 2, so that the fan assembly 3 and the inner wall of the housing 1 are relatively suspended, and the inner surface of the housing 1 relative to the fan assembly 3 is constructed into an arc shape. When the fan assembly 3 rotates, when the airflow flows from the fan assembly 3 to the inner surface of the housing 1, the arc structure of the arc inner surface can guide the airflow when the airflow contacts the inner surface of the housing 1. The guiding effect of the arc surface on the airflow in contact with it can reduce the energy loss when the airflow contacts the inner surface of the housing 1, and improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan. At the same time, because the structure of the arc inner surface can reduce the backflow of airflow, the air outlet efficiency of the fan is further improved.
请参阅图1-3,图1-3为本实施例风扇模组的分解示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1-3 , which are exploded schematic diagrams of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图1-3所示,在一些实施方式中,壳体1是由上壳体11、侧壳体12和下壳体13组合而成。进风口133开设在下壳体13上,出风口113开设在上壳体11上,支架2设置在侧壳体12内,且支架2与侧壳体12的内表面连接,风扇组件3的至少部分结构位于下壳体13内。三段式壳体的结构,能够降低壳体的制造难度。但是,壳体1的结构不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,壳体1能够一体构造成型,也能够由两个壳结构拼接组合而成。As shown in Figures 1-3, in some embodiments, the housing 1 is composed of an upper housing 11, a side housing 12, and a lower housing 13. The air inlet 133 is provided on the lower housing 13, the air outlet 113 is provided on the upper housing 11, the bracket 2 is arranged in the side housing 12, and the bracket 2 is connected to the inner surface of the side housing 12, and at least part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is located in the lower housing 13. The structure of the three-section housing can reduce the difficulty of manufacturing the housing. However, the structure of the housing 1 is not limited to this. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the housing 1 can be integrally formed, or can be composed of two shell structures spliced together.
壳体1内设置有支架2,支架2包括:容纳腔21以及连接在容纳腔21上的多个导风板22。其中,容纳腔21内部中空,放置有电池27。将电池27放置在容纳腔21内,能够使风扇模组免去设置电池27的手柄,进一步的简化了风扇模组的结构,减少风扇模组的体积。但是,风扇模组的电池27安装位置不局限于此,在一些实施方式中,风扇模组设置有手柄,电池27安装在手柄内。A bracket 2 is provided in the housing 1, and the bracket 2 includes: a receiving chamber 21 and a plurality of air guide plates 22 connected to the receiving chamber 21. The receiving chamber 21 is hollow inside and contains a battery 27. Placing the battery 27 in the receiving chamber 21 can eliminate the need for a handle for the battery 27 in the fan module, further simplifying the structure of the fan module and reducing the volume of the fan module. However, the installation position of the battery 27 in the fan module is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, the fan module is provided with a handle, and the battery 27 is installed in the handle.
容纳腔21构造成圆柱形。但是,容纳腔21的形状构造不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,容纳腔21能够构造成的半球形、椭球形、圆锥形或者三角形等形状。The accommodating cavity 21 is configured in a cylindrical shape. However, the shape of the accommodating cavity 21 is not limited thereto, and the accommodating cavity 21 can be configured in a hemispherical shape, an ellipsoidal shape, a conical shape, a triangular shape, or the like according to different specific application scenarios.
多个导风板22的一端与壳体1内表面连接,所述多个导风板22的另一端与容纳腔21连接,风扇组件3连接在容纳腔21上。导风板22的设置能够使容纳腔21以悬空姿态设置在壳体1内部。相邻两个导风板22、相邻两个导风板22之间容纳腔21的外壁和对应壳体1的内表面共同组成一个风道。One end of the plurality of air guide plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, and the other end of the plurality of air guide plates 22 is connected to the accommodating cavity 21, and the fan assembly 3 is connected to the accommodating cavity 21. The arrangement of the air guide plates 22 enables the accommodating cavity 21 to be arranged in a suspended posture inside the housing 1. Two adjacent air guide plates 22, the outer wall of the accommodating cavity 21 between the two adjacent air guide plates 22, and the inner surface of the corresponding housing 1 together form an air duct.
具体地,导风板22的数量为5个。但是,导风板22的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,导风板22的数量能够为:1个、2个、3个、4个、6个或者更多个。Specifically, the number of the air guide plates 22 is 5. However, the number of the air guide plates 22 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the air guide plates 22 can be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 or more.
多个导风板22环绕容纳腔21设置,且多个导风板22沿出风口113到进风口133的方向弯曲延伸。具体地,多个导风板22靠近风扇组件3的一端弯曲,且多个导风板22弯曲一端的弯曲方向与风扇组件3的旋转方向相反。风扇组件3转动时,带动气流沿风扇组件3转动的方向转动,因此,在风扇模组内部,气流的转动方向跟风扇组件3的转动方向相同。导风板22弯曲一端的弯曲方向与风扇组件3的旋转方向相反,这种构造能够使,导风板22与气流接触时,气流与导风板22的接触夹角为大于90°的钝角。由于,导风板22的作用是将气流导向出风口113,因此,导风板22与气流接触时的夹角为钝角,能够提高导风板22的导风效率,提高风扇模组的出风效率。 A plurality of air guide plates 22 are arranged around the accommodating cavity 21, and the plurality of air guide plates 22 are bent and extended in the direction from the air outlet 113 to the air inlet 133. Specifically, the plurality of air guide plates 22 are bent near one end of the fan assembly 3, and the bending direction of the bent end of the plurality of air guide plates 22 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3. When the fan assembly 3 rotates, the airflow is driven to rotate in the direction of rotation of the fan assembly 3. Therefore, inside the fan module, the rotation direction of the airflow is the same as the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3. The bending direction of the bent end of the air guide plate 22 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3. This structure enables the airflow to contact the airflow at an obtuse angle greater than 90° when the air guide plate 22 contacts the airflow. Since the function of the air guide plate 22 is to guide the airflow to the air outlet 113, the angle between the air guide plate 22 and the airflow when in contact is an obtuse angle, which can improve the air guiding efficiency of the air guide plate 22 and improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
请参阅图1-4,图1-4为本实施例侧壳体的俯视视角立体示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1-4 , which is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the side shell body from a top view of the present embodiment.
如图1-4所示,壳体1和容纳腔21之间连通,并在连通位置开设装配槽24,装配槽24设置有控制组件4。壳体1和容纳腔21之间的连通能够是容纳腔21内壁和壳体1外壁之间的连通,也能够是容纳腔21外壁和壳体1内表面连通。As shown in Figs. 1-4, the housing 1 is connected to the accommodating chamber 21, and an assembly groove 24 is provided at the connection position, and the assembly groove 24 is provided with a control component 4. The connection between the housing 1 and the accommodating chamber 21 can be the connection between the inner wall of the accommodating chamber 21 and the outer wall of the housing 1, and can also be the connection between the outer wall of the accommodating chamber 21 and the inner surface of the housing 1.
装配槽24包括第一槽面241、第二槽面242以及连接第一槽面241和第二槽面242的倾斜面,第一槽面241的长度大于第二槽面242的长度,因此,从出风口113到进风口133的方向来看,倾斜面延伸方向装配槽24的横截面积越来越小,使装配槽24的一端形成一个导风切角(未标识)。导风切角的结构,能够有效的降低装配槽24在壳体1内所占的空间,增大了壳体1内风道的面积。同时,三角形的构造能够使导风切角降低对气流的阻力,提高风扇模组的出风效率。倾斜面的倾斜方向与导风板22弯曲的方向相同,同样有利于导风切角进行导风。在一些实施方式中,导风切角第一槽面241的向内凹陷形成于导风板22相同的弯曲,起到与导风板22相同的作用,进一步的提高导风切角的导风效率。The assembly slot 24 includes a first slot surface 241, a second slot surface 242, and an inclined surface connecting the first slot surface 241 and the second slot surface 242. The length of the first slot surface 241 is greater than the length of the second slot surface 242. Therefore, from the direction of the air outlet 113 to the air inlet 133, the cross-sectional area of the assembly slot 24 in the extending direction of the inclined surface becomes smaller and smaller, so that one end of the assembly slot 24 forms a wind guide angle (not marked). The structure of the wind guide angle can effectively reduce the space occupied by the assembly slot 24 in the housing 1 and increase the area of the air duct in the housing 1. At the same time, the triangular structure can reduce the resistance to the airflow by the wind guide angle and improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The inclination direction of the inclined surface is the same as the bending direction of the air guide plate 22, which is also conducive to the wind guide angle to guide the air. In some embodiments, the inward depression of the first slot surface 241 of the wind guide angle is formed in the same bending direction as the air guide plate 22, playing the same role as the air guide plate 22, further improving the wind guide efficiency of the wind guide angle.
导风切角构造成三角形,但是,导风切角的外形不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,导风切角能够构造成弦月形。The wind guide corner is configured as a triangle, but the shape of the wind guide corner is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, the wind guide corner can be configured as a crescent shape.
控制组件4通过插接的方式固定在装配槽24内,第一槽面241上设置有沿第一槽面241竖长方向延伸的第一止挡件243,第二槽面242上设有沿第二槽面242延伸的第二止挡件244,倾斜面上并排设置有第三止挡件245和第四止挡件246。第一止挡件243、第二止挡件244、第三止挡件245和第四止挡件246用于止挡控制组件4向容纳腔21方向运动。控制组件4和装配槽24的固定方式不局限于插接,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,控制组件4和装配槽24的固定方式能够为(不限于):胶黏固定或者过盈配合固定。The control component 4 is fixed in the assembly groove 24 by plugging. A first stopper 243 extending along the vertical direction of the first groove surface 241 is provided on the first groove surface 241, a second stopper 244 extending along the second groove surface 242 is provided on the second groove surface 242, and a third stopper 245 and a fourth stopper 246 are arranged side by side on the inclined surface. The first stopper 243, the second stopper 244, the third stopper 245 and the fourth stopper 246 are used to stop the control component 4 from moving in the direction of the accommodating cavity 21. The fixing method of the control component 4 and the assembly groove 24 is not limited to plugging. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the fixing method of the control component 4 and the assembly groove 24 can be (not limited to): adhesive fixing or interference fit fixing.
装配槽24的设置位置不局限在侧壳体12上,例如,当风扇模组为壳体1为一体构造成型时,装配槽24能够开设在壳体1表面。当壳体1为二段式拼接结构时,装配槽24能够开设在二段式结构的任一一个结构上。The installation position of the assembly slot 24 is not limited to the side shell 12. For example, when the fan module is integrally formed with the shell 1, the assembly slot 24 can be provided on the surface of the shell 1. When the shell 1 is a two-stage splicing structure, the assembly slot 24 can be provided on any one of the two-stage structures.
控制组件4包括转轮编码器41、充电接口42和控制PCB电路板43,其中,转轮编码器41和充电接口42固定在控制PCB电路板43上。转轮编码器41的转动用于对风扇组件3的转速进行无极调节,同时,转轮编码器41的按压功能,用于对风扇组件3进行开启或者关闭。控制PCB电路上具有电路引脚(未标识),电路引脚通过导线分别与电池27和风扇组件3进行电连接。The control component 4 includes a rotary encoder 41, a charging interface 42 and a control PCB circuit board 43, wherein the rotary encoder 41 and the charging interface 42 are fixed on the control PCB circuit board 43. The rotation of the rotary encoder 41 is used to steplessly adjust the speed of the fan assembly 3, and at the same time, the pressing function of the rotary encoder 41 is used to turn the fan assembly 3 on or off. The control PCB circuit has circuit pins (not marked), and the circuit pins are electrically connected to the battery 27 and the fan assembly 3 through wires.
控制组件4还包括扣板44,扣板44扣合在转轮编码器41、充电接口42和控制PCB电路板43上,且扣板44上对应设置有转轮编码器41、充电接口42对应的开口,以使转轮编码器41、充电接口42露出。扣板44的设置能够更加方便控制组件4的安装。The control assembly 4 further includes a buckle plate 44, which is buckled onto the rotary encoder 41, the charging interface 42 and the control PCB circuit board 43, and the buckle plate 44 is provided with corresponding openings for the rotary encoder 41 and the charging interface 42, so as to expose the rotary encoder 41 and the charging interface 42. The provision of the buckle plate 44 can make the installation of the control assembly 4 more convenient.
容纳腔21连接风扇组件3的一端端面上开设有走线孔26。走线孔26的设置位置,能够避免导线出现在风道中,对气流造成阻碍,提升了风扇模组内部气流流动的流畅度,同时,对导线的安全性也起到了保护作用。A wiring hole 26 is provided on the end surface of the accommodating cavity 21 connected to the fan assembly 3. The location of the wiring hole 26 can prevent the wire from appearing in the air duct and causing obstruction to the airflow, thereby improving the smoothness of the airflow inside the fan module and protecting the safety of the wire.
请参阅图1-5,图1-5为本实施例侧壳体的仰视视角立体示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1-5 , which is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the side shell of this embodiment from a bottom view.
如图1-3和图1-5所示,容纳腔21连接风扇组件3的一端端面向出风口113方向设置有连接柱23,风扇组件3连接在连接柱23上。连接柱23的形状构造成圆柱形,但是,连接柱23的构造不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,连接柱23的形状能够为(不限于):棱柱形或者锥形等。As shown in Fig. 1-3 and Fig. 1-5, a connecting column 23 is provided at one end of the accommodating chamber 21 connected to the fan assembly 3 in the direction of the air outlet 113, and the fan assembly 3 is connected to the connecting column 23. The shape of the connecting column 23 is configured to be cylindrical, but the structure of the connecting column 23 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, the shape of the connecting column 23 can be (not limited to): prism or cone, etc.
风扇组件3包括:扇叶31、磁环312、线圈32和转轴35,线圈32设置在连接柱23上,磁环312设置在扇叶31内,磁环312套设在线圈32上,转轴35一端连接扇叶31,转轴35的另一端穿过磁环312和线圈32与连接柱23连接。The fan assembly 3 includes: a fan blade 31, a magnetic ring 312, a coil 32 and a rotating shaft 35. The coil 32 is arranged on the connecting column 23, the magnetic ring 312 is arranged in the fan blade 31, the magnetic ring 312 is sleeved on the coil 32, one end of the rotating shaft 35 is connected to the fan blade 31, and the other end of the rotating shaft 35 passes through the magnetic ring 312 and the coil 32 and is connected to the connecting column 23.
线圈32套设在连接柱23上,并通过过盈配合的方式和连接柱23固定。线圈32与连接柱23的固定方式不局限于此,在一些实施方式中,线圈32还能够通过胶黏的方式固定在连接柱23上。The coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting post 23 and fixed to the connecting post 23 by interference fit. The fixing method of the coil 32 and the connecting post 23 is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, the coil 32 can also be fixed to the connecting post 23 by gluing.
请参阅图1-6,图1-6为本实施例风扇组件的分解示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1-6 , which are exploded schematic diagrams of the fan assembly of this embodiment.
如图1-3和图1-6所示,扇叶31上开设有置物腔311,磁环312通过过盈配合或者胶黏的方式固定在置物腔311内,磁环312又套设在线圈32上,即线圈32也位于扇叶31的置物腔311内。风扇组件3的构造方式,能够将风扇组件3的动力部分集中在扇叶31内部,极大的减小了风扇组件3的体积,使风扇模组能够更加的小巧。As shown in Fig. 1-3 and Fig. 1-6, a storage cavity 311 is provided on the fan blade 31, and a magnetic ring 312 is fixed in the storage cavity 311 by interference fit or gluing, and the magnetic ring 312 is sleeved on the coil 32, that is, the coil 32 is also located in the storage cavity 311 of the fan blade 31. The structural method of the fan assembly 3 can concentrate the power part of the fan assembly 3 inside the fan blade 31, greatly reducing the volume of the fan assembly 3 and making the fan module more compact.
容纳腔21中与连接柱23对应位置的内表面沿连接柱23延伸方向凹陷形成安装腔25,安装腔25上开设有安装孔231,转轴35连接连接柱23的一端插入安装孔231。The inner surface of the accommodating cavity 21 at a position corresponding to the connecting column 23 is recessed along the extending direction of the connecting column 23 to form an installation cavity 25 . The installation cavity 25 is provided with an installation hole 231 . One end of the rotating shaft 35 connected to the connecting column 23 is inserted into the installation hole 231 .
安装腔25的形状构造成锥形。但是,安装腔25的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,安装腔25的形状能够为(不限于):半球形、圆柱形或者棱柱形。The shape of the installation cavity 25 is configured to be conical. However, the shape of the installation cavity 25 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, the shape of the installation cavity 25 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, cylindrical or prismatic.
安装孔231开设在安装腔25的端部,连接柱23包括轴套33,轴套33穿过安装孔231插入安装腔25内,转轴35连接连接柱23的一端穿过轴套33插入安装腔25内,转轴35连接连接柱23的一端开设有卡槽351,安装腔25内设有与卡槽351配合的卡簧34,以将转轴35锁定在安装孔231内。 The mounting hole 231 is provided at the end of the mounting cavity 25, and the connecting column 23 includes a sleeve 33, which passes through the mounting hole 231 and is inserted into the mounting cavity 25. One end of the rotating shaft 35 connected to the connecting column 23 passes through the sleeve 33 and is inserted into the mounting cavity 25. A slot 351 is provided at one end of the rotating shaft 35 connected to the connecting column 23, and a retaining spring 34 cooperating with the slot 351 is provided in the mounting cavity 25 to lock the rotating shaft 35 in the mounting hole 231.
轴套33构造成圆柱形。但是,轴套33的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轴套33能够为(不限于):棱柱形或者梭形。The shaft sleeve 33 is configured to be cylindrical. However, the shape of the shaft sleeve 33 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the shaft sleeve 33 can be (not limited to) prism-shaped or shuttle-shaped.
由于,卡簧34与转轴35之间的连接是在安装腔25内进行的,因此,安装腔25的锥形结构能够使卡簧34的安装更加的便捷。Since the connection between the retaining spring 34 and the rotating shaft 35 is performed in the installation cavity 25 , the conical structure of the installation cavity 25 can make the installation of the retaining spring 34 more convenient.
轴套33能够完全设置在安装腔25内,也能够一端插入安装腔25内,另一端伸出安装腔25外。当轴套33完全设置在安装腔25内时,线圈32套设在连接柱23上。当轴套33只有一端插入安装腔25内时,则能够将线圈32套设在轴套33上。The sleeve 33 can be completely disposed in the mounting cavity 25, or one end can be inserted into the mounting cavity 25 and the other end can extend out of the mounting cavity 25. When the sleeve 33 is completely disposed in the mounting cavity 25, the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23. When only one end of the sleeve 33 is inserted into the mounting cavity 25, the coil 32 can be sleeved on the sleeve 33.
轴套33为金属或者合金制成。轴套33的设置能够有效的对连接轴的强度进行提升,防止连接轴受外力挤压变形。当线圈32套设在连接柱23上时,由于,轴套33较强的抗挤压能力,能够提升线圈32和轴套33过盈配合的连接强度。The sleeve 33 is made of metal or alloy. The setting of the sleeve 33 can effectively improve the strength of the connecting shaft and prevent the connecting shaft from being deformed by external force. When the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23, the sleeve 33 has a strong anti-extrusion ability, which can improve the connection strength of the interference fit between the coil 32 and the sleeve 33.
如图1-2所示,下壳体13包括底面132以及与底面132连接的第一侧边131,进风口133开设在底面132上,且进风口133的面积小于底面132的面积,底面132和第一侧边131之间平滑过渡在下壳体13的内表面上形成弧形。进风口133的面积小于底面132的面积,且底面132与第一侧边131之间的平滑过渡,使二者连接的部位呈现弧形,上述下壳体13的结构能够使下壳体13表面起到引导气流的作用,同时,进风口133的面积小于底面132的面积使底面132边缘对内部气流具有拦截作用,减小回流气流,提高风扇模组的出风效率。As shown in Fig. 1-2, the lower housing 13 includes a bottom surface 132 and a first side edge 131 connected to the bottom surface 132. The air inlet 133 is provided on the bottom surface 132, and the area of the air inlet 133 is smaller than the area of the bottom surface 132. The smooth transition between the bottom surface 132 and the first side edge 131 forms an arc on the inner surface of the lower housing 13. The area of the air inlet 133 is smaller than the area of the bottom surface 132, and the smooth transition between the bottom surface 132 and the first side edge 131 makes the connecting part of the two present an arc. The structure of the lower housing 13 can make the surface of the lower housing 13 play a role in guiding the airflow. At the same time, the area of the air inlet 133 is smaller than the area of the bottom surface 132, so that the edge of the bottom surface 132 has an intercepting effect on the internal airflow, reducing the backflow airflow and improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
进风口133上设置有过滤罩6,过滤罩6的设置能够防止用户使用时,衣服或者头发等异物伸入到风扇模组内。也能避免坚硬异物伸入到风扇模组内,对风扇模组造成破坏。The air inlet 133 is provided with a filter cover 6, which can prevent foreign objects such as clothes or hair from entering the fan module when the user is using the fan, and can also prevent hard foreign objects from entering the fan module and damaging the fan module.
过滤罩6构造成圆形,过滤罩6上开设有规则排布的中空栅格,用于进气。过滤罩6的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,过滤罩6的形状能够任意设置成(不限于):方形、椭圆形、棱形等形状。The filter cover 6 is circular in shape, and is provided with regularly arranged hollow grids for air intake. The shape of the filter cover 6 is not limited thereto, and can be arbitrarily set to (not limited to) square, oval, prism, etc. according to different specific application scenarios.
请参阅图1-7,图1-7为本实施方式中上壳体的立体示意图。Please refer to FIG. 1-7 , which is a three-dimensional schematic diagram of the upper shell in this embodiment.
如图1-7所示,上壳体11包括:顶面112以及与顶面112连接的第二侧边111,出风口113设置在顶面112上,顶面112和第二侧边111之间平滑过渡。风扇模组还包括:容纳盖115,容纳盖115罩设在容纳腔21上方,容纳盖115和上壳体11之间通过多个出风板114连接,多个出风板114和多个导风板22一一对应。As shown in Fig. 1-7, the upper housing 11 includes: a top surface 112 and a second side 111 connected to the top surface 112, an air outlet 113 is arranged on the top surface 112, and a smooth transition is formed between the top surface 112 and the second side 111. The fan module also includes: a receiving cover 115, the receiving cover 115 is arranged above the receiving cavity 21, and the receiving cover 115 and the upper housing 11 are connected through a plurality of air outlet plates 114, and the plurality of air outlet plates 114 correspond to the plurality of air guide plates 22 one by one.
容纳盖115包括:盖壁以及开设在盖壁上的可视窗口116,盖壁和可视窗口116之间平滑过渡形成弧形表面,多个出风板114均沿盖壁的弧形表面,由盖壁的径向方向向盖壁的轴向方向延伸。The accommodating cover 115 includes: a cover wall and a visible window 116 opened on the cover wall. The cover wall and the visible window 116 smoothly transition to form an arc surface. Multiple air outlet plates 114 extend along the arc surface of the cover wall from the radial direction of the cover wall to the axial direction of the cover wall.
出风板114的数量根据导风板22的数量对应设置,出风板114与导风板22接触的位置,形状相同。出风板114将出风口113分隔为多个类似梯形的出风道,出风道由容纳盖115的部分外表面、上壳体11内表面和两个相邻的出风板114组成。由于,容纳盖115的外表面和上壳体11的内表面都构造成弧形,因此,对气流的阻力更小,能够提升风扇模组的出风效率。The number of air outlet plates 114 is set in accordance with the number of air guide plates 22, and the positions where the air outlet plates 114 contact the air guide plates 22 have the same shape. The air outlet plates 114 divide the air outlet 113 into a plurality of trapezoidal air outlet ducts, which are composed of a portion of the outer surface of the receiving cover 115, the inner surface of the upper shell 11, and two adjacent air outlet plates 114. Since the outer surface of the receiving cover 115 and the inner surface of the upper shell 11 are both configured in an arc shape, the resistance to the airflow is smaller, which can improve the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
容纳盖115和容纳腔21之间设置有显示组件5,可视窗口116上设置有用于观察显示组件5的透视板7。显示组件5包括:显示器51和显示PCB电路板52,其中,显示器51能够为(不限于):栅格显示器51或者液晶显示器51。显示组件5通过导线与控制器组件连接。透视板7能够为(不限于):玻璃或半透明塑料制成。A display assembly 5 is arranged between the accommodating cover 115 and the accommodating cavity 21, and a perspective plate 7 for observing the display assembly 5 is arranged on the visual window 116. The display assembly 5 includes: a display 51 and a display PCB circuit board 52, wherein the display 51 can be (but not limited to): a grid display 51 or a liquid crystal display 51. The display assembly 5 is connected to the controller assembly through a wire. The perspective plate 7 can be (but not limited to): made of glass or translucent plastic.
容纳盖115和上壳体11之间还设有装配盖,装配盖扣合在装配腔上。装配盖设置在两个出风板114之间,装配盖沿An assembly cover is also provided between the receiving cover 115 and the upper shell 11, and the assembly cover is buckled on the assembly cavity. The assembly cover is provided between the two air outlet plates 114, and the assembly cover is provided along the
上壳体11内表面构造成弧形,容纳盖115表面也设置成弧形,容纳盖115和上壳体11的弧形面设置,整体构造成三角形。容纳盖115的构造能够降低对出风口113气流的阻碍,增大出风口113的出风面积。The inner surface of the upper shell 11 is configured to be arc-shaped, and the surface of the receiving cover 115 is also configured to be arc-shaped. The receiving cover 115 and the arc-shaped surfaces of the upper shell 11 are configured to form a triangle as a whole. The structure of the receiving cover 115 can reduce the obstruction to the airflow of the air outlet 113 and increase the air outlet area of the air outlet 113.
本实施方式中设置有两块PCB电路板分别为:控制PCB电路板43和显示PCB电路板52。因此,本实施方式中风扇模组内部的走线方式有两种。第一种:电池27和风扇组件3分别与控制PCB电路板43导线连接,控制PCB电路板43再与显示PCB电路板52排线连接。第二种:电池27和风扇组件3分别与显示PCB电路板52导线连接,控制PCB电路板43再与显示PCB电路板52排线连接。两种走线方式中,风扇组件3对应的导线均通过走线孔26伸入容纳腔21内部。In this embodiment, two PCB circuit boards are provided: a control PCB circuit board 43 and a display PCB circuit board 52. Therefore, there are two wiring methods inside the fan module in this embodiment. The first method: the battery 27 and the fan assembly 3 are respectively connected to the control PCB circuit board 43 with wires, and the control PCB circuit board 43 is then connected to the display PCB circuit board 52 with wires. The second method: the battery 27 and the fan assembly 3 are respectively connected to the display PCB circuit board 52 with wires, and the control PCB circuit board 43 is then connected to the display PCB circuit board 52 with wires. In both wiring methods, the wires corresponding to the fan assembly 3 extend into the accommodating cavity 21 through the wiring holes 26.
本实施例中的风扇模组,能够用于手持风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、无叶风扇或者工业风扇等的组成部分。在一些应用场景中,风扇模组能够单独作为手持风扇使用。The fan module in this embodiment can be used as a component of a handheld fan, a desktop fan, a floor fan, a bladeless fan or an industrial fan, etc. In some application scenarios, the fan module can be used alone as a handheld fan.
方案2,如图2-1至2-7所示。Option 2 is shown in Figures 2-1 to 2-7.
实施例1Example 1
请参阅图2-1,图2-1为本实施例风扇模组的整体结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 2-1 , which is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图2-1所示,一种风扇模组,包括:导风罩2、导风管1和风扇组件3。其中,导风罩2上开设有进风口21;导风管1上开设有与进风口21对应的出风口11,且导风管1背向出风口11的一端与导风罩2 背向进风口21的一端连接;风扇组件3连接在导风管1内,且风扇组件3的至少部分结构伸出导风管1伸入到导风罩2内。As shown in FIG2-1, a fan module includes: an air duct 2, an air duct 1, and a fan assembly 3. The air duct 2 is provided with an air inlet 21; the air duct 1 is provided with an air outlet 11 corresponding to the air inlet 21, and the end of the air duct 1 facing away from the air outlet 11 is connected to the air duct 2. The fan assembly 3 is connected to the air duct 1 , and at least part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 extends out of the air duct 1 and into the air duct cover 2 .
本实施方式中,导风罩2和导风管1通过卡接的方式进行连接。但是,导风罩2和导风管1的连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,导风罩2和导风管1还能够通过(不限于):胶黏、搭接或者热压融合的方式进行连接;在一些实施方式中,导风罩2和导风管1还可以是一体成型的。In this embodiment, the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 are connected by snapping. However, the connection method of the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 is not limited to this. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can also be connected by (not limited to): gluing, overlapping or hot pressing fusion; in some embodiments, the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can also be integrally formed.
请参阅图2-2,图2-2为本实施例柔性壳体的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 2-2 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the flexible shell of this embodiment.
如图2-2所示,在一些实施方式中,导风罩2和导风管1外部还套设有柔性壳体4,柔性壳体4具体为硅胶壳体。但是,柔性壳体4的制成材料不局限此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,柔性壳体4的制成材料能够为(不限于):泡棉、纸张或者织物。柔性壳体4的设置,能够对导风罩2、导风管1以及风扇组件3具有较好的保护作用。同时,当风扇模组作为风扇的模组式配件时,柔性壳体4的形变能力能够很好地适应不同的风扇外壳尺寸,柔性壳体4表面较大的摩擦系数,也能够使风扇模组更加稳固的与风扇外壳连接。As shown in FIG2-2, in some embodiments, the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 are further provided with a flexible shell 4 on the outside, and the flexible shell 4 is specifically a silicone shell. However, the material made of the flexible shell 4 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the material made of the flexible shell 4 can be (but not limited to): foam, paper or fabric. The provision of the flexible shell 4 can provide good protection for the air duct 2, the air duct 1 and the fan assembly 3. At the same time, when the fan module is used as a modular accessory of the fan, the deformation ability of the flexible shell 4 can adapt well to different fan casing sizes, and the larger friction coefficient on the surface of the flexible shell 4 can also make the fan module more firmly connected to the fan casing.
当导风罩2和导风管1外部套设柔性壳体4时,导风罩2和导风管1的连接方式能够为搭接。When the flexible shell 4 is sleeved outside the air guide cover 2 and the air guide pipe 1, the air guide cover 2 and the air guide pipe 1 can be connected in an overlapping manner.
柔性壳体4的外表面上凸起形成多个凸环41。多个凸环41沿柔性壳体4的竖长方向间隔排列。例如,柔性壳体4上设置3个凸环41,分别位于柔性壳体4的两端和中间位置。但是,柔性壳体4上的凸环41数量和排列方式并不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,柔性壳体4上的凸环41数量能够为(不限于):2个、4个、5个、6个或者更多个。凸环41之间的排布方式能够为(不限于):间隔排布、等间距排布、集中排布等。凸环41的设置能够使风扇模组与风扇外壳的接触面积减小,提高风扇模组与风扇外壳的装配效率,同时,使凸环41具有更大的形变空间,能够适应更大范围的风扇外壳尺寸。The outer surface of the flexible shell 4 is raised to form a plurality of convex rings 41. The plurality of convex rings 41 are arranged at intervals along the vertical length direction of the flexible shell 4. For example, three convex rings 41 are arranged on the flexible shell 4, respectively located at the two ends and the middle position of the flexible shell 4. However, the number and arrangement of the convex rings 41 on the flexible shell 4 are not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the convex rings 41 on the flexible shell 4 can be (not limited to): 2, 4, 5, 6 or more. The arrangement between the convex rings 41 can be (not limited to): spaced arrangement, equidistant arrangement, concentrated arrangement, etc. The provision of the convex rings 41 can reduce the contact area between the fan module and the fan housing, improve the assembly efficiency of the fan module and the fan housing, and at the same time, enable the convex rings 41 to have a larger deformation space, so as to adapt to a wider range of fan housing sizes.
在一些实施方式中,柔性壳体4的外表面上凸起形成多个凸点43,多个凸点43均匀排布在柔性壳体4外表面上。凸点43的设置能够使风扇模组与风扇外壳的接触面积减小,提高风扇模组与风扇外壳的装配效率,同时,使凸点43具有更大的形变空间,能够适应更大范围的风扇外壳尺寸。In some embodiments, the outer surface of the flexible shell 4 is raised to form a plurality of convex points 43, and the plurality of convex points 43 are evenly arranged on the outer surface of the flexible shell 4. The provision of the convex points 43 can reduce the contact area between the fan module and the fan housing, improve the assembly efficiency of the fan module and the fan housing, and at the same time, the convex points 43 have a larger deformation space, which can adapt to a wider range of fan housing sizes.
在一些实施方式中,柔性壳体4的外表面上凸起形成多个凸环41和多个凸点43,多个凸环41中两个相邻凸环41之间设置有多个凸点43。其中,凸点43的数量远大于凸环41的数量,且凸点43的顶点与凸环41的外表面平齐。凸环41和凸点43的组合配置,相比于单独设置凸环41或者凸点43的结构,使柔性外壳与风扇外壳之间的接触面积更大,连接的稳定性更强。凸环41和凸点43的间隔设置,使凸环41和凸点43各自具有更大的形变空间,能够适应更大范围的风扇外壳尺寸。In some embodiments, the outer surface of the flexible shell 4 is raised to form a plurality of convex rings 41 and a plurality of convex points 43, and a plurality of convex points 43 are arranged between two adjacent convex rings 41 in the plurality of convex rings 41. The number of convex points 43 is much greater than the number of convex rings 41, and the apex of the convex point 43 is flush with the outer surface of the convex ring 41. Compared with the structure of separately setting the convex ring 41 or the convex point 43, the combined configuration of the convex ring 41 and the convex point 43 makes the contact area between the flexible shell and the fan shell larger and the connection more stable. The interval arrangement of the convex ring 41 and the convex point 43 allows the convex ring 41 and the convex point 43 to each have a larger deformation space, so as to adapt to a wider range of fan shell sizes.
在一些实施方式中,导风罩2和导风管1外部套设的壳体能够为:金属壳体或者硬质塑料壳体。In some embodiments, the shell that is sleeved outside the air guide cover 2 and the air guide duct 1 can be a metal shell or a hard plastic shell.
请参阅图2-3,图2-3为本实施例导风罩结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 2-3, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the air guide cover of this embodiment.
如图2-3所示,本实施方式中,导风罩2构造成柱形桶,且在导风罩2外部内凹,使导风罩2内表面隆起形成缩颈环22,缩颈环22设置在扇叶组件32面向进风口21的一端对应的位置。缩颈环22将导风罩2分割为两个喇叭状的桶形结构,分别为第一罩体23和第二罩体24,其中,进风口21开设在第一罩体23上,第二罩体24与导风管1连接。第一罩体23与缩颈环22之间平滑过渡,第二罩体24与缩颈环22之间也平滑过渡。扇叶组件32的轮毂321和多个叶片322均悬空设置在第二罩体24内,且第二罩体24与轮毂321对应的内表面构造成弧形。导风罩2的内表面结构平滑,对气流具有较好的引导作用。缩颈环22的设置对进入导风罩2内的气流进行了一次加压,使进入导风罩2内的空气气流具有更高的初速度,气流速度更快。且缩颈环22设置在扇叶组件32面向进风口21的一端对应的位置,能够对扇叶组件32转动时产生的反向气流进行阻挡和引导,提高了风扇模组的出风效率。第二罩体24与轮毂321对应的内表面构造成弧形,能够对叶片322转动产生的横向气流进行引导,使其气流由横向碰撞到第二罩体24表面,转为偏向出风口11方向,提升了出风效率。As shown in Figures 2-3, in this embodiment, the air guide cover 2 is configured as a cylindrical barrel, and the outside of the air guide cover 2 is concave, so that the inner surface of the air guide cover 2 is raised to form a neck ring 22, and the neck ring 22 is arranged at a position corresponding to one end of the fan blade assembly 32 facing the air inlet 21. The neck ring 22 divides the air guide cover 2 into two trumpet-shaped barrel structures, namely the first cover body 23 and the second cover body 24, wherein the air inlet 21 is opened on the first cover body 23, and the second cover body 24 is connected to the air guide duct 1. There is a smooth transition between the first cover body 23 and the neck ring 22, and there is also a smooth transition between the second cover body 24 and the neck ring 22. The hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 of the fan blade assembly 32 are all suspended in the second cover body 24, and the inner surface of the second cover body 24 corresponding to the hub 321 is configured to be arc-shaped. The inner surface structure of the air guide cover 2 is smooth, and has a good guiding effect on the airflow. The setting of the necking ring 22 pressurizes the airflow entering the air guide cover 2, so that the airflow entering the air guide cover 2 has a higher initial velocity and a faster airflow speed. The necking ring 22 is set at a position corresponding to one end of the fan blade assembly 32 facing the air inlet 21, which can block and guide the reverse airflow generated when the fan blade assembly 32 rotates, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The inner surface of the second cover body 24 corresponding to the hub 321 is configured to be arc-shaped, which can guide the lateral airflow generated by the rotation of the blades 322, so that the airflow is turned from lateral collision to the surface of the second cover body 24 to the direction of the air outlet 11, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency.
在一些实施方式中,第一罩体23和第二罩体24的外表面设置有多个加强筋25。每个加强筋25的均与第一罩体23、缩颈环22和第二罩体24连接。加强筋25的数量为2个,但是,加强筋25的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,加强筋25的数量能够为(不限于):3条、4条、5条或者更多条。In some embodiments, a plurality of reinforcing ribs 25 are provided on the outer surfaces of the first cover 23 and the second cover 24. Each reinforcing rib 25 is connected to the first cover 23, the neck ring 22, and the second cover 24. The number of reinforcing ribs 25 is 2, but the number of reinforcing ribs 25 is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of reinforcing ribs 25 can be (not limited to): 3, 4, 5 or more.
第一罩体23、缩颈环22和第二罩体24连接能够一体成型制造,也能够分别制造后拼接成型。The first cover body 23, the neck ring 22 and the second cover body 24 can be connected and manufactured in one piece, or they can be manufactured separately and then spliced together.
请参阅图2-4和图2-5,图2-4为本实施例风扇模组拆分示意图;图2-5为本实施例风扇模组的剖视图。Please refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5. Figure 2-4 is a schematic diagram of the disassembly of the fan module of this embodiment; Figure 2-5 is a cross-sectional view of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图2-4和图2-5所示,风扇组件3包括:电机组件31和扇叶组件32,电机组件31的一端连接导风管1,风扇组件3套设在电机组件31上。其中,扇叶组件32包括:轮毂321、连接环323和多个叶片322,多个叶片322沿轮毂321的周向环绕设置在轮毂321表面,连接环323的一端连接在轮毂321上,连接环323另一端套设在电机组件31上。电机组件31包括:转轴313、线圈311和磁环312,收纳筒12上设置有连接部5,转轴313一端与收纳筒12连接,转轴313的另一端与扇叶组件32连接,线圈311设置在连接部5上,磁环312设置在扇叶组件32上,且磁环312套设在线圈311上。 As shown in Fig. 2-4 and Fig. 2-5, the fan assembly 3 includes: a motor assembly 31 and a blade assembly 32, one end of the motor assembly 31 is connected to the air duct 1, and the fan assembly 3 is sleeved on the motor assembly 31. The blade assembly 32 includes: a hub 321, a connecting ring 323 and a plurality of blades 322, the plurality of blades 322 are arranged around the hub 321 along the circumference of the hub 321 on the surface of the hub 321, one end of the connecting ring 323 is connected to the hub 321, and the other end of the connecting ring 323 is sleeved on the motor assembly 31. The motor assembly 31 includes: a rotating shaft 313, a coil 311 and a magnetic ring 312, a connecting portion 5 is provided on the storage tube 12, one end of the rotating shaft 313 is connected to the storage tube 12, and the other end of the rotating shaft 313 is connected to the blade assembly 32, the coil 311 is provided on the connecting portion 5, the magnetic ring 312 is provided on the blade assembly 32, and the magnetic ring 312 is sleeved on the coil 311.
本实施方式中,轮毂321构造成锥形。锥形轮毂321,能够使轮毂321与第一罩体23内边面的间距更大,进而使叶片322的面积能够更大,提升风扇模组的出风效率。但是,轮毂321的构造不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轮毂321能够构造成:半球形、圆柱形或者棱柱形等。In this embodiment, the hub 321 is configured to be conical. The conical hub 321 can make the distance between the hub 321 and the inner side of the first cover 23 larger, thereby making the area of the blades 322 larger, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module. However, the structure of the hub 321 is not limited to this. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the hub 321 can be configured to be: hemispherical, cylindrical or prismatic, etc.
多个叶片322均由进风口21方向向出风口11方向,沿轮毂321的锥形表面弯曲延伸,且多个叶片322弯曲的方向与扇叶组件32转动的方向相反。多个叶片322中的每个叶片322均包括:邻近出风口11的第一端部322a以及与第一端部322a对应的第二端部322b,第一端部322a的宽度大于第二端部322b的宽度。叶片322的这种构造方式,能够使第一端部322a在切风时与气流的接触面积更大,对气流的束缚力更强,能够推动更多气流进入相邻两个叶片322组成的扇叶气道内。气流由第一端部322a流向第二端部322b的过程中,叶片322的宽度逐渐的减小,叶片322对气流的束缚能力逐渐降低,释放气流的部分能量,降低气流流出扇叶与第二罩体24和导风管1的碰撞动能,减小气流能量的损失,提高出风效率。The multiple blades 322 are bent and extended along the conical surface of the hub 321 from the direction of the air inlet 21 to the direction of the air outlet 11, and the bending direction of the multiple blades 322 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade assembly 32. Each blade 322 of the multiple blades 322 includes: a first end 322a adjacent to the air outlet 11 and a second end 322b corresponding to the first end 322a, and the width of the first end 322a is greater than the width of the second end 322b. This structural mode of the blade 322 can make the first end 322a have a larger contact area with the airflow when cutting the wind, and the restraining force on the airflow is stronger, which can push more airflow into the fan blade airway formed by two adjacent blades 322. As the airflow flows from the first end 322a to the second end 322b, the width of the blade 322 gradually decreases, and the ability of the blade 322 to restrain the airflow gradually decreases, releasing part of the energy of the airflow, reducing the collision kinetic energy of the airflow outflowing from the fan blade and the second cover body 24 and the air guide duct 1, reducing the loss of airflow energy, and improving the air outlet efficiency.
沿进风口21方向向出风口11方向,多个叶片322中相邻两个叶片322之间的叶片间距逐渐增大。相邻叶片322沿气流流动的方向,叶片322的间距越来越大,能够在气流流动的过程中逐渐的释放气流的能量,降低气流流出扇叶与第二罩体24和导风壳14的碰撞动能,减小气流能量的损失,提高出风效率。The blade spacing between two adjacent blades 322 in the plurality of blades 322 gradually increases from the direction of the air inlet 21 to the direction of the air outlet 11. The distance between adjacent blades 322 along the direction of the airflow is getting larger and larger, which can gradually release the energy of the airflow during the airflow, reduce the collision kinetic energy of the airflow outflowing fan blades with the second cover body 24 and the air guide shell 14, reduce the loss of airflow energy, and improve the air outlet efficiency.
轮毂321和多个叶片322位于导风罩2内,连接环323套设电机组件31的一端伸入导风管1内,连接环323连接轮毂321的一端位于导风罩2内。具体地,轮毂321和多个叶片322位于第一罩体23内,连接环323部分结构伸入到导风管1内,连接环323的另一端与轮毂321的底面连接。The hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 are located in the air duct 2, one end of the connecting ring 323 sleeved with the motor assembly 31 extends into the air duct 1, and one end of the connecting ring 323 connected to the hub 321 is located in the air duct 2. Specifically, the hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 are located in the first cover body 23, a part of the connecting ring 323 extends into the air duct 1, and the other end of the connecting ring 323 is connected to the bottom surface of the hub 321.
轮毂321的底面与对应导风管1的位置之间具有间隙,以便于扇叶组件32进行转动。There is a gap between the bottom surface of the hub 321 and the position of the corresponding air guide duct 1 to facilitate the rotation of the fan blade assembly 32.
本实施方式中,叶片322的数量为:5片。但是,叶片322的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,叶片322的数量能够为(不限于):2片、3片、4片、6片或者更多片。In this embodiment, the number of blades 322 is 5. However, the number of blades 322 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 322 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 6 or more.
请参阅图2-6,图2-6为本实施例导风管的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 2-6 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the air duct of this embodiment.
导风管1包括:导风壳14、收纳筒12和多个导风板13,收纳筒12设置在导风壳14内,多个导风板13沿收纳筒12的周向环绕排布,且多个导风板13的一端连接导风壳14的内表面,多个导风板13的另一端连接收纳筒12,导风壳14与导风罩2连接,电机组件31与收纳筒12连接,导风壳14、收纳筒12和多个导风板13围合形成出风口11。The air guide duct 1 includes: an air guide shell 14, a storage tube 12 and a plurality of air guide plates 13. The storage tube 12 is arranged in the air guide shell 14. The plurality of air guide plates 13 are arranged around the circumference of the storage tube 12, and one end of the plurality of air guide plates 13 is connected to the inner surface of the air guide shell 14, and the other end of the plurality of air guide plates 13 is connected to the storage tube 12. The air guide shell 14 is connected to the air guide cover 2, and the motor assembly 31 is connected to the storage tube 12. The air guide shell 14, the storage tube 12 and the plurality of air guide plates 13 enclose an air outlet 11.
导风壳14构造成管状,导风壳14的一端与导风罩2的第二罩体24连接,导风壳14的另一端则设置有出风口11。导风壳14内部设有收纳筒12,收纳筒12悬空设置在导风壳14中心,多个导风板13分别连接导风壳14和收纳筒12。导风壳14与收纳筒12之间留有间隙,用于气流流动。导风板13的数量具体为7个。但是,导风板13的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,导风板13的数量能够为2个、3个、4个、5个、6个、8个或者更多个。导风板13将出风口11划分为多个弧形风道。The air guide shell 14 is configured in a tubular shape, one end of the air guide shell 14 is connected to the second cover body 24 of the air guide cover 2, and the other end of the air guide shell 14 is provided with an air outlet 11. A storage tube 12 is provided inside the air guide shell 14, and the storage tube 12 is suspended in the center of the air guide shell 14, and a plurality of air guide plates 13 are respectively connected to the air guide shell 14 and the storage tube 12. A gap is left between the air guide shell 14 and the storage tube 12 for air flow. The number of air guide plates 13 is specifically 7. However, the number of air guide plates 13 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the number of air guide plates 13 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more. The air guide plates 13 divide the air outlet 11 into a plurality of arc-shaped air ducts.
多个导风板13靠近风扇组件3的一端弯曲,且多个导风板13弯曲一端的弯曲方向与风扇组件3的旋转方向相反。导风板13的弯曲方向与风扇组件3的旋转方向相反,风扇组件3转动时,会带动气流同向转动,此时,导风板13的弯曲方向与气流转动方向相反,气流转动时与导风板13的弯曲部位接触碰撞,由于方向相反,则气流与导风板13的弯曲部位接触时的夹角大于90度,气流由较大的角度与导风板13接触,能够减小气流接触导风板13的动能损失,较大角度接触过程中,导风板13对气流的导向作用明显,能量损失小,大大提升出风效率。Multiple air guide plates 13 are bent at one end close to the fan assembly 3, and the bending direction of the bent ends of the multiple air guide plates 13 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3. The bending direction of the air guide plate 13 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 3. When the fan assembly 3 rotates, it will drive the airflow to rotate in the same direction. At this time, the bending direction of the air guide plate 13 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow. When the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the bent part of the air guide plate 13. Due to the opposite directions, the angle between the airflow and the bent part of the air guide plate 13 when they contact is greater than 90 degrees. The airflow contacts the air guide plate 13 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 13. During the contact process at a larger angle, the air guide plate 13 has a significant guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency.
收纳筒12构造成柱形,且收纳筒12位于出风口11一侧的表面设置有上盖122。上盖122能够与收纳筒12一体制造成型,也能够分别制造后组合连接。收纳筒12连接电机组件31的一侧开设收纳腔121,扇叶组件32的连接环323一端伸入到收纳筒12内。The storage tube 12 is cylindrical, and a cover 122 is provided on the surface of the storage tube 12 located on the side of the air outlet 11. The cover 122 can be integrally manufactured with the storage tube 12, or can be manufactured separately and then assembled and connected. A storage cavity 121 is provided on the side of the storage tube 12 connected to the motor assembly 31, and one end of the connecting ring 323 of the fan blade assembly 32 extends into the storage tube 12.
轮毂321和多个叶片322设置在缩颈环22和收纳筒12之间。此时,轮毂321充当了收纳筒12的遮挡物,能够避免气流由叶片322流向收纳筒12内,导致不必要的能量损失,提升了出风效率。缩颈环22能够减小风扇模组内部的气流进行回流,也能进一步的提升出风效率。The hub 321 and the plurality of blades 322 are arranged between the necking ring 22 and the storage tube 12. At this time, the hub 321 acts as a shield for the storage tube 12, which can prevent the airflow from flowing from the blades 322 into the storage tube 12, resulting in unnecessary energy loss, and improve the air outlet efficiency. The necking ring 22 can reduce the airflow inside the fan module for reflux, and can also further improve the air outlet efficiency.
在一些实施方式中,轮毂321连接连接环323的一端横截面积大于或者等于收纳筒12的横截面积。由于轮毂321充当了收纳筒12和收纳腔121的遮挡物,当轮毂321连接连接环323的一端横截面积大于或者等于收纳筒12的横截面积时,轮毂321能够最大范围的减小,流经叶片322的气流与收纳筒12的边沿碰撞接触,也能够避免气流倒灌进入到收纳腔121内,出现不必要的能量损失,进一步的提高出风效率。In some embodiments, the cross-sectional area of one end of the hub 321 connected to the connecting ring 323 is greater than or equal to the cross-sectional area of the storage tube 12. Since the hub 321 acts as a shield for the storage tube 12 and the storage cavity 121, when the cross-sectional area of one end of the hub 321 connected to the connecting ring 323 is greater than or equal to the cross-sectional area of the storage tube 12, the hub 321 can be reduced to the maximum extent, and the airflow flowing through the blades 322 collides with the edge of the storage tube 12, which can also prevent the airflow from flowing back into the storage cavity 121, resulting in unnecessary energy loss, and further improving the air outlet efficiency.
请参阅图2-7,图2-7为本实施例支架与风扇组件连接剖视图。Please refer to FIG. 2-7 , which is a cross-sectional view of the connection between the bracket and the fan assembly of this embodiment.
如图2-7所示,连接部5包括:支架51,收纳筒12的端部向内隆起形成装配架124,装配架124上开设有贯穿装配架124的装配孔125,支架51一端插入并穿出装配孔125,支架51穿出装配孔125的一端与转轴313连接。As shown in Figures 2-7, the connecting part 5 includes: a bracket 51, the end of the storage tube 12 bulges inward to form an assembly frame 124, and an assembly hole 125 is opened on the assembly frame 124 to pass through the assembly frame 124. One end of the bracket 51 is inserted into and passes through the assembly hole 125, and the end of the bracket 51 passing through the assembly hole 125 is connected to the rotating shaft 313.
具体地,收纳筒12的上盖122,向内隆起形成装配架124,装配架124上开设有贯穿装配架124的装配孔125。装配架124构造成锥形。装配架124的形状构造不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,装配架124能够为(不限于):环形或者棱形。 Specifically, the upper cover 122 of the storage tube 12 bulges inward to form an assembly frame 124, and an assembly hole 125 is provided on the assembly frame 124 to penetrate the assembly frame 124. The assembly frame 124 is configured to be conical. The shape and structure of the assembly frame 124 are not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the assembly frame 124 can be (not limited to): annular or prismatic.
在一些实施方式中,支架51和装配架124为相同材质,支架51和装配架124能够一体制造成型。在一些实施方式中,支架51为金属管,支架51和装配架124通过注塑的方式结合。在一些实施方式中,支架51与装配架124卡接连接。In some embodiments, the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 are made of the same material, and the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 can be integrally manufactured. In some embodiments, the bracket 51 is a metal tube, and the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 are combined by injection molding. In some embodiments, the bracket 51 and the assembly rack 124 are connected by snap-fitting.
连接部5还包括:第一轴套54、第二轴套53和卡簧52,支架51上开设有贯穿支架51的安装孔511,安装孔511内部隆起形成止挡环512,第一轴套54和第二轴套53分别设置在止挡环512两端,卡簧52设置在安装孔511内,并与第二轴套53搭接,转轴313一端穿出第一轴套54和第二轴套53后与卡簧52连接。转轴313与卡簧52连接的一端设置有与卡簧52配合的卡槽316。第一轴套54和第二轴套53为金属材质,第一轴套54和第二轴套53的设置提高了电机组件31转轴313的转动效率,也能避免转轴313和安装孔511之间接触出现磨损。The connecting part 5 also includes: a first sleeve 54, a second sleeve 53 and a retaining spring 52. The bracket 51 is provided with a mounting hole 511 penetrating the bracket 51. The mounting hole 511 is raised to form a stop ring 512. The first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 are respectively arranged at both ends of the stop ring 512. The retaining spring 52 is arranged in the mounting hole 511 and overlaps with the second sleeve 53. One end of the rotating shaft 313 passes through the first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 and is connected to the retaining spring 52. One end of the rotating shaft 313 connected to the retaining spring 52 is provided with a slot 316 matched with the retaining spring 52. The first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 are made of metal. The arrangement of the first sleeve 54 and the second sleeve 53 improves the rotation efficiency of the rotating shaft 313 of the motor assembly 31, and can also avoid the contact between the rotating shaft 313 and the mounting hole 511 and cause wear.
电机组件31的磁环312套设在支架51设有第一轴套54的位置,由于,第一轴套54为金属材质,能够增加支架51的物理强度,将磁环312套设在支架51设有第一轴套54的位置,磁环312和支架51的连接稳定性更强。磁环312与支架51之间通过过盈配合连接,但是,其连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,磁环312能够通过卡接或者胶黏的方式与支架51连接。The magnetic ring 312 of the motor assembly 31 is sleeved at the position where the first sleeve 54 is provided on the bracket 51. Since the first sleeve 54 is made of metal, the physical strength of the bracket 51 can be increased. The magnetic ring 312 is sleeved at the position where the first sleeve 54 is provided on the bracket 51, and the connection stability between the magnetic ring 312 and the bracket 51 is stronger. The magnetic ring 312 and the bracket 51 are connected by interference fit, but the connection method is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the magnetic ring 312 can be connected to the bracket 51 by snapping or gluing.
具体地,第一轴套54、第二轴套53和支架51之间通过过盈配合连接。但是,连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,第一轴套54、第二轴套53和支架51之间能够通过卡接、胶黏的方式固定。Specifically, the first sleeve 54, the second sleeve 53 and the bracket 51 are connected by interference fit. However, the connection method is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the first sleeve 54, the second sleeve 53 and the bracket 51 can be fixed by snapping or gluing.
在一些实施方式中,第一轴套54和第二轴套53能够替换为轴承。In some embodiments, the first bushing 54 and the second bushing 53 can be replaced with bearings.
在一些实施方式中,电机组件31还包括:电机壳314,电机壳314套设在磁环312上,连接环323套设在电机壳314上,转轴313与扇叶组件32连接的一端穿出电机壳314。电机组件31还包括:圆锥螺旋弹簧315,圆锥螺旋弹簧315套设在转轴313上,圆锥螺旋弹簧315的一端与电机壳314连接,圆锥螺旋弹簧315的另一端与第一轴套54连接。圆锥螺旋弹簧315的设置,能够使扇叶组件32在受到外力冲击时,具有一定的缓冲位移空间,很好地保护了扇叶组件32。同时,也能够避免将扇叶组件32转动时产生的振动,刚性的传递至整个风扇模组,造成较大的振动,也能够降低扇叶组件32转动的风噪。In some embodiments, the motor assembly 31 further includes: a motor housing 314, the motor housing 314 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 312, the connecting ring 323 is sleeved on the motor housing 314, and one end of the rotating shaft 313 connected to the fan blade assembly 32 passes through the motor housing 314. The motor assembly 31 further includes: a conical helical spring 315, the conical helical spring 315 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 313, one end of the conical helical spring 315 is connected to the motor housing 314, and the other end of the conical helical spring 315 is connected to the first sleeve 54. The setting of the conical helical spring 315 can enable the fan blade assembly 32 to have a certain buffer displacement space when it is impacted by an external force, and well protect the fan blade assembly 32. At the same time, it can also avoid the vibration generated when the fan blade assembly 32 rotates, and rigidly transmit it to the entire fan module, causing greater vibration, and can also reduce the wind noise of the fan blade assembly 32 rotating.
在一些实施方式中,磁环312是有多个磁片间隔组成的。In some embodiments, the magnetic ring 312 is composed of a plurality of magnetic sheets.
在一些实施方式中,当电机组件31不设置电机壳314时,圆锥螺旋弹簧315的一端能够直接与轮毂321连接,另一端则与第一轴套54连接。In some embodiments, when the motor assembly 31 is not provided with a motor housing 314 , one end of the conical coil spring 315 can be directly connected to the hub 321 , and the other end can be connected to the first sleeve 54 .
圆锥螺旋弹簧315与电机壳314或轮毂321之间通过(不限于):搭接或胶黏连接。圆锥螺旋弹簧315与第一轴套54之间通过(不限于):搭接、焊接或者胶黏的方式连接。The conical helical spring 315 is connected to the motor housing 314 or the wheel hub 321 by (not limited to): overlapping or gluing. The conical helical spring 315 is connected to the first sleeve 54 by (not limited to): overlapping, welding or gluing.
在一些实施方式中,收纳筒12的上盖122上设有走线孔123,导线6穿过走线孔123与线圈311连接。通过走线孔123将导线6直接伸入到收纳腔121内与线圈311连接,能够避免导线6从收纳筒12外部走线,降低风扇模组内部的对流动气流的阻碍,提升了出风效率。In some embodiments, a wiring hole 123 is provided on the upper cover 122 of the storage tube 12, and the wire 6 passes through the wiring hole 123 to connect with the coil 311. The wire 6 is directly extended into the storage cavity 121 through the wiring hole 123 to connect with the coil 311, which can avoid the wire 6 from being routed outside the storage tube 12, reduce the obstruction of the flow of air inside the fan module, and improve the air outlet efficiency.
本实施例中,风扇模组包括导风罩2和导风管1,风扇组件3的部分结构设置在导风管1内,另一部分则伸入到导风罩2内,这种布局结构,能够使风扇模组具有更高的空间利用率,结构更加的紧凑,体积更加的小巧。同时,由导风罩2和导风管1组成风扇模组的气流通道,能够对进入其中的气流进行导流,使气流能够更加高效的从进风口21流向出风口11,将风扇组件3的部分结构设置在导风管1内,使风扇组件3直接裸露的部分减少,也就减小了风扇组件3与气流的接触面积,减少了对气流的阻碍,提升了出风效率。In this embodiment, the fan module includes an air duct 2 and an air duct 1, and part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, and the other part extends into the air duct 2. This layout structure can make the fan module have higher space utilization, more compact structure, and more compact volume. At the same time, the air flow channel of the fan module composed of the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can guide the air flow entering therein, so that the air flow can flow from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 11 more efficiently. The part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, so that the part of the fan assembly 3 directly exposed is reduced, which also reduces the contact area between the fan assembly 3 and the air flow, reduces the obstruction to the air flow, and improves the air outlet efficiency.
实施例2Example 2
一种吹风装置,包括实施例1中的风扇模组,风扇模组作为组装该吹风装置的核心模块组件。该风扇模组用于吹风装置内的气流流动。A blowing device includes the fan module in embodiment 1, wherein the fan module is a core module component for assembling the blowing device. The fan module is used for airflow in the blowing device.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的吹风装置包括(不限于):无叶风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、球形风扇、挂脖风扇、手持风扇、工业风扇、空调、吹风机等需要助推空气进行流通的产品。实施例1中的风扇模组则装配在上述产品的外壳内部。It should be noted that the blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation. The fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
本实施例中的吹风装置的风扇模组包括导风罩2和导风管1,风扇组件3的部分结构设置在导风管1内,另一部分则伸入到导风罩2内,这种布局结构,能够使风扇模组具有更高的空间利用率,结构更加的紧凑,体积更加的小巧。同时,由导风罩2和导风管1组成风扇模组的气流通道,能够对进入其中的气流进行导流,使气流能够更加高效的从进风口21流向出风口11,将风扇组件3的部分结构设置在导风管1内,使风扇组件3直接裸露的部分减少,也就减小了风扇组件3与气流的接触面积,减少了对气流的阻碍,提升了出风效率。The fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment includes an air duct 2 and an air duct 1. Part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, and the other part extends into the air duct 2. This layout structure can make the fan module have higher space utilization, more compact structure, and more compact volume. At the same time, the air flow channel of the fan module composed of the air duct 2 and the air duct 1 can guide the air flow entering therein, so that the air flow can flow from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 11 more efficiently. The part of the structure of the fan assembly 3 is arranged in the air duct 1, so that the part of the fan assembly 3 directly exposed is reduced, which also reduces the contact area between the fan assembly 3 and the air flow, reduces the obstruction to the air flow, and improves the air outlet efficiency.
方案3,如图3-1至3-5所示。Option 3 is shown in Figures 3-1 to 3-5.
实施例1 Example 1
请参阅图3-1和图3-2,图3-1为本实施例风扇模组的整体结构示意图;图3-2为本实施例风扇模组的分解结构示意图。Please refer to Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2. Figure 3-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment; Figure 3-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图3-1和图3-2所示,一种风扇模组,包括:壳体1、连接件2、风扇电机3、风扇扇叶4和缓冲件5。其中,连接件2设置在壳体1内;风扇电机3设置在壳体1内,且风扇电机3的一端与连接件2连接;风扇扇叶4设置在壳体1内,且风扇扇叶4套设在风扇电机3上;缓冲件5设置在风扇扇叶4和连接件2之间。As shown in Fig. 3-1 and Fig. 3-2, a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a connecting member 2, a fan motor 3, a fan blade 4 and a buffer member 5. The connecting member 2 is arranged in the housing 1; the fan motor 3 is arranged in the housing 1, and one end of the fan motor 3 is connected to the connecting member 2; the fan blade 4 is arranged in the housing 1, and the fan blade 4 is sleeved on the fan motor 3; and the buffer member 5 is arranged between the fan blade 4 and the connecting member 2.
本实施方式中,壳体1构造成圆柱形,圆柱形内部开设有柱形的风腔11。但是,壳体1的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,壳体1的形状能够为:三角形、四边形、五边形、其他多边形或者其他规则形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder. However, the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
请参阅图3-3,图3-3为本实施例壳体俯视视角的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG3-3 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the shell of this embodiment from a top view.
如图3-3所示,本实施方式中,壳体1上开设有贯穿其上下表面的风腔11,风腔11构造成圆柱形。但是,风腔11的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施例中,风腔11的形状能够为:星型、心形、跑道形或者多边形等形状。As shown in FIG3-3, in this embodiment, the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape. However, the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
请参阅图3-4,图3-4为本实施例壳体仰视视角的立体结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 3-4 , which is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of the shell of this embodiment when viewed from a bottom perspective.
如图3-4所示,连接件2包括:连接环21、连接柱23和多个连接板22。其中,多个连接板22环绕连接环21设置,多个连接板22中的每个连接板22的一端均与壳体1的内表面连接,每个连接板22的另一端均与连接环21连接。As shown in FIGS. 3-4 , the connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 21, a connecting column 23 and a plurality of connecting plates 22. The plurality of connecting plates 22 are arranged around the connecting ring 21, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 22 is connected to the connecting ring 21.
连接柱23设置在连接环21面向风扇扇叶4的一侧。连接柱23包括:连接圆台231和连接圆柱232,连接圆台231底面设置在连接环21上,连接圆台231的顶面与连接圆柱232连接,线圈32套设在连接圆柱232上。The connecting column 23 is arranged on the side of the connecting ring 21 facing the fan blades 4. The connecting column 23 includes: a connecting truncated cone 231 and a connecting cylinder 232, wherein the bottom surface of the connecting truncated cone 231 is arranged on the connecting ring 21, the top surface of the connecting truncated cone 231 is connected to the connecting cylinder 232, and the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232.
连接柱23的结构,能够使连接圆台231起到限位的作用,对套设在连接圆柱232上的风扇组件起到止挡的作用,提高了线圈32的装配效率。The structure of the connecting column 23 can enable the connecting truncated cone 231 to play a limiting role, and play a stopping role for the fan assembly sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the coil 32.
在一些实施方式中,连接柱23还能够构造成棱柱或者圆形柱。In some embodiments, the connecting column 23 can also be configured as a prism or a circular column.
连接柱23的设置能够使风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4悬空设置在壳体1内部,使风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4在壳体1内的转动更加的流畅。The arrangement of the connecting column 23 enables the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 to be suspended inside the housing 1 , so that the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 can rotate more smoothly inside the housing 1 .
连接环21与多个连接板22的设置方式,使连接环21能够悬空设置在壳体1内部。同时,连接板22和连接板22之间的空隙能够作为壳体1内部气流流动的风道,对壳体1内部的气流进行约束。The connection ring 21 and the plurality of connection plates 22 are arranged so that the connection ring 21 can be suspended inside the housing 1. At the same time, the gaps between the connection plates 22 can serve as air ducts for the air flow inside the housing 1, thereby constraining the air flow inside the housing 1.
每个连接板22面向风扇扇叶4的端部,均向风扇扇叶4方向弯曲延伸形成导风板24,导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶4的旋转方向相反。The end of each connecting plate 22 facing the fan blade 4 is bent and extended toward the fan blade 4 to form an air guide plate 24 . The bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 4 .
每个连接板22面向风扇扇叶4的端部,均弯曲延伸形成导风板24,导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇组件的旋转方向相反,风扇扇叶4转动时,会带动气流同向转动,此时,导风板24的弯曲方向与气流转动方向相反,气流转动时与导风板24的弯曲部位接触碰撞,由于方向相反,则气流与导风板24的弯曲部位接触时的夹角大于90度,气流由较大的角度与导风板24接触,能够减小气流接触导风板24的动能损失,较大角度接触过程中,导风板24对气流的导向作用明显,能量损失小,大大提升出风效率。The end of each connecting plate 22 facing the fan blade 4 is bent and extended to form an air guide plate 24. The bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly. When the fan blade 4 rotates, the airflow will be driven to rotate in the same direction. At this time, the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow. When the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the curved part of the air guide plate 24. Since the directions are opposite, the angle between the airflow and the curved part of the air guide plate 24 is greater than 90 degrees. The airflow contacts the air guide plate 24 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 24. During the contact process at a larger angle, the air guide plate 24 has an obvious guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, thereby greatly improving the air outlet efficiency.
本实施方式中,连接板22的数量为7块。但是,连接板22的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接板22的数量能够为2块、3块、4块、5块、6块、8块或者更多块。In this embodiment, the number of the connecting plates 22 is 7. However, the number of the connecting plates 22 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the connecting plates 22 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
本实施方式中,对应于连接板22的数量导风板24的数量也为7块。但是,导风板24的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,导风板24的数量能够为2块、3块、4块、5块、6块、8块或者更多块。In this embodiment, the number of air guide plates 24 corresponding to the number of connecting plates 22 is also 7. However, the number of air guide plates 24 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of air guide plates 24 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
在一些实施方式中,连接板22和导风板24采用分体式结构,即连接板22和导风板24相互独立设置,连接板22和导风板24的连接的一端能够对接在一起,也能够相互分离。In some embodiments, the connecting plate 22 and the air guide plate 24 adopt a split structure, that is, the connecting plate 22 and the air guide plate 24 are independently arranged, and one end of the connection between the connecting plate 22 and the air guide plate 24 can be connected together or separated from each other.
导风板24设置在风扇扇叶4和壳体1之间,且导风板24与壳体1的内表面连接,导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间具有间隙。The air guide plate 24 is disposed between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1 , and the air guide plate 24 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1 , with a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 .
导风板24设置在风扇扇叶4和壳体1之间,且导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间具有间隙。导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间的间隙,在气流与导风板24接触后,部分气流沿着导风板24的引导流向出风口,另一部分气流则通过导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间的间隙流流向下一导风板24。导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间的间隙为导风板24之间的气压平衡提供了通道,避免由于导风板24完全封闭,导致导风板24两侧气压不一致,进而影响风扇模组出风效率的问题。The air guide plate 24 is arranged between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1, and there is a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4. The gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 is such that after the airflow contacts the air guide plate 24, part of the airflow flows toward the air outlet along the guidance of the air guide plate 24, and the other part of the airflow flows to the next air guide plate 24 through the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4. The gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 provides a channel for the air pressure balance between the air guide plates 24, thereby avoiding the problem that the air pressure on both sides of the air guide plate 24 is inconsistent due to the complete closure of the air guide plate 24, thereby affecting the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
请参阅图3-5,图3-5为本实施例风扇模组的剖视示意图。Please refer to FIG. 3-5 , which is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图3-5所示,风扇电机3包括:线圈32、磁环33和转轴31,连接件2面向风扇扇叶4的一侧设置有连接柱23,线圈32套设在连接柱23上,磁环33套设在线圈32上,风扇扇叶4套设在磁环33上,转轴31一端与风扇扇叶4连接,转轴31的另一端插入连接柱23内,缓冲件5设置在连接柱23与风扇扇叶4之间。 As shown in Figures 3-5, the fan motor 3 includes: a coil 32, a magnetic ring 33 and a rotating shaft 31. A connecting column 23 is provided on the side of the connecting member 2 facing the fan blades 4. The coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23, the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the magnetic ring 33. One end of the rotating shaft 31 is connected to the fan blades 4, and the other end of the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into the connecting column 23. The buffer member 5 is arranged between the connecting column 23 and the fan blades 4.
在一些实施方式中,当连接柱23包括:连接圆台231和连接圆柱232,线圈32套设在连接圆柱232上,且线圈32的一端与连接圆台231相互抵接。连接圆台231能够限定线圈32的位置,方便对线圈32进行装配和定位。In some embodiments, when the connecting column 23 includes: a connecting truncated cone 231 and a connecting cylinder 232, the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232, and one end of the coil 32 abuts against the connecting truncated cone 231. The connecting truncated cone 231 can define the position of the coil 32, making it easy to assemble and position the coil 32.
磁环33设置在风扇扇叶4的轮毂41内部,且磁环33与轮毂41之间通过过盈配合的方式进行连接,磁环33的内环则套设在线圈32上,通过磁性耦合与线圈32连接。磁环33与风扇扇叶4以及线圈32的连接方式,能够使整个风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4的连接更加紧凑,还能够节省风扇电机3的外壳结构,使风扇电机3更加的轻便。风扇扇叶4套设在磁环33上,使风扇扇叶4与风扇电机3的接触面积更大,旋转时的扭矩更小,因此,风扇扇叶4在旋转时能够更加的稳定,旋转的速度更高,风扇模组的出风量更大。The magnetic ring 33 is arranged inside the hub 41 of the fan blade 4, and the magnetic ring 33 and the hub 41 are connected by interference fit, and the inner ring of the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32 and connected to the coil 32 by magnetic coupling. The connection method of the magnetic ring 33, the fan blade 4 and the coil 32 can make the connection between the entire fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 more compact, and can also save the outer shell structure of the fan motor 3, making the fan motor 3 more lightweight. The fan blade 4 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, so that the contact area between the fan blade 4 and the fan motor 3 is larger, and the torque during rotation is smaller. Therefore, the fan blade 4 can be more stable when rotating, the rotation speed is higher, and the air output of the fan module is larger.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机3还包括:金属环34,金属环34套设在磁环33上,风扇扇叶4套设在金属环34上。金属环34的设置能够保护磁环33,避免磁环33在装配过程中出现损伤。In some embodiments, the fan motor 3 further includes a metal ring 34, which is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the metal ring 34. The provision of the metal ring 34 can protect the magnetic ring 33 and prevent the magnetic ring 33 from being damaged during the assembly process.
缓冲件5套设在转轴31上,连接柱23上开设有连接孔25,连接孔25的两端分别设置有第一轴套26和第二轴套27,转轴31插入并穿出第一轴套26和第二轴套27。第一轴套26和第二轴套27的设置能够使转轴31转动时的线性稳定性更好,进而使风扇扇叶4的转动更加的稳定,出风效率更高。The buffer member 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31, and a connecting hole 25 is formed on the connecting column 23. The two ends of the connecting hole 25 are respectively provided with a first sleeve 26 and a second sleeve 27, and the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into and passes through the first sleeve 26 and the second sleeve 27. The provision of the first sleeve 26 and the second sleeve 27 can make the linear stability of the rotating shaft 31 better when rotating, thereby making the rotation of the fan blades 4 more stable and the air outlet efficiency higher.
转轴31穿出第二轴套27的一端开设有卡槽,卡槽内设置有环形卡簧35,环形卡簧35上设有开口,使环形卡簧35能够进行拆卸。环形卡环的直径大于第二轴套27内环的直径,因此,环形卡环能够防止转轴31从第二轴套27和第一轴套26中脱落。A slot is provided at one end of the rotating shaft 31 passing through the second sleeve 27, and an annular retaining ring 35 is arranged in the slot. An opening is provided on the annular retaining ring 35 so that the annular retaining ring 35 can be removed. The diameter of the annular retaining ring is larger than the diameter of the inner ring of the second sleeve 27, so the annular retaining ring can prevent the rotating shaft 31 from falling off from the second sleeve 27 and the first sleeve 26.
在一些实施方式中,环形卡簧35和第二轴套27之间设有密封圈36。In some embodiments, a sealing ring 36 is provided between the annular retaining ring 35 and the second sleeve 27 .
缓冲件5构造成塔型,且缓冲件5套设在转轴31上。缓冲件5套设在转轴31上,能够防止缓冲件5在风扇扇叶4转动时出现位移,阻碍风扇扇叶4的正常转动。The buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape, and the buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31. The buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31, which can prevent the buffer 5 from being displaced when the fan blade 4 rotates, thereby preventing the normal rotation of the fan blade 4.
缓冲件5构造成塔型,塔型缓冲件5在受压后,弹性力呈线性增长,能够有效的对风扇扇叶4转动过程中产生的位移进行缓冲和复位,使风扇扇叶4的转动更加的稳定。弹性力呈线性增长,能够使风扇扇叶4在受到较大外力挤压时,缓冲力平稳增大,起到更好地缓冲效果。The buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape. After being compressed, the elastic force of the tower-shaped buffer 5 increases linearly, which can effectively buffer and reset the displacement generated during the rotation of the fan blade 4, making the rotation of the fan blade 4 more stable. The elastic force increases linearly, which can make the buffer force increase steadily when the fan blade 4 is squeezed by a large external force, thereby achieving a better buffering effect.
在一些实施方式中,缓冲件5的形状不局限于塔型,根据具体应用场景的不同,缓冲件5的形状能够为(不限于):环形、直筒形或者弧形、球形等形状。In some embodiments, the shape of the buffer 5 is not limited to a tower shape. Depending on the specific application scenario, the shape of the buffer 5 can be (but not limited to): annular, straight, arc-shaped, spherical, etc.
在一些实施方式中,缓冲件5的位置关系不局限于套设在转轴31上,根据具体应用场景的不同,能够设置在风扇扇叶4上,或者设置在连接柱23上。In some embodiments, the position of the buffer 5 is not limited to being sleeved on the rotating shaft 31 , and can be set on the fan blades 4 or on the connecting column 23 according to different specific application scenarios.
缓冲件5的一端与连接柱23固定连接,缓冲件5的另一端与风扇扇叶4搭接或者分离。缓冲件5与连接柱23连接,避免了缓冲件5在风扇扇叶4正常工作状态下与风扇扇叶4接触,干扰风扇扇叶4的正常转动,提升了风扇扇叶4转动地稳定性和风扇模组的出风效率。缓冲件5的另一端则与风扇扇叶4搭接或者分离。具体地,当风扇扇叶4受力向连接柱23的方向进行移动时,风扇扇叶4与缓冲件5进行搭接;当风扇扇叶4进行正常转动时,则与缓冲件5相互分离,以保证风扇扇叶4处于最佳的转动状态。在本实施例中,缓冲件5能够套设在转轴31上,也能够与转轴31相分离。One end of the buffer 5 is fixedly connected to the connecting column 23, and the other end of the buffer 5 is overlapped with or separated from the fan blade 4. The buffer 5 is connected to the connecting column 23 to prevent the buffer 5 from contacting the fan blade 4 when the fan blade 4 is in normal working condition, thereby interfering with the normal rotation of the fan blade 4, and improving the rotation stability of the fan blade 4 and the air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The other end of the buffer 5 is overlapped with or separated from the fan blade 4. Specifically, when the fan blade 4 is forced to move in the direction of the connecting column 23, the fan blade 4 is overlapped with the buffer 5; when the fan blade 4 rotates normally, it is separated from the buffer 5 to ensure that the fan blade 4 is in the best rotation state. In this embodiment, the buffer 5 can be mounted on the rotating shaft 31, and can also be separated from the rotating shaft 31.
本实施例中制成缓冲件5的材料能够是(不限于):金属弹簧或者橡胶材质的弹性体。In this embodiment, the material of the buffer member 5 can be (but not limited to): a metal spring or an elastomer made of rubber material.
本实施例在风扇模组的壳体1内设置用于连接风扇电机3的连接件2,风扇扇叶4与风扇电机3连接并在风扇扇叶4和连接件2之间设置缓冲件5。缓冲件5的设置,能够对风扇扇叶4的位移现象进行限制和缓冲,避免在狭小的空间内,风扇扇叶4和壳体1内的其他部件出现接触,进而导致风扇叶片42出现磨损或者转动效率降低的问题。提高了风扇模组的转动效率,延长了风扇模组的使用寿命。、In this embodiment, a connector 2 for connecting a fan motor 3 is provided in the housing 1 of the fan module, a fan blade 4 is connected to the fan motor 3, and a buffer 5 is provided between the fan blade 4 and the connector 2. The buffer 5 can limit and buffer the displacement of the fan blade 4, and avoid contact between the fan blade 4 and other components in the housing 1 in a narrow space, thereby preventing the fan blade 42 from being worn or the rotation efficiency from being reduced. The rotation efficiency of the fan module is improved, and the service life of the fan module is extended.
本实施方式中,壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围为1.01-1.15。壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围,限定了壳体1与风扇扇叶4直径最大处之间的间隙。风扇扇叶4在旋转时,会对流经风扇扇叶4的气流产生离心力,在离心力的作用下,气流会横向移动并与壳体1内壁发生碰撞,产生乱流,进而影响壳体1内的气流流场,导致风扇模组的出风效率较低。将壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,限缩了风扇扇叶4与壳体1之间的间隙,使在离心力作用下的横向气流的行程减小,进而将气流与壳体1内边面接触时的速度限定在较小的优先范围内。因此,这一比例能够降低气流与壳体1碰撞时的能量损失,降低乱流发生的几率,提高气流流场的稳定性。同时,由于壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,在这个比例范围内,风扇扇叶4与壳体1的间距较小,能够对风扇扇叶4中的回流气流具有极好的拦截作用,防止回流气流产生的气旋影响风扇扇叶4的进风,提高风扇模组的进风效率,进风效率的提高使风扇模组整体的出风效率得以提高。In this embodiment, the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is 1.01-1.15. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4. When the fan blade 4 rotates, it will generate centrifugal force on the airflow flowing through the fan blade 4. Under the action of the centrifugal force, the airflow will move laterally and collide with the inner wall of the housing 1, generating turbulence, thereby affecting the airflow field in the housing 1, resulting in a low air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blade 4 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of the centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner side surface of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field. At the same time, since the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 is limited to between 1.01 and 1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blades 4 and the shell 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the return airflow in the fan blades 4, preventing the cyclone generated by the return airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blades 4, thereby improving the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The improvement in the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的任一实施方式都能够独立进行实施,或者通过与其他一个或者多个实施方式进行组合实施。组合实施时,其组合方式不应当局限于本实施例列举的组合方式。It should be noted that any implementation in this embodiment can be implemented independently or in combination with one or more other implementations. When implemented in combination, the combination method should not be limited to the combination methods listed in this embodiment.
实施例2Example 2
一种吹风装置,包括实施例1中的风扇模组,风扇模组作为组装该吹风装置的核心模块组件。 A blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的吹风装置包括(不限于):无叶风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、球形风扇、挂脖风扇、手持风扇、工业风扇、空调、吹风机等需要助推空气进行流通的产品。实施例1中的风扇模组则装配在上述产品的外壳内部。It should be noted that the blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation. The fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
本实施例中的吹风装置的风扇模组在风扇模组的壳体1内设置用于连接风扇电机3的连接件2,风扇扇叶4与风扇电机3连接并在风扇扇叶4和连接件2之间设置缓冲件5。缓冲件5的设置,能够对风扇扇叶4的位移现象进行限制和缓冲,避免在狭小的空间内,风扇扇叶4和壳体1内的其他部件出现接触,进而导致风扇叶片42出现磨损或者转动效率降低的问题。提高了风扇模组的转动效率,延长了风扇模组的使用寿命。The fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment is provided with a connecting piece 2 for connecting a fan motor 3 in a housing 1 of the fan module, and a fan blade 4 is connected to the fan motor 3 and a buffer 5 is provided between the fan blade 4 and the connecting piece 2. The provision of the buffer 5 can limit and buffer the displacement of the fan blade 4, and avoid the fan blade 4 and other components in the housing 1 in a narrow space, thereby preventing the fan blade 4 from contacting with each other, thereby causing the fan blade 42 to be worn or the rotation efficiency to be reduced. The rotation efficiency of the fan module is improved, and the service life of the fan module is extended.
方案4,如图4-1至4-6所示。Scheme 4 is shown in Figures 4-1 to 4-6.
实施例1Example 1
请参阅图4-1和图4-2,图4-1为本实施例风扇模组的整体结构示意图;图4-2为本实施例风扇模组的分解结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 4-1 and 4-2. Figure 4-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment; Figure 4-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图4-1和图4-2所示,一种风扇模组,包括:壳体1、风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4。其中,风扇电机3设置在所述壳体1内;风扇扇叶4内部设有第一腔体431和第二腔体432,第一腔体431和第二腔体432之间相互连通,第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,第二腔体432内设有连接轴套434,风扇电机3的转轴31穿过第一腔体431与连接轴套434连接。As shown in Fig. 4-1 and Fig. 4-2, a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a fan motor 3 and a fan blade 4. The fan motor 3 is arranged in the housing 1; a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432 are arranged inside the fan blade 4, the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are connected to each other, the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, a connecting sleeve 434 is arranged in the second cavity 432, and the rotating shaft 31 of the fan motor 3 passes through the first cavity 431 and is connected to the connecting sleeve 434.
上述实施方式,将风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4设置在壳体1内,风扇扇叶4内部开设有空腔,分别为第一腔体431和第二腔体432,第一腔体431和第二腔体432之间相互连通,其中,第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,第二腔体432内设置有连接轴套434,连接轴套434与转轴31连接。由于,风扇扇叶4的第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,能够使风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4构造成连体结构,减小了风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4整体的体积,进一步的降低了风扇模组的整体体积。同时,由于第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,且转轴31设置在风扇扇叶4内部,导致风扇扇叶4的重量并不是集中在转轴31的一端,不会导致转轴31的质心出现偏移,降低了转轴31在高速转动状态下出现振动的几率,进而降低了风扇扇叶4出现异常抖动的几率,提高了风扇扇叶4转动的稳定性,提高了风扇模组的出风效率。In the above embodiment, the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 are arranged in the housing 1, and a cavity is opened inside the fan blade 4, namely a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432, and the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are connected to each other, wherein the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, and a connecting sleeve 434 is arranged in the second cavity 432, and the connecting sleeve 434 is connected to the rotating shaft 31. Since the first cavity 431 of the fan blade 4 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 can be constructed into a connected structure, which reduces the overall volume of the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4, and further reduces the overall volume of the fan module. At the same time, since the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3 and the rotating shaft 31 is arranged inside the fan blades 4, the weight of the fan blades 4 is not concentrated on one end of the rotating shaft 31, and the center of mass of the rotating shaft 31 will not be offset, thereby reducing the probability of vibration of the rotating shaft 31 under high-speed rotation, thereby reducing the probability of abnormal shaking of the fan blades 4, improving the rotation stability of the fan blades 4, and improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
本实施方式中,壳体1构造成圆柱形,圆柱形内部开设有柱形的风腔11。但是,壳体1的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,壳体1的形状能够为:三角形、四边形、五边形、其他多边形或者其他规则形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder. However, the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
请参阅图4-3,图4-3为本实施例壳体的整体结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 4-3 , which is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the shell of this embodiment.
如图4-3所示,本实施方式中,壳体1上开设有贯穿其上下表面的风腔11,风腔11构造成圆柱形。但是,风腔11的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施例中,风腔11的形状能够为:星型、心形、跑道形或者多边形等形状。As shown in FIG4-3, in this embodiment, the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape. However, the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
本实施方式中的风扇电机3包括:线圈32、磁环33和转轴31,连接件2面向风扇扇叶4的一侧设置有连接柱23,线圈32套设在连接柱23上,磁环33套设在线圈32上,风扇扇叶4套设在磁环33上,转轴31一端与风扇扇叶4的连接轴套434连接,转轴31的另一端插入连接柱23内,缓冲件5设置在连接柱23与风扇扇叶4之间。The fan motor 3 in this embodiment includes: a coil 32, a magnetic ring 33 and a rotating shaft 31. A connecting column 23 is provided on the side of the connecting member 2 facing the fan blades 4. The coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting column 23, the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the magnetic ring 33. One end of the rotating shaft 31 is connected to the connecting shaft sleeve 434 of the fan blades 4, and the other end of the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into the connecting column 23. The buffer member 5 is arranged between the connecting column 23 and the fan blades 4.
缓冲件5构造成塔型,且缓冲件5套设在转轴31上。缓冲件5套设在转轴31上,能够防止缓冲件5在风扇扇叶4转动时出现位移,阻碍风扇扇叶4的正常转动。The buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape, and the buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31. The buffer 5 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 31, which can prevent the buffer 5 from being displaced when the fan blade 4 rotates, thereby preventing the normal rotation of the fan blade 4.
缓冲件5构造成塔型,缓冲件5在受压后,弹性力呈线性增长,能够有效的对风扇扇叶4转动过程中产生的位移进行缓冲和复位,使风扇扇叶4的转动更加的稳定。弹性力呈线性增长,能够使风扇扇叶4在受到较大外力挤压时,缓冲力平稳增大,起到更好地缓冲效果。The buffer 5 is constructed in a tower shape. After being compressed, the elastic force of the buffer 5 increases linearly, which can effectively buffer and reset the displacement generated during the rotation of the fan blade 4, making the rotation of the fan blade 4 more stable. The elastic force increases linearly, which can make the buffer force increase steadily when the fan blade 4 is squeezed by a large external force, thereby achieving a better buffering effect.
在一些实施方式中,缓冲件5的形状不局限于塔型,根据具体应用场景的不同,缓冲件5的形状能够为(不限于):环形、直筒形或者弧形、球形等形状。In some embodiments, the shape of the buffer 5 is not limited to a tower shape. Depending on the specific application scenario, the shape of the buffer 5 can be (but not limited to): annular, straight, arc-shaped, spherical, etc.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机3还包括:金属环34,金属环34套设在磁环33上,风扇扇叶4套设在金属环34上。金属环34的设置能够保护磁环33,避免磁环33在装配过程中出现损伤。In some embodiments, the fan motor 3 further includes a metal ring 34, which is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the fan blades 4 are sleeved on the metal ring 34. The provision of the metal ring 34 can protect the magnetic ring 33 and prevent the magnetic ring 33 from being damaged during the assembly process.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机3能够是带有壳体1的马达。连接件2用于将马达固定在壳体1内。In some embodiments, the fan motor 3 can be a motor with a housing 1. The connector 2 is used to fix the motor in the housing 1.
连接件2包括:连接环21、连接柱23和多个连接板22。其中,多个连接板22环绕连接环21设置,多个连接板22中的每个连接板22的一端均与壳体1的内表面连接,每个连接板22的另一端均与连接环21连接。The connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 21, a connecting column 23 and a plurality of connecting plates 22. The plurality of connecting plates 22 are arranged around the connecting ring 21, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 22 is connected to the connecting ring 21.
连接柱23设置在连接环21面向风扇扇叶4的一侧。连接柱23包括:连接圆台231和连接圆柱232,连接圆台231底面412设置在连接环21上,连接圆台231的顶面411与连接圆柱232连接,线圈32套设在连接圆柱232上。 The connecting column 23 is arranged on the side of the connecting ring 21 facing the fan blades 4. The connecting column 23 includes: a connecting truncated cone 231 and a connecting cylinder 232, wherein the bottom surface 412 of the connecting truncated cone 231 is arranged on the connecting ring 21, the top surface 411 of the connecting truncated cone 231 is connected to the connecting cylinder 232, and the coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232.
连接柱23的结构,能够使连接圆台231起到限位的作用,对套设在连接圆柱232上的风扇组件起到止挡的作用,提高了线圈32的装配效率。The structure of the connecting column 23 can enable the connecting truncated cone 231 to play a limiting role, and play a stopping role for the fan assembly sleeved on the connecting cylinder 232, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the coil 32.
在一些实施方式中,连接柱23还能够构造成棱柱或者圆形柱。In some embodiments, the connecting column 23 can also be configured as a prism or a circular column.
连接柱23的设置能够使风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4悬空设置在壳体1内部,使风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4在壳体1内的转动更加的流畅。The arrangement of the connecting column 23 enables the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 to be suspended inside the housing 1 , so that the fan motor 3 and the fan blades 4 can rotate more smoothly inside the housing 1 .
请参阅图4-4,图4-4为本实施例风扇叶片第一视角的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 4-4 , which is a schematic structural diagram of the fan blade of this embodiment from a first viewing angle.
如图4-4所示,风扇扇叶4包括:轮毂41和多个叶片42,多个叶片42环绕轮毂41设置,第一腔体431和第二腔体432设置在轮毂41内。As shown in FIG. 4-4 , the fan blade 4 includes: a hub 41 and a plurality of blades 42 , wherein the plurality of blades 42 are arranged around the hub 41 , and a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432 are arranged in the hub 41 .
请参阅图4-5和图4-6,图4-5为本实施例风扇叶片第二视角的结构示意图;图4-6为本实施例风扇叶片第三视角的结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 4-5 and 4-6. Figure 4-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blade of this embodiment at a second viewing angle; Figure 4-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blade of this embodiment at a third viewing angle.
如图4-5和图4-6所示,轮毂41包括:顶面411、底面412和侧边413,底面412的横截面积大于顶面411的横截面积,且顶面411和侧边413之间平滑过渡。即本实施例中轮毂41构造成头部呈平面的子弹头形状。轮毂41的这种形状,能够使流经叶片42的气流,沿着顶面411和侧边413之间平滑过渡形成的弧面进行流动,对气流具有很好地导向作用,提高了气流在风扇扇叶4中流动的效率,进而提高了风扇模组的出风效率。As shown in Figures 4-5 and 4-6, the hub 41 includes: a top surface 411, a bottom surface 412 and a side 413, the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface 412 is larger than the cross-sectional area of the top surface 411, and there is a smooth transition between the top surface 411 and the side 413. That is, in this embodiment, the hub 41 is configured to be in the shape of a bullet head with a flat head. This shape of the hub 41 enables the airflow flowing through the blades 42 to flow along the arc surface formed by the smooth transition between the top surface 411 and the side 413, which has a good guiding effect on the airflow, improves the efficiency of the airflow flowing in the fan blades 4, and thus improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
但是,轮毂41的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轮毂41的形状能够是(不限于):半球形、锥形、圆台形、圆柱形等形状。However, the shape of the hub 41 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the shape of the hub 41 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, conical, truncated cone, cylindrical, etc.
轮毂41的顶面411为圆形面。但是,顶面411的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,The top surface 411 of the hub 41 is a circular surface. However, the shape of the top surface 411 is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, depending on the specific application scenario,
本实施方式中,叶片42的数量为9片。但是,叶片42的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,叶片42的数量能够为(不限于):2片、3片、4片、5片、6片、7片、8片、10片、11片或者更多片。In this embodiment, the number of blades 42 is 9. However, the number of blades 42 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 42 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 or more.
风扇扇叶4内内表面隆起形成限位环433,限位环433位于第一腔体431和第二腔体432之间,且限位环433与风扇电机3抵接。The inner surface of the fan blade 4 is raised to form a limiting ring 433 . The limiting ring 433 is located between the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 , and the limiting ring 433 abuts against the fan motor 3 .
本实施方式中,限位环433设置在轮毂41的内表面上,限位环433将轮毂41的内部腔体43划分为第一腔体431和第二腔体432,第一腔体431和第二腔体432又通过限位环433相互连通。In this embodiment, the limiting ring 433 is arranged on the inner surface of the hub 41 , and the limiting ring 433 divides the internal cavity 43 of the hub 41 into a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432 , and the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are interconnected through the limiting ring 433 .
限位环433与风扇电机3的磁环33相互抵接。在一些实施方式中,当风扇电机3的磁环33套设有金属环34时,限位环433则与金属环34的一端相互抵接。限位环433与磁环33或者金属环34的抵接,使限位环433对磁环33或者金属环34起到了限位的作用,方便磁环33或者金属环34的装配,能够避免磁环33或者金属环34过渡伸入到轮毂41的内部腔体43内,导致轮毂41的底面412与连接件2接触的问题。The limiting ring 433 abuts against the magnetic ring 33 of the fan motor 3. In some embodiments, when the magnetic ring 33 of the fan motor 3 is sleeved with a metal ring 34, the limiting ring 433 abuts against one end of the metal ring 34. The abutment between the limiting ring 433 and the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34 enables the limiting ring 433 to limit the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34, facilitates the assembly of the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34, and can avoid the problem that the magnetic ring 33 or the metal ring 34 extends into the internal cavity 43 of the hub 41, causing the bottom surface 412 of the hub 41 to contact the connector 2.
第二腔体432内设置有多个加强筋435,多个加强筋435环绕连接轴套434设置,且多个加强筋435中每个加强筋435的一端均与连接轴套434连接,每个加强筋435的另一端均与第二腔体432的内表面连接。A plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 are disposed in the second cavity 432 . The plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 are disposed around the connecting sleeve 434 , and one end of each of the plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 is connected to the connecting sleeve 434 , and the other end of each of the plurality of reinforcing ribs 435 is connected to the inner surface of the second cavity 432 .
加强筋435的设置能够提升连接轴套434的物理强度。同时,加强筋435的设置能够将风扇扇叶4受到的力分散传递至轮毂41上,避免连接轴套434单点受力,提升了风扇扇叶4旋转的稳定性。The provision of the reinforcing ribs 435 can improve the physical strength of the connecting sleeve 434. At the same time, the provision of the reinforcing ribs 435 can disperse the force received by the fan blades 4 to the hub 41, thereby avoiding the single-point force on the connecting sleeve 434 and improving the rotation stability of the fan blades 4.
多个叶片42中的每个叶片42均包括第一端部421,以及与第一端部421相对的第二端部422,第一端部421的长度大于第二端部422的长度。其中,第一端部421位于邻近轮毂41顶面411的位置,第二端部422则位于邻近轮毂41底面412的位置。每个叶片42中,第一端部421用于在风扇扇叶4转动时推动气流进入到风扇扇叶4内,第一端部421的长度更长有利于对气流进行推动。第二端部422位于气流流向的末端,第二端部422的长度的减小,有利于缩小气流流动的空间大小,对气流进行压缩,提高气流流动的初始动能,进而提升风扇模组的出风效率。Each of the multiple blades 42 includes a first end 421 and a second end 422 opposite to the first end 421, and the length of the first end 421 is greater than the length of the second end 422. The first end 421 is located adjacent to the top surface 411 of the hub 41, and the second end 422 is located adjacent to the bottom surface 412 of the hub 41. In each blade 42, the first end 421 is used to push the airflow into the fan blade 4 when the fan blade 4 rotates. The longer length of the first end 421 is conducive to pushing the airflow. The second end 422 is located at the end of the airflow direction. The reduction in the length of the second end 422 is conducive to reducing the size of the space where the airflow flows, compressing the airflow, and increasing the initial kinetic energy of the airflow, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
每个叶片42均设有叶缘423,由第一端部421到叶缘423方向,每个叶片42的厚度逐渐增大,由叶缘423到第二端部422的方向,每个叶片42的厚度逐渐减小。叶片42不同部位的厚度变化,使每个叶片42均构造成两头较薄中间较厚的结构,这种结构增强了叶片42两端对气流的切割能力,降低叶片42两端的空气阻力。中间部位厚度增加能够增强叶片42的物理强度,同时,叶片42厚度的增加,减小了相邻两个叶片42之间的空间,对流经的气流起到了增压的作用。Each blade 42 is provided with a blade edge 423. The thickness of each blade 42 gradually increases from the first end 421 to the blade edge 423, and the thickness of each blade 42 gradually decreases from the blade edge 423 to the second end 422. The thickness of different parts of the blade 42 varies, so that each blade 42 is constructed into a structure that is thinner at both ends and thicker in the middle. This structure enhances the cutting ability of the two ends of the blade 42 on the airflow and reduces the air resistance at both ends of the blade 42. The increase in the thickness of the middle part can enhance the physical strength of the blade 42. At the same time, the increase in the thickness of the blade 42 reduces the space between two adjacent blades 42, which has a pressurizing effect on the airflow passing through.
本实施方式中,壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围为1.01-1.15。壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围,限定了壳体1与风扇扇叶4直径最大处之间的间隙。风扇扇叶4在旋转时,会对流经风扇扇叶4的气流产生离心力,在离心力的作用下,气流会横向移动并与壳体1内壁发生碰撞,产生乱流,进而影响壳体1内的气流流场,导致风扇模组的出风效率较低。将壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,限缩了风扇扇叶4与壳体1之间的间隙,使在离心力作用下的横向气流的行程减小,进而将气流与壳体1内边面接触时的速度限定在较小的优先范围内。因此,这一比例 能够降低气流与壳体1碰撞时的能量损失,降低乱流发生的几率,提高气流流场的稳定性。同时,由于壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,在这个比例范围内,风扇扇叶4与壳体1的间距较小,能够对风扇扇叶4中的回流气流具有极好的拦截作用,防止回流气流产生的气旋影响风扇扇叶4的进风,提高风扇模组的进风效率,进风效率的提高使风扇模组整体的出风效率得以提高。In this embodiment, the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 is 1.01-1.15. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 limits the gap between the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4. When the fan blades 4 rotate, they will generate centrifugal force on the airflow passing through the fan blades 4. Under the action of centrifugal force, the airflow will move laterally and collide with the inner wall of the shell 1, generating turbulence, thereby affecting the airflow field in the shell 1, resulting in low air outlet efficiency of the fan module. Limiting the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 4 to between 1.01-1.15 limits the gap between the fan blades 4 and the shell 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner edge of the shell 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio It can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the shell 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field. At the same time, since the ratio of the inner diameter of the shell 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blade 4 and the shell 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the return airflow in the fan blade 4, prevent the cyclone generated by the return airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blade 4, and improve the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The improvement of the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,第一端部421和第二端部422的长度比值范围为1.4-1.9。流经风扇的气流从第一端部421流向第二端部422,第一端部421面向第二端部422的方向逐渐的减小,这个减小的过程配合轮毂31的大小变化,逐渐的减小气流流动的空间,逐渐的对流进行加压,提高气流的初速度。但是,由于,风扇扇叶4与壳体1之间具有间隙,当进入第一端部421和流出第二端部422的气流压强明显过大时,由于不是完全封闭的空间,压力过大气流就会出现回流现象,回流的气流会冲击风扇模组的进气气流形成气旋,降低风扇模组的进风效率。将第一端部421和第二端部422的长度比值范围限定为1.4-1.9,在这一比值区间内,对流经风扇扇叶4的气流加压调节在最优的范围内,最大限度的降低了气流由于压力过大导致的回流问题。同时,在该比值的范围内,第一端部421能够对逐渐从叶片42边缘溢出的回流气流进行最有效的拦截和利用,最大范围的减小回流气流流出壳体1的几率。两个作用的结合能够使进入第一端部421的气流与流出气流端部的气流量趋近于1:1的最优值。大大提高了风扇扇叶4的出风效率。In some embodiments, the length ratio of the first end 421 and the second end 422 is in the range of 1.4-1.9. The airflow flowing through the fan flows from the first end 421 to the second end 422, and the direction of the first end 421 facing the second end 422 gradually decreases. This reduction process cooperates with the size change of the hub 31 to gradually reduce the space for the airflow to flow, gradually pressurize the convection, and increase the initial velocity of the airflow. However, since there is a gap between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1, when the airflow pressure entering the first end 421 and flowing out of the second end 422 is obviously too large, since it is not a completely closed space, the airflow will have a backflow phenomenon due to excessive pressure, and the backflow airflow will impact the intake airflow of the fan module to form a cyclone, reducing the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The length ratio of the first end 421 and the second end 422 is limited to 1.4-1.9. Within this ratio range, the airflow pressure flowing through the fan blades 4 is adjusted within the optimal range, which minimizes the backflow problem caused by excessive pressure of the airflow. At the same time, within the range of this ratio, the first end 421 can most effectively intercept and utilize the return airflow gradually overflowing from the edge of the blade 42, and reduce the probability of the return airflow flowing out of the housing 1 to the greatest extent. The combination of the two functions can make the airflow entering the first end 421 and the airflow outflowing from the end of the airflow approach the optimal value of 1:1, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 4.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的任一实施方式都能够独立进行实施,或者通过与其他一个或者多个实施方式进行组合实施。组合实施时,其组合方式不应当局限于本实施例列举的组合方式。It should be noted that any implementation in this embodiment can be implemented independently or in combination with one or more other implementations. When implemented in combination, the combination method should not be limited to the combination methods listed in this embodiment.
实施例2Example 2
一种吹风装置,包括实施例1中的风扇模组,风扇模组作为组装该吹风装置的核心模块组件。A blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的吹风装置包括(不限于):无叶风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、球形风扇、挂脖风扇、手持风扇、工业风扇、空调、吹风机等需要助推空气进行流通的产品。实施例1中的风扇模组则装配在上述产品的外壳内部。It should be noted that the blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation. The fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
本实施例中的吹风装置的风扇模组将风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4设置在壳体1内,风扇扇叶4内部开设有空腔,分别为第一腔体431和第二腔体432,第一腔体431和第二腔体432之间相互连通,其中,第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,第二腔体432内设置有连接轴套434,连接轴套434与转轴31连接。由于,风扇扇叶4的第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,能够使风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4构造成连体结构,减小了风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4整体的体积,进一步的降低了风扇模组的整体体积。同时,由于第一腔体431套设在风扇电机3上,且转轴31设置在风扇扇叶4内部,导致风扇扇叶4的重量并不是集中在转轴31的一端,不会导致转轴31的质心出现偏移,降低了转轴31在高速转动状态下出现振动的几率,进而降低了风扇扇叶4出现异常抖动的几率,提高了风扇扇叶4转动的稳定性,提高了风扇模组的出风效率。The fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment sets the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 in the housing 1, and the fan blade 4 is provided with a cavity inside, namely a first cavity 431 and a second cavity 432, and the first cavity 431 and the second cavity 432 are connected to each other, wherein the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, and a connecting sleeve 434 is provided in the second cavity 432, and the connecting sleeve 434 is connected to the rotating shaft 31. Since the first cavity 431 of the fan blade 4 is sleeved on the fan motor 3, the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4 can be constructed into a connected structure, which reduces the overall volume of the fan motor 3 and the fan blade 4, and further reduces the overall volume of the fan module. At the same time, since the first cavity 431 is sleeved on the fan motor 3 and the rotating shaft 31 is arranged inside the fan blades 4, the weight of the fan blades 4 is not concentrated on one end of the rotating shaft 31, and the center of mass of the rotating shaft 31 will not be offset, thereby reducing the probability of vibration of the rotating shaft 31 under high-speed rotation, thereby reducing the probability of abnormal shaking of the fan blades 4, improving the rotation stability of the fan blades 4, and improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
方案5,如图5-1至5-6所示。Scheme 5 is shown in Figures 5-1 to 5-6.
实施例1Example 1
请参阅图5-1和图5-2,图5-1为本实施例风扇模组的整体结构示意图;图5-2为本实施例风扇模组的分解结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 5-1 and 5-2. Figure 5-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment; Figure 5-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图5-1和图5-2所示,一种风扇模组,包括:壳体1、连接件2、风扇电机3和风扇扇叶4。其中,连接件2设置在壳体1内,且连接件2和壳体1围合形成多个气流通道,连接的一端端部抵接或者间隔设置有第一轴承35;风扇电机3套设在连接件2和第一轴承35上,风扇电机3的轴承一端穿过第一轴承35与连接件2连接;风扇扇叶4与转轴31的另一端连接。As shown in Fig. 5-1 and Fig. 5-2, a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a connector 2, a fan motor 3 and a fan blade 4. The connector 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and the connector 2 and the housing 1 enclose a plurality of airflow channels, and a first bearing 35 is abutted or spaced at one end of the connection; the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connector 2 and the first bearing 35, and one end of the bearing of the fan motor 3 passes through the first bearing 35 and is connected to the connector 2; the fan blade 4 is connected to the other end of the rotating shaft 31.
上述实施方式中,壳体1内设置有连接件2,连接件2的端部抵接或者间隔设置有第一轴承35,风扇电机3套设在连接件2和第一轴承35上。由于,第一轴承35为金属制品,其本身的物理强度更高,能够为风扇电机3提供更强的支撑。同时,第一轴承35的支撑强度更高,避免风扇电机3高速转动时,作用力过大导致连接件2破损碎裂的问题,提高了风扇模组的使用寿命。同时,第一轴承35的设置,使连接件2的长度变短,长度变短使连接件2受力时的力矩缩短,其承受风扇电机3作用力的更大,使风扇电机3的旋转更加稳定,出风效率更高。In the above embodiment, a connecting member 2 is provided in the housing 1, and a first bearing 35 is provided at the end of the connecting member 2 in contact with or at intervals, and the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35. Since the first bearing 35 is made of metal, it has a higher physical strength and can provide stronger support for the fan motor 3. At the same time, the first bearing 35 has a higher support strength, which can avoid the problem of the connecting member 2 being damaged and broken due to excessive force when the fan motor 3 rotates at high speed, thereby improving the service life of the fan module. At the same time, the provision of the first bearing 35 shortens the length of the connecting member 2, and the shortened length shortens the torque of the connecting member 2 when it is subjected to force, so that it can withstand a greater force from the fan motor 3, making the rotation of the fan motor 3 more stable and the air outlet efficiency higher.
本实施方式中,壳体1构造成圆柱形,圆柱形内部开设有柱形的风腔11。但是,壳体1的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,壳体1的形状能够为:三角形、四边形、五边形、其他多边形或者其他规则形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder. However, the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
本实施方式中,壳体1上开设有贯穿其上下表面的风腔11,风腔11构造成圆柱形。但是,风腔11的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施例中,风腔11的形状能够为:星型、心形、跑道形或者多边形等形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape. However, the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, racetrack-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
在一些实施方式中,壳体1内设置有喇叭状或者设有缩颈口的导流罩。In some embodiments, a trumpet-shaped air guide cover or an air guide cover with a constricted opening is disposed in the housing 1 .
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机3包括:线圈32和磁环33,磁环33套设在连接件2和第一轴承35上,风扇电机3套设在磁环33上,磁环33套设在线圈32上。在本实施方式中,风扇扇叶4上开设有容纳腔 体,该容纳腔体内表面套设在线圈32上。风扇电机3转动时,由线圈32驱动磁环33进行转动,再由磁环33带动风扇扇叶4进行转动,转轴31在这个过程中不再像传统电机为风扇扇叶4提供驱动力,而是起到稳定和固定风扇扇叶4的作用。这种转动方式,由于磁环33作用在风扇扇叶4上的转向力面积更大,风扇扇叶4的惯性力矩更小,能够使风扇扇叶4进行高速且稳定的转动。In some embodiments, the fan motor 3 includes: a coil 32 and a magnetic ring 33, the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35, the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32. In this embodiment, a receiving cavity is provided on the fan blade 4. The inner surface of the accommodating cavity is sleeved on the coil 32. When the fan motor 3 rotates, the coil 32 drives the magnetic ring 33 to rotate, and then the magnetic ring 33 drives the fan blades 4 to rotate. In this process, the rotating shaft 31 no longer provides driving force for the fan blades 4 like a traditional motor, but plays a role in stabilizing and fixing the fan blades 4. In this rotation mode, since the steering force area of the magnetic ring 33 acting on the fan blades 4 is larger and the inertia moment of the fan blades 4 is smaller, the fan blades 4 can rotate at a high speed and stably.
请参阅图5-3,图5-3为本实施例风扇模组的剖面示意图。Please refer to FIG. 5-3 , which is a cross-sectional diagram of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图5-3所示,在一些实施方式中,风扇电机3包括:线圈32、磁环33和电机外壳34,线圈32套设在连接件2和第一轴承35上,磁环33套设在线圈32上,电机外壳34套设在磁环33上,且电机外壳34与转轴31固定连接,以使风扇壳体1带动转轴31进行转动。本实施方式中,线圈32驱动磁环33进行转动,磁环33在转动时带动电机外壳34进行同步转动,再由电机外壳34带动与其连接的转轴31进行转动。这种连接方式和驱动方式,由于,磁环33所受的转向作用力面积更大,与线圈32之间的磁耦合连接方式能够使磁环33的转动速度更快,转动也更加稳定,因此,使风扇电机3的转动速度更快,更加稳定。同时,由于,电机外壳34与转轴31的连接,使转轴31与风扇扇叶4之间的转动力矩更小,风扇扇叶4的转动惯性阻力也更小,高速转动时,风扇扇叶4不易出现抖动和共振现象,使风扇扇叶4的转动更加稳定,转速也更高。As shown in FIG. 5-3 , in some embodiments, the fan motor 3 includes: a coil 32, a magnetic ring 33 and a motor housing 34. The coil 32 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35, the magnetic ring 33 is sleeved on the coil 32, the motor housing 34 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 33, and the motor housing 34 is fixedly connected to the rotating shaft 31, so that the fan housing 1 drives the rotating shaft 31 to rotate. In this embodiment, the coil 32 drives the magnetic ring 33 to rotate, and the magnetic ring 33 drives the motor housing 34 to rotate synchronously when rotating, and then the motor housing 34 drives the rotating shaft 31 connected thereto to rotate. This connection mode and driving mode, because the steering force area of the magnetic ring 33 is larger, the magnetic coupling connection mode between the magnetic ring 33 and the coil 32 can make the magnetic ring 33 rotate faster and more stably, thereby making the fan motor 3 rotate faster and more stably. At the same time, due to the connection between the motor housing 34 and the rotating shaft 31, the rotational torque between the rotating shaft 31 and the fan blades 4 is smaller, and the rotational inertia resistance of the fan blades 4 is also smaller. When rotating at high speed, the fan blades 4 are not prone to jitter and resonance, making the rotation of the fan blades 4 more stable and the speed higher.
线圈32分别与连接件2过盈配合,磁环33与线圈32磁吸耦合连接,电机外壳34与转轴31过盈配合。磁环33和线圈32在转动过程中,磁环33处于悬空状态进行转动,相比于传统电机受到的物理摩擦更少,因此,能够进一步的增加风扇电机3转速。The coil 32 is respectively interference-fitted with the connector 2, the magnetic ring 33 is magnetically coupled to the coil 32, and the motor housing 34 is interference-fitted with the rotating shaft 31. During the rotation of the magnetic ring 33 and the coil 32, the magnetic ring 33 is in a suspended state for rotation, and is subjected to less physical friction than a traditional motor, so the speed of the fan motor 3 can be further increased.
在一些实施方式中,线圈32与连接件2的连接方式不局限于过盈配合。根据具体应用场景的不同,线圈32与连接件2的连接方式还能够为(不限于):胶黏、焊接、铆接、螺丝连接等固定方式。In some embodiments, the connection method between the coil 32 and the connector 2 is not limited to interference fit. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connection method between the coil 32 and the connector 2 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
在一些实施方式中,电机外壳34与转轴31的连接方式不局限于过盈配合。根据具体应用场景的不同,电机外壳34与转轴31的连接方式还能够为(不限于):胶黏、焊接、铆接、螺丝连接等固定方式。In some embodiments, the connection method between the motor housing 34 and the rotating shaft 31 is not limited to interference fit. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connection method between the motor housing 34 and the rotating shaft 31 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
连接件2包括:连接环22和多个连接板21,多个连接板21环绕连接环22设置,多个连接板21中的每个连接板21的一端均与壳体1的内表面连接,每个连接板21的另一端均与连接环22连接,多个连接板21中相邻两个连接板21围合形成风道。The connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 22 and a plurality of connecting plates 21, wherein the plurality of connecting plates 21 are arranged around the connecting ring 22, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 21 is connected to the inner surface of the shell 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 21 is connected to the connecting ring 22, and two adjacent connecting plates 21 among the plurality of connecting plates 21 enclose each other to form an air duct.
多个连接板21的设置能够使连接环22悬空设置在壳体1内,多个连接板21中每两个连接板21围合形成风道,能够使风扇组件推动的气流从风道中流过。The arrangement of the plurality of connection plates 21 enables the connection ring 22 to be suspended in the housing 1 , and every two connection plates 21 among the plurality of connection plates 21 enclose an air duct, allowing the airflow driven by the fan assembly to flow through the air duct.
本实施方式中,连接板21的数量为7块。但是,连接板21的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接板21的数量能够为2块、3块、4块、5块、6块、8块或者更多块。In this embodiment, the number of the connecting plates 21 is 7. However, the number of the connecting plates 21 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the connecting plates 21 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
在一些实施方式中,连接件2为设置在壳体1内的板材,板材形状与壳体1内部腔体的形状相同,板材上开设有用于气流流动的多个孔洞。In some embodiments, the connecting member 2 is a plate disposed inside the housing 1 , the shape of the plate is the same as the shape of the internal cavity of the housing 1 , and a plurality of holes for airflow are opened on the plate.
连接件2与壳体1通过一体成型的工艺制造成型。但是,连接件2与壳体1的制造工艺不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接件2和壳体1能够分别加工成型,然后,通过胶黏、卡接、铆接或者螺钉固定的方式进行装配连接。The connector 2 and the housing 1 are manufactured by an integrated molding process. However, the manufacturing process of the connector 2 and the housing 1 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connector 2 and the housing 1 can be processed and molded separately, and then assembled and connected by gluing, clamping, riveting or screwing.
请参阅图5-4和图5-5,图5-4为本实施例壳体的立体结构示意图;图5-5为本实施例壳体与转轴连接的结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 5-4 and 5-5. Figure 5-4 is a schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of the shell of this embodiment; Figure 5-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connection between the shell and the rotating shaft of this embodiment.
如图5-4和图5-5所示,连接件2还包括:连接柱23。连接柱23连接在连接环22面向风扇电机3的一侧,连接柱23与第一轴承35抵接或者间隔设置,轴承穿过第一轴承35与连接柱23连接,风扇电机3套设在连接柱23和第一轴承35上。As shown in FIGS. 5-4 and 5-5 , the connector 2 further includes a connecting column 23 . The connecting column 23 is connected to the side of the connecting ring 22 facing the fan motor 3 , the connecting column 23 is in contact with or spaced from the first bearing 35 , the bearing passes through the first bearing 35 and is connected to the connecting column 23 , and the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connecting column 23 and the first bearing 35 .
连接柱23构造成圆台形,圆台形结构能够对线圈32进行止挡,方便对线圈32进行安装固定。但是,连接柱23的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接柱23能够为由两个连接圆柱组成的阶形结构;或者由一根棱柱或者圆柱结构形成。The connecting column 23 is configured in a truncated cone shape, and the truncated cone structure can stop the coil 32, making it convenient to install and fix the coil 32. However, the shape of the connecting column 23 is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the connecting column 23 can be a stepped structure composed of two connected cylinders; or formed by a prism or cylindrical structure.
在一些实施方式中,连接件2仅包括:连接柱23和多个连接板21,多个连接板21环绕连接柱23设置,多个连接板21一端连接壳体1内表面另一端连接到连接柱23。In some embodiments, the connector 2 only includes: a connecting column 23 and a plurality of connecting plates 21 , the plurality of connecting plates 21 are arranged around the connecting column 23 , and one end of the plurality of connecting plates 21 is connected to the inner surface of the shell 1 and the other end is connected to the connecting column 23 .
连接柱23和连接环22之间通过一体铸造成型的工艺制造。但是,连接柱23与连接环22的制备方式不局限于此,在一些实施方式中,连接柱23和连接环22分别分体制造成型,然后通过(不限于):螺钉连接、卡接、铆接、胶黏连接等方式进行连接。The connection column 23 and the connection ring 22 are manufactured by an integral casting process. However, the preparation method of the connection column 23 and the connection ring 22 is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, the connection column 23 and the connection ring 22 are separately manufactured and formed, and then connected by (but not limited to): screw connection, clamping, riveting, adhesive connection, etc.
在一些实施方式中,每个连接板21面向风扇电机3的端部,均向风扇电机3方向弯曲延伸形成导风板24,导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇组件的旋转方向相反。In some embodiments, the end of each connecting plate 21 facing the fan motor 3 is bent and extended toward the fan motor 3 to form an air guide plate 24, and the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly.
具体地,多个每个连接板21面向风扇电机3的端部,均形成有导风板24,导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶4的旋转方向相反。本实施方式中导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶4的旋转方向相反是指:导风板24弯曲的方向与风扇扇叶4的旋转方向呈相互反向的意思,并不局限于导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶4旋转方向呈180°这一具体实施例。在一些实施例中,导风板24弯曲的角度与风扇扇叶4旋转方向呈钝角时,也在本实施例定义的相反涵盖范围内。 Specifically, each of the multiple connecting plates 21 is formed with an air guide plate 24 at the end facing the fan motor 3, and the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4. In this embodiment, the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4, which means that the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4, and is not limited to the specific embodiment in which the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is 180° to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4. In some embodiments, when the bending angle of the air guide plate 24 is an obtuse angle with the rotation direction of the fan blades 4, it is also within the opposite coverage defined in this embodiment.
导风板24的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶4的旋转方向相反,风扇扇叶4转动时,会带动气流同向转动,此时,导风板24的弯曲方向与气流转动方向相反,气流转动时与导风板24的弯曲部位接触碰撞,由于方向相反,则气流与导风板24的弯曲部位接触时的夹角大于90度,气流由较大的角度与导风板24接触,能够减小气流接触导风板24的动能损失,较大角度接触过程中,导风板24对气流的导向作用明显,能量损失小,大大提升出风效率。The bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 4. When the fan blades 4 rotate, the airflow will be driven to rotate in the same direction. At this time, the bending direction of the air guide plate 24 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow. When the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the curved part of the air guide plate 24. Since the directions are opposite, the angle between the airflow and the curved part of the air guide plate 24 is greater than 90 degrees. The airflow contacts the air guide plate 24 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 24. During the contact process at a larger angle, the air guide plate 24 has an obvious guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency.
导风板24设置在风扇组件和壳体1之间,且导风板24与壳体1的内表面连接,导风板24与风扇组件之间具有间隙。The air guide plate 24 is disposed between the fan assembly and the housing 1 , and the air guide plate 24 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1 , with a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan assembly.
具体地,导风板24设置在风扇电机3和壳体1之间,且导风板24与风扇电机3之间具有间隙。Specifically, the air guide plate 24 is disposed between the fan motor 3 and the housing 1 , and a gap is provided between the air guide plate 24 and the fan motor 3 .
在一些实施方式中,导风板24设置在风扇扇叶4的轮毂和壳体1之间,且导风板24与轮毂之间具有间隙。In some embodiments, the air guide plate 24 is disposed between the hub of the fan blade 4 and the housing 1 , and there is a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the hub.
导风板24设置在风扇扇叶4和壳体1之间,且导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间具有间隙。导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间的间隙,在气流与导风板24接触后,部分气流沿着导风板24的引导流向出风口,另一部分气流则通过导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间的间隙流流向下一导风板24。导风板24与风扇扇叶4之间的间隙为导风板24之间的气压平衡提供了通道,避免由于导风板24完全封闭,导致导风板24两侧气压不一致,进而影响风扇模组出风效率的问题。The air guide plate 24 is arranged between the fan blades 4 and the housing 1, and there is a gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4. The gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 is such that after the airflow contacts the air guide plate 24, part of the airflow flows toward the air outlet along the guidance of the air guide plate 24, and the other part of the airflow flows to the next air guide plate 24 through the gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4. The gap between the air guide plate 24 and the fan blades 4 provides a channel for the air pressure balance between the air guide plates 24, thereby avoiding the problem that the air pressure on both sides of the air guide plate 24 is inconsistent due to the complete closure of the air guide plate 24, thereby affecting the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,连接环22包括:连接外环221和连接内环222,连接内环222设置在连接外环221内,连接外环221与多个连接板21连接,连接柱23一端与连接内环222连接,连接柱23的另一端伸出连接外环221并与风扇电机3套设连接。In some embodiments, the connecting ring 22 includes: a connecting outer ring 221 and a connecting inner ring 222, the connecting inner ring 222 is arranged inside the connecting outer ring 221, the connecting outer ring 221 is connected to a plurality of connecting plates 21, one end of the connecting column 23 is connected to the connecting inner ring 222, and the other end of the connecting column 23 extends out of the connecting outer ring 221 and is sleeved and connected to the fan motor 3.
连接外环221的厚度大于连接内环222的厚度,能够使连接内环222设置在连接外环221内时,连接外环221内还具有空余的空间,空余空间能够用于设置装配基座,提高了风扇模组的空间利用率。The thickness of the connecting outer ring 221 is greater than the thickness of the connecting inner ring 222, so that when the connecting inner ring 222 is set in the connecting outer ring 221, there is still spare space in the connecting outer ring 221, and the spare space can be used to set the assembly base, thereby improving the space utilization of the fan module.
连接柱23上开设有贯穿连接柱23的连接孔25,连接孔25与连接内环222连通,连接内环222和连接孔25内设置有第二轴承36,转轴31穿入连接孔25与第二轴承36连接。转抽插入并穿出第一轴承35和第二轴承36,转轴31穿出第二轴承36的一端开设有卡槽311,卡槽311上连接有卡簧37。The connecting post 23 is provided with a connecting hole 25 that penetrates the connecting post 23, and the connecting hole 25 is communicated with the connecting inner ring 222. The second bearing 36 is arranged in the connecting inner ring 222 and the connecting hole 25, and the rotating shaft 31 passes through the connecting hole 25 and is connected to the second bearing 36. The rotating shaft 31 is inserted into and passes through the first bearing 35 and the second bearing 36, and a clamping groove 311 is provided at one end of the rotating shaft 31 that passes through the second bearing 36, and a clamping spring 37 is connected to the clamping groove 311.
第一轴承35和第二轴承36的设置,能够使转轴31转动的更加顺滑。同时,两个转轴31的设置使转轴31的线性转动更加的稳定,能够使风扇电机3的转动速度更快。卡槽311和卡簧37的设置,能够防止转轴31从第一轴承35和第二轴承36中脱落,增强了转轴31连接的稳定性和可靠性。The arrangement of the first bearing 35 and the second bearing 36 can make the rotation of the rotating shaft 31 smoother. At the same time, the arrangement of the two rotating shafts 31 makes the linear rotation of the rotating shaft 31 more stable, and can make the rotation speed of the fan motor 3 faster. The arrangement of the clamping groove 311 and the clamping spring 37 can prevent the rotating shaft 31 from falling off from the first bearing 35 and the second bearing 36, thereby enhancing the stability and reliability of the connection of the rotating shaft 31.
连接外环221背向风扇电机3的一端卡接连接有PCB电路板6。将PCB电路板6卡接设置在连接外环221上,PCB电路板6设置在连接外环221上,能够避免PCB电路板6在风扇模组中外漏,对风扇模组内的气流进行阻碍。因此,PCB电路板6的设置方式,降低了风扇模组内部的风阻,提高了风扇模组的出风效率。PCB电路板6和连接外环221卡接连接方便对PCB电路板6进行拆卸和更换,提高维修效率。同时,PCB电路板6还能够作为风扇电机3上方或者转轴31和第二轴承36的防尘盖,避免外部灰尘进入到上述部件中,影响上述部件的正常使用。The end of the connecting outer ring 221 facing away from the fan motor 3 is snap-connected with a PCB circuit board 6. The PCB circuit board 6 is snap-connected and set on the connecting outer ring 221. The PCB circuit board 6 is set on the connecting outer ring 221, which can prevent the PCB circuit board 6 from leaking out of the fan module and hindering the airflow in the fan module. Therefore, the setting method of the PCB circuit board 6 reduces the wind resistance inside the fan module and improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The snap connection between the PCB circuit board 6 and the connecting outer ring 221 facilitates the disassembly and replacement of the PCB circuit board 6, thereby improving the maintenance efficiency. At the same time, the PCB circuit board 6 can also serve as a dust cover above the fan motor 3 or the rotating shaft 31 and the second bearing 36 to prevent external dust from entering the above components and affecting the normal use of the above components.
请参阅图5-6,图5-6为本实施例壳体与PCB电路板连接结构示意图。Please refer to Figure 5-6, which is a schematic diagram of the connection structure between the shell and the PCB circuit board in this embodiment.
如图5-6所示,连接外环221背向风扇电机3的一端设置有卡接板221a和支撑板221b,支撑板221b与PCB电路板6搭接,卡接板221a与PCB电路板6卡合连接,支撑板221b和卡接板221a交替设置。As shown in Figures 5-6, a clamping plate 221a and a support plate 221b are provided at one end of the connecting outer ring 221 facing away from the fan motor 3. The support plate 221b overlaps the PCB circuit board 6, and the clamping plate 221a is clamped and connected to the PCB circuit board 6. The support plate 221b and the clamping plate 221a are alternately arranged.
支撑板221b和卡接板221a交替设置,使支撑板221b和卡接板221a具有活动空间,方便对PCB电路板6进行装配。The supporting plates 221 b and the clamping plates 221 a are alternately arranged so that the supporting plates 221 b and the clamping plates 221 a have movable space, which facilitates the assembly of the PCB circuit board 6 .
本实施方式中,支撑板221b的数量为3块。但是,支撑板221b的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,支撑板221b能够为(不限于):2块、4块、5块或者更多块。In this embodiment, the number of support plates 221b is 3. However, the number of support plates 221b is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of support plates 221b can be (not limited to): 2, 4, 5 or more.
本实施方式中,卡接板221a的数量为3块。但是,卡接板221a的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,卡接板221a能够为(不限于):2块、4块、5块或者更多块。In this embodiment, the number of the clamping plates 221a is 3. However, the number of the clamping plates 221a is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the clamping plates 221a can be (not limited to): 2, 4, 5 or more.
在一些实施方式中,卡接板221a上设置有卡爪221c,支撑板221b通过厚度变化形成支撑挡沿221d,支撑挡沿221d的位置高度低于卡爪221c的位置高度,卡爪221c和支撑挡沿221d形成夹持空间,PCB电路板6设置在夹持空间内。In some embodiments, a claw 221c is provided on the clamping plate 221a, and the support plate 221b forms a support edge 221d by changing the thickness. The position height of the support edge 221d is lower than the position height of the claw 221c. The claw 221c and the support edge 221d form a clamping space, and the PCB circuit board 6 is arranged in the clamping space.
卡爪221c和支撑挡沿221d构造的环形夹持空间,能够将PCB电路板6进行夹持,避免PCB电路板6在风扇电机3进行转动时出现晃动或者振动,提高了风扇模组的稳定性,降低了风扇模组的噪声。The annular clamping space formed by the clamping claw 221c and the supporting stop edge 221d can clamp the PCB circuit board 6 to prevent the PCB circuit board 6 from shaking or vibrating when the fan motor 3 rotates, thereby improving the stability of the fan module and reducing the noise of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,卡接板221a上的卡接装置不局限于卡爪221c,根据具体应用场景的不同,卡接板221a上能够设置(不限于):圆形、椭圆形、跑道形的凸起充当卡接装置。In some embodiments, the clamping device on the clamping plate 221a is not limited to the claw 221c. Depending on the specific application scenario, the clamping plate 221a can be provided with (but not limited to): circular, elliptical, and runway-shaped protrusions serving as the clamping device.
在一些实施方式中,支撑板221b上的制成装置不局限于厚度变化形成的支撑挡沿221d,根据具体应用场景的不同,支撑板221b上能够设置(不限于):圆形、椭圆形、跑道形的凸起充当支撑装置。In some embodiments, the manufacturing device on the support plate 221b is not limited to the support edge 221d formed by thickness variation. Depending on the specific application scenario, the support plate 221b can be provided with (not limited to): circular, elliptical, and runway-shaped protrusions acting as support devices.
本实施方式中,壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围为1.01-1.15。壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围,限定了壳体1与风扇扇叶4直径最大处之间的间隙。风扇扇叶4在旋转时,会对流经风扇扇叶4的气流产生离心力,在离心力的作用下,气流会横向移动并与壳体1内壁发生碰撞,产 生乱流,进而影响壳体1内的气流流场,导致风扇模组的出风效率较低。将壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,限缩了风扇扇叶4与壳体1之间的间隙,使在离心力作用下的横向气流的行程减小,进而将气流与壳体1内边面接触时的速度限定在较小的优先范围内。因此,这一比例能够降低气流与壳体1碰撞时的能量损失,降低乱流发生的几率,提高气流流场的稳定性。同时,由于壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶4最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,在这个比例范围内,风扇扇叶4与壳体1的间距较小,能够对风扇扇叶4中的回流气流具有极好的拦截作用,防止回流气流产生的气旋影响风扇扇叶4的进风,提高风扇模组的进风效率,进风效率的提高使风扇模组整体的出风效率得以提高。In this embodiment, the ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is in the range of 1.01-1.15. The ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4. When the fan blade 4 rotates, it will generate centrifugal force on the airflow passing through the fan blade 4. Under the action of the centrifugal force, the airflow will move horizontally and collide with the inner wall of the housing 1, generating Turbulence is generated, which in turn affects the airflow field in the housing 1, resulting in a low air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blade 4 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner edge of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field. At the same time, since the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 4 is limited to 1.01-1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blade 4 and the housing 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the backflow airflow in the fan blade 4, prevent the cyclone generated by the backflow airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blade 4, and improve the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The improvement of the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,壳体1上套设有柔性套5,柔性套5外部交替设置有环状凸起51和点状凸起52。柔性套5的设置能够增加风扇模组跟外部物体或者其他配合结构之间的摩擦力,使风扇模组的连接稳定性更强。同时,柔性套5的设置还能够有效的对风扇模组工作时产生的物理振动进行缓冲,使风扇模组的转动更加稳定,产生的噪音更小。In some embodiments, a flexible sleeve 5 is sleeved on the housing 1, and an annular protrusion 51 and a dot-shaped protrusion 52 are alternately arranged on the outside of the flexible sleeve 5. The setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can increase the friction between the fan module and the external object or other matching structure, so that the connection stability of the fan module is stronger. At the same time, the setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can also effectively buffer the physical vibration generated when the fan module is working, so that the rotation of the fan module is more stable and the noise generated is smaller.
柔性套5外部交替设置有环状凸起51和点状凸起52。具体地,在一些实施方式中,环状凸起51设置在柔性套5的两端,点状凸起52则设置在两个环状凸起51之间。或者,环状凸起51设置在柔性套5的两端及中间位置,点状凸起52则设置在两个相邻的环状凸起51之间。但是,环状凸起51和点状凸起52的交替设置不局限于此,环状凸起51的数量能够为:4个、5个、6个或者更多个。点状凸起52也能够设置在柔性套5的一端或者两端端部。The flexible sleeve 5 is alternately provided with annular protrusions 51 and dot-shaped protrusions 52 on the outside. Specifically, in some embodiments, the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between the two annular protrusions 51. Alternatively, the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends and the middle position of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between two adjacent annular protrusions 51. However, the alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 is not limited thereto, and the number of the annular protrusions 51 can be: 4, 5, 6 or more. The dot-shaped protrusions 52 can also be provided at one end or both ends of the flexible sleeve 5.
环状凸起51和点状凸起52的交替设置,使环状凸起51和点状凸起52具有更大的形变空间,方便风扇模组的装配。同时,形变空间的变大,能够提升柔性套5的缓冲性能。The alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 provides the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 with a larger deformation space, which facilitates the assembly of the fan module. At the same time, the enlargement of the deformation space can improve the buffering performance of the flexible sleeve 5.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的任一实施方式都能够独立进行实施,或者通过与其他一个或者多个实施方式进行组合实施。组合实施时,其组合方式不应当局限于本实施例列举的组合方式。It should be noted that any implementation in this embodiment can be implemented independently or in combination with one or more other implementations. When implemented in combination, the combination method should not be limited to the combination methods listed in this embodiment.
实施例2Example 2
一种吹风装置,包括实施例1中的风扇模组,风扇模组作为组装该吹风装置的核心模块组件。A blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的吹风装置包括(不限于):无叶风扇、汽车风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、球形风扇、挂脖风扇、手持风扇、工业风扇、空调、吹风机等需要助推空气进行流通的产品。实施例1中的风扇模组则装配在上述产品的外壳内部。It should be noted that the blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, car fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation. The fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
本实施例中的吹风装置壳体1内设置有连接件2,连接件2的端部抵接或者间隔设置有第一轴承35,风扇电机3套设在连接件2和第一轴承35上。由于,第一轴承35为金属制品,其本身的物理强度更高,能够为风扇电机3提供更强的支撑。同时,第一轴承35的支撑强度更高,避免风扇电机3高速转动时,作用力过大导致连接件2破损碎裂的问题,提高了风扇模组的使用寿命。同时,第一轴承35的设置,使连接件2的长度变短,长度变短使连接件2受力时的力矩缩短,其承受风扇电机3作用力的更大,使风扇电机3的旋转更加稳定,出风效率更高。In the present embodiment, a connecting member 2 is provided in the housing 1 of the blowing device, and a first bearing 35 is provided at the end of the connecting member 2 in abutment with or at intervals, and the fan motor 3 is sleeved on the connecting member 2 and the first bearing 35. Since the first bearing 35 is made of metal, it has a higher physical strength and can provide stronger support for the fan motor 3. At the same time, the supporting strength of the first bearing 35 is higher, which can avoid the problem of the connecting member 2 being damaged and broken due to excessive force when the fan motor 3 rotates at high speed, thereby improving the service life of the fan module. At the same time, the provision of the first bearing 35 shortens the length of the connecting member 2, and the shortened length shortens the torque of the connecting member 2 when it is subjected to force, so that it bears a greater force from the fan motor 3, making the rotation of the fan motor 3 more stable and the air outlet efficiency higher.
方案6,如图6-1至6-10所示。Scheme 6 is shown in Figures 6-1 to 6-10.
实施例1Example 1
请参阅图6-1和图6-2,图6-1为本实施例风扇模组的整体结构示意图;图6-2为本实施例风扇模组的分解结构示意图。Please refer to Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2. Figure 6-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment; Figure 6-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图6-1和图6-2所示,一种风扇模组,包括:壳体1、连接件2、装配基座3和风扇组件4。连接件2设置在壳体1内,连接件2上开设有风道;装配基座3连接在连接件2上;风扇组件4套设连接在装配基座3上,且风扇组件4通过转轴414与装配基座3连接。As shown in Fig. 6-1 and Fig. 6-2, a fan module comprises: a housing 1, a connecting member 2, an assembly base 3 and a fan assembly 4. The connecting member 2 is arranged in the housing 1, and an air duct is opened on the connecting member 2; the assembly base 3 is connected to the connecting member 2; the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and connected to the assembly base 3, and the fan assembly 4 is connected to the assembly base 3 through a rotating shaft 414.
上述实施方式,将连接件2设置在壳体1内,装配基座3连接在连接件2上,风扇组件4与装配基座3连接,且装配基座3与风扇组件4的连接方式包括两种。第一,风扇组件4的部分结构套设安装在装配基座3上;第二,风扇组件4的部分结构还通过转轴414与装配基座3连接。通过风扇组件4与装配基座3的复用式的连接方式,不仅增加了风扇组件4与装配基座3的连接稳定性,同时,这种复合的连接方式,能够大大降低风扇组件4在壳体1内所占用的空间,使风扇模组的体积能够进一步的下降。In the above embodiment, the connector 2 is arranged in the housing 1, the assembly base 3 is connected to the connector 2, the fan assembly 4 is connected to the assembly base 3, and the assembly base 3 and the fan assembly 4 are connected in two ways. First, a part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and installed on the assembly base 3; second, a part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is also connected to the assembly base 3 through the rotating shaft 414. The multiplexed connection method between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3 not only increases the connection stability between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3, but also, this composite connection method can greatly reduce the space occupied by the fan assembly 4 in the housing 1, so that the volume of the fan module can be further reduced.
本实施方式中,壳体1构造成圆柱形,圆柱形内部开设有柱形的风腔11。但是,壳体1的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,壳体1的形状能够为:三角形、四边形、五边形、其他多边形或者其他规则形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is cylindrical, and a cylindrical air cavity 11 is provided inside the cylinder. However, the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
请参阅图6-3,图6-3为本实施例风扇模组的剖视图。Please refer to FIG. 6-3 , which is a cross-sectional view of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图6-3所示,本实施方式中,壳体1上开设有贯穿其上下表面的风腔11,风腔11构造成圆柱形。但是,风腔11的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施例中,风腔11的形状能够为:星型、心形、跑道形或者多边形等形状。As shown in FIG6-3, in this embodiment, the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity 11 that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity 11 is configured in a cylindrical shape. However, the shape of the air cavity 11 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity 11 can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
请参阅图6-4和图6-5,图6-4为本实施例壳体第一视角的结构示意图;图6-5为本实施例壳体第二视角的结构示意图。 Please refer to Figures 6-4 and 6-5. Figure 6-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the shell of this embodiment from a first viewing angle; Figure 6-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the shell of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
如图6-4和图6-5所示,连接件2包括:连接环21和多个连接板22,多个连接板22环绕连接环21设置,多个连接板22中的每个连接板22的一端均与壳体1的内表面连接,每个连接板22的另一端均与连接环21连接,多个连接板22中相邻两个连接板22围合形成风道。As shown in Figures 6-4 and 6-5, the connecting member 2 includes: a connecting ring 21 and a plurality of connecting plates 22. The plurality of connecting plates 22 are arranged around the connecting ring 21. One end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is connected to the inner surface of the shell 1, and the other end of each of the connecting plates 22 is connected to the connecting ring 21. Two adjacent connecting plates 22 among the plurality of connecting plates 22 enclose each other to form an air duct.
多个连接板22的设置能够使连接环21悬空设置在壳体1内,多个连接板22中每两个连接板22围合形成风道,能够使风扇组件4推动的气流从风道中流过。The arrangement of the plurality of connection plates 22 enables the connection ring 21 to be suspended in the housing 1 , and every two connection plates 22 among the plurality of connection plates 22 enclose an air duct, enabling the airflow driven by the fan assembly 4 to flow through the air duct.
本实施方式中,连接板22的数量为7块。但是,连接板22的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接板22的数量能够为2块、3块、4块、5块、6块、8块或者更多块。In this embodiment, the number of the connecting plates 22 is 7. However, the number of the connecting plates 22 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the connecting plates 22 can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or more.
在一些实施方式中,连接件2为设置在壳体1内的板材,板材形状与壳体1内部腔体的形状相同,板材上开设有用于气流流动的多个孔洞。In some embodiments, the connecting member 2 is a plate disposed inside the housing 1 , the shape of the plate is the same as the shape of the internal cavity of the housing 1 , and a plurality of holes for airflow are opened on the plate.
连接件2与壳体1通过一体成型的工艺制造成型。但是,连接件2与壳体1的制造工艺不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接件2和壳体1能够分别加工成型,然后,通过胶黏、卡接、铆接或者螺钉固定的方式进行装配连接。The connector 2 and the housing 1 are manufactured by an integrated molding process. However, the manufacturing process of the connector 2 and the housing 1 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connector 2 and the housing 1 can be processed and molded separately, and then assembled and connected by gluing, clamping, riveting or screwing.
在一些实施方式中,连接环21包括:连接外环211和连接内环212,连接内环212设置在连接外环211内,连接外环211与多个连接板22连接,装配基座3与连接内环212连接,且连接外环211的厚度大于连接内环212的厚度。需要指出的是本实施方式中的厚度是指:在垂直于水平方向的竖直方向上的高度。In some embodiments, the connecting ring 21 includes: an outer connecting ring 211 and an inner connecting ring 212, the inner connecting ring 212 is arranged inside the outer connecting ring 211, the outer connecting ring 211 is connected to a plurality of connecting plates 22, the assembly base 3 is connected to the inner connecting ring 212, and the thickness of the outer connecting ring 211 is greater than the thickness of the inner connecting ring 212. It should be pointed out that the thickness in this embodiment refers to: the height in the vertical direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction.
连接外环211的厚度大于连接内环212的厚度,能够使连接内环212设置在连接外环211内时,连接外环211内还具有空余的空间,空余空间能够用于设置装配基座3,提高了风扇模组的空间利用率。The thickness of the connecting outer ring 211 is greater than the thickness of the connecting inner ring 212, so that when the connecting inner ring 212 is set in the connecting outer ring 211, there is still spare space in the connecting outer ring 211. The spare space can be used to set the assembly base 3, thereby improving the space utilization of the fan module.
多个每个连接板22面向风扇组件4的端部,均向风扇组件4方向弯曲延伸形成导风板23,导风板23的弯曲方向与风扇组件4的旋转方向相反。The end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 facing the fan assembly 4 is bent and extended toward the fan assembly 4 to form an air guide plate 23 . The bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan assembly 4 .
具体地,多个每个连接板22面向风扇组件4中风扇扇叶42的端部,均形成有导风板23,导风板23的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶42的旋转方向相反。本实施方式中导风板23的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶42的旋转方向相反是指:导风板23弯曲的方向与风扇扇叶42的旋转方向呈相互反向的意思,并不局限于导风板23的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶42旋转方向呈180°这一具体实施例。在一些实施例中,导风板23弯曲的角度与风扇扇叶42旋转方向呈钝角时,也在本实施例定义的相反涵盖范围内。Specifically, each of the plurality of connecting plates 22 is formed with an air guide plate 23 at the end facing the fan blade 42 in the fan assembly 4, and the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42. In this embodiment, the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42, which means that the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42, and is not limited to the specific embodiment in which the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is 180° to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42. In some embodiments, when the bending angle of the air guide plate 23 is an obtuse angle to the rotation direction of the fan blade 42, it is also within the opposite coverage defined in this embodiment.
导风板23的弯曲方向与风扇扇叶42的旋转方向相反,风扇扇叶42转动时,会带动气流同向转动,此时,导风板23的弯曲方向与气流转动方向相反,气流转动时与导风板23的弯曲部位接触碰撞,由于方向相反,则气流与导风板23的弯曲部位接触时的夹角大于90度,气流由较大的角度与导风板23接触,能够减小气流接触导风板23的动能损失,较大角度接触过程中,导风板23对气流的导向作用明显,能量损失小,大大提升出风效率。The bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the fan blades 42. When the fan blades 42 rotate, the airflow will be driven to rotate in the same direction. At this time, the bending direction of the air guide plate 23 is opposite to the rotation direction of the airflow. When the airflow rotates, it contacts and collides with the curved part of the air guide plate 23. Since the directions are opposite, the angle between the airflow and the curved part of the air guide plate 23 is greater than 90 degrees. The airflow contacts the air guide plate 23 at a larger angle, which can reduce the kinetic energy loss of the airflow contacting the air guide plate 23. During the contact process at a larger angle, the air guide plate 23 has an obvious guiding effect on the airflow, with less energy loss, which greatly improves the air outlet efficiency.
在一些实施方式中,导风板23设置在风扇组件4和壳体1之间,且导风板23与壳体1的内表面连接,导风板23与风扇组件4之间具有间隙。In some embodiments, the air guide plate 23 is disposed between the fan assembly 4 and the housing 1 , and the air guide plate 23 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1 , with a gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan assembly 4 .
具体地,导风板23设置在风扇电机41和壳体1之间,且导风板23与风扇电机41之间具有间隙。Specifically, the air guide plate 23 is disposed between the fan motor 41 and the housing 1 , and a gap is provided between the air guide plate 23 and the fan motor 41 .
在一些实施方式中,导风板23设置在风扇扇叶42的轮毂421和壳体1之间,且导风板23与轮毂421之间具有间隙。In some embodiments, the air guide plate 23 is disposed between the hub 421 of the fan blade 42 and the housing 1 , and a gap is provided between the air guide plate 23 and the hub 421 .
导风板23设置在风扇扇叶42和壳体1之间,且导风板23与风扇扇叶42之间具有间隙。导风板23与风扇扇叶42之间的间隙,在气流与导风板23接触后,部分气流沿着导风板23的引导流向出风口,另一部分气流则通过导风板23与风扇扇叶42之间的间隙流流向下一导风板23。导风板23与风扇扇叶42之间的间隙为导风板23之间的气压平衡提供了通道,避免由于导风板23完全封闭,导致导风板23两侧气压不一致,进而影响风扇模组出风效率的问题。The air guide plate 23 is arranged between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1, and there is a gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42. The gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42 is such that after the airflow contacts the air guide plate 23, part of the airflow flows toward the air outlet along the guidance of the air guide plate 23, and the other part of the airflow flows to the next air guide plate 23 through the gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42. The gap between the air guide plate 23 and the fan blades 42 provides a channel for the air pressure balance between the air guide plates 23, thereby avoiding the problem that the air pressure on both sides of the air guide plate 23 is inconsistent due to the complete closure of the air guide plate 23, thereby affecting the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
装配基座3可拆卸的与连接件2连接,且装配基座3为金属材质。The assembly base 3 is detachably connected to the connecting member 2 , and the assembly base 3 is made of metal.
连接件2上开设有多个第一固定孔215,装配基座3上对应开设有多个第二固定孔311,多个第一固定孔215和多个第二固定孔311通过螺钉连接。通过螺钉连接,能够对装配基座3进行拆卸,方便对装配基座3进行更换维修。The connector 2 is provided with a plurality of first fixing holes 215, and the assembly base 3 is correspondingly provided with a plurality of second fixing holes 311, and the plurality of first fixing holes 215 and the plurality of second fixing holes 311 are connected by screws. The assembly base 3 can be disassembled by screw connection, and the assembly base 3 can be conveniently replaced and repaired.
但是,连接件2与装配基座3之间的可拆连接方式不局限于螺接。根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接件2与装配基座3之间还能够通过卡扣或者锁扣的连接方式进行连接。However, the detachable connection between the connector 2 and the assembly base 3 is not limited to screw connection. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the connector 2 and the assembly base 3 can also be connected by a buckle or lock connection.
连接件2上开设有定位槽214,装配基座3与连接件2连接的一端设置在定位槽214内。A positioning groove 214 is formed on the connecting member 2 , and one end of the assembly base 3 connected to the connecting member 2 is arranged in the positioning groove 214 .
定位槽214开设在连接件2的连接内环212上,定位槽214的设置能够使装配基座3中的底座31嵌设在定位槽214内。这种方式方便对第一固定孔215和第二固定孔311进行定位对准,优化装配工序。同时,由于装配基座3在风扇组件4进行转动时,需要承受由风扇组件4产生的扭力,且所受扭力的大小与风扇组件4的转速成正比。因此,当产生的扭力由螺钉承受时,对螺钉的强度要求较高,同时,会影响到螺钉的使用寿命。而定位槽214的设置,能够通过定位槽214对装配基座3进行偏转止挡,相当于由定位槽214分担了一部分扭力,大大降低了螺钉的损耗,延长了风扇模组的使用寿命。 The positioning groove 214 is provided on the connecting inner ring 212 of the connecting member 2, and the setting of the positioning groove 214 enables the base 31 in the assembly base 3 to be embedded in the positioning groove 214. This method facilitates the positioning and alignment of the first fixing hole 215 and the second fixing hole 311, and optimizes the assembly process. At the same time, since the assembly base 3 needs to withstand the torque generated by the fan assembly 4 when the fan assembly 4 rotates, and the magnitude of the torque is proportional to the rotation speed of the fan assembly 4. Therefore, when the generated torque is borne by the screw, the strength requirements of the screw are relatively high, and at the same time, it will affect the service life of the screw. The setting of the positioning groove 214 can deflect and stop the assembly base 3 through the positioning groove 214, which is equivalent to sharing a part of the torque by the positioning groove 214, greatly reducing the loss of the screw and extending the service life of the fan module.
具体地,定位槽214构造成圆角三角形,对应的装配基座3的底座31形状也构造成与定位槽214配合的圆角三角形,且定位槽214两个相邻圆角的边呈内弧形,对应的装配基座3两个相邻圆角的边也构造成内弧形。内弧形的构造,使定位槽214与装配基座3接触的边呈弧形,在风扇组件4转动时,装配基座3作用在定位槽214的力,被分解在弧形边的不同方向上,而不是集中作用于同一方向上,进一步的降低了定位槽214边缘的受力强度,提升风扇组件4的使用寿命。Specifically, the positioning groove 214 is configured as a rounded triangle, and the shape of the base 31 of the corresponding assembly base 3 is also configured as a rounded triangle that matches the positioning groove 214, and the edges of the two adjacent rounded corners of the positioning groove 214 are in an inner arc shape, and the edges of the two adjacent rounded corners of the corresponding assembly base 3 are also configured as an inner arc shape. The inner arc structure makes the edge of the positioning groove 214 that contacts the assembly base 3 in an arc shape. When the fan assembly 4 rotates, the force of the assembly base 3 acting on the positioning groove 214 is decomposed in different directions of the arc edge, rather than concentrated in the same direction, which further reduces the force strength of the edge of the positioning groove 214 and improves the service life of the fan assembly 4.
在一些实施方式中,定位槽214的形状和装配基座3对应的形状并不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,定位槽214的形状能够为(不限于):跑场形、多边形、椭圆形等能够对相同形状嵌入物体具有限定作用的图形。同样的根据定位槽214的形状变化,装配基座3的底座31形状也能够对应变化。In some embodiments, the shape of the positioning groove 214 and the corresponding shape of the assembly base 3 are not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, the shape of the positioning groove 214 can be (but not limited to): a running field shape, a polygon, an ellipse, etc., which can have a limiting effect on the embedded objects of the same shape. Similarly, according to the shape change of the positioning groove 214, the shape of the base 31 of the assembly base 3 can also change accordingly.
本实施方式中,第一固定孔215的数量为3个,对应的第二固定孔311的数量也能够为3个。第一固定孔215分别设置在圆角三角形的圆角位置处,第二固定孔311分别设置在底座31圆角三角形的圆角位置处。但是,第一固定孔215的数量和第二固定孔311的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,第一固定孔215的数量和第二固定孔311的数量分别为(不限于):2个、4个、5个或者更多个。In this embodiment, the number of the first fixing holes 215 is 3, and the corresponding number of the second fixing holes 311 can also be 3. The first fixing holes 215 are respectively arranged at the rounded corners of the rounded triangle, and the second fixing holes 311 are respectively arranged at the rounded corners of the rounded triangle of the base 31. However, the number of the first fixing holes 215 and the number of the second fixing holes 311 are not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of the first fixing holes 215 and the number of the second fixing holes 311 are respectively (but not limited to): 2, 4, 5 or more.
本实施方式中,装配基座3为金属材质,壳体1和连接件2的材质为塑料材质。采用金属材质能够使装配基座3的物理强度更高,能够适用于风扇组件4的高速转动。In this embodiment, the assembly base 3 is made of metal, and the shell 1 and the connecting member 2 are made of plastic. The use of metal material can make the assembly base 3 have higher physical strength and can be suitable for high-speed rotation of the fan assembly 4.
具体地,装配基座3为铝合金材料制成。但是,装配基座3的材质不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,装配基座3的制成材料能够为(不限于):铁、铝、铜等常规金属制成,也能够由铁或铜的合金材料制成。Specifically, the assembly base 3 is made of aluminum alloy material. However, the material of the assembly base 3 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the material of the assembly base 3 can be (but not limited to): iron, aluminum, copper and other conventional metals, and can also be made of iron or copper alloy materials.
在一些实施方式中,装配基座3和壳体1能够由相同的塑料材质制成。In some embodiments, the mounting base 3 and the housing 1 can be made of the same plastic material.
风扇组件4包括:风扇电机41和风扇扇叶42,风扇电机41套设连接在装配基座3上,且风扇电机41通过转轴414与装配基座3连接,风扇扇叶42通过转轴414与装配基座3连接。The fan assembly 4 includes: a fan motor 41 and fan blades 42 . The fan motor 41 is sleeved and connected to the assembly base 3 , and the fan motor 41 is connected to the assembly base 3 via a rotating shaft 414 , and the fan blades 42 are connected to the assembly base 3 via a rotating shaft 414 .
风扇组件4中,风扇电机41分别与装配基座3以及转轴414连接,两种连接方式,能够使风扇电机41悬空设置在壳体1内,同时,套设安装能够使风扇电机41与装配基座3占用的空间更小。In the fan assembly 4, the fan motor 41 is connected to the assembly base 3 and the rotating shaft 414 respectively. The two connection methods can make the fan motor 41 suspended in the shell 1. At the same time, the sleeve installation can make the space occupied by the fan motor 41 and the assembly base 3 smaller.
风扇电机41包括:线圈411、磁环412和电机外壳413,线圈411套设在装配基座3上,磁环412套设在线圈411上,电机外壳413套设在磁环412上,且电机外壳413与转轴414固定连接,以使风扇壳体1带动转轴414进行转动。The fan motor 41 includes: a coil 411, a magnetic ring 412 and a motor housing 413. The coil 411 is sleeved on the assembly base 3, the magnetic ring 412 is sleeved on the coil 411, the motor housing 413 is sleeved on the magnetic ring 412, and the motor housing 413 is fixedly connected to the rotating shaft 414, so that the fan housing 1 drives the rotating shaft 414 to rotate.
本实施方式中,当线圈411通电后,驱动磁环412进行转动,再由磁环412带动电机外壳413进行转动,最后由电机外壳413带动转轴414进行转动。这种电机的驱动方式,能够使风扇电机41套设在装配基座3上。同时,由于磁环412的受力面积相比于传动的电机更大,使风扇电机41转速更快。In this embodiment, when the coil 411 is energized, the driving magnetic ring 412 rotates, and then the magnetic ring 412 drives the motor housing 413 to rotate, and finally the motor housing 413 drives the rotating shaft 414 to rotate. This motor driving method enables the fan motor 41 to be sleeved on the assembly base 3. At the same time, since the force-bearing area of the magnetic ring 412 is larger than that of the driven motor, the fan motor 41 rotates faster.
线圈411与装配基座3过盈配合,磁环412与线圈411磁吸耦合连接,电机外壳413与转轴414过盈配合。磁环412和线圈411在转动过程中,磁环412处于悬空状态进行转动,相比于传统电机受到的物理摩擦更少,因此,能够进一步的增加风扇电机41转速。The coil 411 is interference fit with the assembly base 3, the magnetic ring 412 is magnetically coupled with the coil 411, and the motor housing 413 is interference fit with the rotating shaft 414. During the rotation of the magnetic ring 412 and the coil 411, the magnetic ring 412 is suspended and rotates, which is less physically frictional than the traditional motor, thus further increasing the speed of the fan motor 41.
在一些实施方式中,线圈411与装配基座3的连接方式不局限于过盈配合。根据具体应用场景的不同,线圈411与装配基座3的连接方式还能够为(不限于):胶黏、焊接、铆接、螺丝连接等固定方式。In some embodiments, the connection method between the coil 411 and the assembly base 3 is not limited to interference fit. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connection method between the coil 411 and the assembly base 3 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
在一些实施方式中,电机外壳413与转轴414的连接方式不局限于过盈配合。根据具体应用场景的不同,电机外壳413与转轴414的连接方式还能够为(不限于):胶黏、焊接、铆接、螺丝连接等固定方式。In some embodiments, the connection method between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414 is not limited to interference fit. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connection method between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414 can also be (not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
请参阅图6-6,图6-6为本实施例电机外壳的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 6-6 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the motor housing of this embodiment.
如图6-6所示,在一些实施方式中,电机外壳413的内部上设置有限位挡沿417,限位挡沿417与磁环412的一端抵接。电机外壳413内部设置限位挡沿417,能够快速的对磁环412进行装配和限位,避免由于磁环412位置装配不一致,导致电机外壳413在壳体1内位置变化,进而导致风扇模组转动稳定性差,容易出现摩擦损伤的问题。As shown in FIG. 6-6, in some embodiments, a limit stop edge 417 is provided inside the motor housing 413, and the limit stop edge 417 abuts against one end of the magnetic ring 412. The limit stop edge 417 is provided inside the motor housing 413, so that the magnetic ring 412 can be quickly assembled and limited, and the position of the motor housing 413 in the housing 1 is prevented from changing due to inconsistent assembly of the magnetic ring 412, thereby causing poor rotation stability of the fan module and easy friction damage.
电机外壳413上的限位挡沿417是由于电机外壳413侧壁的厚度变化形成的。电机外壳413邻近风扇扇叶42的一端侧壁厚度较大,电机外壳413邻近连接件2的一端侧壁厚度较小。电机外壳413侧壁的厚度变化,使电机外壳413内部形成限位挡沿417。The limit stop edge 417 on the motor housing 413 is formed due to the thickness variation of the side wall of the motor housing 413. The side wall thickness of the motor housing 413 adjacent to the fan blade 42 is larger, and the side wall thickness of the motor housing 413 adjacent to the connector 2 is smaller. The thickness variation of the side wall of the motor housing 413 forms the limit stop edge 417 inside the motor housing 413.
在一些实施方式中,电机外壳413内部的限位挡沿417,能够是由电机外壳413内表面隆起形成的限位挡沿417。In some embodiments, the limit stop edge 417 inside the motor housing 413 can be a limit stop edge 417 formed by a protrusion on the inner surface of the motor housing 413 .
风扇扇叶42包括:轮毂421和多个叶片422,多个叶片422环绕轮毂421设置,轮毂421与转轴414连接。The fan blades 42 include: a hub 421 and a plurality of blades 422 . The plurality of blades 422 are arranged around the hub 421 , and the hub 421 is connected to the rotating shaft 414 .
请参阅图6-7和图6-8,图6-7为本实施例风扇扇叶第一视角的结构示意图;图6-8为本实施例风扇扇叶第二视角的结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 6-7 and 6-8. Figure 6-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment at a first viewing angle; Figure 6-8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment at a second viewing angle.
如图6-7和图6-8所示,本实施方式中,叶片422的数量为9片。但是,叶片422的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,叶片422的数量能够为(不限于):2片、3片、4片、5片、6片、7片、8片、10片、11片或者更多片。 As shown in FIGS. 6-7 and 6-8 , in this embodiment, the number of blades 422 is 9. However, the number of blades 422 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 422 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 or more.
轮毂421包括:顶面421a、底面421c和侧边421b,底面421c的横截面积大于顶面421a的横截面积,且顶面421a和侧边421b之间平滑过渡。即本实施例中轮毂421构造成头部呈平面的子弹头形状。轮毂421的这种形状,能够使流经叶片422的气流,沿着顶面421a和侧边421b之间平滑过渡形成的弧面进行流动,对气流具有很好地导向作用形成附壁效应,提高了气流在风扇扇叶42中流动的效率,进而提高了风扇模组的出风效率。The hub 421 includes: a top surface 421a, a bottom surface 421c and a side 421b, the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface 421c is larger than the cross-sectional area of the top surface 421a, and the top surface 421a and the side 421b have a smooth transition. That is, in this embodiment, the hub 421 is configured to be in the shape of a bullet head with a flat head. This shape of the hub 421 enables the airflow flowing through the blades 422 to flow along the arc surface formed by the smooth transition between the top surface 421a and the side 421b, which has a good guiding effect on the airflow to form a wall attachment effect, thereby improving the efficiency of the airflow flowing in the fan blades 42, and thus improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
但是,轮毂421的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轮毂421的形状能够是(不限于):半球形、锥形、圆台形、圆柱形等形状。However, the shape of the hub 421 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the shape of the hub 421 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, conical, truncated cone, cylindrical, etc.
轮毂421的顶面421a为圆形面。但是,顶面421a的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轮毂421的顶面421a形状还能够为:圆锥形、多边形、椭圆形或者其他形状。The top surface 421a of the hub 421 is a circular surface. However, the shape of the top surface 421a is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the top surface 421a of the hub 421 can also be conical, polygonal, elliptical or other shapes.
多个叶片422中的每个叶片422均包括第一端部422a,以及与第一端部422a相对的第二端部422b,第一端部422a的长度大于第二端部422b的长度。其中,第一端部422a位于邻近轮毂421顶面421a的位置,第二端部422b则位于邻近轮毂421底面421c的位置。每个叶片422中,第一端部422a用于在风扇扇叶42转动时推动气流进入到风扇扇叶42内,第一端部422a的长度更长有利于对气流进行推动。第二端部422b位于气流流向的末端,第二端部422b的长度的减小,有利于缩小气流流动的空间大小,对气流进行压缩,提高气流流动的初始动能,进而提升风扇模组的出风效率。Each of the plurality of blades 422 includes a first end 422a and a second end 422b opposite to the first end 422a, and the length of the first end 422a is greater than the length of the second end 422b. The first end 422a is located adjacent to the top surface 421a of the hub 421, and the second end 422b is located adjacent to the bottom surface 421c of the hub 421. In each blade 422, the first end 422a is used to push the airflow into the fan blade 42 when the fan blade 42 rotates. The longer length of the first end 422a is conducive to pushing the airflow. The second end 422b is located at the end of the airflow direction. The reduction in the length of the second end 422b is conducive to reducing the size of the space where the airflow flows, compressing the airflow, and increasing the initial kinetic energy of the airflow, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
每个叶片422均设有叶缘422c,由第一端部422a到叶缘422c方向,每个叶片422的厚度逐渐增大,由叶缘422c到第二端部422b的方向,每个叶片422的厚度逐渐减小。叶片422不同部位的厚度变化,使每个叶片422均构造成两头较薄中间较厚的结构,这种结构增强了叶片422两端对气流的切割能力,降低叶片422两端的空气阻力。中间部位厚度增加能够增强叶片422的物理强度,同时,叶片422厚度的增加,减小了相邻两个叶片422之间的空间,对流经的气流起到了增压的作用。Each blade 422 is provided with a blade edge 422c. The thickness of each blade 422 gradually increases from the first end 422a to the blade edge 422c, and the thickness of each blade 422 gradually decreases from the blade edge 422c to the second end 422b. The thickness of different parts of the blade 422 varies, so that each blade 422 is constructed into a structure that is thinner at both ends and thicker in the middle. This structure enhances the cutting ability of the two ends of the blade 422 on the airflow and reduces the air resistance at both ends of the blade 422. The increase in the thickness of the middle part can enhance the physical strength of the blade 422. At the same time, the increase in the thickness of the blade 422 reduces the space between two adjacent blades 422, which has a pressurizing effect on the airflow passing through.
请参阅图6-9和图6-10,图6-9为本实施例装配基座第一视角的结构示意图;图6-10为本实施例装配基座第二视角的结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 6-9 and 6-10. Figure 6-9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the assembly base of this embodiment from a first viewing angle; Figure 6-10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the assembly base of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
如图6-9和图6-10所示,装配基座3包括:底座31和连接柱32,底座31连接在连接件2上,连接柱32连接在底座31上,风扇组件4套设连接在连接柱32上。As shown in FIGS. 6-9 and 6-10 , the assembly base 3 includes: a base 31 and a connecting column 32 , the base 31 is connected to the connecting member 2 , the connecting column 32 is connected to the base 31 , and the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and connected to the connecting column 32 .
底座31形状构造成圆角三角形,底座31两个相邻圆角的边也构造成内弧形。内弧形的构造,在风扇组件4转动时,底座31作用在定位槽214的力,被分解在弧形边的不同方向上,而不是集中作用于同一方向上,进一步的降低了定位槽214边缘的受力强度,提升风扇组件4的使用寿命。The base 31 is configured in the shape of a rounded triangle, and the two adjacent rounded edges of the base 31 are also configured in an inner arc shape. With the inner arc shape, when the fan assembly 4 rotates, the force of the base 31 acting on the positioning groove 214 is decomposed in different directions of the arc edge, rather than concentrated in the same direction, further reducing the force strength of the edge of the positioning groove 214 and improving the service life of the fan assembly 4.
在一些实施方式中,底座31形状并不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,底座31的形状能够为(不限于):跑场形、多边形、椭圆形等形状。In some embodiments, the shape of the base 31 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, the shape of the base 31 can be (but not limited to): a running field shape, a polygonal shape, an elliptical shape, etc.
连接柱32包括:第一柱体321和第二柱体322,第一柱体321的直径大于第二柱体322的直径,第一柱体321连接在底座31上,第二柱体322连接在第一柱体321上,风扇组件4套设连接在第二柱体322上。The connecting column 32 includes: a first column 321 and a second column 322 . The diameter of the first column 321 is greater than the diameter of the second column 322 . The first column 321 is connected to the base 31 . The second column 322 is connected to the first column 321 . The fan assembly 4 is sleeved and connected to the second column 322 .
第一柱体321的直径大于第二主体的直径,使第一柱体321和第二柱体322构成阶形结构。第一柱体321能够充当风扇电机41或者PCB电路板的止挡件,方便风扇电机41或者PCB电路板装配。The diameter of the first column 321 is greater than the diameter of the second body, so that the first column 321 and the second column 322 form a stepped structure. The first column 321 can serve as a stopper for the fan motor 41 or the PCB circuit board, facilitating the assembly of the fan motor 41 or the PCB circuit board.
在一些实施方式中,连接柱32的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,连接柱32能够为(不限于):直筒柱、棱形柱或者由圆台和直筒柱组成的复合结构。In some embodiments, the shape of the connecting column 32 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connecting column 32 can be (but not limited to): a straight column, a prismatic column, or a composite structure consisting of a frustum and a straight column.
连接柱32上开设有连接孔33,连接孔33两端分别设置有第一轴承34和第二轴承35,转抽插入并穿出第一轴承34和第二轴承35,转轴414穿出第二轴承35的一端开设有卡槽414a,卡槽414a上连接有卡簧415。A connecting hole 33 is provided on the connecting column 32, and a first bearing 34 and a second bearing 35 are respectively provided at both ends of the connecting hole 33. The first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35 are inserted and passed through the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35. A groove 414a is provided on one end of the rotating shaft 414 passing through the second bearing 35, and a retaining spring 415 is connected to the groove 414a.
第一轴承34和第二轴承35的设置,能够使转轴414转动的更加顺滑。同时,两个转轴414的设置使转轴414的线性转动更加的稳定,能够使风扇电机41的转动速度更快。卡槽414a和卡簧415的设置,能够防止转轴414从第一轴承34和第二轴承35中脱落,增强了转轴414连接的稳定性和可靠性。The arrangement of the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35 can make the rotating shaft 414 rotate more smoothly. At the same time, the arrangement of the two rotating shafts 414 makes the linear rotation of the rotating shaft 414 more stable, and can make the rotation speed of the fan motor 41 faster. The arrangement of the slot 414a and the retaining spring 415 can prevent the rotating shaft 414 from falling off from the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35, thereby enhancing the stability and reliability of the connection of the rotating shaft 414.
底座31包括:第一凸出部312、第二凸出部313和第三凸出部314,所述第一凸出部312、第二凸出部313和第三凸出部314之间均形成内弧缺口315,所述第二凸出部313和第三凸出部314之间通还设有外弧片316连接。The base 31 includes: a first protrusion 312 , a second protrusion 313 and a third protrusion 314 , wherein inner arc notches 315 are formed between the first protrusion 312 , the second protrusion 313 and the third protrusion 314 , and an outer arc piece 316 is provided between the second protrusion 313 and the third protrusion 314 .
第二固定孔311分别设置在第一凸出部312、第二凸出部313和第三凸出部314上。外弧片316的厚度小于底座31主体的厚度,第二走线孔317开设在外弧片316上。内弧缺口315的构造,使定位槽214与底座31接触的边呈弧形,在风扇组件4转动时,底座31作用在定位槽214的力,被分解在弧形边的不同方向上,而不是集中作用于同一方向上,进一步的降低了定位槽214边缘的受力强度,提升风扇组件4的使用寿命。The second fixing holes 311 are respectively arranged on the first protrusion 312, the second protrusion 313 and the third protrusion 314. The thickness of the outer arc piece 316 is less than the thickness of the base 31 body, and the second wiring hole 317 is provided on the outer arc piece 316. The structure of the inner arc notch 315 makes the edge of the positioning groove 214 in contact with the base 31 arc-shaped. When the fan assembly 4 rotates, the force of the base 31 acting on the positioning groove 214 is decomposed in different directions of the arc edge, rather than concentrated in the same direction, which further reduces the force strength of the edge of the positioning groove 214 and improves the service life of the fan assembly 4.
在一些实施方式中,风扇组件4与转轴414连接的位置设置有连接台416,转轴414贯穿连接台416,并与连接台416过盈配合,连接台416面向第一轴承34的一端抵接在第一轴承34的第一内圈341上。 In some embodiments, a connecting platform 416 is provided at the position where the fan assembly 4 is connected to the rotating shaft 414. The rotating shaft 414 passes through the connecting platform 416 and is interference fit with the connecting platform 416. The end of the connecting platform 416 facing the first bearing 34 abuts against the first inner ring 341 of the first bearing 34.
具体地,风扇组件4的电机外壳413与转轴414连接的位置,面向连接柱32的方向延伸凸起形成连接台416。连接台416的设置能够增加电机外壳413与转轴414的接触面积,增强了电机外壳413与转轴414的连接强度,能够有效的防止由于电机外壳413与转轴414接触面积过小,导致局部受力过大,导致连接不稳定,使用寿命过短的问题。Specifically, at the position where the motor housing 413 of the fan assembly 4 is connected to the rotating shaft 414, a protrusion extends in the direction of the connecting column 32 to form a connecting platform 416. The setting of the connecting platform 416 can increase the contact area between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414, enhance the connection strength between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414, and effectively prevent the problem of excessive local force, unstable connection, and short service life due to the small contact area between the motor housing 413 and the rotating shaft 414.
在一些实施方式中,连接台416与转轴414的连接方式不局限于过盈配合。根据具体应用场景的不同,连接台416与转轴414的连接方式还能够为(不限于):胶黏、焊接、铆接、螺丝连接等固定方式。In some embodiments, the connection method between the connecting platform 416 and the rotating shaft 414 is not limited to interference fit. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connection method between the connecting platform 416 and the rotating shaft 414 can also be (but not limited to): gluing, welding, riveting, screw connection and other fixing methods.
连接台416与第一轴承34的第一内圈341抵接,在电机外壳413带动转轴414进行转动时,除了转轴414驱动第一内圈341进行转动外,连接台416同样能够为第一内圈341提供驱动力。有效的避免由于长期使用,转轴414和第一内圈341出现相对转动或者打滑现象,导致第一内圈341与转轴414转动不同步转动,降低转轴414转动效率的问题。同时,在电机外壳413转动时,会带动第一轴承34的第一内圈341进行转动,第一内圈341又能同步带动转轴414进行转动,实际上通过合理的设计起到了延长转轴414的受力长度,缩短了转轴414的转动力矩,降低了转轴414单位面积内的受力强度,延长了其使用寿命。同时,能够使转轴414转动更加的稳定,减少风扇模组震动和噪音。The connecting platform 416 is in contact with the first inner ring 341 of the first bearing 34. When the motor housing 413 drives the rotating shaft 414 to rotate, in addition to the rotating shaft 414 driving the first inner ring 341 to rotate, the connecting platform 416 can also provide driving force for the first inner ring 341. This effectively avoids the problem that the rotating shaft 414 and the first inner ring 341 rotate relative to each other or slip due to long-term use, resulting in the first inner ring 341 and the rotating shaft 414 rotating asynchronously, thereby reducing the rotation efficiency of the rotating shaft 414. At the same time, when the motor housing 413 rotates, it will drive the first inner ring 341 of the first bearing 34 to rotate, and the first inner ring 341 can synchronously drive the rotating shaft 414 to rotate. In fact, through reasonable design, the force-bearing length of the rotating shaft 414 is extended, the rotation torque of the rotating shaft 414 is shortened, the force strength per unit area of the rotating shaft 414 is reduced, and its service life is extended. At the same time, the rotating shaft 414 can be made to rotate more stably, reducing the vibration and noise of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,第二轴承35和卡簧415之间设置有轴套36,轴套36套设在转轴414上,轴套36面向第二转轴414的一端抵接在第二轴承35的第二内圈351上。In some embodiments, a sleeve 36 is disposed between the second bearing 35 and the retaining spring 415 . The sleeve 36 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 414 , and one end of the sleeve 36 facing the second rotating shaft 414 abuts against the second inner ring 351 of the second bearing 35 .
轴套36的设置能够防止转轴414与第一轴承34和第二轴承35出现打滑后,使卡簧415与第二轴承35接触,造成摩擦损伤。轴套36面向第二轴承35的一端与第二内圈351抵接,能够使轴套36随着转轴414和第二内圈351进行同步转动,避免由于轴套36缺乏驱动力,与转动中的转轴414和第二轴承35出现摩擦和碰撞损伤。The arrangement of the sleeve 36 can prevent the rotating shaft 414 from slipping with the first bearing 34 and the second bearing 35, which would cause the retaining spring 415 to contact the second bearing 35 and cause friction damage. The end of the sleeve 36 facing the second bearing 35 abuts against the second inner ring 351, so that the sleeve 36 can rotate synchronously with the rotating shaft 414 and the second inner ring 351, thereby preventing the sleeve 36 from causing friction and collision damage with the rotating shaft 414 and the second bearing 35 due to lack of driving force.
在一些实施方式中,轴套36一端与卡簧415抵接,另一端与第二轴承35的第二内圈351抵接。In some embodiments, one end of the sleeve 36 abuts against the retaining spring 415 , and the other end abuts against the second inner ring 351 of the second bearing 35 .
轴套36是由合金材料或者金属材料制成。但是,轴套36的材质不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轴套36能够由塑料或者橡胶材料制成。The shaft sleeve 36 is made of alloy material or metal material. However, the material of the shaft sleeve 36 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the shaft sleeve 36 can be made of plastic or rubber material.
在一些实施方式中,转轴414连接有卡簧415的一端位于连接内环212的内部。避免转轴414端部凸出后与其他部件出现摩擦损伤。In some embodiments, one end of the rotating shaft 414 connected to the retaining spring 415 is located inside the connecting inner ring 212 to prevent the protruding end of the rotating shaft 414 from causing friction damage with other components.
在一些实施方式中,底座31和风扇组件4之间设置有PCB电路板,PCB电路板套设在连接柱32上。PCB电路板用于控制风扇电机41的启动、停止和转速变动等功能。PCB电路板设置在底座31和风扇组件4之间,并套设在连接柱32上,能够节约风扇模组的内部空间,提升风扇模组内部的空间利用率。同时,缩短了PCB电路板与风扇电机41之间的距离,减少了连接二者的导线长度节约了耗材。In some embodiments, a PCB circuit board is provided between the base 31 and the fan assembly 4, and the PCB circuit board is sleeved on the connecting column 32. The PCB circuit board is used to control functions such as starting, stopping, and speed change of the fan motor 41. The PCB circuit board is provided between the base 31 and the fan assembly 4, and sleeved on the connecting column 32, which can save the internal space of the fan module and improve the space utilization rate inside the fan module. At the same time, the distance between the PCB circuit board and the fan motor 41 is shortened, and the length of the wire connecting the two is reduced, which saves consumables.
PCB电路板整体构造成圆环形状。但是,PCB电路板的外形不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,PCB电路板的外形能够为(不限于):多边形、椭圆形或者跑道形等形状。The PCB circuit board is configured as a ring as a whole. However, the shape of the PCB circuit board is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the shape of the PCB circuit board can be (not limited to): polygonal, elliptical or racetrack-shaped.
PCB电路板通过过盈配合的方式与连接柱32连接。但是,PCB电路板的固定方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,PCB电路板还通过螺钉固定在线圈411上。The PCB circuit board is connected to the connecting column 32 by means of interference fit. However, the fixing method of the PCB circuit board is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the PCB circuit board is also fixed to the coil 411 by screws.
在一些实施方式中,连接件2上开设有第一走线孔213,底座31在第一走线孔213位置对应设置有第二走线孔317,且底座31开设第二走线孔317位置的厚度小于底座31其他位置的厚度。In some embodiments, a first wiring hole 213 is provided on the connector 2, a second wiring hole 317 is provided at the base 31 corresponding to the first wiring hole 213, and the thickness of the base 31 at the position where the second wiring hole 317 is provided is smaller than the thickness at other positions of the base 31.
为了方便走线,并使连接PCB电路板的导线不外漏,在连接件2上开设第一走线孔213,底座31开设第二走线孔317。第一走线孔213和第二走线孔317的设置,使导线通过不外漏的方式走线,提高风扇模组内部的气流流动流畅性。同时,底座31开设第二走线孔317位置的厚度小于底座31其他位置的厚度,能够降低底座31的整体重量,使风扇模组更加的轻便。厚度变化的设计与定位槽214的设计相互配合,使底座31面向风扇电机41的一侧更加平整整齐。In order to facilitate wiring and prevent the wires connected to the PCB circuit board from leaking out, a first wiring hole 213 is provided on the connector 2, and a second wiring hole 317 is provided on the base 31. The provision of the first wiring hole 213 and the second wiring hole 317 allows the wires to be routed in a manner that does not leak out, thereby improving the smoothness of the airflow inside the fan module. At the same time, the thickness of the base 31 at the position where the second wiring hole 317 is provided is less than the thickness at other positions of the base 31, which can reduce the overall weight of the base 31 and make the fan module more portable. The design of the thickness variation cooperates with the design of the positioning groove 214, so that the side of the base 31 facing the fan motor 41 is smoother and neater.
在一些实施方式中,壳体1上套设有柔性套5,柔性套5外部交替设置有环状凸起51和点状凸起52。柔性套5的设置能够增加风扇模组跟外部物体或者其他配合结构之间的摩擦力,使风扇模组的连接稳定性更强。同时,柔性套5的设置还能够有效的对风扇模组工作时产生的物理振动进行缓冲,使风扇模组的转动更加稳定,产生的噪音更小。In some embodiments, a flexible sleeve 5 is sleeved on the housing 1, and an annular protrusion 51 and a dot-shaped protrusion 52 are alternately arranged on the outside of the flexible sleeve 5. The setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can increase the friction between the fan module and the external object or other matching structure, so that the connection stability of the fan module is stronger. At the same time, the setting of the flexible sleeve 5 can also effectively buffer the physical vibration generated when the fan module is working, so that the rotation of the fan module is more stable and the noise generated is smaller.
柔性套5外部交替设置有环状凸起51和点状凸起52。具体地,在一些实施方式中,环状凸起51设置在柔性套5的两端,点状凸起52则设置在两个环状凸起51之间。或者,环状凸起51设置在柔性套5的两端及中间位置,点状凸起52则设置在两个相邻的环状凸起51之间。但是,环状凸起51和点状凸起52的交替设置不局限于此,环状凸起51的数量能够为:4个、5个、6个或者更多个。点状凸起52也能够设置在柔性套5的一端或者两端端部。The flexible sleeve 5 is alternately provided with annular protrusions 51 and dot-shaped protrusions 52 on the outside. Specifically, in some embodiments, the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between the two annular protrusions 51. Alternatively, the annular protrusions 51 are provided at both ends and the middle position of the flexible sleeve 5, and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 are provided between two adjacent annular protrusions 51. However, the alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 is not limited thereto, and the number of the annular protrusions 51 can be: 4, 5, 6 or more. The dot-shaped protrusions 52 can also be provided at one end or both ends of the flexible sleeve 5.
环状凸起51和点状凸起52的交替设置,使环状凸起51和点状凸起52具有更大的形变空间,方便风扇模组的装配。同时,形变空间的变大,能够提升柔性套5的缓冲性能。The alternating arrangement of the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 provides the annular protrusions 51 and the dot-shaped protrusions 52 with a larger deformation space, which facilitates the assembly of the fan module. At the same time, the enlargement of the deformation space can improve the buffering performance of the flexible sleeve 5.
壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶42最大直径的比值范围为1.01-1.15。壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶42最大直径的比值范围,限定了壳体1与风扇扇叶42直径最大处之间的间隙。风扇扇叶42在旋转时,会对流经风扇扇叶42的气流产生离心力,在离心力的作用下,气流会横向移动并与壳体1内壁发生碰撞,产生乱流, 进而影响壳体1内的气流流场,导致风扇模组的出风效率较低。将壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶42最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,限缩了风扇扇叶42与壳体1之间的间隙,使在离心力作用下的横向气流的行程减小,进而将气流与壳体1内边面接触时的速度限定在较小的优先范围内。因此,这一比例能够降低气流与壳体1碰撞时的能量损失,降低乱流发生的几率,提高气流流场的稳定性。同时,由于壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶42最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,在这个比例范围内,风扇扇叶42与壳体1的间距较小,能够对风扇扇叶42中的回流气流具有极好的拦截作用,防止回流气流产生的气旋影响风扇扇叶42的进风,提高风扇模组的进风效率,进风效率的提高使风扇模组整体的出风效率得以提高。The ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 42 is in the range of 1.01-1.15. The ratio of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blade 42 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blade 42. When the fan blade 42 rotates, it will generate centrifugal force on the airflow passing through the fan blade 42. Under the action of the centrifugal force, the airflow will move laterally and collide with the inner wall of the housing 1, generating turbulence. This further affects the airflow field in the housing 1, resulting in a low air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 42 is limited to between 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner edge of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field. At the same time, since the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 42 is limited to between 1.01-1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the backflow airflow in the fan blades 42, prevent the cyclone generated by the backflow airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blades 42, and improve the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The improvement of the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,第一端部422a和第二端部422b的长度比值范围为1.4-1.9。流经风扇的气流从第一端部422a流向第二端部422b,第一端部422a面向第二端部422b的方向逐渐的减小,这个减小的过程配合轮毂421的大小变化,逐渐的减小气流流动的空间,逐渐的对流进行加压,提高气流的初速度。但是,由于,风扇扇叶42与壳体1之间具有间隙,当进入第一端部422a和流出第二端部422b的气流压强明显过大时,由于不是完全封闭的空间,压力过大气流就会出现回流现象,回流的气流会冲击风扇模组的进气气流形成气旋,降低风扇模组的进风效率。将第一端部422a和第二端部422b的长度比值范围限定为1.4-1.9,在这一比值区间内,对流经风扇扇叶42的气流加压调节在最优的范围内,最大限度的降低了气流由于压力过大导致的回流问题。同时,在该比值的范围内,第一端部422a能够对逐渐从叶片422边缘溢出的回流气流进行最有效的拦截和利用,最大范围的减小回流气流流出壳体1的几率。两个作用的结合能够使进入第一端部422a的气流与流出气流端部的气流量趋近于1:1的最优值。大大提高了风扇扇叶42的出风效率。In some embodiments, the length ratio of the first end 422a and the second end 422b is in the range of 1.4-1.9. The airflow flowing through the fan flows from the first end 422a to the second end 422b, and the direction of the first end 422a facing the second end 422b gradually decreases. This reduction process cooperates with the size change of the hub 421 to gradually reduce the space for the airflow to flow, gradually pressurize the convection, and increase the initial velocity of the airflow. However, since there is a gap between the fan blades 42 and the housing 1, when the pressure of the airflow entering the first end 422a and flowing out of the second end 422b is obviously too large, since it is not a completely closed space, the airflow will have a backflow phenomenon due to excessive pressure, and the backflow airflow will impact the intake airflow of the fan module to form a cyclone, reducing the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The length ratio range of the first end 422a and the second end 422b is limited to 1.4-1.9. Within this ratio range, the airflow pressure flowing through the fan blade 42 is adjusted within the optimal range, which minimizes the backflow problem caused by excessive pressure. At the same time, within the range of this ratio, the first end 422a can most effectively intercept and utilize the return airflow gradually overflowing from the edge of the blade 422, and minimize the probability of the return airflow flowing out of the housing 1. The combination of the two effects can make the airflow entering the first end 422a and the airflow outflowing from the end of the airflow approach the optimal value of 1:1. The air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 42 is greatly improved.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的任一实施方式都能够独立进行实施,或者通过与其他一个或者多个实施方式进行组合实施。组合实施时,其组合方式不应当局限于本实施例列举的组合方式。It should be noted that any implementation in this embodiment can be implemented independently or in combination with one or more other implementations. When implemented in combination, the combination method should not be limited to the combination methods listed in this embodiment.
实施例2Example 2
一种吹风装置,包括实施例1中的风扇模组,风扇模组作为组装该吹风装置的核心模块组件。A blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的吹风装置包括(不限于):无叶风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、球形风扇、挂脖风扇、手持风扇、工业风扇、空调、吹风机等需要助推空气进行流通的产品。实施例1中的风扇模组则装配在上述产品的外壳内部。It should be noted that the blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation. The fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
本实施例中的吹风装置将连接件2设置在壳体1内,装配基座3连接在连接件2上,风扇组件4与装配基座3连接,且装配基座3与风扇组件4的连接方式包括两种。第一,风扇组件4的部分结构套设安装在装配基座3上;第二,风扇组件4的部分结构还通过转轴414与装配基座3连接。通过风扇组件4与装配基座3的复用式的连接方式,不仅增加了风扇组件4与装配基座3的连接稳定性,同时,这种复合的连接方式,能够大大降低风扇组件4在壳体1内所占用的空间,使风扇模组的体积能够进一步的下降。The blowing device in this embodiment sets the connecting member 2 in the housing 1, the assembly base 3 is connected to the connecting member 2, the fan assembly 4 is connected to the assembly base 3, and the assembly base 3 and the fan assembly 4 are connected in two ways. First, part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is sleeved and installed on the assembly base 3; second, part of the structure of the fan assembly 4 is also connected to the assembly base 3 through the rotating shaft 414. The multiplexed connection method between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3 not only increases the connection stability between the fan assembly 4 and the assembly base 3, but also, this composite connection method can greatly reduce the space occupied by the fan assembly 4 in the housing 1, so that the volume of the fan module can be further reduced.
方案7,如图7-1至7-6所示。Scheme 7 is shown in Figures 7-1 to 7-6.
实施例1Example 1
请参阅图7-1和图7-2,图7-1为本实施例风扇模组的整体结构示意图;图7-2为本实施例风扇模组的分解结构示意图。Please refer to Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-2. Figure 7-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the fan module of this embodiment; Figure 7-2 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of the fan module of this embodiment.
如图7-1和图7-2所示,一种风扇模组,包括:壳体1、风扇电机2和风扇扇叶3。风扇电机2设置在壳体1内;风扇扇叶3上开设有第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34,且第一平衡环部33的直径大于第二平衡环部34的直径。As shown in Fig. 7-1 and Fig. 7-2, a fan module includes: a housing 1, a fan motor 2 and a fan blade 3. The fan motor 2 is arranged in the housing 1; the fan blade 3 is provided with a first balance ring portion 33 and a second balance ring portion 34, and the diameter of the first balance ring portion 33 is greater than the diameter of the second balance ring portion 34.
上述实施方式,风扇模组的风扇电机2和风扇扇叶3设置在壳体1内,并且在风扇扇叶3上开设第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34,通过向第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34对应位置填充平衡土,对风扇扇叶3的质量分布进行均衡,使风扇扇叶3的转动效率和稳定性提升。同时,第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34两个调节环部,能够增加风扇扇叶3的可调空间,实现对风扇扇叶3形成的较大范围的质量偏差进行均衡的目的。第一平衡环部33的直径大于第二平衡环部34的直径,在风扇扇叶3转动过程中,第一平衡环部33的力矩大于第二平衡环部34的力矩,相同质量的平衡土在第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34产生的调节作用不同,因此,这种结构对风扇扇叶3的均衡效果出现层次差异,二者组合使用能够实现更加精准的质量均衡,进而大大提升风扇扇叶3的转动效率和稳定性。In the above embodiment, the fan motor 2 and the fan blade 3 of the fan module are arranged in the housing 1, and the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 are provided on the fan blade 3. By filling the corresponding positions of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 with balance soil, the mass distribution of the fan blade 3 is balanced, so that the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3 are improved. At the same time, the two adjustment ring parts of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 can increase the adjustable space of the fan blade 3, so as to achieve the purpose of balancing the mass deviation of the fan blade 3 in a larger range. The diameter of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the diameter of the second balance ring part 34. During the rotation of the fan blade 3, the torque of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the torque of the second balance ring part 34. The same mass of balance soil has different regulating effects on the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34. Therefore, this structure has different levels of balancing effect on the fan blade 3. The combination of the two can achieve more accurate mass balancing, thereby greatly improving the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3.
本实施方式中,壳体1构造成圆柱形,圆柱形内部开设有柱形的风腔。但是,壳体1的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,壳体1的形状能够为:三角形、四边形、五边形、其他多边形或者其他规则形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is configured as a cylinder, and a cylindrical air cavity is provided inside the cylinder. However, the shape of the housing 1 is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the housing 1 can be a triangle, a quadrilateral, a pentagon, other polygons, or other regular shapes, depending on the specific application scenario.
本实施方式中,壳体1上开设有贯穿其上下表面的风腔,风腔构造成圆柱形。但是,风腔的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施例中,风腔的形状能够为:星型、心形、跑道形或者多边形等形状。In this embodiment, the housing 1 is provided with an air cavity that runs through the upper and lower surfaces thereof, and the air cavity is configured in a cylindrical shape. However, the shape of the air cavity is not limited thereto, and in some embodiments, the shape of the air cavity can be star-shaped, heart-shaped, runway-shaped, or polygonal, depending on the specific application scenario.
在一些实施方式中,壳体1内还设置有喇叭或者具有缩颈口的整流罩。 In some embodiments, a horn or a fairing with a necked opening is further disposed in the housing 1 .
风扇电机2通过连接件4设置在壳体1内。在一些实施方式中,连接件4包括:连接环41和多个连接板42,多个连接板42环绕连接环41设置,多个连接板42中的每个连接板42的一端均与壳体1的内表面连接,每个连接板42的另一端均与连接环41连接,多个连接板42中相邻两个连接板42围合形成风道。连接环41与风扇电机2过盈配合、卡接或者在连接环41上设置连接柱43,风扇电机2套设在连接柱43上。The fan motor 2 is arranged in the housing 1 through the connecting member 4. In some embodiments, the connecting member 4 includes: a connecting ring 41 and a plurality of connecting plates 42, the plurality of connecting plates 42 are arranged around the connecting ring 41, one end of each of the plurality of connecting plates 42 is connected to the inner surface of the housing 1, the other end of each of the connecting plates 42 is connected to the connecting ring 41, and two adjacent connecting plates 42 in the plurality of connecting plates 42 are enclosed to form an air duct. The connecting ring 41 is interference-fitted or snap-fitted with the fan motor 2, or a connecting column 43 is arranged on the connecting ring 41, and the fan motor 2 is sleeved on the connecting column 43.
请参阅图7-3和图7-4。图7-3为本实施例壳体第一视角的结构示意图;图7-4为本实施例壳体第二视角的结构示意图。Please refer to Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4. Figure 7-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the housing of this embodiment from a first viewing angle; Figure 7-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the housing of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
如图7-3和图7-4所示,多个连接板42的设置能够使连接环41悬空设置在壳体1内,多个连接板42中每两个连接板42围合形成风道,能够使风扇组件推动的气流从风道中流过。As shown in FIG. 7-3 and FIG. 7-4 , the arrangement of multiple connecting plates 42 enables the connecting ring 41 to be suspended in the shell 1 , and every two connecting plates 42 among the multiple connecting plates 42 enclose an air duct, allowing the airflow driven by the fan assembly to flow through the air duct.
连接件4的方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接件4能够是垂直于壳体1内表面上形成的连接体。The connection member 4 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connection member 4 can be a connector formed perpendicular to the inner surface of the shell 1 .
风扇电机2固定在连接环41上。但是,风扇电机2的固定方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接环41上设置有连接柱43,风扇电机2能够套设在连接柱43上。连接柱43能够与连接环41一体成型,也能够通过卡接、铆接、螺钉连接或者胶黏的方式固定在连接环41上。The fan motor 2 is fixed on the connecting ring 41. However, the fixing method of the fan motor 2 is not limited thereto. According to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, a connecting column 43 is provided on the connecting ring 41, and the fan motor 2 can be sleeved on the connecting column 43. The connecting column 43 can be integrally formed with the connecting ring 41, or can be fixed on the connecting ring 41 by means of clamping, riveting, screw connection or gluing.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机2包括:线圈22和磁环23,线圈22套设在连接柱43上,且与连接柱43过盈配合,磁环23设置在风扇扇叶3内。转轴21一端连接风扇扇叶3,另一端连接到连接柱43。In some embodiments, the fan motor 2 includes: a coil 22 and a magnetic ring 23, wherein the coil 22 is sleeved on the connecting column 43 and has an interference fit with the connecting column 43, and the magnetic ring 23 is arranged in the fan blade 3. One end of the rotating shaft 21 is connected to the fan blade 3, and the other end is connected to the connecting column 43.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机2包括:线圈22、磁环23和电机外壳24,线圈22套设在连接柱43上,且与连接柱43过盈配合,磁环23设置在电机外壳24内,并套设在线圈22上。转轴21一端连接风扇扇叶3,另一端连接到连接柱43,且与电机外壳24过盈配合。In some embodiments, the fan motor 2 includes: a coil 22, a magnetic ring 23 and a motor housing 24, the coil 22 is sleeved on the connecting column 43 and has an interference fit with the connecting column 43, the magnetic ring 23 is arranged in the motor housing 24 and sleeved on the coil 22. One end of the rotating shaft 21 is connected to the fan blade 3, and the other end is connected to the connecting column 43 and has an interference fit with the motor housing 24.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机2为常规马达,通过卡接、螺钉固定、铆接、胶黏连接、焊接等方式固定在连接环41上。In some embodiments, the fan motor 2 is a conventional motor, which is fixed to the connecting ring 41 by means of clamping, screw fixing, riveting, adhesive connection, welding, etc.
在一些实施方式中,风扇电机2能够通过壳体1内部的结构与壳体1连接,例如在壳体1内壁上设置连接台,连接台与风扇电机2连接。或者,在壳体1内伸入连接杆,风扇电机2固定在连接杆上。或者壳体1内表面向内延伸出两个相对的夹持部,对风扇电机2进行夹持固定。In some embodiments, the fan motor 2 can be connected to the housing 1 through the structure inside the housing 1, for example, a connecting platform is provided on the inner wall of the housing 1, and the connecting platform is connected to the fan motor 2. Alternatively, a connecting rod is inserted into the housing 1, and the fan motor 2 is fixed on the connecting rod. Alternatively, two opposite clamping parts extend inwardly from the inner surface of the housing 1 to clamp and fix the fan motor 2.
在一些实施方式中,壳体1内面向风扇电机2延伸出抵接板,通过夹持的方式固定风扇电机2,或者壳体1内横向延伸出一个支撑结构,用于固定风扇电机2。In some embodiments, an abutment plate extends from the inner surface of the housing 1 toward the fan motor 2 to fix the fan motor 2 by clamping, or a supporting structure extends laterally from the housing 1 to fix the fan motor 2 .
风扇电机2通过转轴21与风扇扇叶3连接。转轴21一端与风扇电机2和连接柱43连接,另一端与风扇扇叶3连接。但是,转轴21的连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,转轴21与风扇电机2连接的一端还与连接柱43连接。在一些实施方式中,当风扇扇叶3中固定有磁环23时,转轴21一端则只与连接环41或者连接柱43连接,另一端则与风扇扇叶3连接。The fan motor 2 is connected to the fan blades 3 via the rotating shaft 21. One end of the rotating shaft 21 is connected to the fan motor 2 and the connecting column 43, and the other end is connected to the fan blades 3. However, the connection method of the rotating shaft 21 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the end of the rotating shaft 21 connected to the fan motor 2 is also connected to the connecting column 43. In some embodiments, when the magnetic ring 23 is fixed in the fan blades 3, one end of the rotating shaft 21 is only connected to the connecting ring 41 or the connecting column 43, and the other end is connected to the fan blades 3.
本实施方式中,壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶3最大直径的比值范围为1.01-1.15。壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶3最大直径的比值范围,限定了壳体1与风扇扇叶3直径最大处之间的间隙。风扇扇叶3在旋转时,会对流经风扇扇叶3的气流产生离心力,在离心力的作用下,气流会横向移动并与壳体1内壁发生碰撞,产生乱流,进而影响壳体1内的气流流场,导致风扇模组的出风效率较低。将壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶3最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,限缩了风扇扇叶3与壳体1之间的间隙,使在离心力作用下的横向气流的行程减小,进而将气流与壳体1内边面接触时的速度限定在较小的优先范围内。因此,这一比例能够降低气流与壳体1碰撞时的能量损失,降低乱流发生的几率,提高气流流场的稳定性。同时,由于壳体1的内径与风扇扇叶3最大直径的比值范围限定在1.01-1.15之间,在这个比例范围内,风扇扇叶3与壳体1的间距较小,能够对风扇扇叶3中的回流气流具有极好的拦截作用,防止回流气流产生的气旋影响风扇扇叶3的进风,提高风扇模组的进风效率,进风效率的提高使风扇模组整体的出风效率得以提高。In this embodiment, the ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 is 1.01-1.15. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 defines the gap between the housing 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3. When the fan blades 3 rotate, centrifugal force is generated on the airflow passing through the fan blades 3. Under the action of the centrifugal force, the airflow moves laterally and collides with the inner wall of the housing 1, generating turbulence, thereby affecting the airflow field in the housing 1, resulting in a low air outlet efficiency of the fan module. The ratio range of the inner diameter of the housing 1 to the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 is limited to 1.01-1.15, which limits the gap between the fan blades 3 and the housing 1, reduces the stroke of the lateral airflow under the action of the centrifugal force, and limits the speed of the airflow when it contacts the inner side surface of the housing 1 to a smaller priority range. Therefore, this ratio can reduce the energy loss when the airflow collides with the housing 1, reduce the probability of turbulence, and improve the stability of the airflow field. At the same time, since the ratio range of the inner diameter of the shell 1 and the maximum diameter of the fan blades 3 is limited to between 1.01 and 1.15, within this ratio range, the distance between the fan blades 3 and the shell 1 is small, which can have an excellent interception effect on the return airflow in the fan blades 3, preventing the cyclone generated by the return airflow from affecting the air intake of the fan blades 3, thereby improving the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The improvement in the air intake efficiency improves the overall air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
请参阅图7-5和图7-6。图7-5为本实施例风扇扇叶第一视角的结构示意图;图7-6为本实施例风扇扇叶第二视角的结构示意图。Please refer to Figure 7-5 and Figure 7-6. Figure 7-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment from a first viewing angle; Figure 7-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan blades of this embodiment from a second viewing angle.
如图7-5和图7-6所示,第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34均是由多个平衡槽35环绕组成。独立的平衡槽35作为最小的平衡单元,有利于对平衡调节进行量化,方便用户进行调平。同时,又由于第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35具有的力矩不同,第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35力矩较大,能够用于粗调,第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35力矩较小,能够实现微调,二者的组合使用,能够实现粗调和微调的搭配,实现更加精准的调平。As shown in FIG. 7-5 and FIG. 7-6, the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 are both surrounded by a plurality of balance grooves 35. As the smallest balance unit, the independent balance groove 35 is conducive to quantifying the balance adjustment and is convenient for the user to perform leveling. At the same time, since the balance grooves 35 of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 have different torques, the balance grooves 35 of the first balance ring part 33 have a larger torque and can be used for coarse adjustment, and the balance grooves 35 of the second balance ring part 34 have a smaller torque and can achieve fine adjustment. The combination of the two can achieve a combination of coarse adjustment and fine adjustment, and achieve more accurate leveling.
第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35数量能够为(不限于):2个、3个、4个、5个、10个、18个、26个或者更多个。第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35数量能够基于实际需求进行任意设置。The number of the balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 18, 26 or more. The number of the balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 can be arbitrarily set based on actual needs.
第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35数量能够为(不限于):2个、3个、4个、5个、11个、18个、26个或者更多个。第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35数量能够基于实际需求进行任意设置。The number of the balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 18, 26 or more. The number of the balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 can be arbitrarily set based on actual needs.
在一些实施方式中,第一平衡环部33构造成环形槽,第二平衡环部34也构造成环形槽。 In some embodiments, the first balance ring portion 33 is configured as an annular groove, and the second balance ring portion 34 is also configured as an annular groove.
在一些实施方式中,第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35数量大于组成第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35的数量。第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35的数量,大于第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35的数量,能够使第一平衡环部33的可调节范围更大,增大了风扇扇叶3的可调空间。同时,又由于第一平衡环部33的力矩更大,第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35数量更多,能够与最大限度的提升风扇扇叶3调平的区间上限值,增大了风扇扇叶3的场景适应性。In some embodiments, the number of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is greater than the number of balancing grooves 35 constituting the second balancing ring portion 34. The number of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is greater than the number of balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34, which can make the adjustable range of the first balancing ring portion 33 larger and increase the adjustable space of the fan blades 3. At the same time, since the torque of the first balancing ring portion 33 is greater and the number of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is greater, the upper limit of the interval for leveling the fan blades 3 can be maximized, thereby increasing the scene adaptability of the fan blades 3.
第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35形状构造成方形。但是,第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35形状不局限于,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,第一平衡环部33的平衡槽35形状能够为(不限于):圆形、椭圆形、半圆形、半椭圆形、跑道形、楔形、除四边形以外的其他多边形等。The balancing groove 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is configured in a square shape. However, the shape of the balancing groove 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 is not limited to that of a circle, an ellipse, a semicircle, a semi-ellipse, a racetrack, a wedge, or other polygons other than a quadrilateral, etc., depending on the specific application scenario.
第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35形状构造成楔形。但是,第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35形状不局限于,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,第二平衡环部34的平衡槽35形状能够为(不限于):圆形、椭圆形、半圆形、半椭圆形、跑道形、多边形等。The balancing groove 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 is configured in a wedge shape. However, the shape of the balancing groove 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 is not limited to that of a circle, an ellipse, a semicircle, a semi-ellipse, a racetrack, a polygon, etc., depending on the specific application scenario.
风扇扇叶3包括:风扇扇叶3包括:轮毂31和多个叶片32,多个叶片32环绕轮毂31表面倾斜延伸,轮毂31与转轴21连接。The fan blades 3 include: a hub 31 and a plurality of blades 32 , wherein the plurality of blades 32 extend obliquely around the surface of the hub 31 , and the hub 31 is connected to the rotating shaft 21 .
本实施方式中,叶片32的数量为9片。但是,叶片32的数量不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,叶片32的数量能够为(不限于):2片、3片、4片、5片、6片、7片、8片、10片、11片或者更多片。In this embodiment, the number of blades 32 is 9. However, the number of blades 32 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the number of blades 32 can be (not limited to): 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 or more.
第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34均设置在轮毂31表面。第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34的这种设置方式,方便平衡土的填装,使调平工作更加的便捷。The first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 are both arranged on the surface of the hub 31. Such an arrangement of the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 facilitates the filling of balancing soil and makes the leveling work more convenient.
在一些实施方式中,第一平衡环部33设置在轮毂31的内表面上,第二平衡环部34设置在轮毂31表面。第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34的这种设置方式,能够对轮毂31内表面形成的质量不均衡进行更加直接的调节。同时,第一平衡环部33内的平衡土在风扇扇叶3转动时的离心力作用下,连接的会更加的稳固。In some embodiments, the first balancing ring portion 33 is disposed on the inner surface of the hub 31, and the second balancing ring portion 34 is disposed on the surface of the hub 31. The arrangement of the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 can more directly adjust the mass imbalance formed on the inner surface of the hub 31. At the same time, the balancing soil in the first balancing ring portion 33 is more firmly connected under the centrifugal force when the fan blades 3 rotate.
轮毂31包括:顶面311、底面313和侧边312,底面313的横截面积大于顶面311的横截面积,且顶面311和侧边312之间平滑过渡,第一平衡环部33设置在侧边312上并与底面313连通,第二平衡环部34设置在侧边312上。The wheel hub 31 includes: a top surface 311, a bottom surface 313 and a side edge 312. The cross-sectional area of the bottom surface 313 is larger than the cross-sectional area of the top surface 311, and there is a smooth transition between the top surface 311 and the side edge 312. The first balance ring portion 33 is arranged on the side edge 312 and connected to the bottom surface 313. The second balance ring portion 34 is arranged on the side edge 312.
即本实施例中轮毂31构造成头部呈平面的子弹头形状。轮毂31的这种形状,能够使流经叶片32的气流,沿着顶面311和侧边312之间平滑过渡形成的弧面进行流动形成附壁效应,对气流具有很好地导向作用,提高了气流在风扇扇叶3中流动的效率,进而提高了风扇模组的出风效率。That is, in this embodiment, the hub 31 is configured to be in the shape of a bullet head with a flat head. This shape of the hub 31 enables the airflow passing through the blades 32 to flow along the arc surface formed by the smooth transition between the top surface 311 and the side edge 312 to form a wall effect, which has a good guiding effect on the airflow, improves the efficiency of the airflow flowing in the fan blades 3, and further improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
第一平衡环部33设置在侧边312上并与底面313连通,第二平衡环部34设置在侧边312上。第一平衡环部33被设置在轮毂31力矩最大的位置处,最大限度的发挥了第一平衡环部33的调平作用,提升了调平的上限值。第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34的位置结合,能够使风扇扇叶3的调平层次性更强,提升调平上限值和精准度。The first balancing ring portion 33 is arranged on the side 312 and communicates with the bottom surface 313, and the second balancing ring portion 34 is arranged on the side 312. The first balancing ring portion 33 is arranged at the position where the torque of the hub 31 is the largest, which maximizes the leveling effect of the first balancing ring portion 33 and improves the upper limit of leveling. The combination of the positions of the first balancing ring portion 33 and the second balancing ring portion 34 can make the leveling of the fan blade 3 more hierarchical, and improve the upper limit and accuracy of leveling.
但是,轮毂31的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轮毂31的形状能够是(不限于):半球形、锥形、圆台形、圆柱形等形状。However, the shape of the hub 31 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the shape of the hub 31 can be (but not limited to): hemispherical, conical, truncated cone, cylindrical, etc.
轮毂31的顶面311为圆形面。但是,顶面311的形状不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,轮毂31的顶面311形状还能够为:圆锥形、多边形、椭圆形或者其他形状。The top surface 311 of the hub 31 is a circular surface. However, the shape of the top surface 311 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the top surface 311 of the hub 31 can also be conical, polygonal, elliptical or other shapes.
轮毂31的底面313上开设有开口,开口连通轮毂31内部的容纳腔,容纳腔内设置有连接轴套。在一些实施方式中,连接轴套周围设置有多个加强筋,多个加强筋环绕连接轴套设置,加强筋的一端与连接轴套连接,加强筋的另一端与轮毂31的内表面连接。An opening is provided on the bottom surface 313 of the hub 31, and the opening is connected to the accommodating cavity inside the hub 31, and a connecting sleeve is provided in the accommodating cavity. In some embodiments, a plurality of reinforcing ribs are provided around the connecting sleeve, and the plurality of reinforcing ribs are arranged around the connecting sleeve, one end of the reinforcing rib is connected to the connecting sleeve, and the other end of the reinforcing rib is connected to the inner surface of the hub 31.
多个叶片32中的每个叶片32均包括第一端部321,以及与第一端部321相对的第二端部322,第一端部321的长度大于第二端部322的长度,第一平衡环部33设置在邻近第二端部322的一侧,第二平衡环部34设置在邻近第一端部321的一侧。Each blade 32 among the multiple blades 32 includes a first end 321 and a second end 322 opposite to the first end 321, the length of the first end 321 is greater than the length of the second end 322, the first balance ring portion 33 is arranged on a side adjacent to the second end 322, and the second balance ring portion 34 is arranged on a side adjacent to the first end 321.
第一端部321位于邻近轮毂31顶面311的位置,第二端部322则位于邻近轮毂31底面313的位置。每个叶片32中,第一端部321用于在风扇扇叶3转动时推动气流进入到风扇扇叶3内,第一端部321的长度更长有利于对气流进行推动。第二端部322位于气流流向的末端,第二端部322的长度的减小,有利于缩小气流流动的空间大小,对气流进行压缩,提高气流流动的初始动能,进而提升风扇模组的出风效率。The first end 321 is located adjacent to the top surface 311 of the hub 31, and the second end 322 is located adjacent to the bottom surface 313 of the hub 31. In each blade 32, the first end 321 is used to push the airflow into the fan blade 3 when the fan blade 3 rotates. The longer length of the first end 321 is conducive to pushing the airflow. The second end 322 is located at the end of the airflow direction. The reduction in the length of the second end 322 is conducive to reducing the size of the space where the airflow flows, compressing the airflow, and increasing the initial kinetic energy of the airflow, thereby improving the air outlet efficiency of the fan module.
在一些实施方式中,第一端部321和第二端部322的长度比值范围为1.4-1.9。流经风扇的气流从第一端部321流向第二端部322,第一端部321面向第二端部322的方向逐渐的减小,这个减小的过程配合轮毂31的大小变化,逐渐的减小气流流动的空间,逐渐的对流进行加压,提高气流的初速度。但是,由于,风扇扇叶3与壳体1之间具有间隙,当进入第一端部321和流出第二端部322的气流压强明显过大时,由于不是完全封闭的空间,压力过大气流就会出现回流现象,回流的气流会冲击风扇模组的进气气流形成气旋,降低风扇模组的进风效率。将第一端部321和第二端部322的长度比值范围限定为1.4-1.9,在这一比值区间内,对流经风扇扇叶3的气流加压调节在最优的范围内,最大限度的降低了气流由于压力过大导致 的回流问题。同时,在该比值的范围内,第一端部321能够对逐渐从叶片32边缘溢出的回流气流进行最有效的拦截和利用,最大范围的减小回流气流流出壳体1的几率。两个作用的结合能够使进入第一端部321的气流与流出气流端部的气流量趋近于1:1的最优值。大大提高了风扇扇叶3的出风效率。In some embodiments, the length ratio of the first end 321 to the second end 322 is in the range of 1.4-1.9. The airflow flowing through the fan flows from the first end 321 to the second end 322, and the direction of the first end 321 facing the second end 322 gradually decreases. This reduction process cooperates with the size change of the hub 31 to gradually reduce the space for the airflow to flow, gradually pressurize the convection, and increase the initial velocity of the airflow. However, since there is a gap between the fan blades 3 and the housing 1, when the pressure of the airflow entering the first end 321 and flowing out of the second end 322 is obviously too large, since it is not a completely closed space, the airflow will flow back due to excessive pressure. The backflow airflow will impact the intake airflow of the fan module to form a cyclone, reducing the air intake efficiency of the fan module. The length ratio of the first end 321 to the second end 322 is limited to 1.4-1.9. Within this ratio range, the airflow pressure flowing through the fan blades 3 is adjusted within the optimal range, which minimizes the airflow caused by excessive pressure. At the same time, within the range of this ratio, the first end 321 can most effectively intercept and utilize the return airflow gradually overflowing from the edge of the blade 32, and reduce the probability of the return airflow flowing out of the housing 1 to the greatest extent. The combination of the two functions can make the airflow entering the first end 321 and the airflow outflowing from the end of the airflow approach the optimal value of 1:1. The air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 3 is greatly improved.
第一平衡环部33设置在邻近第二端部322的一侧,第二平衡环部34设置在邻近第一端部321的一侧。第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34设置叶片32的两侧,空间布局合理,不会影响到风扇扇叶3表面的正常布局。分布在叶片32两侧的第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34,能够更好地调节由叶片32质量分布不均导致的风扇扇叶3失衡问题。同时,第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34的距离大于叶片32的长度,能够使第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34调平覆盖面扩大至整个风扇页面,提高了调平范围。The first balance ring portion 33 is arranged on a side adjacent to the second end portion 322, and the second balance ring portion 34 is arranged on a side adjacent to the first end portion 321. The first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 are arranged on both sides of the blade 32, and the spatial layout is reasonable, and will not affect the normal layout of the surface of the fan blade 3. The first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 distributed on both sides of the blade 32 can better adjust the imbalance problem of the fan blade 3 caused by the uneven mass distribution of the blade 32. At the same time, the distance between the first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 is greater than the length of the blade 32, which can expand the leveling coverage of the first balance ring portion 33 and the second balance ring portion 34 to the entire fan page, thereby improving the leveling range.
每个叶片32均设有叶缘323,由第一端部321到叶缘323方向,每个叶片32的厚度逐渐增大,由叶缘323到第二端部322的方向,每个叶片32的厚度逐渐减小。叶片32不同部位的厚度变化,使每个叶片32均构造成两头较薄中间较厚的结构,这种结构增强了叶片32两端对气流的切割能力,降低叶片32两端的空气阻力。中间部位厚度增加能够增强叶片32的物理强度,同时,叶片32厚度的增加,减小了相邻两个叶片32之间的空间,对流经的气流起到了增压的作用。Each blade 32 is provided with a blade edge 323. The thickness of each blade 32 gradually increases from the first end 321 to the blade edge 323, and the thickness of each blade 32 gradually decreases from the blade edge 323 to the second end 322. The thickness of different parts of the blade 32 varies, so that each blade 32 is constructed into a structure that is thinner at both ends and thicker in the middle. This structure enhances the cutting ability of the two ends of the blade 32 on the airflow and reduces the air resistance at both ends of the blade 32. The increase in the thickness of the middle part can enhance the physical strength of the blade 32. At the same time, the increase in the thickness of the blade 32 reduces the space between two adjacent blades 32, which has a pressurizing effect on the airflow passing through.
第二平衡环部34设置在顶面311和第一端部321之间,第二平衡环部34的多个平衡槽35围合构造成圆台形。由于,有轮毂31顶面311到底面313的方向上,轮毂31的横截面积越来越大,因此,轮毂31的侧边312构造成弧形。第二平衡环部34的多个平衡槽35围合构造成圆台形,使平衡槽35的分布更加合理,贴合了侧壁的趋势变化,提升空间利用率。The second balancing ring portion 34 is disposed between the top surface 311 and the first end portion 321, and the plurality of balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 are enclosed and configured to be in a truncated cone shape. Since the cross-sectional area of the hub 31 increases from the top surface 311 to the bottom surface 313 of the hub 31, the side edge 312 of the hub 31 is configured to be in an arc shape. The plurality of balancing grooves 35 of the second balancing ring portion 34 are enclosed and configured to be in a truncated cone shape, so that the distribution of the balancing grooves 35 is more reasonable, conforming to the trend change of the side wall, and improving the space utilization rate.
第一平衡环部33的多个平衡槽35两两成对设置在相邻两个叶片32之间,第一平衡环部33的相邻两个平衡槽35之间通过第一隔板331或者第二隔板332进行分隔,沿着轮毂31的周向方向,第二隔板332的长度大于第一隔板331的长度。The multiple balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are arranged in pairs between two adjacent blades 32. Two adjacent balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are separated by a first partition plate 331 or a second partition plate 332. Along the circumferential direction of the hub 31, the length of the second partition plate 332 is greater than the length of the first partition plate 331.
第一平衡环部33的多个平衡槽35两两成对设置在相邻两个叶片32之间,这一设计合理的利用了风扇扇叶3的空间,使第一平衡环部33能够设置的平衡槽35数量增加。提升了对风扇扇叶3调平的能力。The plurality of balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are arranged in pairs between two adjacent blades 32. This design reasonably utilizes the space of the fan blades 3, increases the number of balancing grooves 35 that can be arranged on the first balancing ring portion 33, and improves the ability to level the fan blades 3.
第一平衡环部33的相邻两个平衡槽35之间通过第一隔板331或者第二隔板332进行分隔,每个独立的平衡槽35作为第一平衡环部33的最小调平单元,平衡槽35之间相互隔离,避免了平衡槽35之间填平衡土时相互干扰,提升填土效率。Two adjacent balancing grooves 35 of the first balancing ring portion 33 are separated by a first partition plate 331 or a second partition plate 332. Each independent balancing groove 35 serves as the minimum leveling unit of the first balancing ring portion 33. The balancing grooves 35 are isolated from each other, thereby avoiding mutual interference when filling balancing soil between the balancing grooves 35 and improving the filling efficiency.
沿着轮毂31的周向方向,第二隔板332的长度大于第一隔板331的长度。间隔长度的变化使第一平衡环部33的调平能力,不是单位调平能力的叠加,而是出现了数值跨度,这个跨度变化再配合第二平衡环部34微调能力,微调能力作为数值跨度的补充,能够使快速的达成调平目的。Along the circumferential direction of the hub 31, the length of the second partition 332 is greater than that of the first partition 331. The change in the interval length makes the leveling ability of the first balance ring part 33 not the superposition of the unit leveling ability, but a numerical span appears. This span change is combined with the fine-tuning ability of the second balance ring part 34. The fine-tuning ability is a supplement to the numerical span, which can quickly achieve the leveling purpose.
在一些实施方式中,第二隔板332与叶片32的第二端部322连接,这种连接方式,充分利用了风扇扇叶3的空间,延长了叶片32的长度,提升了风扇扇叶3的出风效率。In some embodiments, the second partition 332 is connected to the second end 322 of the blade 32 . This connection method fully utilizes the space of the fan blade 3 , extends the length of the blade 32 , and improves the air outlet efficiency of the fan blade 3 .
风扇模组壳体1上设置有柔性套5,柔性套5上交替设置有环形凸起51和点状凸起52。提高风扇模组抗摔性能,同时在结合使用时,能够降低风扇模组的噪音及振动。The fan module housing 1 is provided with a flexible sleeve 5, and the flexible sleeve 5 is alternately provided with annular protrusions 51 and dot-shaped protrusions 52. The anti-fall performance of the fan module is improved, and when used in combination, the noise and vibration of the fan module can be reduced.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的任一实施方式都能够独立进行实施,或者通过与其他一个或者多个实施方式进行组合实施。组合实施时,其组合方式不应当局限于本实施例列举的组合方式。It should be noted that any implementation in this embodiment can be implemented independently or in combination with one or more other implementations. When implemented in combination, the combination method should not be limited to the combination methods listed in this embodiment.
实施例2Example 2
一种吹风装置,包括实施例1中的风扇模组,风扇模组作为组装该吹风装置的核心模块组件。A blowing device includes the fan module in Example 1, wherein the fan module serves as a core module component for assembling the blowing device.
需要指出的是,本实施例中的吹风装置包括(不限于):无叶风扇、桌面风扇、落地风扇、球形风扇、挂脖风扇、手持风扇、工业风扇、空调、吹风机等需要助推空气进行流通的产品。实施例1中的风扇模组则装配在上述产品的外壳内部。It should be noted that the blowing device in this embodiment includes (but is not limited to): bladeless fans, desktop fans, floor fans, spherical fans, neck fans, handheld fans, industrial fans, air conditioners, hair dryers and other products that need to promote air circulation. The fan module in Example 1 is assembled inside the shell of the above products.
本实施例中的吹风装置的风扇模组的风扇电机2和风扇扇叶3设置在壳体1内,并且在风扇扇叶3上开设第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34,通过向第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34对应位置填充平衡土,对风扇扇叶3的质量分布进行均衡,使风扇扇叶3的转动效率和稳定性提升。同时,第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34两个调节环部,能够增加风扇扇叶3的可调空间,实现对风扇扇叶3形成的较大范围的质量偏差进行均衡的目的。第一平衡环部33的直径大于第二平衡环部34的直径,在风扇扇叶3转动过程中,第一平衡环部33的力矩大于第二平衡环部34的力矩,相同质量的平衡土在第一平衡环部33和第二平衡环部34产生的调节作用不同,因此,这种结构对风扇扇叶3的均衡效果出现层次差异,二者组合使用能够实现更加精准的质量均衡,进而大大提升风扇扇叶3的转动效率和稳定性。The fan motor 2 and the fan blade 3 of the fan module of the blowing device in this embodiment are arranged in the housing 1, and the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 are provided on the fan blade 3. By filling the balance soil into the corresponding positions of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34, the mass distribution of the fan blade 3 is balanced, so that the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3 are improved. At the same time, the two adjustment ring parts of the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34 can increase the adjustable space of the fan blade 3, so as to achieve the purpose of balancing the mass deviation of the fan blade 3 in a larger range. The diameter of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the diameter of the second balance ring part 34. During the rotation of the fan blade 3, the torque of the first balance ring part 33 is greater than the torque of the second balance ring part 34. The same mass of balance soil has different regulating effects on the first balance ring part 33 and the second balance ring part 34. Therefore, this structure has different levels of balancing effect on the fan blade 3. The combination of the two can achieve more accurate mass balancing, thereby greatly improving the rotation efficiency and stability of the fan blade 3.
方案8,如图8-1至8-9所示。Scheme 8 is shown in Figures 8-1 to 8-9.
如图8-1至图8-4所示,为本申请的便携式风扇,所述便携式风扇包括出风部100和手持部200,所述出风部100用于出风,所述手持部200用于供用户手持,便于用户手持移动使用。As shown in FIG. 8-1 to FIG. 8-4 , the portable fan of the present application includes an air outlet portion 100 and a hand-held portion 200 . The air outlet portion 100 is used for discharging air, and the hand-held portion 200 is used for being held by a user, so that the user can hold and move the fan for easy use.
所述出风部100自外向内包括外壳1、套壳2、第一缓冲件30和筒体4。所述筒体4后端进风,前端出风,所述筒体4内设有电机5和风扇6,所述电机5为高速三相电机,高速三相电机可以提供足够的动 力和转速,以保证所述便携式风扇的风力。所述第一缓冲件30设于所述筒体4外,所述套壳2设于所述第一缓冲件30外,所述外壳1设于所述套壳2外。通过设置所述筒体4、所述第一缓冲件30、所述套壳2和所述外壳1四层结构,层层固定,整体结构稳定。在使用高速三相电机的同时,保证整体减震效果好,筒体4外设置第一缓冲件30,第一缓冲件30及时吸收并减少高速三相电机带来的震动,使得便携式风扇可以持续稳定地高速转动。The air outlet 100 includes a housing 1, a casing 2, a first buffer 30 and a cylinder 4 from the outside to the inside. The cylinder 4 has air inlet at the rear end and air outlet at the front end. A motor 5 and a fan 6 are arranged in the cylinder 4. The motor 5 is a high-speed three-phase motor, which can provide sufficient power. force and speed to ensure the wind force of the portable fan. The first buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, the casing 2 is arranged outside the first buffer 30, and the outer shell 1 is arranged outside the casing 2. By setting a four-layer structure of the cylinder 4, the first buffer 30, the casing 2 and the outer shell 1, the layers are fixed and the overall structure is stable. While using a high-speed three-phase motor, the overall shock absorption effect is ensured to be good. The first buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4. The first buffer 30 absorbs and reduces the vibration caused by the high-speed three-phase motor in time, so that the portable fan can continue to rotate at a high speed stably.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1至图8-4所示,所述套壳2为一体成型且前后贯通,所述套壳2内侧设有限位部20,所述筒体4和所述第一缓冲件30自后向前插入所述套壳2内,所述限位部20限位所述筒体4和所述第一缓冲件30。所述筒体4的外径等于或大于所述第一缓冲件30的内径,所述第一缓冲件30的外径等于或大于所述套壳2的内径,所述筒体4、所述第一缓冲件30和所述套壳2为紧配合,结构稳定。所述外壳1为一体成型且前后贯通,所述套壳2的外径小于所述外壳1的内径,所述外壳1的内表面等距间隔设有多个凸肋,所述套壳2可以轻松插入所述外壳1内侧,多个所述凸肋可以帮助紧固所述套壳2。当然,在其他实施例中,也可以是所述套壳2的外表面等距间隔设有多个所述凸肋。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1 to Fig. 8-4, the casing 2 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, a limiting portion 20 is provided inside the casing 2, the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30 are inserted into the casing 2 from back to front, and the limiting portion 20 limits the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30. The outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the first buffer 30, and the outer diameter of the first buffer 30 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the casing 2. The cylinder 4, the first buffer 30 and the casing 2 are tightly matched and have a stable structure. The outer shell 1 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, the outer diameter of the casing 2 is smaller than the inner diameter of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs are equidistantly provided on the inner surface of the casing 1, so that the casing 2 can be easily inserted into the inner side of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs can help tighten the casing 2. Of course, in other embodiments, a plurality of ribs can be equidistantly provided on the outer surface of the casing 2.
如图8-2和图8-4所示,所述第一缓冲件30用作所述筒体4和所述套壳2之间的隔离缓冲界面,在一个实施例中,所述第一缓冲件30为平滑表面;在另一个实施例中,为了增强其隔离特性和缓冲特性,还可以在所述第一缓冲件的外表面间隔设置多个凸点。另外,所述第一缓冲件30可以只包覆所述筒体4的部分外表面,也可以包覆所述筒体4的全部外表面,还可以包覆所述筒体4的前端面和后端面,并不以此为限。As shown in Fig. 8-2 and Fig. 8-4, the first buffer member 30 is used as an isolation buffer interface between the barrel 4 and the casing 2. In one embodiment, the first buffer member 30 is a smooth surface; in another embodiment, in order to enhance its isolation and buffering properties, a plurality of convex points may be arranged at intervals on the outer surface of the first buffer member. In addition, the first buffer member 30 may only cover part of the outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the entire outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the front end face and the rear end face of the barrel 4, but is not limited thereto.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4和图8-6所示,所述筒体4包括外环部40、内环部41,以及连接所述外环部40和所述内环部41的多个第一连接叶42,所述内环部41比所述外环部40短,所述内环部41位于所述外环部40的前端部分对应的内侧,且所述内环部41的前端向前超过所述外环部40的前端。所述内环部41内设有基板44,自所述基板44向后凸出延伸有中空的轴筒45。所述电机5包括定子组件51和转子组件,所述定子组件51和所述转子组件相嵌套固定,并自后固定于所述轴筒45,所述风扇6安装于所述转子组件后侧。所述电机5还包括驱动板52,所述内环部41的前端设有收容部46和卡扣47,所述收容部46用于收容驱动板52,所述卡扣47用于扣合固定所述驱动板52。所述基板44设有过线口440,导线穿过所述过线口440,以电性连接所述驱动板52与所述定子组件51。所述驱动板52电性连接所述定子组件51,并驱动所述转子组件和所述风扇6转动。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4 and Fig. 8-6, the cylinder 4 includes an outer ring portion 40, an inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of first connecting leaves 42 connecting the outer ring portion 40 and the inner ring portion 41, wherein the inner ring portion 41 is shorter than the outer ring portion 40, and the inner ring portion 41 is located at the inner side corresponding to the front end portion of the outer ring portion 40, and the front end of the inner ring portion 41 exceeds the front end of the outer ring portion 40 forward. A base plate 44 is provided in the inner ring portion 41, and a hollow shaft cylinder 45 protrudes backward from the base plate 44. The motor 5 includes a stator assembly 51 and a rotor assembly, wherein the stator assembly 51 and the rotor assembly are nested and fixed, and fixed to the shaft cylinder 45 from the rear, and the fan 6 is installed at the rear side of the rotor assembly. The motor 5 further includes a driving plate 52. The front end of the inner ring portion 41 is provided with a receiving portion 46 and a buckle 47. The receiving portion 46 is used to receive the driving plate 52, and the buckle 47 is used to buckle and fix the driving plate 52. The base plate 44 is provided with a wire passing opening 440, and the wire passes through the wire passing opening 440 to electrically connect the driving plate 52 and the stator assembly 51. The driving plate 52 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 51, and drives the rotor assembly and the fan 6 to rotate.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4、图8-7和图8-8所示,所述转子组件包括转轴501、轴承502和限位件503,所述轴承502、所述限位件503和所述定子组件51均插设于所述转轴501外。所述轴筒45向后超出所述内环部41的后端,但未超出所述外环部40的后端。所述转轴501自后向前插入所述轴筒45,所述轴承502设有两个,一个所述轴承502自后向前卡设于所述转轴501外和所述轴筒45内,另一个所述轴承502自前向后卡设于所述转轴501外和所述轴筒45内。所述轴筒45在两个所述轴承502之间设有第二缓冲件(未图示,下同),所述轴筒45对应所述第二缓冲件的内径小于所述轴筒45对应所述轴承502的内径。所述转轴501前部的径向外设有卡槽,所述限位件503自前向后卡固于所述卡槽,前方的所述轴承502与所述限位件503之间设有第三缓冲件31。所述第二缓冲件和所述第三缓冲件31的设置,可有效吸收并减少所述转轴501和所述轴筒45之间的震动,减震效果好。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-7 and Fig. 8-8, the rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 501, a bearing 502 and a stopper 503, wherein the bearing 502, the stopper 503 and the stator assembly 51 are all inserted outside the rotating shaft 501. The shaft cylinder 45 extends backward beyond the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, but does not extend beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40. The rotating shaft 501 is inserted into the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and two bearings 502 are provided, one of which is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and the other bearing 502 is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from front to back. The shaft cylinder 45 is provided with a second buffer (not shown, the same below) between the two bearings 502, and the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the second buffer is smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the bearing 502. A slot is provided radially outside the front of the rotating shaft 501, and the stopper 503 is fixed in the slot from front to back, and a third buffer 31 is provided between the front bearing 502 and the stopper 503. The second buffer and the third buffer 31 can effectively absorb and reduce the vibration between the rotating shaft 501 and the shaft cylinder 45, and the shock absorption effect is good.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,所述转子组件还包括机壳504和磁环505,所述机壳504朝前开口,所述机壳504包括后部和侧部,所述磁环505固定于所述机壳504侧部的内侧,所述定子组件51固定于所述磁环505的内侧。在径向上,所述定子组件51,所述磁环505和所述机壳504侧部套设于所述轴筒45外侧,所述机壳504侧部的前端与所述内环部41在轴向上紧邻间隔设置。所述机壳504侧部与所述内环部41的后端之间的间隔,小于所述机壳504后部与后方的所述轴承502之间的间隔,这样即使所述便携式风扇在跌落或者受到其他外界撞击时,所述机壳504后部也不会撞击损伤后方的所述轴承502。所述机壳504侧部与所述内环部41的后端之间的间隔,小于所述转轴501的前端与所述驱动板52的后端之间的间隔,这样即使所述便携式风扇在跌落或者受到其他外界撞击时,所述轴承502的前端也不会撞击损伤所述驱动板52。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, the rotor assembly further comprises a housing 504 and a magnetic ring 505, the housing 504 is open to the front, the housing 504 comprises a rear portion and a side portion, the magnetic ring 505 is fixed to the inner side of the side portion of the housing 504, and the stator assembly 51 is fixed to the inner side of the magnetic ring 505. In the radial direction, the stator assembly 51, the magnetic ring 505 and the side portion of the housing 504 are sleeved on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the front end of the side portion of the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged in close proximity in the axial direction. The interval between the side portion of the housing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the interval between the rear portion of the housing 504 and the rear bearing 502, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the rear portion of the housing 504 will not impact and damage the rear bearing 502. The distance between the side of the casing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the distance between the front end of the rotating shaft 501 and the rear end of the driving plate 52, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the front end of the bearing 502 will not hit and damage the driving plate 52.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,所述筒体4的外径为23.71-24.05mm,所述筒体4的长度为30-33.05mm,所述筒体4的体积较小,使得所述便携式风扇整体体积也可以较小,提高所述便携式风扇的便携性。所述筒体4还包括多个延伸叶43,多个延伸叶43与所述第一连接叶42一一对应,自所述第一连接叶42向后延伸形成所述延伸叶43。所述第一连接叶42竖直向前延伸,所述延伸叶43为弧形弯曲延伸,多个所述延伸叶43环绕于所述机壳504侧部外。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, the outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is 23.71-24.05 mm, the length of the cylinder 4 is 30-33.05 mm, and the volume of the cylinder 4 is small, so that the overall volume of the portable fan can also be small, thereby improving the portability of the portable fan. The cylinder 4 also includes a plurality of extension leaves 43, which correspond to the first connecting leaves 42 one by one, and extend backward from the first connecting leaves 42 to form the extension leaves 43. The first connecting leaves 42 extend vertically forward, and the extension leaves 43 extend in an arc shape, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 surround the outside of the side of the housing 504.
在一个实施例中,如图8-3、图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,所述风扇6固定设于所述转轴501的后端,所述风扇6的前端与所述机壳504的后端在轴向上紧邻设置。所述风扇6与所述电机5同轴设置,且所述风扇6和所述机壳504紧邻设置,无需在所述电机5和所述风扇6之间另外设置传动装置,有效提高了所述风扇6的传动效率。所述风扇6包括轮毂60以及设于所述轮毂60外侧的多个扇叶61,所述轮毂60内 侧设有筋叶62,所述机壳504的后部贯穿设有缺口,第四缓冲件32穿过所述机壳504后部的缺口,并设于后方的所述轴承502和所述风扇6的筋叶62之间。所述第四缓冲件32的后端抵持于所述筋叶62,所述第四缓冲件32的前端抵持于后方的所述轴承502,所述第四缓冲件32有效吸收并减少所述风扇6高速转动的震动,减震效果好。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-3, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, the fan 6 is fixedly arranged at the rear end of the rotating shaft 501, and the front end of the fan 6 is arranged closely to the rear end of the housing 504 in the axial direction. The fan 6 is arranged coaxially with the motor 5, and the fan 6 and the housing 504 are arranged closely to each other, so there is no need to arrange a transmission device between the motor 5 and the fan 6, which effectively improves the transmission efficiency of the fan 6. The fan 6 includes a hub 60 and a plurality of blades 61 arranged outside the hub 60. The fourth buffer member 32 passes through the notch at the rear of the housing 504 and is disposed between the bearing 502 at the rear and the ribs 62 of the fan 6. The rear end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the ribs 62, and the front end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the bearing 502 at the rear. The fourth buffer member 32 effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the high-speed rotation of the fan 6, and has a good shock absorption effect.
在一个实施例中,如图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,两个所述轴承502中的一个所述轴承502外侧套设有第五缓冲件(未标号,下同);在另一个实施例中,两个所述轴承502外侧套均设有第五缓冲件,且均设于所述轴筒45内;在另一个实施例中,两个所述轴承502外侧套设有第五缓冲件,前方的所述轴承502设于所述轴筒45内,后方的所述轴承502不设于所述轴筒45内,而是直接设于所述转子组件内。所述第五缓冲件有效吸收并减少所述轴承502高速转动的震动,减震效果好。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, a fifth buffer (not numbered, the same below) is sleeved on the outer side of one of the two bearings 502; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, and both are arranged in the shaft cylinder 45; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, the front bearing 502 is arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, and the rear bearing 502 is not arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, but directly arranged in the rotor assembly. The fifth buffer effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the high-speed rotation of the bearing 502, and has a good shock absorption effect.
在一个实施例中,如图8-3至图8-5所示,所述风扇6为斜流风扇6,所述轮毂60自后向前径向增大延伸,且所述轮毂60呈弧形。所述轮毂60的直径、所述机壳504的直径和所述内环部41的直径三者中的任意两者相差小于0.5mm,且在轴向上,所述机壳504和所述内环部41前后紧邻间隔设置,所述轮毂60和所述机壳504紧邻设置。所述风扇6的后端未向后超出所述外环部40的后端,所述风扇6可以完整的设于所述外环部40、所述第一缓冲件30、所述套壳2和所述外壳1四层结构内,可有效吸收并减小所述风扇6高速转动的噪声。应当理解,所述内环部41和所述外环部40之间的通道、所述机壳504侧部和所述外环部40之间的通道属于所述便携式风扇的风道。所述风扇6转动,高速旋转的所述扇叶61转动产生的高速紊流,先流经弯折延伸的所述延伸叶43得到初步梳理,再流经竖直向前延伸的所述第一连接叶42得到再次梳理,并被引导竖直向前喷射,以减小动能损失,保留大风量和大风压。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-3 to FIG. 8-5, the fan 6 is a diagonal flow fan 6, the hub 60 radially increases and extends from the back to the front, and the hub 60 is arc-shaped. The diameter of the hub 60, the diameter of the housing 504, and the diameter of the inner ring portion 41 are less than 0.5 mm apart from each other, and in the axial direction, the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged closely spaced from front to back, and the hub 60 and the housing 504 are arranged closely. The rear end of the fan 6 does not extend backward beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40, and the fan 6 can be completely arranged in the four-layer structure of the outer ring portion 40, the first buffer 30, the casing 2, and the outer shell 1, which can effectively absorb and reduce the noise of the high-speed rotation of the fan 6. It should be understood that the channel between the inner ring portion 41 and the outer ring portion 40, and the channel between the side of the housing 504 and the outer ring portion 40 belong to the air duct of the portable fan. The fan 6 rotates, and the high-speed rotating blades 61 generate high-speed turbulence, which first flows through the bent and extended extension blades 43 to be initially combed, then flows through the first connecting blades 42 extending vertically forward to be combed again, and is guided to be ejected vertically forward to reduce kinetic energy loss and retain large air volume and high wind pressure.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述出风部100还包括进风罩组件7和出风罩8,所述进风罩组件7卡固于所述套壳2的后侧,并设于所述外壳1后侧。所述出风罩8卡固于所述套壳2的前侧,并设于所述外壳1前侧。所述套壳2的前侧设有第一固定部21,所述出风罩8外侧设有第一配合部70,所述第一固定部21和所述第一配合部70对应配合固定。所述套壳2的后侧设有第二固定部22,所述进风罩组件7设有第二配合部80,所述第二固定部22和所述第二配合部80对应配合固定。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-2 to FIG. 8-5, the air outlet portion 100 further includes an air inlet cover assembly 7 and an air outlet cover 8, wherein the air inlet cover assembly 7 is fixed to the rear side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the rear side of the outer shell 1. The air outlet cover 8 is fixed to the front side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the front side of the outer shell 1. A first fixing portion 21 is provided at the front side of the casing 2, and a first matching portion 70 is provided at the outer side of the air outlet cover 8, and the first fixing portion 21 and the first matching portion 70 are fixed in a corresponding manner. A second fixing portion 22 is provided at the rear side of the casing 2, and the air inlet cover assembly 7 is provided with a second matching portion 80, and the second fixing portion 22 and the second matching portion 80 are fixed in a corresponding manner.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述外壳1在轴向上的长度为53.6-54mm,所述进风罩组件7的后端与所述轮毂60的后端之间具有第一间距,所述出风罩8的前端与所述轮毂60的前端之间具有第二间距,所述第一间距小于所述第二间距,使气流具有足够的进风距离和出风距离,以在进风距离和出风距离中设置导流、整流、增压的结构,保证所述便携式风扇在体积受限的情况下,也能提高风量、风压和风效。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 8-2 to 8-5, the axial length of the shell 1 is 53.6-54 mm, there is a first spacing between the rear end of the air inlet cover assembly 7 and the rear end of the hub 60, and there is a second spacing between the front end of the air outlet cover 8 and the front end of the hub 60, and the first spacing is smaller than the second spacing, so that the airflow has sufficient air inlet distance and air outlet distance, so that the guide, rectification and pressurization structures are set in the air inlet distance and the air outlet distance, to ensure that the portable fan can increase the air volume, wind pressure and wind efficiency even when the volume is limited.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-3、图8-4和图8-9所示,所述进风罩组件7包括后壳71、整流罩72、卡壳73和紧固件74,所述紧固件74固定所述后壳71和所述卡壳73,所述后壳71、所述卡壳73和所述整流罩72均位于所述轮毂60后侧。所述后壳71中空,所述后壳71的前端设有凸块710和第一固定孔714。所述整流罩72的边缘设有卡孔721,所述卡孔721与所述凸块710配合,所述整流罩72覆盖所述后壳71的径向内侧。所述卡壳73后端设有第二固定孔730,所述紧固件74固定所述第一固定孔714和所述第二固定孔730,所述后壳71和所述卡壳73夹固所述整流罩72。所述整流罩72包括多个进风通孔720,所述整流罩72的厚度为0.4mm。所述后壳71包括径向依次连接的平面部711、径向导流部712和轴向导流部713,所述轴向导流部713前端设有第一台阶部,所述第一台阶部凸设有所述凸块710,所述整流罩72的边缘设于所述第一台阶部,所述卡孔721与所述凸块710配合。所述卡壳73的后端对应所述第一台阶部设置,以与所述第一台阶部夹固所述整流罩72。所述径向导流部712为弧面,且自所述平面部711至所述轴向导流部713径向缩小,所述平面部711的最小内径大于所述轴向导流部713的内径,所述轴向导流部713内侧面基本径向不变向前延伸,所述卡壳73内侧面基本径向不变向前延伸。当然,所述轴向导流部713的内侧面和所述卡壳73的内侧面也可以以很小的幅度径向渐缩向前延伸。气流自弧形的所述径向导流部712导入,所述轴向导流部713内侧面和所述卡壳73内侧面径向不变,使气流遇到的阻力更小,产生的紊流更少,可减小气流扰动产生的噪音,且有利于引导气流向前流动。在所述便携式风扇整体体积受限的条件下,提高了风量和风压。同时具有厚度且具有多个进风通孔720的所述整流罩72可以很好地整理气流,使气流可以更加聚拢平稳地进入所述便携式风扇内。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-3, Fig. 8-4 and Fig. 8-9, the air inlet cover assembly 7 comprises a rear shell 71, a fairing 72, a housing 73 and a fastener 74, wherein the fastener 74 fixes the rear shell 71 and the housing 73, and the rear shell 71, the housing 73 and the fairing 72 are all located at the rear side of the hub 60. The rear shell 71 is hollow, and a protrusion 710 and a first fixing hole 714 are provided at the front end of the rear shell 71. A housing 721 is provided at the edge of the fairing 72, and the housing 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710, and the fairing 72 covers the radial inner side of the rear shell 71. A second fixing hole 730 is provided at the rear end of the housing 73, and the fastener 74 fixes the first fixing hole 714 and the second fixing hole 730, and the rear shell 71 and the housing 73 clamp the fairing 72. The fairing 72 includes a plurality of air inlet holes 720, and the thickness of the fairing 72 is 0.4 mm. The rear shell 71 includes a plane portion 711, a radial guide portion 712 and an axial guide portion 713 which are connected in sequence in a radial direction. The front end of the axial guide portion 713 is provided with a first step portion, and the first step portion is convexly provided with the protrusion 710. The edge of the fairing 72 is provided at the first step portion, and the clamping hole 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710. The rear end of the clamping shell 73 is arranged corresponding to the first step portion to clamp the fairing 72 with the first step portion. The radial guide portion 712 is an arc surface, and radially decreases from the plane portion 711 to the axial guide portion 713. The minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is greater than the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713. The inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 extends forward substantially radially unchanged, and the inner side surface of the clamping shell 73 extends forward substantially radially unchanged. Of course, the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 can also be radially tapered and extended forward with a very small amplitude. The airflow is introduced from the arc-shaped radial guide portion 712, and the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 remain unchanged in radial direction, so that the airflow encounters less resistance and generates less turbulence, which can reduce the noise generated by airflow disturbance and help guide the airflow to flow forward. Under the condition that the overall volume of the portable fan is limited, the air volume and wind pressure are increased. At the same time, the fairing 72, which has a thickness and a plurality of air inlet holes 720, can organize the airflow well, so that the airflow can be more gathered and smoothly enter the portable fan.
在一个实施例中,如图8-3至图8-5,所述平面部711的最小内径为R1,所述平面部711与所述轮毂60后端之间的距离为D1,0.5R<D1<R1<2D1;所述轴向导流部713的内径为R2,所述轴向导流部713的后端与所述轮毂60后端之间的距离为D2,0.5R2<D2<R2<2D2。过大的D1和D2会影响所述便携式风扇的布局分布,而过小的D1和D2则会增加所述便携式风扇的进气损失,影响所述便携式风扇的性能。因此通过R1和R2的数值对应确定D1和D2的数值范围,可以设计优良的进气长度,从而使气流遇到的阻力更小,产生的紊流更少,提升了风量、风压和风效,减少进风的噪音。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 8-3 to 8-5, the minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is R1, and the distance between the plane portion 711 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D1, 0.5R<D1<R1<2D1; the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713 is R2, and the distance between the rear end of the axial guide portion 713 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D2, 0.5R2<D2<R2<2D2. Too large D1 and D2 will affect the layout distribution of the portable fan, while too small D1 and D2 will increase the intake loss of the portable fan and affect the performance of the portable fan. Therefore, by determining the numerical range of D1 and D2 corresponding to the numerical values of R1 and R2, an excellent intake length can be designed, so that the airflow encounters less resistance, generates less turbulence, increases the air volume, wind pressure and wind efficiency, and reduces the noise of the air intake.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述出风罩8包括外罩部81、内罩部82,以及连接所述外罩部81和所述内罩部82的多个第二连接叶83,所述外罩部81和所述内罩部82之间形成所述便携式风扇 的出风口。所述第二连接叶83与所述第一连接叶42在轴向上间隔大于3.5mm,应当理解,所述第一连接叶42和所述第二连接叶83均为静叶,利用双静叶代替一般的静叶,且双静叶之间还设有间隔,气流通过双静叶便会保证有着足够的缓衡空间,不会造成一部分的气流回弹,可以防止扰流生成,进而减小噪音。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-2 to 8-5 , the air outlet cover 8 includes an outer cover portion 81, an inner cover portion 82, and a plurality of second connecting leaves 83 connecting the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82, and the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82 form the portable fan. The second connecting blade 83 is spaced more than 3.5 mm from the first connecting blade 42 in the axial direction. It should be understood that the first connecting blade 42 and the second connecting blade 83 are both stationary blades. Double stationary blades are used to replace ordinary stationary blades, and there is a gap between the double stationary blades. When the airflow passes through the double stationary blades, it is ensured that there is enough buffer space, and part of the airflow will not rebound, which can prevent the generation of turbulence and reduce noise.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述外罩部81的前端在所述内罩部82的前端的前方,所述内罩部82的后端开口,前端密封,且所述内罩部82的前端形成有向后凹陷的负压面820,所述负压面820具有聚风和补风的效果,使自所述出风口吹出的风更加集中强劲,吹风距离更远。所述内罩部82的外侧面自后向前先径向增大延伸后径向减小延伸,且所述内罩部82的外侧面径向增大的部分长于所述内罩部82的外侧面径向减小的部分,所述内罩部82的前端的直径大于所述内罩部82的后端的直径。所述内环部41的前端开口,且所述内环部41的前端设有驱动板52,便于安装所述驱动板52,且有利于所述导线连接所述驱动板52。所述内罩部82的后端与所述内环部41的前端紧邻设置,以遮挡保护所述驱动板52,减少灰尘杂质进入所述驱动板52,影响正常使用。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2 to Fig. 8-5, the front end of the outer cover part 81 is in front of the front end of the inner cover part 82, the rear end of the inner cover part 82 is open, the front end is sealed, and the front end of the inner cover part 82 is formed with a negative pressure surface 820 that is recessed backwards, and the negative pressure surface 820 has the effect of gathering and replenishing wind, so that the wind blown out from the air outlet is more concentrated and strong, and the blowing distance is farther. The outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 first radially increases and extends from the back to the front and then radially decreases and extends, and the radially increased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 is longer than the radially decreased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82, and the diameter of the front end of the inner cover part 82 is greater than the diameter of the rear end of the inner cover part 82. The front end of the inner ring part 41 is open, and the front end of the inner ring part 41 is provided with a driving plate 52, which is convenient for installing the driving plate 52 and is conducive to connecting the driving plate 52 with the wire. The rear end of the inner cover portion 82 is disposed adjacent to the front end of the inner ring portion 41 to shield and protect the drive plate 52 and reduce dust and impurities from entering the drive plate 52 to affect normal use.
在一个实施例中,所述出风罩8在轴向上的厚度为12.7-12.82mm,有利于增强风压,使出风距离更远。所述外壳1的前端凸出设有第二台阶部,所述外罩部81的前端先向前且向外径向扩大延伸,然后向后弯折延伸,并包裹所述第二台阶部,加强所述出风罩8和所述外壳1之间的配合固定。In one embodiment, the thickness of the air hood 8 in the axial direction is 12.7-12.82 mm, which is conducive to enhancing wind pressure and making the air outlet distance longer. The front end of the housing 1 is protruding with a second step portion, and the front end of the outer cover portion 81 first expands and extends radially forward and outward, then bends and extends backward and wraps the second step portion, thereby strengthening the fit and fixation between the air hood 8 and the housing 1.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1、图8-2和图8-4所示,所述外壳1在轴向上的长度为53.6-54mm,所述进风罩组件7的至少部分设于所述外壳1内部,所述出风罩8的至少部分设于所述外壳1内部,所述进风罩组件7的后端与所述出风罩8的前端之间的距离为59.6-60mm。所述出风部100整体体积小巧,便于携带。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1, Fig. 8-2 and Fig. 8-4, the length of the housing 1 in the axial direction is 53.6-54 mm, at least part of the air inlet cover assembly 7 is arranged inside the housing 1, at least part of the air outlet cover 8 is arranged inside the housing 1, and the distance between the rear end of the air inlet cover assembly 7 and the front end of the air outlet cover 8 is 59.6-60 mm. The air outlet 100 is compact in size and easy to carry.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1、图8-2、图8-3、图8-4和图8-8所示,所述手持部200内设有供电件209和控制板210,所述出风部100和所述手持部200相固定。所述外壳1对应所述手持部200设有缺槽10,所述外壳1内侧对应所述缺槽10的前方设有第一防呆块11。所述内罩部82和所述内环部41在轴向上紧邻设置,所述套壳2前侧设有防呆孔23。一个所述第二连接叶83设有过线槽830,且所述过线槽830径向贯通所述内罩部82和所述外罩部81,所述外罩部81外侧对应所述过线槽830设有第二防呆块810。所述套壳2自后向前插入所述外壳1内,所述第一防呆块11、所述第二防呆块810均与所述防呆孔23配合,所述缺槽10、所述防呆孔23的部分和所述过线槽830相连通,导线穿过所述缺槽10、所述防呆孔23和所述过线槽830,以电性连接所述控制板210和所述驱动板52。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1, Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-3, Fig. 8-4 and Fig. 8-8, a power supply 209 and a control panel 210 are provided in the handheld part 200, and the air outlet 100 and the handheld part 200 are fixed. The housing 1 is provided with a notch 10 corresponding to the handheld part 200, and a first fool-proof block 11 is provided in front of the notch 10 on the inner side of the housing 1. The inner cover part 82 and the inner ring part 41 are arranged adjacent to each other in the axial direction, and a fool-proof hole 23 is provided on the front side of the sleeve 2. One of the second connecting leaves 83 is provided with a wire groove 830, and the wire groove 830 radially passes through the inner cover part 82 and the outer cover part 81, and a second fool-proof block 810 is provided on the outer side of the outer cover part 81 corresponding to the wire groove 830. The sleeve 2 is inserted into the outer shell 1 from back to front, the first anti-foolproof block 11 and the second anti-foolproof block 810 are both matched with the anti-foolproof hole 23, the missing groove 10, part of the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 are connected, and the wire passes through the missing groove 10, the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 to electrically connect the control board 210 and the drive board 52.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1至图8-4所示,所述手持部200的壳体包括左右相配合的左壳201和右壳202,所述出风部100还包括自所述外壳1的外表面凸出的安装架9。所述手持部200内设有连接架203,所述连接架203包括连接顶板204,以及自所述连接顶板204的四个侧边分别向下延伸的前安装部205、后安装部206、左安装部207和右安装部208。所述连接顶板204与所述安装架9配合固定连接,所述左壳201与所述左安装部207配合固定连接,所述右壳202与所述右安装部208配合固定连接,且所述右壳202的凸柱插入所述前安装部205和所述后安装部206,所述控制板210卡设于所述连接架203的底部。所述手持部200还包括电性连接于所述控制板210前侧的开关211、电性连接于所述控制板210后侧的接口212,以及电性连接于所述控制板210侧边的防误触装置213,所述开关211向外显露所述手持部200的前侧,所述接口212设于所述后安装部206且向外显露于所述手持部200的后侧,所述防误触装置213向外显露于所述手持部200的左侧或右侧。所述供电件209设于所述控制板210下方,且所述供电件209与所述控制板210电性连接,所述供电件209可直接供电给所述电机5,以在不连接外部电源的情况下,驱动所述风扇6转动。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1 to Fig. 8-4, the housing of the handheld part 200 includes a left shell 201 and a right shell 202 that match each other, and the air outlet 100 also includes a mounting frame 9 protruding from the outer surface of the housing 1. A connecting frame 203 is provided inside the handheld part 200, and the connecting frame 203 includes a connecting top plate 204, and a front mounting portion 205, a rear mounting portion 206, a left mounting portion 207 and a right mounting portion 208 extending downward from four sides of the connecting top plate 204. The connecting top plate 204 is fixedly connected with the mounting frame 9, the left shell 201 is fixedly connected with the left mounting portion 207, the right shell 202 is fixedly connected with the right mounting portion 208, and the boss of the right shell 202 is inserted into the front mounting portion 205 and the rear mounting portion 206, and the control board 210 is clamped at the bottom of the connecting frame 203. The handheld part 200 further includes a switch 211 electrically connected to the front side of the control panel 210, an interface 212 electrically connected to the rear side of the control panel 210, and an anti-mistaken touch device 213 electrically connected to the side of the control panel 210. The switch 211 is exposed to the front side of the handheld part 200, the interface 212 is provided on the rear mounting part 206 and is exposed to the rear side of the handheld part 200, and the anti-mistaken touch device 213 is exposed to the left or right side of the handheld part 200. The power supply 209 is provided below the control panel 210 and is electrically connected to the control panel 210. The power supply 209 can directly supply power to the motor 5 to drive the fan 6 to rotate without connecting to an external power source.
在一个实施例中,所述负压面820的后侧设有第六缓冲件(未图示,下同),所述第六缓冲件用于压固连接所述驱动板52和所述控制板210,并且可以吸收所述电机5运行产生的噪音。In one embodiment, a sixth buffer member (not shown, the same below) is provided on the rear side of the negative pressure surface 820 , and the sixth buffer member is used for pressurizing and connecting the drive plate 52 and the control plate 210 , and can absorb the noise generated by the operation of the motor 5 .
应当理解,所述第一缓冲件31、所述第二缓冲件、所述第三缓冲件32、所述第四缓冲件33、所述第五缓冲件和所述第六缓冲件均具有弹性,但具体的材料和形式可从现有的弹性材料中选择,例如,所述第一缓冲件31可以是硅胶材料,也可以是泡棉材料;所述第二缓冲件、所述第三缓冲件32、所述第四缓冲件33和所述第五缓冲件可以是弹簧材料,也可以是硅胶材料;所述第六缓冲件可以是硅胶材料,也可以是泡棉材料。具体的弹性材料不以上述举例为限制,只要具有弹性可提供缓冲减震作用的材料均可。It should be understood that the first buffer 31, the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33, the fifth buffer and the sixth buffer are all elastic, but the specific material and form can be selected from existing elastic materials, for example, the first buffer 31 can be a silicone material or a foam material; the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33 and the fifth buffer can be a spring material or a silicone material; the sixth buffer can be a silicone material or a foam material. The specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it is elastic and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
方案9,如图8-1至8-9所示。Scheme 9 is shown in Figures 8-1 to 8-9.
如图8-1至图8-4所示,为本申请的便携式风扇,所述便携式风扇包括出风部100和手持部200,所述出风部100用于出风,所述手持部200用于供用户手持,便于用户手持移动使用。As shown in FIG. 8-1 to FIG. 8-4 , the portable fan of the present application includes an air outlet portion 100 and a hand-held portion 200 . The air outlet portion 100 is used for discharging air, and the hand-held portion 200 is used for being held by a user, so that the user can hold and move the fan for easy use.
所述出风部100自外向内包括外壳1、套壳2、第一缓冲件30和筒体4。所述筒体4后端进风,前端出风,所述筒体4内设有电机5和风扇6,所述电机5为高速三相电机,高速三相电机可以提供足够的动力和转速,以保证所述便携式风扇的风力。所述第一缓冲件30设于所述筒体4外,所述套壳2设于所述第一缓冲件30外,所述外壳1设于所述套壳2外。通过设置所述筒体4、所述第一缓冲件30、所述套壳2和所述外壳1四层结构,层层固定,整体结构稳定。在使用高速三相电机的同时,保证整体减震效果好, 筒体4外设置第一缓冲件30,第一缓冲件30及时吸收并减少高速三相电机带来的震动,使得便携式风扇可以持续稳定地高速转动。The air outlet part 100 includes an outer shell 1, a casing 2, a first buffer member 30 and a cylinder 4 from the outside to the inside. The cylinder 4 has air intake at the rear end and air outlet at the front end. A motor 5 and a fan 6 are arranged in the cylinder 4. The motor 5 is a high-speed three-phase motor. The high-speed three-phase motor can provide sufficient power and rotation speed to ensure the wind force of the portable fan. The first buffer member 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, the casing 2 is arranged outside the first buffer member 30, and the outer shell 1 is arranged outside the casing 2. By setting a four-layer structure of the cylinder 4, the first buffer member 30, the casing 2 and the outer shell 1, the layers are fixed and the overall structure is stable. While using a high-speed three-phase motor, the overall shock absorption effect is guaranteed to be good. A first buffer member 30 is disposed outside the cylinder body 4. The first buffer member 30 timely absorbs and reduces the vibration caused by the high-speed three-phase motor, so that the portable fan can continuously and stably rotate at a high speed.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1至图8-4所示,所述套壳2为一体成型且前后贯通,所述套壳2内侧设有限位部20,所述筒体4和所述第一缓冲件30自后向前插入所述套壳2内,所述限位部20限位所述筒体4和所述第一缓冲件30。所述筒体4的外径等于或大于所述第一缓冲件30的内径,所述第一缓冲件30的外径等于或大于所述套壳2的内径,所述筒体4、所述第一缓冲件30和所述套壳2为紧配合,结构稳定。所述外壳1为一体成型且前后贯通,所述套壳2的外径小于所述外壳1的内径,所述外壳1的内表面等距间隔设有多个凸肋,所述套壳2可以轻松插入所述外壳1内侧,多个所述凸肋可以帮助紧固所述套壳2。当然,在其他实施例中,也可以是所述套壳2的外表面等距间隔设有多个所述凸肋。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1 to Fig. 8-4, the casing 2 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, a limiting portion 20 is provided inside the casing 2, the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30 are inserted into the casing 2 from back to front, and the limiting portion 20 limits the cylinder 4 and the first buffer 30. The outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the first buffer 30, and the outer diameter of the first buffer 30 is equal to or greater than the inner diameter of the casing 2. The cylinder 4, the first buffer 30 and the casing 2 are tightly matched and have a stable structure. The outer shell 1 is integrally formed and penetrates from front to back, the outer diameter of the casing 2 is smaller than the inner diameter of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs are equidistantly provided on the inner surface of the casing 1, so that the casing 2 can be easily inserted into the inner side of the casing 1, and a plurality of ribs can help tighten the casing 2. Of course, in other embodiments, a plurality of ribs can be equidistantly provided on the outer surface of the casing 2.
如图8-2和图8-4所示,所述第一缓冲件30用作所述筒体4和所述套壳2之间的隔离缓冲界面,在一个实施例中,所述第一缓冲件30为平滑表面;在另一个实施例中,为了增强其隔离特性和缓冲特性,还可以在所述第一缓冲件的外表面间隔设置多个凸点。另外,所述第一缓冲件30可以只包覆所述筒体4的部分外表面,也可以包覆所述筒体4的全部外表面,还可以包覆所述筒体4的前端面和后端面,并不以此为限。As shown in Fig. 8-2 and Fig. 8-4, the first buffer member 30 is used as an isolation buffer interface between the barrel 4 and the casing 2. In one embodiment, the first buffer member 30 is a smooth surface; in another embodiment, in order to enhance its isolation and buffering properties, a plurality of convex points may be arranged at intervals on the outer surface of the first buffer member. In addition, the first buffer member 30 may only cover part of the outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the entire outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the front end face and the rear end face of the barrel 4, but is not limited thereto.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4和图8-6所示,所述筒体4包括外环部40、内环部41,以及连接所述外环部40和所述内环部41的多个第一连接叶42,所述内环部41比所述外环部40短,所述内环部41位于所述外环部40的前端部分对应的内侧,且所述内环部41的前端向前超过所述外环部40的前端。所述内环部41内设有基板44,自所述基板44向后凸出延伸有中空的轴筒45。所述电机5包括定子组件51和转子组件,所述定子组件51和所述转子组件相嵌套固定,并自后固定于所述轴筒45,所述风扇6安装于所述转子组件后侧。所述电机5还包括驱动板52,所述内环部41的前端设有收容部46和卡扣47,所述收容部46用于收容驱动板52,所述卡扣47用于扣合固定所述驱动板52。所述基板44设有过线口440,导线穿过所述过线口440,以电性连接所述驱动板52与所述定子组件51。所述驱动板52电性连接所述定子组件51,并驱动所述转子组件和所述风扇6转动。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4 and Fig. 8-6, the cylinder 4 includes an outer ring portion 40, an inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of first connecting leaves 42 connecting the outer ring portion 40 and the inner ring portion 41, wherein the inner ring portion 41 is shorter than the outer ring portion 40, and the inner ring portion 41 is located at the inner side corresponding to the front end portion of the outer ring portion 40, and the front end of the inner ring portion 41 exceeds the front end of the outer ring portion 40 forward. A base plate 44 is provided in the inner ring portion 41, and a hollow shaft cylinder 45 protrudes backward from the base plate 44. The motor 5 includes a stator assembly 51 and a rotor assembly, wherein the stator assembly 51 and the rotor assembly are nested and fixed, and fixed to the shaft cylinder 45 from the rear, and the fan 6 is installed at the rear side of the rotor assembly. The motor 5 further includes a driving plate 52. The front end of the inner ring portion 41 is provided with a receiving portion 46 and a buckle 47. The receiving portion 46 is used to receive the driving plate 52, and the buckle 47 is used to buckle and fix the driving plate 52. The base plate 44 is provided with a wire passing opening 440, and the wire passes through the wire passing opening 440 to electrically connect the driving plate 52 and the stator assembly 51. The driving plate 52 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 51, and drives the rotor assembly and the fan 6 to rotate.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4、图8-7和图8-8所示,所述转子组件包括转轴501、轴承502和限位件503,所述轴承502、所述限位件503和所述定子组件51均插设于所述转轴501外。所述轴筒45向后超出所述内环部41的后端,但未超出所述外环部40的后端。所述转轴501自后向前插入所述轴筒45,所述轴承502设有两个,一个所述轴承502自后向前卡设于所述转轴501外和所述轴筒45内,另一个所述轴承502自前向后卡设于所述转轴501外和所述轴筒45内。所述轴筒45在两个所述轴承502之间设有第二缓冲件(未图示,下同),所述轴筒45对应所述第二缓冲件的内径小于所述轴筒45对应所述轴承502的内径。所述转轴501前部的径向外设有卡槽,所述限位件503自前向后卡固于所述卡槽,前方的所述轴承502与所述限位件503之间设有第三缓冲件31。所述第二缓冲件和所述第三缓冲件31的设置,可有效吸收并减少所述转轴501和所述轴筒45之间的震动,减震效果好。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-7 and Fig. 8-8, the rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 501, a bearing 502 and a stopper 503, wherein the bearing 502, the stopper 503 and the stator assembly 51 are all inserted outside the rotating shaft 501. The shaft cylinder 45 extends backward beyond the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, but does not extend beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40. The rotating shaft 501 is inserted into the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and two bearings 502 are provided, one of which is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and the other bearing 502 is clamped outside the rotating shaft 501 and inside the shaft cylinder 45 from front to back. The shaft cylinder 45 is provided with a second buffer (not shown, the same below) between the two bearings 502, and the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the second buffer is smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft cylinder 45 corresponding to the bearing 502. A slot is provided radially outside the front of the rotating shaft 501, and the stopper 503 is fixed in the slot from front to back, and a third buffer 31 is provided between the front bearing 502 and the stopper 503. The second buffer and the third buffer 31 can effectively absorb and reduce the vibration between the rotating shaft 501 and the shaft cylinder 45, and the shock absorption effect is good.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,所述转子组件还包括机壳504和磁环505,所述机壳504朝前开口,所述机壳504包括后部和侧部,所述磁环505固定于所述机壳504侧部的内侧,所述定子组件51固定于所述磁环505的内侧。在径向上,所述定子组件51,所述磁环505和所述机壳504侧部套设于所述轴筒45外侧,所述机壳504侧部的前端与所述内环部41在轴向上紧邻间隔设置。所述机壳504侧部与所述内环部41的后端之间的间隔,小于所述机壳504后部与后方的所述轴承502之间的间隔,这样即使所述便携式风扇在跌落或者受到其他外界撞击时,所述机壳504后部也不会撞击损伤后方的所述轴承502。所述机壳504侧部与所述内环部41的后端之间的间隔,小于所述转轴501的前端与所述驱动板52的后端之间的间隔,这样即使所述便携式风扇在跌落或者受到其他外界撞击时,所述轴承502的前端也不会撞击损伤所述驱动板52。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, the rotor assembly further comprises a housing 504 and a magnetic ring 505, the housing 504 is open to the front, the housing 504 comprises a rear portion and a side portion, the magnetic ring 505 is fixed to the inner side of the side portion of the housing 504, and the stator assembly 51 is fixed to the inner side of the magnetic ring 505. In the radial direction, the stator assembly 51, the magnetic ring 505 and the side portion of the housing 504 are sleeved on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the front end of the side portion of the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged in close proximity in the axial direction. The interval between the side portion of the housing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the interval between the rear portion of the housing 504 and the rear bearing 502, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the rear portion of the housing 504 will not impact and damage the rear bearing 502. The distance between the side of the casing 504 and the rear end of the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the distance between the front end of the rotating shaft 501 and the rear end of the driving plate 52, so that even if the portable fan falls or is hit by other external impacts, the front end of the bearing 502 will not hit and damage the driving plate 52.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,所述筒体4的外径为23.71-24.05mm,所述筒体4的长度为30-33.05mm,所述筒体4的体积较小,使得所述便携式风扇整体体积也可以较小,提高所述便携式风扇的便携性。所述筒体4还包括多个延伸叶43,多个延伸叶43与所述第一连接叶42一一对应,自所述第一连接叶42向后延伸形成所述延伸叶43。所述第一连接叶42竖直向前延伸,所述延伸叶43为弧形弯曲延伸,多个所述延伸叶43环绕于所述机壳504侧部外。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, the outer diameter of the cylinder 4 is 23.71-24.05 mm, the length of the cylinder 4 is 30-33.05 mm, and the volume of the cylinder 4 is small, so that the overall volume of the portable fan can also be small, thereby improving the portability of the portable fan. The cylinder 4 also includes a plurality of extension leaves 43, which correspond to the first connecting leaves 42 one by one, and extend backward from the first connecting leaves 42 to form the extension leaves 43. The first connecting leaves 42 extend vertically forward, and the extension leaves 43 extend in an arc shape, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 surround the outside of the side of the housing 504.
在一个实施例中,如图8-3、图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,所述风扇6固定设于所述转轴501的后端,所述风扇6的前端与所述机壳504的后端在轴向上紧邻设置。所述风扇6与所述电机5同轴设置,且所述风扇6和所述机壳504紧邻设置,无需在所述电机5和所述风扇6之间另外设置传动装置,有效提高了所述风扇6的传动效率。所述风扇6包括轮毂60以及设于所述轮毂60外侧的多个扇叶61,所述轮毂60内侧设有筋叶62,所述机壳504的后部贯穿设有缺口,第四缓冲件32穿过所述机壳504后部的缺口,并设于后方的所述轴承502和所述风扇6的筋叶62之间。所述第四缓冲件32的后端抵持于所述筋叶62,所述 第四缓冲件32的前端抵持于后方的所述轴承502,所述第四缓冲件32有效吸收并减少所述风扇6高速转动的震动,减震效果好。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-3, Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, the fan 6 is fixedly arranged at the rear end of the rotating shaft 501, and the front end of the fan 6 is arranged closely to the rear end of the casing 504 in the axial direction. The fan 6 is arranged coaxially with the motor 5, and the fan 6 and the casing 504 are arranged closely, so there is no need to provide an additional transmission device between the motor 5 and the fan 6, which effectively improves the transmission efficiency of the fan 6. The fan 6 includes a hub 60 and a plurality of blades 61 arranged on the outside of the hub 60, and rib blades 62 are arranged on the inner side of the hub 60. A notch is penetrated at the rear of the casing 504, and the fourth buffer member 32 passes through the notch at the rear of the casing 504, and is arranged between the bearing 502 at the rear and the rib blades 62 of the fan 6. The rear end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the rib blades 62, and the The front end of the fourth buffer member 32 abuts against the bearing 502 at the rear, and the fourth buffer member 32 effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the fan 6 rotating at a high speed, and has a good shock absorption effect.
在一个实施例中,如图8-4、图8-5和图8-8所示,两个所述轴承502中的一个所述轴承502外侧套设有第五缓冲件(未标号,下同);在另一个实施例中,两个所述轴承502外侧套均设有第五缓冲件,且均设于所述轴筒45内;在另一个实施例中,两个所述轴承502外侧套设有第五缓冲件,前方的所述轴承502设于所述轴筒45内,后方的所述轴承502不设于所述轴筒45内,而是直接设于所述转子组件内。所述第五缓冲件有效吸收并减少所述轴承502高速转动的震动,减震效果好。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-4, Fig. 8-5 and Fig. 8-8, a fifth buffer (not numbered, the same below) is sleeved on the outer side of one of the two bearings 502; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, and both are arranged in the shaft cylinder 45; in another embodiment, the outer sides of the two bearings 502 are sleeved with fifth buffers, the front bearing 502 is arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, and the rear bearing 502 is not arranged in the shaft cylinder 45, but directly arranged in the rotor assembly. The fifth buffer effectively absorbs and reduces the vibration of the high-speed rotation of the bearing 502, and has a good shock absorption effect.
在一个实施例中,如图8-3至图8-5所示,所述风扇6为斜流风扇6,所述轮毂60自后向前径向增大延伸,且所述轮毂60呈弧形。所述轮毂60的直径、所述机壳504的直径和所述内环部41的直径三者中的任意两者相差小于0.5mm,且在轴向上,所述机壳504和所述内环部41前后紧邻间隔设置,所述轮毂60和所述机壳504紧邻设置。所述风扇6的后端未向后超出所述外环部40的后端,所述风扇6可以完整的设于所述外环部40、所述第一缓冲件30、所述套壳2和所述外壳1四层结构内,可有效吸收并减小所述风扇6高速转动的噪声。应当理解,所述内环部41和所述外环部40之间的通道、所述机壳504侧部和所述外环部40之间的通道属于所述便携式风扇的风道。所述风扇6转动,高速旋转的所述扇叶61转动产生的高速紊流,先流经弯折延伸的所述延伸叶43得到初步梳理,再流经竖直向前延伸的所述第一连接叶42得到再次梳理,并被引导竖直向前喷射,以减小动能损失,保留大风量和大风压。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-3 to FIG. 8-5, the fan 6 is a diagonal flow fan 6, the hub 60 radially increases and extends from the back to the front, and the hub 60 is arc-shaped. The diameter of the hub 60, the diameter of the housing 504, and the diameter of the inner ring portion 41 are less than 0.5 mm apart from each other, and in the axial direction, the housing 504 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged closely spaced from front to back, and the hub 60 and the housing 504 are arranged closely. The rear end of the fan 6 does not extend backward beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40, and the fan 6 can be completely arranged in the four-layer structure of the outer ring portion 40, the first buffer 30, the casing 2, and the outer shell 1, which can effectively absorb and reduce the noise of the high-speed rotation of the fan 6. It should be understood that the channel between the inner ring portion 41 and the outer ring portion 40, and the channel between the side of the housing 504 and the outer ring portion 40 belong to the air duct of the portable fan. The fan 6 rotates, and the high-speed rotating blades 61 generate high-speed turbulence, which first flows through the bent and extended extension blades 43 to be initially combed, then flows through the first connecting blades 42 extending vertically forward to be combed again, and is guided to be ejected vertically forward to reduce kinetic energy loss and retain large air volume and high wind pressure.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述出风部100还包括第一导流器7和第二导流器8,所述第一导流器7卡固于所述套壳2的后侧,并设于所述外壳1后侧。所述第二导流器8卡固于所述套壳2的前侧,并设于所述外壳1前侧。所述套壳2的前侧设有第一固定部21,所述第二导流器8外侧设有第一配合部70,所述第一固定部21和所述第一配合部70对应配合固定。所述套壳2的后侧设有第二固定部22,所述第一导流器7设有第二配合部80,所述第二固定部22和所述第二配合部80对应配合固定。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-2 to FIG. 8-5, the air outlet 100 further includes a first deflector 7 and a second deflector 8, wherein the first deflector 7 is fixed to the rear side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the rear side of the outer shell 1. The second deflector 8 is fixed to the front side of the casing 2 and is arranged at the front side of the outer shell 1. A first fixing portion 21 is provided at the front side of the casing 2, and a first matching portion 70 is provided at the outer side of the second deflector 8, and the first fixing portion 21 and the first matching portion 70 are fixed in a corresponding manner. A second fixing portion 22 is provided at the rear side of the casing 2, and the first deflector 7 is provided with a second matching portion 80, and the second fixing portion 22 and the second matching portion 80 are fixed in a corresponding manner.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述外壳1在轴向上的长度为53.6-54mm,所述第一导流器7的后端与所述轮毂60的后端之间具有第一间距,所述第二导流器8的前端与所述轮毂60的前端之间具有第二间距,所述第一间距小于所述第二间距,使气流具有足够的进风距离和出风距离,以在进风距离和出风距离中设置导流、整流、增压的结构,保证所述便携式风扇在体积受限的情况下,也能提高风量、风压和风效。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 8-2 to 8-5, the axial length of the housing 1 is 53.6-54 mm, a first spacing is provided between the rear end of the first deflector 7 and the rear end of the hub 60, a second spacing is provided between the front end of the second deflector 8 and the front end of the hub 60, and the first spacing is smaller than the second spacing, so that the airflow has sufficient air inlet distance and air outlet distance, and a guide, rectifying, and pressurizing structure is provided in the air inlet distance and the air outlet distance, so as to ensure that the portable fan can increase the air volume, wind pressure, and wind efficiency even when the volume is limited.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2、图8-3、图8-4和图8-9所示,所述第一导流器7包括后壳71、整流罩72、卡壳73和紧固件74,所述紧固件74固定所述后壳71和所述卡壳73,所述后壳71、所述卡壳73和所述整流罩72均位于所述轮毂60后侧。所述后壳71中空,所述后壳71的前端设有凸块710和第一固定孔714。所述整流罩72的边缘设有卡孔721,所述卡孔721与所述凸块710配合,所述整流罩72覆盖所述后壳71的径向内侧。所述卡壳73后端设有第二固定孔730,所述紧固件74固定所述第一固定孔714和所述第二固定孔730,所述后壳71和所述卡壳73夹固所述整流罩72。所述整流罩72包括多个进风通孔720,所述整流罩72的厚度为0.4mm。所述后壳71包括径向依次连接的平面部711、径向导流部712和轴向导流部713,所述轴向导流部713前端设有第一台阶部,所述第一台阶部凸设有所述凸块710,所述整流罩72的边缘设于所述第一台阶部,所述卡孔721与所述凸块710配合。所述卡壳73的后端对应所述第一台阶部设置,以与所述第一台阶部夹固所述整流罩72。所述径向导流部712为弧面,且自所述平面部711至所述轴向导流部713径向缩小,所述平面部711的最小内径大于所述轴向导流部713的内径,所述轴向导流部713内侧面基本径向不变向前延伸,所述卡壳73内侧面基本径向不变向前延伸。当然,所述轴向导流部713的内侧面和所述卡壳73的内侧面也可以以很小的幅度径向渐缩向前延伸。气流自弧形的所述径向导流部712导入,所述轴向导流部713内侧面和所述卡壳73内侧面径向不变,使气流遇到的阻力更小,产生的紊流更少,可减小气流扰动产生的噪音,且有利于引导气流向前流动。在所述便携式风扇整体体积受限的条件下,提高了风量和风压。同时具有厚度且具有多个进风通孔720的所述整流罩72可以很好地整理气流,使气流可以更加聚拢平稳地进入所述便携式风扇内。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-3, Fig. 8-4 and Fig. 8-9, the first deflector 7 comprises a rear shell 71, a fairing 72, a housing 73 and a fastener 74, wherein the fastener 74 fixes the rear shell 71 and the housing 73, and the rear shell 71, the housing 73 and the fairing 72 are all located at the rear side of the hub 60. The rear shell 71 is hollow, and a protrusion 710 and a first fixing hole 714 are provided at the front end of the rear shell 71. A housing 721 is provided at the edge of the fairing 72, and the housing 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710, and the fairing 72 covers the radial inner side of the rear shell 71. A second fixing hole 730 is provided at the rear end of the housing 73, and the fastener 74 fixes the first fixing hole 714 and the second fixing hole 730, and the rear shell 71 and the housing 73 clamp the fairing 72. The fairing 72 includes a plurality of air inlet holes 720, and the thickness of the fairing 72 is 0.4 mm. The rear shell 71 includes a plane portion 711, a radial guide portion 712 and an axial guide portion 713 which are connected in sequence in a radial direction. The front end of the axial guide portion 713 is provided with a first step portion, and the first step portion is convexly provided with the protrusion 710. The edge of the fairing 72 is provided at the first step portion, and the clamping hole 721 cooperates with the protrusion 710. The rear end of the clamping shell 73 is arranged corresponding to the first step portion to clamp the fairing 72 with the first step portion. The radial guide portion 712 is an arc surface, and radially decreases from the plane portion 711 to the axial guide portion 713. The minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is greater than the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713. The inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 extends forward substantially radially unchanged, and the inner side surface of the clamping shell 73 extends forward substantially radially unchanged. Of course, the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 can also be radially tapered and extended forward with a very small amplitude. The airflow is introduced from the arc-shaped radial guide portion 712, and the inner side surface of the axial guide portion 713 and the inner side surface of the jamming shell 73 remain unchanged in radial direction, so that the airflow encounters less resistance and generates less turbulence, which can reduce the noise generated by airflow disturbance and help guide the airflow to flow forward. Under the condition that the overall volume of the portable fan is limited, the air volume and wind pressure are increased. At the same time, the fairing 72, which has a thickness and a plurality of air inlet holes 720, can organize the airflow well, so that the airflow can be more gathered and smoothly enter the portable fan.
在一个实施例中,如图8-3至图8-5,所述平面部711的最小内径为R1,所述平面部711与所述轮毂60后端之间的距离为D1,0.5R<D1<R1<2D1;所述轴向导流部713的内径为R2,所述轴向导流部713的后端与所述轮毂60后端之间的距离为D2,0.5R2<D2<R2<2D2。过大的D1和D2会影响所述便携式风扇的布局分布,而过小的D1和D2则会增加所述便携式风扇的进气损失,影响所述便携式风扇的性能。因此通过R1和R2的数值对应确定D1和D2的数值范围,可以设计优良的进气长度,从而使气流遇到的阻力更小,产生的紊流更少,提升了风量、风压和风效,减少进风的噪音。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 8-3 to 8-5, the minimum inner diameter of the plane portion 711 is R1, and the distance between the plane portion 711 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D1, 0.5R<D1<R1<2D1; the inner diameter of the axial guide portion 713 is R2, and the distance between the rear end of the axial guide portion 713 and the rear end of the hub 60 is D2, 0.5R2<D2<R2<2D2. Too large D1 and D2 will affect the layout distribution of the portable fan, while too small D1 and D2 will increase the intake loss of the portable fan and affect the performance of the portable fan. Therefore, by determining the numerical range of D1 and D2 corresponding to the numerical values of R1 and R2, an excellent intake length can be designed, so that the airflow encounters less resistance, generates less turbulence, increases the air volume, wind pressure and wind efficiency, and reduces the noise of the air intake.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述第二导流器8包括外罩部81、内罩部82,以及连接所述外罩部81和所述内罩部82的多个第二连接叶83,所述外罩部81和所述内罩部82之间形成所述便携式风扇的出风口。所述第二连接叶83与所述第一连接叶42在轴向上间隔大于3.5mm,应当理解,所述第一连接叶42和所述第二连接叶83均为静叶,利用双静叶代替一般的静叶,且双静叶之间还设有间隔,气流 通过双静叶便会保证有着足够的缓衡空间,不会造成一部分的气流回弹,可以防止扰流生成,进而减小噪音。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG8-2 to FIG8-5, the second deflector 8 includes an outer cover portion 81, an inner cover portion 82, and a plurality of second connecting blades 83 connecting the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82, and the air outlet of the portable fan is formed between the outer cover portion 81 and the inner cover portion 82. The second connecting blade 83 is spaced more than 3.5 mm from the first connecting blade 42 in the axial direction. It should be understood that the first connecting blade 42 and the second connecting blade 83 are both stationary blades, and double stationary blades are used instead of general stationary blades, and there is also a gap between the double stationary blades, so that the airflow The double static blades will ensure that there is enough buffer space, which will not cause part of the airflow to rebound, and can prevent the generation of turbulence, thereby reducing noise.
在一个实施例中,如图8-2至图8-5所示,所述外罩部81的前端在所述内罩部82的前端的前方,所述内罩部82的后端开口,前端密封,且所述内罩部82的前端形成有向后凹陷的负压面820,所述负压面820具有聚风和补风的效果,使自所述出风口吹出的风更加集中强劲,吹风距离更远。所述内罩部82的外侧面自后向前先径向增大延伸后径向减小延伸,且所述内罩部82的外侧面径向增大的部分长于所述内罩部82的外侧面径向减小的部分,所述内罩部82的前端的直径大于所述内罩部82的后端的直径。所述内环部41的前端开口,且所述内环部41的前端设有驱动板52,便于安装所述驱动板52,且有利于所述导线连接所述驱动板52。所述内罩部82的后端与所述内环部41的前端紧邻设置,以遮挡保护所述驱动板52,减少灰尘杂质进入所述驱动板52,影响正常使用。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-2 to Fig. 8-5, the front end of the outer cover part 81 is in front of the front end of the inner cover part 82, the rear end of the inner cover part 82 is open, the front end is sealed, and the front end of the inner cover part 82 is formed with a negative pressure surface 820 that is recessed backwards, and the negative pressure surface 820 has the effect of gathering and replenishing wind, so that the wind blown out from the air outlet is more concentrated and strong, and the blowing distance is farther. The outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 first radially increases and extends from the back to the front and then radially decreases and extends, and the radially increased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82 is longer than the radially decreased portion of the outer side surface of the inner cover part 82, and the diameter of the front end of the inner cover part 82 is greater than the diameter of the rear end of the inner cover part 82. The front end of the inner ring part 41 is open, and the front end of the inner ring part 41 is provided with a driving plate 52, which is convenient for installing the driving plate 52 and is conducive to connecting the driving plate 52 with the wire. The rear end of the inner cover portion 82 is disposed adjacent to the front end of the inner ring portion 41 to shield and protect the drive plate 52 and reduce dust and impurities from entering the drive plate 52 to affect normal use.
在一个实施例中,所述第二导流器8在轴向上的厚度为12.7-12.82mm,有利于增强风压,使出风距离更远。所述外壳1的前端凸出设有第二台阶部,所述外罩部81的前端先向前且向外径向扩大延伸,然后向后弯折延伸,并包裹所述第二台阶部,加强所述第二导流器8和所述外壳1之间的配合固定。In one embodiment, the thickness of the second deflector 8 in the axial direction is 12.7-12.82 mm, which is conducive to enhancing wind pressure and making the air outlet distance farther. The front end of the housing 1 is protruding with a second step portion, and the front end of the outer cover portion 81 first expands and extends radially forward and outward, then bends and extends backward and wraps the second step portion, thereby strengthening the fit and fixation between the second deflector 8 and the housing 1.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1、图8-2和图8-4所示,所述外壳1在轴向上的长度为53.6-54mm,所述第一导流器7的至少部分设于所述外壳1内部,所述第二导流器8的至少部分设于所述外壳1内部,所述第一导流器7的后端与所述第二导流器8的前端之间的距离为59.6-60mm。所述出风部100整体体积小巧,便于携带。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1, Fig. 8-2 and Fig. 8-4, the length of the housing 1 in the axial direction is 53.6-54 mm, at least part of the first deflector 7 is disposed inside the housing 1, at least part of the second deflector 8 is disposed inside the housing 1, and the distance between the rear end of the first deflector 7 and the front end of the second deflector 8 is 59.6-60 mm. The air outlet 100 is compact in size and easy to carry.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1、图8-2、图8-3、图8-4和图8-8所示,所述手持部200内设有供电件209和控制板210,所述出风部100和所述手持部200相固定。所述外壳1对应所述手持部200设有缺槽10,所述外壳1内侧对应所述缺槽10的前方设有第一防呆块11。所述内罩部82和所述内环部41在轴向上紧邻设置,所述套壳2前侧设有防呆孔23。一个所述第二连接叶83设有过线槽830,且所述过线槽830径向贯通所述内罩部82和所述外罩部81,所述外罩部81外侧对应所述过线槽830设有第二防呆块810。所述套壳2自后向前插入所述外壳1内,所述第一防呆块11、所述第二防呆块810均与所述防呆孔23配合,所述缺槽10、所述防呆孔23的部分和所述过线槽830相连通,导线穿过所述缺槽10、所述防呆孔23和所述过线槽830,以电性连接所述控制板210和所述驱动板52。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1, Fig. 8-2, Fig. 8-3, Fig. 8-4 and Fig. 8-8, a power supply 209 and a control panel 210 are provided in the handheld part 200, and the air outlet 100 and the handheld part 200 are fixed. The housing 1 is provided with a notch 10 corresponding to the handheld part 200, and a first fool-proof block 11 is provided in front of the notch 10 on the inner side of the housing 1. The inner cover part 82 and the inner ring part 41 are arranged adjacent to each other in the axial direction, and a fool-proof hole 23 is provided on the front side of the sleeve 2. One of the second connecting leaves 83 is provided with a wire groove 830, and the wire groove 830 radially passes through the inner cover part 82 and the outer cover part 81, and a second fool-proof block 810 is provided on the outer side of the outer cover part 81 corresponding to the wire groove 830. The sleeve 2 is inserted into the outer shell 1 from back to front, the first anti-foolproof block 11 and the second anti-foolproof block 810 are both matched with the anti-foolproof hole 23, the missing groove 10, part of the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 are connected, and the wire passes through the missing groove 10, the anti-foolproof hole 23 and the wire groove 830 to electrically connect the control board 210 and the drive board 52.
在一个实施例中,如图8-1至图8-4所示,所述手持部200的壳体包括左右相配合的左壳201和右壳202,所述出风部100还包括自所述外壳1的外表面凸出的安装架9。所述手持部200内设有连接架203,所述连接架203包括连接顶板204,以及自所述连接顶板204的四个侧边分别向下延伸的前安装部205、后安装部206、左安装部207和右安装部208。所述连接顶板204与所述安装架9配合固定连接,所述左壳201与所述左安装部207配合固定连接,所述右壳202与所述右安装部208配合固定连接,且所述右壳202的凸柱插入所述前安装部205和所述后安装部206,所述控制板210卡设于所述连接架203的底部。所述手持部200还包括电性连接于所述控制板210前侧的开关211、电性连接于所述控制板210后侧的接口212,以及电性连接于所述控制板210侧边的防误触装置213,所述开关211向外显露所述手持部200的前侧,所述接口212设于所述后安装部206且向外显露于所述手持部200的后侧,所述防误触装置213向外显露于所述手持部200的左侧或右侧。所述供电件209设于所述控制板210下方,且所述供电件209与所述控制板210电性连接,所述供电件209可直接供电给所述电机5,以在不连接外部电源的情况下,驱动所述风扇6转动。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 8-1 to Fig. 8-4, the housing of the handheld part 200 includes a left shell 201 and a right shell 202 that match each other, and the air outlet 100 also includes a mounting frame 9 protruding from the outer surface of the housing 1. A connecting frame 203 is provided inside the handheld part 200, and the connecting frame 203 includes a connecting top plate 204, and a front mounting portion 205, a rear mounting portion 206, a left mounting portion 207 and a right mounting portion 208 extending downward from four sides of the connecting top plate 204. The connecting top plate 204 is fixedly connected with the mounting frame 9, the left shell 201 is fixedly connected with the left mounting portion 207, the right shell 202 is fixedly connected with the right mounting portion 208, and the boss of the right shell 202 is inserted into the front mounting portion 205 and the rear mounting portion 206, and the control board 210 is clamped at the bottom of the connecting frame 203. The handheld part 200 further includes a switch 211 electrically connected to the front side of the control panel 210, an interface 212 electrically connected to the rear side of the control panel 210, and an anti-mistaken touch device 213 electrically connected to the side of the control panel 210. The switch 211 is exposed to the front side of the handheld part 200, the interface 212 is provided on the rear mounting part 206 and is exposed to the rear side of the handheld part 200, and the anti-mistaken touch device 213 is exposed to the left or right side of the handheld part 200. The power supply 209 is provided below the control panel 210 and is electrically connected to the control panel 210. The power supply 209 can directly supply power to the motor 5 to drive the fan 6 to rotate without connecting to an external power source.
在一个实施例中,所述负压面820的后侧设有第六缓冲件(未图示,下同),所述第六缓冲件用于压固连接所述驱动板52和所述控制板210,并且可以吸收所述电机5运行产生的噪音。In one embodiment, a sixth buffer member (not shown, the same below) is provided on the rear side of the negative pressure surface 820 , and the sixth buffer member is used for pressurizing and connecting the drive plate 52 and the control plate 210 , and can absorb the noise generated by the operation of the motor 5 .
应当理解,所述第一缓冲件31、所述第二缓冲件、所述第三缓冲件32、所述第四缓冲件33、所述第五缓冲件和所述第六缓冲件均具有弹性,但具体的材料和形式可从现有的弹性材料中选择,例如,所述第一缓冲件31可以是硅胶材料,也可以是泡棉材料;所述第二缓冲件、所述第三缓冲件32、所述第四缓冲件33和所述第五缓冲件可以是弹簧材料,也可以是硅胶材料;所述第六缓冲件可以是硅胶材料,也可以是泡棉材料。具体的弹性材料不以上述举例为限制,只要具有弹性可提供缓冲减震作用的材料均可。It should be understood that the first buffer 31, the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33, the fifth buffer and the sixth buffer are all elastic, but the specific material and form can be selected from existing elastic materials, for example, the first buffer 31 can be a silicone material or a foam material; the second buffer, the third buffer 32, the fourth buffer 33 and the fifth buffer can be a spring material or a silicone material; the sixth buffer can be a silicone material or a foam material. The specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it is elastic and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
方案10,如图9-1至9-7所示。Scheme 10 is shown in Figures 9-1 to 9-7.
本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件,请参阅图9-1至图9-7所示,图9-1是本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件1的结构示意图,图9-2是本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件中缓冲件本体11的结构示意图,图9-3是本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件中限位件123的结构示意图,图9-4是本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件中辅助缓冲件12的结构示意图,图9-5是本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组2的结构示意图,图9-6是本实用新型实施例提供的手持风扇的结构示意图,图9-7是图9-6中A-A向的剖面结构示意图。本实用新型实施例提供的一种风扇模组的缓冲件包括缓冲件本体11和辅助缓冲件12,缓冲件本体11套设在风扇模组2的外部,辅助缓冲件 12设置在缓冲件本体11,风扇模组2位于缓冲件本体11的内部,辅助缓冲件12位于缓冲件本体11的外部,辅助缓冲件12用于贴紧支撑壳3,辅助缓冲件12自所述缓冲件本体11向靠近所述支撑壳3的方向凸起。A buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model is shown in Figures 9-1 to 9-7. Figure 9-1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer 1 of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model. Figure 9-2 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a buffer body 11 in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model. Figure 9-3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a limiter 123 in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model. Figure 9-4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an auxiliary buffer 12 in a buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model. Figure 9-5 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a fan module 2 provided in an embodiment of the utility model. Figure 9-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a handheld fan provided in an embodiment of the utility model. Figure 9-7 is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional structure along the AA direction in Figure 9-6. A buffer of a fan module provided in an embodiment of the utility model includes a buffer body 11 and an auxiliary buffer 12. The buffer body 11 is sleeved on the outside of the fan module 2, and the auxiliary buffer 12 is sleeved on the outside of the fan module 2. 12 is arranged on the buffer body 11, the fan module 2 is located inside the buffer body 11, the auxiliary buffer 12 is located outside the buffer body 11, the auxiliary buffer 12 is used to be close to the support shell 3, and the auxiliary buffer 12 protrudes from the buffer body 11 towards the direction close to the support shell 3.
其中,缓冲件本体11的内部具有容纳风扇模组2的空间,缓冲件本体11的外部具有容纳辅助缓冲件12的空间。The interior of the buffer body 11 has a space for accommodating the fan module 2 , and the exterior of the buffer body 11 has a space for accommodating the auxiliary buffer 12 .
其中,辅助缓冲件12和缓冲件本体11的制作材料可以包括硅胶等具有弹性的材料。The auxiliary buffer 12 and the buffer body 11 may be made of elastic materials such as silicone.
在本实施例中,通过将缓冲件本体11围设在风扇模组的外部,辅助缓冲件12设置在缓冲件本体11上。这样在风扇模组2运行的过程中,位于套设在风扇模组2外部的缓冲件本体11上的辅助缓冲件12会实现减震缓冲,对风扇模组2运行时产生的振动进行缓冲后,能够提高运行的稳定性,有利于降低噪音。从而达到了减震的同时降低噪音,有利于提高运行的稳定性的技术效果。In this embodiment, the buffer body 11 is arranged outside the fan module, and the auxiliary buffer 12 is arranged on the buffer body 11. In this way, during the operation of the fan module 2, the auxiliary buffer 12 located on the buffer body 11 sleeved outside the fan module 2 can achieve shock absorption and buffering, and after buffering the vibration generated during the operation of the fan module 2, the stability of the operation can be improved, which is conducive to reducing noise. Thus, the technical effect of reducing noise while reducing shock is achieved, which is conducive to improving the stability of the operation.
作为一种实施方式,请参见图9-1至4所示,辅助缓冲件12至少包括沿着周向分布在缓冲件本体11的外部的多组第一凸起组121,多组第一凸起组121设置于缓冲件本体11的中间段111,中间段111是指位于缓冲件本体11两端之间的区域,该区域具有容纳多组第一凸起组121的空间。多组第一凸起组121沿着缓冲件本体11的周向分布是指如图9-7所示,在缓冲件本体11上的每组第一凸起组121从左至右分布,每组第一凸起组121呈现为与缓冲件本体11的外圆周相同的圆状。多组第一凸起组121可以包括1组第一凸起组121、2组第一凸起组121、3组第一凸起组121、4组第一凸起组121等,多组第一凸起组121沿着缓冲件本体11的周向在缓冲件本体11的外部呈现为等间距分布,即每相连两组第一凸起组121在缓冲件本体11的外部之间的间距相等,通过在缓冲件本体11的中间段111设置多组第一凸起组121,多组第一凸起组121能够有效的对风扇模组2运行时在缓冲件本体11的中间段111产生的振动进行缓冲。As an embodiment, referring to FIGS. 9-1 to 4 , the auxiliary buffer 12 at least includes a plurality of first protrusion groups 121 distributed along the circumferential direction on the outside of the buffer body 11, and the plurality of first protrusion groups 121 are arranged in the middle section 111 of the buffer body 11, and the middle section 111 refers to the area between the two ends of the buffer body 11, and the area has space for accommodating the plurality of first protrusion groups 121. The circumferential distribution of the plurality of first protrusion groups 121 along the buffer body 11 means that, as shown in FIG. 9-7 , each first protrusion group 121 on the buffer body 11 is distributed from left to right, and each first protrusion group 121 presents a circular shape that is the same as the outer circumference of the buffer body 11. The multiple groups of first protrusion groups 121 may include 1 group of first protrusion groups 121, 2 groups of first protrusion groups 121, 3 groups of first protrusion groups 121, 4 groups of first protrusion groups 121, etc. The multiple groups of first protrusion groups 121 are evenly spaced along the circumference of the buffer body 11 on the outside of the buffer body 11, that is, the spacing between each two connected groups of first protrusion groups 121 on the outside of the buffer body 11 is equal. By arranging multiple groups of first protrusion groups 121 in the middle section 111 of the buffer body 11, the multiple groups of first protrusion groups 121 can effectively buffer the vibration generated in the middle section 111 of the buffer body 11 when the fan module 2 is running.
作为一种实施方式,第一凸起组121包括多个凸点1211,多个所述凸点1211呈现为等间距分布,凸点1211呈现为圆台型。多个凸点1211包括1个凸点1211、2个凸点1211、3个凸点1211、4个凸点1211等,多个凸点1211在缓冲件本体11的外部可以呈现为环状。凸点1211呈现为圆台型,凸点1211与支撑壳3的内壁相互接触,通过多个凸点1211能够实现减震缓冲。As an embodiment, the first protrusion group 121 includes a plurality of protrusions 1211, and the plurality of protrusions 1211 are distributed at equal intervals, and the protrusions 1211 are truncated cone-shaped. The plurality of protrusions 1211 include 1 protrusion 1211, 2 protrusions 1211, 3 protrusions 1211, 4 protrusions 1211, etc., and the plurality of protrusions 1211 can be annular on the outside of the buffer body 11. The protrusions 1211 are truncated cone-shaped, and the protrusions 1211 are in contact with the inner wall of the support shell 3, and shock absorption and buffering can be achieved through the plurality of protrusions 1211.
在一些实施方式中,辅助缓冲件12还包括两组第二凸起组122,一组第二凸起组122设置在缓冲件本体11的一端,另一组第二凸起组122设置在缓冲件本体11的另一端,多组上述第一凸起组121均位于两组第二凸起组122之间,即两组第二凸起组122分别位于缓冲件本体11的两端的开口处。两组第二凸起组122都沿着缓冲件本体11的周向分布,即第二凸起组122呈现为环状。通过在缓冲件本体11的两端分别设置第二凸起组122,第二凸起组122能够有效的对风扇模组2运行时在缓冲件本体11的两端所产生的振动进行缓冲。In some embodiments, the auxiliary buffer 12 further includes two groups of second protrusion groups 122, one group of second protrusion groups 122 is arranged at one end of the buffer body 11, and the other group of second protrusion groups 122 is arranged at the other end of the buffer body 11, and the plurality of groups of the above-mentioned first protrusion groups 121 are all located between the two groups of second protrusion groups 122, that is, the two groups of second protrusion groups 122 are respectively located at the openings at both ends of the buffer body 11. Both groups of second protrusion groups 122 are distributed along the circumference of the buffer body 11, that is, the second protrusion groups 122 are annular. By respectively arranging the second protrusion groups 122 at both ends of the buffer body 11, the second protrusion groups 122 can effectively buffer the vibration generated at both ends of the buffer body 11 when the fan module 2 is running.
作为一种实施方式,第二凸起组122包括多个凸台1221,多个凸台1221呈现为等间距分布,所述凸台1221呈现为渐缩状。多个凸台1221可以是指1个凸台1221、2个凸台1221、3个凸台1221、4个凸台1221等,凸台1221在背离缓冲件本体11的方向上的横截面逐渐减小,凸台1221与支撑壳3的内壁相互接触后,通过多个凸台1221能够实现减震缓冲。As an embodiment, the second protrusion group 122 includes a plurality of bosses 1221, which are distributed at equal intervals and are tapered. The plurality of bosses 1221 may refer to one boss 1221, two bosses 1221, three bosses 1221, four bosses 1221, etc. The cross section of the boss 1221 in the direction away from the buffer body 11 gradually decreases, and after the boss 1221 contacts the inner wall of the support shell 3, shock absorption and buffering can be achieved through the plurality of bosses 1221.
在一些实施方式中,第二凸起组122在沿着缓冲件本体11的径向上的长度与第一凸起组121在沿着缓冲件本体11的径向上的长度相等,此时,第一凸起组121中每个凸点1211的高度均相同,第二凸起组122中每个凸台1221的高度均相同,并且凸台1221的高度和凸点1211的高度相同。即假设在缓冲件本体11的径向上,凸台1221的长度为H1,凸点1211的长度为H2,则H1=H2,此时凸点1211和凸台1221均与支撑壳3的内壁相互接触,在风扇模组2运行产生振动推动凸点1211和凸台1221靠近支撑壳3的内壁时,凸点1211和凸台1221受到支撑壳3的内壁约束后,凸点1211和凸台1221的形变程度相同,此时会实现更好的减震缓冲效果。In some embodiments, the length of the second protrusion group 122 in the radial direction along the buffer body 11 is equal to the length of the first protrusion group 121 in the radial direction along the buffer body 11. At this time, the height of each protrusion 1211 in the first protrusion group 121 is the same, the height of each boss 1221 in the second protrusion group 122 is the same, and the height of the boss 1221 is the same as the height of the protrusion 1211. That is, assuming that in the radial direction of the buffer body 11, the length of the boss 1221 is H1, and the length of the protrusion 1211 is H2, then H1=H2. At this time, the protrusion 1211 and the boss 1221 are in contact with the inner wall of the support shell 3. When the fan module 2 generates vibration during operation and pushes the protrusion 1211 and the boss 1221 close to the inner wall of the support shell 3, after the protrusion 1211 and the boss 1221 are constrained by the inner wall of the support shell 3, the deformation degree of the protrusion 1211 and the boss 1221 is the same, and a better shock-absorbing and buffering effect will be achieved.
作为一种实施方式,请参见图9-3所示,缓冲件1还包括两个限位件123,两个限位件123设置在缓冲件本体11的内部,两个限位件123分别位于风扇模组2的两端,即两个限位件123从风扇模组2的两端对风扇模组2进行限位,使得风扇模组2运行时,缓冲件本体11牢固的套设在风扇模组2上,以避免套设在风扇模组2上的缓冲件本体11发生水平方向的偏移。As an embodiment, please refer to Figure 9-3, the buffer 1 also includes two limit members 123, the two limit members 123 are arranged inside the buffer body 11, and the two limit members 123 are respectively located at the two ends of the fan module 2, that is, the two limit members 123 limit the fan module 2 from both ends of the fan module 2, so that when the fan module 2 is running, the buffer body 11 is firmly mounted on the fan module 2 to avoid horizontal displacement of the buffer body 11 mounted on the fan module 2.
作为一种实施方式,本实用新型实施例还提供一种风扇模组,所述风扇模组包括上述的缓冲件,还包括导风件4和进风口支架5,缓冲件本体11位于导风件4和进风口支架5之间。As an implementation mode, the embodiment of the utility model further provides a fan module, which includes the above-mentioned buffer component, and also includes an air guide component 4 and an air inlet bracket 5, and the buffer component body 11 is located between the air guide component 4 and the air inlet bracket 5.
在本实施例中,通过将缓冲件本体11设置在导风件4和进风口支架5之间。设置在缓冲件本体11上的辅助缓冲件12进行减震缓冲的过程中,气体从进风口支架5沿着朝向导风件4的方向进行移动,导风件4和进风口支架5会从缓冲件本体11的两侧对缓冲件本体11进行夹紧。从而在运行的过程中,能够对运行时产生的振动进行缓冲,有利于降低噪音,以及提高运行中的稳定性的技术效果。In this embodiment, the buffer body 11 is arranged between the air guide 4 and the air inlet bracket 5. During the shock absorption and buffering process of the auxiliary buffer 12 arranged on the buffer body 11, the gas moves from the air inlet bracket 5 in the direction toward the air guide 4, and the air guide 4 and the air inlet bracket 5 clamp the buffer body 11 from both sides of the buffer body 11. Therefore, during the operation, the vibration generated during the operation can be buffered, which is conducive to reducing noise and improving the technical effect of stability during operation.
在一些实施方式中,缓冲件本体11沿着缓冲件本体11的长度延伸方向在导风件4的投影位于所述导风件4上,此时导风件4与缓冲件本体11的一端相互抵接。缓冲件本体11沿着缓冲件本体11的长度延伸方向在进风口支架5的投影位于所述进风口支架5上,此时进风口支架5与缓冲件本体11的一端相互抵 接。通过进风口支架5和导风件4对缓冲件本体11的两端进行夹紧,能够避免缓冲件本体11产生较大的位移。In some embodiments, the projection of the buffer body 11 on the air guide 4 along the length extension direction of the buffer body 11 is located on the air guide 4, and at this time, the air guide 4 and one end of the buffer body 11 abut against each other. The projection of the buffer body 11 on the air inlet bracket 5 along the length extension direction of the buffer body 11 is located on the air inlet bracket 5, and at this time, the air inlet bracket 5 and one end of the buffer body 11 abut against each other. By clamping the two ends of the buffer body 11 by the air inlet bracket 5 and the air guide 4, it is possible to prevent the buffer body 11 from having a large displacement.
在一些实施方式中,请参见图9-5至图9-7所示,导风件4的至少部分伸入支撑壳3的内部,进风口支架5的至少部分伸入支撑壳3的内部。即支撑壳3的一端套设在导风件4的一部分上,支撑壳3的另一端套设在进风口支架5的一部分上,通过支撑壳3的两端分别对导风件4和进风口支架5进行限位。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 9-5 to 9-7 , at least a portion of the air guide 4 extends into the interior of the support shell 3, and at least a portion of the air inlet bracket 5 extends into the interior of the support shell 3. That is, one end of the support shell 3 is sleeved on a portion of the air guide 4, and the other end of the support shell 3 is sleeved on a portion of the air inlet bracket 5, and the air guide 4 and the air inlet bracket 5 are limited by the two ends of the support shell 3, respectively.
作为一种实施方式,本实用新型实施例还提供一种手持风扇,所述手持风扇包括上述风扇模组,还包括手持部6,在上述支撑壳3设置有安装口31,安装口31可以位于支撑壳3的底部,手持部6用于用户握持,手持部6中连接支架61的一端伸入至安装口31的内部,并且伸入至安装口31的内部的连接支架61与上述辅助缓冲件12相互贴紧,伸入至安装口31内的连接支架61的一端可以呈现为与缓冲件本体11相匹配的曲面型,使得连接支架61该部分与辅助缓冲件12紧密接触。As an implementation mode, the utility model embodiment also provides a handheld fan, which includes the above-mentioned fan module and also includes a handheld part 6. The above-mentioned support shell 3 is provided with a mounting port 31, and the mounting port 31 can be located at the bottom of the support shell 3. The handheld part 6 is used for the user to hold. One end of the connecting bracket 61 in the handheld part 6 extends into the interior of the mounting port 31, and the connecting bracket 61 extending into the interior of the mounting port 31 is tightly attached to the above-mentioned auxiliary buffer 12. One end of the connecting bracket 61 extending into the mounting port 31 can present a curved surface that matches the buffer body 11, so that this part of the connecting bracket 61 is in close contact with the auxiliary buffer 12.
在本实施例中,通过手持部6中连接支架61的一端伸入位于支撑壳3中安装口31的内部,连接支架61的另一端与辅助缓冲件12相互贴紧。用户手握手持部6,连接支架61为缓冲件本体11和辅助缓冲件12提供支撑。缓冲件本体11和辅助缓冲件12的震动通过连接支架61传递至手持部6,从而达到对风扇模组运行时产生的振动进行缓冲,有利于提高运行的稳定性、以及降噪的技术效果。In this embodiment, one end of the connecting bracket 61 in the handheld portion 6 extends into the interior of the mounting opening 31 in the support shell 3, and the other end of the connecting bracket 61 is closely attached to the auxiliary buffer 12. The user holds the handheld portion 6, and the connecting bracket 61 provides support for the buffer body 11 and the auxiliary buffer 12. The vibration of the buffer body 11 and the auxiliary buffer 12 is transmitted to the handheld portion 6 through the connecting bracket 61, thereby achieving the purpose of buffering the vibration generated by the fan module during operation, which is beneficial to improving the stability of operation and the technical effect of noise reduction.
方案11,如图10-1至10-8所示。Scheme 11 is shown in Figures 10-1 to 10-8.
请参阅图10-1和2,图10-1为本实施例便携式风扇的整体结构示意图;图10-2为本实施例持握部和风扇组件位置结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 10-1 and 2. Figure 10-1 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the portable fan of this embodiment; Figure 10-2 is a schematic diagram of the position structure of the grip and fan assembly of this embodiment.
如图10-1和图10-2所示,一种便携式风扇,包括:持握部1;吹风部2,吹风部2连接在持握部1的一端,吹风部2上开设有进风口21和出风口22;风扇组件3,风扇组件3设置在吹风部2内,用于推动气流由进风口21流向出风口22;持握部1沿进风口21到出风口22方向分布有第一端部11,以及与第一端部11相对的第二端部12,风扇组件3设置在第一端部11和第二端部12朝向吹风部2的延长线L1、L2限定的空间内。As shown in Figures 10-1 and 10-2, a portable fan includes: a holding portion 1; a blowing portion 2, which is connected to one end of the holding portion 1 and is provided with an air inlet 21 and an air outlet 22; a fan assembly 3, which is arranged in the blowing portion 2 and is used to push the air flow from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 22; the holding portion 1 is provided with a first end 11 and a second end 12 opposite to the first end 11 along the direction from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 22, and the fan assembly 3 is arranged in a space defined by extension lines L1 and L2 of the first end 11 and the second end 12 toward the blowing portion 2.
本实施方式中持握部1整体构造成长方体,且持握部1侧边衔接位置通过圆角进行平滑过渡。但是,持握部1的整体构造不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,持握部1整体构造成(不限于):圆柱体、多棱柱、正方体、卡通图形等形状。In this embodiment, the grip portion 1 is constructed as a cuboid, and the side joints of the grip portion 1 are smoothly transitioned by rounded corners. However, the overall structure of the grip portion 1 is not limited to this. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the grip portion 1 is constructed as a cylinder, a polygonal column, a cube, a cartoon figure, etc. (not limited to).
本实施方式中,吹风部2构造成圆筒状。但是,吹风部2的构造不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,吹风部2能够构造成(不限于):棱柱形、桶形、多边形、跑道形等形状。In this embodiment, the blowing part 2 is configured to be cylindrical. However, the configuration of the blowing part 2 is not limited thereto, and according to different specific application scenarios, in some embodiments, the blowing part 2 can be configured to be (not limited to): prism, barrel, polygon, racetrack, etc.
请参阅图10-3,图10-3为本实施例风扇组件的结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 10-3 , which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fan assembly of this embodiment.
如图10-3所示,本实施方式中的风扇组件3包括:风扇扇叶32和风扇电机31。吹风部2内部设置有连接环用于固定风扇组件3。风扇扇叶32和风扇电机31以空间结构复用的方式实现一体式构造。但是,风扇扇叶32与风扇电机31的结构不局限于,在一些实施方式中,风扇扇叶32与风扇电机31能够是分体式结构,即风扇扇叶32和风扇电机31仅仅通过转轴连接。As shown in FIG. 10-3 , the fan assembly 3 in this embodiment includes: a fan blade 32 and a fan motor 31. A connecting ring is provided inside the blowing portion 2 for fixing the fan assembly 3. The fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 are integrated in a spatial structure reuse manner. However, the structure of the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 is not limited to, in some embodiments, the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 can be a split structure, that is, the fan blade 32 and the fan motor 31 are connected only by a rotating shaft.
在一些实施方式中,风扇组件3还包括:风扇外壳33,风扇扇叶32和风扇电机31均设置在风扇外壳33内,风扇外壳33将风扇扇叶32和风扇电机31封装成为一个标准化配件。在本实施方式中,风扇组件3的长度是指风扇外壳33的圆柱形结构的高度,或者是指风扇扇叶32的顶端到风扇电机31的尾端的距离长度。In some embodiments, the fan assembly 3 further includes: a fan housing 33, the fan blades 32 and the fan motor 31 are both disposed in the fan housing 33, and the fan housing 33 encapsulates the fan blades 32 and the fan motor 31 into a standardized accessory. In this embodiment, the length of the fan assembly 3 refers to the height of the cylindrical structure of the fan housing 33, or refers to the distance from the top of the fan blade 32 to the tail of the fan motor 31.
在一些实施方式中,风扇组件3还包括:柔性保护套34,柔性保护套34套设在风扇外壳33上,用于增加风扇组件3与吹风部2之间连接的稳定性。同时,柔性保护套34还具有缓冲的作用,能够降低便携式风扇的振动和噪音。在本实施方式中,风扇组件3的长度是指柔性保护套34圆柱形结构的高度。In some embodiments, the fan assembly 3 further includes: a flexible protective cover 34, which is sleeved on the fan housing 33 and is used to increase the stability of the connection between the fan assembly 3 and the blowing part 2. At the same time, the flexible protective cover 34 also has a buffering effect, which can reduce the vibration and noise of the portable fan. In this embodiment, the length of the fan assembly 3 refers to the height of the cylindrical structure of the flexible protective cover 34.
在一些实施方式中,柔性保护套34的表面设置有点状凸起341或环状凸起(图未示)。在一些实施方式中,点状凸起341和环状凸起交替设置。点状凸起341和/或环状凸起能够提升柔性保护套34的缓冲能力,进一步的降低便携式风扇的振动和噪音,同时,方便风扇组件3装配到吹风部2内。In some embodiments, the surface of the flexible protective cover 34 is provided with dot-shaped protrusions 341 or annular protrusions (not shown). In some embodiments, the dot-shaped protrusions 341 and the annular protrusions are alternately provided. The dot-shaped protrusions 341 and/or the annular protrusions can enhance the buffering capacity of the flexible protective cover 34, further reduce the vibration and noise of the portable fan, and at the same time, facilitate the assembly of the fan assembly 3 into the blowing part 2.
本实施方式中,第一端部11和第二端部12实际上示出了持握部1的长宽高三个属性参数中的长度。从结构上来讲,风扇组件3的整体长度不大于持握部1的长度;从位置关系上来讲,风扇组件3设置在第一端部11和第二端部12竖向延长线限定的范围内。In this embodiment, the first end 11 and the second end 12 actually represent the length of the three attribute parameters of the length, width and height of the holding portion 1. Structurally, the overall length of the fan assembly 3 is not greater than the length of the holding portion 1; in terms of positional relationship, the fan assembly 3 is disposed within the range defined by the vertical extension line of the first end 11 and the second end 12.
上述实施方式中便携式风扇的风扇组件3设置在吹风部2内,且风扇组件3被限定放置在持握部1的第一端部11和第二端部12的延长线构件的空间内。即风扇组件3在吹风方向上,被限定其长度不大于持握部1在吹风方向上的长度。这种构造方式能够使风扇组件3和持握部1的重心保持一致,使便携式风扇放置时具有更强的稳定性。其次,便携式风扇在吹风的过程中,会产生反冲力,当风扇组件3和持握部1的重心不一致时,便携式风扇会在反冲力的作用下发生转向,因此,本实施方式中风扇组件3和持握部1的相对位置关系还能够避免便携式风扇吹风时出现偏转。 In the above-mentioned embodiment, the fan assembly 3 of the portable fan is arranged in the blowing part 2, and the fan assembly 3 is limited to be placed in the space of the extension line member of the first end 11 and the second end 12 of the holding part 1. That is, the length of the fan assembly 3 in the blowing direction is limited to be no greater than the length of the holding part 1 in the blowing direction. This construction method can make the center of gravity of the fan assembly 3 and the holding part 1 consistent, so that the portable fan has stronger stability when placed. Secondly, the portable fan will generate a recoil force during the blowing process. When the center of gravity of the fan assembly 3 and the holding part 1 are inconsistent, the portable fan will turn under the action of the recoil force. Therefore, the relative position relationship between the fan assembly 3 and the holding part 1 in this embodiment can also prevent the portable fan from deflecting when blowing.
再次,当风扇组件3的转速较高,例如,风扇组件3的风扇电机31为三相电机时,由于,转速较高会产生高频振动,高频振动进而会引起整个便携式风扇的振动,在特定场景下甚至会引起便携式风扇发生共振。而本实施方式中,将风扇组件3限定在持握部1的第一端部和第二端部之间,使风扇组件3产生的高频振动无法直接传导至持握部1上,而是由风扇组件3传导至吹风部2,然后,再由吹风部2传导至持握部1,振动波在这种传递过程中会发生衰减,较大降低了持握部1振动的幅度和能量。能量衰减较大时,会打破共振发生的条件,降低便携式风扇的共振风险,提高了便携式风扇的使用舒适性。采用三相电机能够使风扇电机31的转速更高,吹出的风量更大,吹凉效果更加的明显。Again, when the speed of the fan assembly 3 is high, for example, when the fan motor 31 of the fan assembly 3 is a three-phase motor, high-frequency vibration will be generated due to the high speed, and the high-frequency vibration will cause the vibration of the entire portable fan, and even cause the portable fan to resonate in certain scenarios. In this embodiment, the fan assembly 3 is limited between the first end and the second end of the grip 1, so that the high-frequency vibration generated by the fan assembly 3 cannot be directly transmitted to the grip 1, but is transmitted from the fan assembly 3 to the blowing part 2, and then from the blowing part 2 to the grip 1. The vibration wave will be attenuated during this transmission process, which greatly reduces the amplitude and energy of the vibration of the grip 1. When the energy attenuation is large, it will break the conditions for resonance, reduce the resonance risk of the portable fan, and improve the comfort of the portable fan. The use of a three-phase motor can make the fan motor 31 rotate at a higher speed, blow out a larger amount of air, and have a more obvious cooling effect.
但是,风扇电机31所使用的电机类型不局限于三相电机,在一些实施方式中,风扇电机31还能够使用两相电机。However, the type of motor used by the fan motor 31 is not limited to a three-phase motor. In some embodiments, the fan motor 31 can also use a two-phase motor.
请参阅图10-4,图10-4为本实施例便携式风扇整体结构分解示意图。Please refer to FIG. 10-4 , which is a schematic diagram of the overall structure decomposition of the portable fan of this embodiment.
如图10-4所示,在一些实施方式中,吹风部2包括:连接筒23,连接筒23外表面光滑,连接筒23与持握部1的一端连接,风扇组件3设置在连接筒23内。As shown in FIG. 10-4 , in some embodiments, the blowing portion 2 includes: a connecting tube 23 , the outer surface of the connecting tube 23 is smooth, the connecting tube 23 is connected to one end of the holding portion 1 , and the fan assembly 3 is disposed in the connecting tube 23 .
在风扇组件3处于工作状态时,连接筒23附近的空气会随着进风口21处的负压形成后,向进风口21位置进行流动,连接筒23的外表面光滑,能够使空气流动更加顺畅,不会在流动过程中由于阻碍形成涡旋,影响便携式风扇进风。因此,能够提高便携式风扇的吹风效率。When the fan assembly 3 is in operation, the air near the connecting tube 23 will flow toward the air inlet 21 as the negative pressure at the air inlet 21 is formed. The outer surface of the connecting tube 23 is smooth, which can make the air flow smoother and will not form vortices due to obstruction during the flow process, thereby affecting the air intake of the portable fan. Therefore, the blowing efficiency of the portable fan can be improved.
风扇组件3固定在连接筒23内。例如,通过设置在连接筒23内镂空的连接环固定风扇组件3,或者,通过设置在风扇组件3内部的连接杆固定风扇组件3。The fan assembly 3 is fixed in the connecting tube 23. For example, the fan assembly 3 is fixed by a connecting ring that is hollowed out in the connecting tube 23, or the fan assembly 3 is fixed by a connecting rod that is arranged inside the fan assembly 3.
连接筒23能够通过(不限于):螺钉、胶黏、卡接、焊接或者铆接的方式直接的与持握部1连接。The connecting tube 23 can be directly connected to the holding portion 1 by means of (but not limited to): screws, gluing, clamping, welding or riveting.
在一些实施方式中,连接筒23与持握部1的连接需要通过连接件15与持握部1连接,连接件15的一端与持握部1连接,连接件15的另一端则与连接筒23连接。连接筒23与连接件15的连接的连接方式为(不限于):螺钉、胶黏、卡接、焊接或者铆接等方式。连接筒23与持握部1直接连接或者通过连接件15连接,均为连接筒23与持握部1连接。In some embodiments, the connection between the connecting tube 23 and the holding portion 1 needs to be connected to the holding portion 1 through the connecting member 15, one end of the connecting member 15 is connected to the holding portion 1, and the other end of the connecting member 15 is connected to the connecting tube 23. The connection between the connecting tube 23 and the connecting member 15 is connected in a manner (not limited to): screws, adhesive, clamping, welding or riveting. The connecting tube 23 is directly connected to the holding portion 1 or connected through the connecting member 15, both of which are the connection between the connecting tube 23 and the holding portion 1.
在一些实施方式中,沿进风口21到出风口22方向,第一端部11到第二端部12的距离与风扇组件3的长度比值为:1.05-1.35。在这一比例数值内,便携式风扇的整体形态和吹风效率达到最优。当二者的比值大于1.35时,风扇组件3和持握部1的比例开始逐渐失调,过小的风扇组件3驱风能力下降。当二者的比值小于1.05时,风扇组件3和持握部1的比例逐渐失调,由于,风扇组件3本身的质量分布不均匀,当风扇组件3逐渐变大时,其重心分布会出现偏移,造成便携式风扇稳定性不足。过大的风扇组件3还会导致整个便携式风扇“头重脚轻”失去平衡能力。In some embodiments, along the direction from the air inlet 21 to the air outlet 22, the ratio of the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12 to the length of the fan assembly 3 is: 1.05-1.35. Within this ratio, the overall shape and blowing efficiency of the portable fan are optimal. When the ratio of the two is greater than 1.35, the ratio of the fan assembly 3 to the holding portion 1 begins to gradually become unbalanced, and the wind-driving ability of the too-small fan assembly 3 decreases. When the ratio of the two is less than 1.05, the ratio of the fan assembly 3 to the holding portion 1 gradually becomes unbalanced. Due to the uneven mass distribution of the fan assembly 3 itself, when the fan assembly 3 gradually becomes larger, its center of gravity distribution will be offset, resulting in insufficient stability of the portable fan. An overly large fan assembly 3 will also cause the entire portable fan to become "top-heavy" and lose its balance ability.
在一些实施方式中,持握部1内设置有配重,以使便携式风扇在放置时保持稳定。通常配重由电池14充当,但是,配置的物体不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,配重铅、铜、铁等金属或者上述金属的化合物或者混合物制成的配重块。配重块与电池14组合也能够成为持握部1的配重。In some embodiments, a counterweight is provided in the grip portion 1 to keep the portable fan stable when placed. The counterweight is usually a battery 14, but the object is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the counterweight is a counterweight made of metals such as lead, copper, iron, or a compound or mixture of the above metals. The counterweight and the battery 14 can also serve as the counterweight of the grip portion 1.
配重的设置,能够使持握部1的放置稳定性进一步的提升,使便携式风扇的重心降低,不易倾倒。The setting of the counterweight can further improve the placement stability of the holding portion 1, lower the center of gravity of the portable fan, and prevent it from tipping over.
吹风部2沿第一端部11到第二端部12设置,吹风部2的长度大于第一端部11到第二端部12距离。风扇组件3设置在吹风部2内,吹风部2的长度大于第一端部11到第二端部12距离,即吹风部2的长度大于持握部1的长度。当吹风部2的长度大于持握部1的长度,使气流在进入吹风部2和流出吹风部2时均具有一定的束形空间,能够使进入风扇组件3的气流混流,使其具有统一的流向和流速;同样的,也能够对流出吹风部2的气流进行混流,使其具有统一的流向和流速,进而整体的提高了便携式风扇的吹风效率。The blowing portion 2 is arranged from the first end 11 to the second end 12, and the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12. The fan assembly 3 is arranged in the blowing portion 2, and the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12, that is, the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the length of the holding portion 1. When the length of the blowing portion 2 is greater than the length of the holding portion 1, the airflow has a certain beam space when entering the blowing portion 2 and flowing out of the blowing portion 2, which can make the airflow entering the fan assembly 3 mixed, so that it has a uniform flow direction and flow speed; similarly, the airflow flowing out of the blowing portion 2 can also be mixed, so that it has a uniform flow direction and flow speed, thereby improving the blowing efficiency of the portable fan as a whole.
再有,在风扇组件3进行工作时,会在进风口21周围形成负压风区,在出风口22范围形成正压风区。进风口21处的负压风区会使周围的气流向进风口21处汇聚,如果吹风部2长度过短,使进风口21与持握部1平齐或者在持握部1以内,周围气流进行汇聚时,持握部1本身会成为气流流动的阻碍,使流动的气流出现乱流或者旋涡,降低进风效率。而当吹风部2长度大于持握部1长度时,进风口21和持握部1之间具有间隔,持握部1不再成为周围气流流向进风口21的阻碍,大大提高了便携式风扇的进风效率。出风口22形成的正压风区会使出风口22周围的气流向四周进行流动,如果吹风部2长度过短,使出风口22与持握部1平齐或者在持握部1以内,出风口22吹出的气流会因为附壁效应沿持握部1进行流动,降低出风效率,或者在出风口22吹出的气流会与持握部1进行碰撞后产生气旋,同样的降低了出风效率。而当吹风部2长度大于持握部1长度时,出风口22和持握部1之间具有间隔,能够避免气流与持握部1碰撞,或者产生附壁效应,大大提高了便携式风扇的出风效率。Furthermore, when the fan assembly 3 is working, a negative pressure wind zone will be formed around the air inlet 21, and a positive pressure wind zone will be formed in the air outlet 22. The negative pressure wind zone at the air inlet 21 will cause the surrounding airflow to converge to the air inlet 21. If the length of the blowing part 2 is too short, so that the air inlet 21 is flush with the holding part 1 or inside the holding part 1, when the surrounding airflow converges, the holding part 1 itself will become an obstacle to the flow of airflow, causing turbulence or vortex in the flowing airflow, reducing the air intake efficiency. When the length of the blowing part 2 is greater than the length of the holding part 1, there is a gap between the air inlet 21 and the holding part 1, and the holding part 1 no longer becomes an obstacle for the surrounding airflow to flow to the air inlet 21, which greatly improves the air intake efficiency of the portable fan. The positive pressure wind area formed by the air outlet 22 will cause the airflow around the air outlet 22 to flow in all directions. If the length of the blowing part 2 is too short, so that the air outlet 22 is flush with the holding part 1 or inside the holding part 1, the airflow blown out of the air outlet 22 will flow along the holding part 1 due to the wall attachment effect, reducing the air outlet efficiency, or the airflow blown out of the air outlet 22 will collide with the holding part 1 and generate a cyclone, which also reduces the air outlet efficiency. When the length of the blowing part 2 is greater than the length of the holding part 1, there is a gap between the air outlet 22 and the holding part 1, which can prevent the airflow from colliding with the holding part 1 or generating the wall attachment effect, greatly improving the air outlet efficiency of the portable fan.
在一些实施方式中,吹风部2长度与第一端部11到第二端部12距离比值为:1.1-1.5。在这个比例内,便携式风扇的进风和出风效率达到最优。当二者的比值大于1.5这一比值后,吹风部2与持握部1的比例失调,过长的出风部使进风口21到风扇组件3的距离过长,进风混流空间过大,过长的增大了气流与吹风部2内壁空间的接触面积,导致进风噪音大。而过长的出风部同样使风扇组件3到出风口22的距离过长,同样会导致出风噪音较大,出风效率低的问题。而当二者的比值小于1.1这一比值后,过短的出风部 使进风口21到风扇组件3的距离过短,无法很好的对进入其中的气流进行束形,使进入风扇扇叶32的气流乱流较多,影响风扇扇叶32的效率。过短的出风部使出风口22到风扇组件3的距离过短,进而使出风口22吹出的气流过于分散方向性较差。In some embodiments, the ratio of the length of the blowing portion 2 to the distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12 is 1.1-1.5. Within this ratio, the air intake and air outlet efficiency of the portable fan is optimal. When the ratio of the two is greater than 1.5, the proportion of the blowing portion 2 and the holding portion 1 is unbalanced. The excessively long air outlet makes the distance from the air inlet 21 to the fan assembly 3 too long, and the air intake mixed flow space is too large. The excessively long air outlet increases the contact area between the airflow and the inner wall space of the blowing portion 2, resulting in high air intake noise. The excessively long air outlet also makes the distance from the fan assembly 3 to the air outlet 22 too long, which also leads to high air outlet noise and low air outlet efficiency. When the ratio of the two is less than 1.1, the excessively short air outlet If the distance between the air inlet 21 and the fan assembly 3 is too short, the airflow entering therein cannot be well beamed, causing more turbulence in the airflow entering the fan blades 32, affecting the efficiency of the fan blades 32. If the air outlet is too short, the distance between the air outlet 22 and the fan assembly 3 is too short, and the airflow blown out of the air outlet 22 is too dispersed and has poor directionality.
第一端部11到第二端部12距离大于持握部1垂直于第一端部11到第二端部12方向上的厚度。即从“长宽高”的角度,持握部1的长度大于持握部1的宽度。这种造型配合桶形的吹风部2使便携式风扇整体形态更加的协调。The distance from the first end 11 to the second end 12 is greater than the thickness of the grip 1 in the direction perpendicular to the first end 11 to the second end 12. That is, from the perspective of "length, width and height", the length of the grip 1 is greater than the width of the grip 1. This shape combined with the barrel-shaped blowing part 2 makes the overall shape of the portable fan more coordinated.
请参阅图10-5,图10-5为本实施例装配筒及风扇组件的分解示意图。Please refer to FIG. 10-5 , which is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of the assembly tube and the fan assembly of this embodiment.
如图10-5所示,在一些实施方式中,吹风部2还包括:装配筒24,装配筒24设置在连接筒23内,风扇组件3设置在连接筒23内。在连接筒23内设置装配筒24,由装配筒24与风扇组件3进行连接。As shown in FIG10-5 , in some embodiments, the blowing unit 2 further includes: an assembly cylinder 24, which is disposed in the connecting cylinder 23, and the fan assembly 3 is disposed in the connecting cylinder 23. The assembly cylinder 24 is disposed in the connecting cylinder 23, and the assembly cylinder 24 is connected to the fan assembly 3.
在一些实施方式中,装配筒24和连接筒23是由不同的材质制成,例如,连接筒23通过金属材料制成,而装配筒24则是通过塑料材料制成,装配筒24的材质更好进行塑性,因此,将装配筒24和连接筒23进行分体制造能够大大提升便携式风扇的装配效率和外部美观度。能够保证连接筒23外表面光滑方便抓握。In some embodiments, the assembly tube 24 and the connection tube 23 are made of different materials. For example, the connection tube 23 is made of metal material, while the assembly tube 24 is made of plastic material. The material of the assembly tube 24 is more plastic. Therefore, the assembly tube 24 and the connection tube 23 are manufactured separately, which can greatly improve the assembly efficiency and external aesthetics of the portable fan. It can ensure that the outer surface of the connection tube 23 is smooth and easy to grasp.
但是,装配筒24和连接筒23的关系不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,装配筒24和连接筒23能够采用同一种材料经过一体加工制造技术制成,在本实施方式中,区别装配筒24和连接筒23应当从整体部件承担的功能进行区分,而非通过部件是否独立进行区分。However, the relationship between the assembly cylinder 24 and the connecting cylinder 23 is not limited to this. Depending on the specific application scenario, the assembly cylinder 24 and the connecting cylinder 23 can be made of the same material through integrated processing and manufacturing technology. In this embodiment, the assembly cylinder 24 and the connecting cylinder 23 should be distinguished based on the function of the overall component, rather than by whether the component is independent.
请参阅图10-6至图10-8,图10-6为本实施例装配筒的结构示意图;图10-7为本实施例衔接筒的结构示意图;图10-8为本实施例进风环的结构示意图。Please refer to Figures 10-6 to 10-8, Figure 10-6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the assembly tube of this embodiment; Figure 10-7 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the connection tube of this embodiment; Figure 10-8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the air inlet ring of this embodiment.
如图10-6至图10-8所示,在一些实施方式中,吹风部2还包括:进风筒26和出风筒25,进风口21开设在进风筒26上,出风口22开设在出风筒25上,进风筒26和出风筒25分别卡接连接在装配筒24的两端。As shown in Figures 10-6 to 10-8, in some embodiments, the blowing part 2 also includes: an air inlet tube 26 and an air outlet tube 25, the air inlet 21 is opened on the air inlet tube 26, the air outlet 22 is opened on the air outlet tube 25, and the air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25 are respectively clamped and connected to the two ends of the assembly tube 24.
进风筒26和出风筒25分别设置在装配筒24的两端,能够对连接筒23进行夹持,防止装配筒24从连接筒23中掉落。通过卡接方式对进风筒26和出风筒25进行固定,方便对进风筒26和出风筒25进行装配和拆卸。The air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25 are respectively arranged at both ends of the assembly tube 24, and can clamp the connecting tube 23 to prevent the assembly tube 24 from falling from the connecting tube 23. The air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25 are fixed by a clamping method, which facilitates the assembly and disassembly of the air inlet tube 26 and the air outlet tube 25.
进风筒26表面隆起形成多个连接挡沿261a,两个相邻连接挡沿261a之间通过第一连接弹片261b连接,第一连接弹片261b面向连接筒23的一侧设置有第一卡爪261c,装配筒24与进风筒26连接的一端表面开设有与第一卡爪261c配合的第一卡扣241。通过连接挡沿261a的设置减小了进风筒26整体的体积,制成进风筒26所需要的材料更少,两个连接挡沿261a之间的空间还能够用于设置第一卡爪261c,使第一卡爪261c具有受压形变的空间。这种方式巧妙的利用了进风筒26的表面空间,使进风筒26和装配筒24之间的连接更加的巧妙,提高了空间利用率。The surface of the air inlet tube 26 is raised to form a plurality of connection retaining edges 261a, and two adjacent connection retaining edges 261a are connected by a first connection spring piece 261b, and a first claw 261c is provided on the side of the first connection spring piece 261b facing the connection tube 23, and a first buckle 241 that cooperates with the first claw 261c is provided on the surface of one end of the assembly tube 24 connected to the air inlet tube 26. The setting of the connection retaining edges 261a reduces the overall volume of the air inlet tube 26, and less material is required to make the air inlet tube 26. The space between the two connection retaining edges 261a can also be used to set the first claw 261c, so that the first claw 261c has space for compression deformation. This method cleverly utilizes the surface space of the air inlet tube 26, makes the connection between the air inlet tube 26 and the assembly tube 24 more clever, and improves the space utilization rate.
出风筒25面向连接筒23的表面内陷形成多个第一卡槽251,装配筒24面向出风筒25的一端对应开设有多个第一开口242,多个第一开口242中每个第一开口242内均设置有一个第二连接弹片243,第二连接弹片243面向风扇组件3的一侧设置有与第一卡槽251配合的第二卡爪244。同样的,装配筒24与出风筒25的连接方式,巧妙地在装配筒24表面开设第一开口242,并在第一开口242位置处开设第二连接弹片243,使装配筒24能够不设置凸起结构就实现了与出风筒25的卡接,合理的利用了空间结构,提高了装配的空间利用率。The surface of the air outlet cylinder 25 facing the connecting cylinder 23 is indented to form a plurality of first slots 251, and a plurality of first openings 242 are correspondingly provided at one end of the assembly cylinder 24 facing the air outlet cylinder 25, and a second connecting elastic piece 243 is provided in each of the plurality of first openings 242, and a second claw 244 cooperating with the first slot 251 is provided on the side of the second connecting elastic piece 243 facing the fan assembly 3. Similarly, the connection method between the assembly cylinder 24 and the air outlet cylinder 25 is to cleverly open the first opening 242 on the surface of the assembly cylinder 24, and to open the second connecting elastic piece 243 at the position of the first opening 242, so that the assembly cylinder 24 can be connected with the air outlet cylinder 25 without providing a protruding structure, which reasonably utilizes the space structure and improves the space utilization rate of the assembly.
需要指出的是进风筒26和出风筒25与装配筒24之间的连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,进风筒26和出风筒25与装配筒24之间的连接方式能够为(不限于):胶黏、螺钉连接、铆接等方式。It should be pointed out that the connection method between the air inlet duct 26 and the air outlet duct 25 and the assembly duct 24 is not limited to this. Depending on the specific application scenario, the connection method between the air inlet duct 26 and the air outlet duct 25 and the assembly duct 24 can be (not limited to): gluing, screw connection, riveting, etc.
在一些实施方式中,装配筒24与进风筒26或者出风筒25能够采用一体制造成型的技术进行制造。In some embodiments, the assembly cylinder 24 and the air inlet cylinder 26 or the air outlet cylinder 25 can be manufactured using an integrated manufacturing technology.
在一些实施方式中,进风筒26的背向风扇组件3的一端的第一内表面262b的长度小于第一外表面262a的长度,且第一内表面262b和第一外表面262a之间平滑过渡形成第一弧形边262c。即第一内表面262b向外延伸的长度小于第一外表面262a向外延伸的长度,因此,第一内表面262b和第一外表面262a的端部会形成一个长度差,这个长度差通过第一弧形边262c进行连接,使进风口21的边缘形成形似“喇叭口”的平滑边。第一弧形边262c在进风口21进风时,对进入其中的气流具有导向作用,其平滑线条也能够避免气流与侧边出现生硬接触,因此,能够提升便携式风扇的进风效率,还能够降低进风的风噪。In some embodiments, the length of the first inner surface 262b of the end of the air inlet 26 facing away from the fan assembly 3 is less than the length of the first outer surface 262a, and the first inner surface 262b and the first outer surface 262a are smoothly transitioned to form a first arcuate edge 262c. That is, the length of the first inner surface 262b extending outward is less than the length of the first outer surface 262a extending outward, so that the ends of the first inner surface 262b and the first outer surface 262a will form a length difference, and this length difference is connected through the first arcuate edge 262c, so that the edge of the air inlet 21 forms a smooth edge shaped like a "bell mouth". When the air inlet 21 is entering, the first arcuate edge 262c has a guiding effect on the airflow entering therein, and its smooth lines can also prevent the airflow from having a rough contact with the side, so that the air intake efficiency of the portable fan can be improved and the wind noise of the air intake can be reduced.
在一些实施方式中,出风筒25的背向风扇组件3的一端的第二内表面254的长度小于第二外表面253的长度,且第二内表面254和第二外表面253之间平滑过渡形成第二弧形边255。即第二内表面254向外延伸的长度小于第二外表面253向外延伸的长度,因此,第二内表面254和第二外表面253的端部会形成一个长度差,这个长度差通过第二弧形边255进行连接,使出风口22的边缘形成形似“喇叭口”的平滑边。第二弧形边255在出风口22出风时,对流出的气流具有导向作用,气流流出时基于第二弧形边255的弧形面形成附壁效应,对高速气流进行快速泄压,增大气流在吹风方向上流动面积,其平滑线条也能够避免 气流与侧边出现生硬接触,因此,能够提升便携式风扇的出风效率,增大吹风面积,还能够降低出风的风噪。In some embodiments, the length of the second inner surface 254 of the end of the air outlet 25 facing away from the fan assembly 3 is smaller than the length of the second outer surface 253, and the second inner surface 254 and the second outer surface 253 smoothly transition to form a second arcuate edge 255. That is, the length of the second inner surface 254 extending outward is smaller than the length of the second outer surface 253 extending outward. Therefore, a length difference is formed between the ends of the second inner surface 254 and the second outer surface 253. This length difference is connected through the second arcuate edge 255, so that the edge of the air outlet 22 forms a smooth edge shaped like a "bell mouth". When the air outlet 22 discharges air, the second arcuate edge 255 has a guiding effect on the outflowing airflow. When the airflow flows out, the arcuate surface of the second arcuate edge 255 forms a wall attachment effect, which quickly relieves the pressure of the high-speed airflow and increases the flow area of the airflow in the blowing direction. Its smooth lines can also avoid The airflow makes a rough contact with the side, thus improving the air outlet efficiency of the portable fan, increasing the blowing area, and reducing the wind noise.
在一些实施方式中,进风筒26包括:衔接筒261和进风环262,多个连接挡沿261a、第一连接弹片261b和第一卡爪261c均设置在衔接筒261上,衔接筒261与进风环262可拆卸连接,衔接筒261的最大外径小于装配筒24的内径,进风环262的最大外径大于连接筒23的外径。进风筒26能够被拆分为:衔接筒261和进风环262。虽然增加了装配工序,但是,可拆分的结构,使装配筒24和进风筒26之间的连接具有更多的可调空间,在装配时具有更高的容错性。In some embodiments, the air inlet cylinder 26 includes: a connection cylinder 261 and an air inlet ring 262, a plurality of connection baffles 261a, a first connection spring sheet 261b and a first claw 261c are all arranged on the connection cylinder 261, the connection cylinder 261 and the air inlet ring 262 are detachably connected, the maximum outer diameter of the connection cylinder 261 is smaller than the inner diameter of the assembly cylinder 24, and the maximum outer diameter of the air inlet ring 262 is larger than the outer diameter of the connection cylinder 23. The air inlet cylinder 26 can be disassembled into: a connection cylinder 261 and an air inlet ring 262. Although the assembly process is increased, the detachable structure allows the connection between the assembly cylinder 24 and the air inlet cylinder 26 to have more adjustable space and higher fault tolerance during assembly.
在本实施方式中,第一内表面262b和第一外表面262a均设置在进风环262上,第一弧形边262c也设置在进风环262上。In this embodiment, the first inner surface 262 b and the first outer surface 262 a are both disposed on the air inlet ring 262 , and the first arc-shaped edge 262 c is also disposed on the air inlet ring 262 .
多个连接挡沿261a上均开设有连接螺孔261d,进风环262在连接螺孔261d对应的位置开设有螺纹柱262d,连接螺孔261d与螺纹柱262d通过第一螺钉连接,装配筒24与出风筒25连接的一端开设有用于收纳第一螺钉、连接螺孔261d和/或螺纹柱262d的收纳槽245。收纳槽245能够收纳第一螺钉、连接螺孔261d或螺纹柱262d当中的一个或者多个。螺钉连接使装配筒24和进风筒26之间的连接能够进行调节,在装配时具有更高的容错性。连接挡沿261a上设置连接螺孔261d,通过对空间的合理应用,在连接挡沿261a和相邻连接挡沿261a之间设置两种连接方式,提高了空间使用效率。收纳槽245的开设,能够使第一螺钉不凸起在装配筒24表面,便于进行装配。A plurality of connection retaining edges 261a are provided with connection screw holes 261d, and the air inlet ring 262 is provided with a threaded column 262d at a position corresponding to the connection screw hole 261d. The connection screw hole 261d and the threaded column 262d are connected by a first screw, and a receiving groove 245 for receiving the first screw, the connection screw hole 261d and/or the threaded column 262d is provided at one end of the assembly cylinder 24 connected to the air outlet cylinder 25. The receiving groove 245 can receive one or more of the first screw, the connection screw hole 261d or the threaded column 262d. The screw connection enables the connection between the assembly cylinder 24 and the air inlet cylinder 26 to be adjusted, and has a higher fault tolerance during assembly. The connection screw hole 261d is provided on the connection retaining edge 261a, and two connection modes are provided between the connection retaining edge 261a and the adjacent connection retaining edge 261a through reasonable use of space, thereby improving the space utilization efficiency. The opening of the receiving groove 245 can prevent the first screw from protruding from the surface of the assembly tube 24, thereby facilitating assembly.
衔接筒261和进风环262的可拆卸连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,衔接筒261和进风环262之间还能够通过卡接的方式进行连接。The detachable connection method between the connecting tube 261 and the air inlet ring 262 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connecting tube 261 and the air inlet ring 262 can also be connected by a snap-fit method.
在一些实施方式中,衔接筒261和进风环262能够通过一体成型的制造技术制备成型。In some embodiments, the connecting tube 261 and the air inlet ring 262 can be prepared and formed by an integrated molding manufacturing technology.
出风筒25与装配筒24卡接连接的一端的外径小于装配筒24的内径,出风筒25背向装配筒24的一端的最大外径大于连接筒23的外径。The outer diameter of one end of the air outlet tube 25 connected to the assembly tube 24 is smaller than the inner diameter of the assembly tube 24 , and the maximum outer diameter of one end of the air outlet tube 25 facing away from the assembly tube 24 is larger than the outer diameter of the connecting tube 23 .
出风筒25和衔接筒261与装配筒24连接的一端外径尺寸均小于装配筒24的内径,使出风筒25和衔接筒261与装配筒24连接的一端能够插入到装配筒24内。出风筒25背离装配筒24的一端以及进风环262的最大外径大于连接筒23的外径,能够对连接筒23进行夹持限位,避免装配筒24与连接筒23分离或者移位。The outer diameter of the end of the air outlet tube 25 and the connecting tube 261 connected to the assembly tube 24 is smaller than the inner diameter of the assembly tube 24, so that the end of the air outlet tube 25 and the connecting tube 261 connected to the assembly tube 24 can be inserted into the assembly tube 24. The maximum outer diameter of the end of the air outlet tube 25 away from the assembly tube 24 and the air inlet ring 262 is larger than the outer diameter of the connecting tube 23, which can clamp and limit the connecting tube 23 to prevent the assembly tube 24 and the connecting tube 23 from separating or shifting.
在一些实施方式中,装配筒24与出风筒25连接的一端的内壁上设置有限位挡沿246,出风筒25连接装配筒24的一端设置有定位片252,限位挡沿246在定位片252对应位置开设有定位槽247,定位片252设置在多个第一卡槽251中至少一个第一卡槽251面向装配筒24的延伸方向上。定位片252与定位槽247的设置,方便出风筒25和装配筒24进行卡接装配。而将定位片252设置在第一卡槽251面向装配筒24的延伸方向上,则更加的便于第一卡槽251和第二连接弹片243及第二卡爪244进行装配。In some embodiments, a limited stop edge 246 is provided on the inner wall of one end of the assembly cylinder 24 connected to the air outlet cylinder 25, a positioning piece 252 is provided at one end of the air outlet cylinder 25 connected to the assembly cylinder 24, and a positioning groove 247 is provided on the limited stop edge 246 at a position corresponding to the positioning piece 252, and the positioning piece 252 is provided in the extension direction of at least one first card slot 251 among the plurality of first card slots 251 facing the assembly cylinder 24. The provision of the positioning piece 252 and the positioning groove 247 facilitates the clamping assembly of the air outlet cylinder 25 and the assembly cylinder 24. The provision of the positioning piece 252 in the extension direction of the first card slot 251 facing the assembly cylinder 24 makes it easier to assemble the first card slot 251 with the second connecting elastic piece 243 and the second claw 244.
在一些实施方式中,连接筒23和进风环262之间设置有过滤网27。过滤网27的设置能够避免杂物及使用者的头发或者衣服等被卷入到风扇组件3内,起到很好地保护作用。而将过滤网27设置在连接筒23和进风环262之间,则方便对过滤网27进行安装和更换。In some embodiments, a filter 27 is disposed between the connecting tube 23 and the air inlet ring 262. The filter 27 can prevent debris and the user's hair or clothes from being drawn into the fan assembly 3, thus providing good protection. The filter 27 is disposed between the connecting tube 23 and the air inlet ring 262, so that the filter 27 can be easily installed and replaced.
在一些实施方式中,持握部1包括:壳体13、电池14和连接件15,电池14设置在壳体13内,连接件15的一端盖设在壳体13的一端,连接的另一端与吹风部2连接。In some embodiments, the holding portion 1 includes: a shell 13, a battery 14 and a connector 15, the battery 14 is disposed in the shell 13, one end cover of the connector 15 is disposed at one end of the shell 13, and the other end of the connector is connected to the blowing portion 2.
通过连接件15连接吹风部2和持握部1,使吹风部2和持握部1之间相互独立,便于单独对其中一个进行拆卸和维护。同时,由于吹风部2和持握部1均具有既定的功能形状,二者特定的形状不便于进行连接固定,采用连接件15对二者进行连接,连接件15能够根据吹风部2和持握部1不同的形状需求进行适应性的形变对接,提高了连接的稳定性。例如,连接件15与吹风部2连接的一端设置有弧形槽,连接件15与持握部1连接的一端构造成与持握部1外形类似形状。The blowing part 2 and the holding part 1 are connected by the connecting piece 15, so that the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1 are independent of each other, which is convenient for disassembly and maintenance of one of them separately. At the same time, since the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1 both have predetermined functional shapes, their specific shapes are not convenient for connection and fixation. The connecting piece 15 is used to connect the two. The connecting piece 15 can be adaptively deformed and docked according to the different shape requirements of the blowing part 2 and the holding part 1, thereby improving the stability of the connection. For example, an arc groove is provided at one end of the connecting piece 15 connected to the blowing part 2, and the end of the connecting piece 15 connected to the holding part 1 is constructed to have a shape similar to the outer shape of the holding part 1.
在一些实施方式中,连接件15与吹风部2之间通过螺钉连接,连接件15与壳体13之间通过卡接连接。但是,连接件15与吹风部2之间的连接方式不局限于此,根据具体应用场景的不同,在一些实施方式中,连接件15与吹风部2之间能够通过(不限于):胶黏、卡接、铆接、焊接等方式进行连接固定。连接件15与壳体13之间能够通过(不限于):过盈配合、螺钉连接、铆接、胶黏、焊接等方式进行连接固定。In some embodiments, the connector 15 is connected to the blowing part 2 by screws, and the connector 15 is connected to the housing 13 by snap-fitting. However, the connection between the connector 15 and the blowing part 2 is not limited thereto. Depending on the specific application scenario, in some embodiments, the connector 15 and the blowing part 2 can be connected and fixed by (but not limited to): gluing, snap-fitting, riveting, welding, etc. The connector 15 and the housing 13 can be connected and fixed by (but not limited to): interference fit, screw connection, riveting, gluing, welding, etc.
便携式风扇还包括:第一PCB电路板41、第二PCB电路板42和第三PCB电路板43,第一PCB电路板41设置在壳体13内,第二PCB电路板42设置在连接件15上,第三PCB电路板43设置在风扇组件3上,第一PCB电路板41和第二PCB电路板42之间相互垂直,第一PCB电路板41和第二PCB电路板42通过第一传导件46连接,第二PCB电路板42和第三PCB电路板43通过第二传导件47连接,第一传导件46的刚度大于或等于第二传导件47的刚度。The portable fan also includes: a first PCB circuit board 41, a second PCB circuit board 42 and a third PCB circuit board 43. The first PCB circuit board 41 is arranged in the shell 13, the second PCB circuit board 42 is arranged on the connecting member 15, and the third PCB circuit board 43 is arranged on the fan assembly 3. The first PCB circuit board 41 and the second PCB circuit board 42 are perpendicular to each other. The first PCB circuit board 41 and the second PCB circuit board 42 are connected by a first conductive member 46, and the second PCB circuit board 42 and the third PCB circuit board 43 are connected by a second conductive member 47. The stiffness of the first conductive member 46 is greater than or equal to the stiffness of the second conductive member 47.
第一PCB电路板41、第二PCB电路板42和第三PCB电路板43分别设置在便携式风扇的不同位置,既能够增大便携式风扇各类电子元器件的装配面积,还能够有效的避免由于密集装配电子元器件导致的电 磁干扰较大的问题,有效的降低了不同电路板之间的电子干扰强度。同时,不同位置的PCB电路板还能够避免电子元器件发热过于集中,提高了便携式风扇的散热效率。The first PCB circuit board 41, the second PCB circuit board 42 and the third PCB circuit board 43 are respectively arranged at different positions of the portable fan, which can not only increase the assembly area of various electronic components of the portable fan, but also effectively avoid the electrical The problem of large magnetic interference is effectively reduced, and the electronic interference intensity between different circuit boards is effectively reduced. At the same time, PCB circuit boards in different positions can also avoid excessive heat concentration of electronic components and improve the heat dissipation efficiency of portable fans.
第一传导件46的刚度大于第二传导件47的刚度,使第二PCB电路板42对第一PCB电路板41的支撑力度较大,配合第一PCB电路板41和第二PCB电路板42相互垂直的结构,使第二PCB电路板42对第一PCB电路板41具有支撑作用,防止第一PCB电路板41在外力作用下发生向壳体13内部位移的现象。The rigidity of the first conductive member 46 is greater than that of the second conductive member 47, so that the second PCB circuit board 42 has a greater supporting force on the first PCB circuit board 41. Combined with the structure in which the first PCB circuit board 41 and the second PCB circuit board 42 are perpendicular to each other, the second PCB circuit board 42 has a supporting effect on the first PCB circuit board 41, thereby preventing the first PCB circuit board 41 from being displaced toward the inside of the housing 13 under the action of external force.
第二传导件47连接的刚度较小,则方便吹风部2和连接件15的安装。The second conductive member 47 has a smaller connection rigidity, which facilitates the installation of the blowing part 2 and the connecting member 15 .
在一些实施方式中,第一传导件46为电机元器件引脚或者焊接的棱形铁质金属棒。第二传导件47则为导线、排线或者柔性线路板。In some embodiments, the first conductive member 46 is a motor component pin or a welded prismatic iron metal rod, and the second conductive member 47 is a wire, a flat cable or a flexible circuit board.
第一PCB电路板41卡接固定在壳体13内表面上,第二PCB电路板42通过螺钉固定在连接件15上,第三PCB电路板43卡接固定在风扇组件3上。第一PCB电路板41卡接连接方便对其进行装配和拆卸。第二PCB电路板42通过螺钉固定在连接件15上,由于,第二PCB电路板42需要对第一PCB电路板41进行支撑,因此,第二PCB电路板42安装的稳定性越好,对第一PCB电路板41的限位或者支撑度则越高。第三PCB电路板43卡接固定在风扇组件3上,方便对其进行装配和拆卸,并且能够充当风扇组件3的防尘盖。The first PCB circuit board 41 is fixedly connected to the inner surface of the housing 13, the second PCB circuit board 42 is fixedly connected to the connecting member 15 by screws, and the third PCB circuit board 43 is fixedly connected to the fan assembly 3. The first PCB circuit board 41 is connected by a clamping connection, which is convenient for assembly and disassembly. The second PCB circuit board 42 is fixedly connected to the connecting member 15 by screws. Since the second PCB circuit board 42 needs to support the first PCB circuit board 41, the better the installation stability of the second PCB circuit board 42, the higher the limit or support degree of the first PCB circuit board 41. The third PCB circuit board 43 is fixedly connected to the fan assembly 3, which is convenient for assembly and disassembly, and can serve as a dust cover for the fan assembly 3.
在一些实施方式中,第一PCB电路板41与第一控制按键44连接,第二PCB电路板42与第二控制按键45连接,第一控制按键44受力后的运动路径与第一PCB电路板41相互垂直,第二控制按键45受力后的运动路径与第二PCB电路板42相互平行。由于,第一PCB电路板41通过卡接固定,且第二PCB电路板42能够对第一PCB电路板41进行支撑,因此,第一PCB电路板41在其垂直方向上的受力强度更高,适合装配在其垂直方向上运动的第一控制按键44。而第二PCB电路板42通过螺钉固定在连接件15上,悬空面积较大,垂直受力能力较弱,但是,由于螺钉固定,具有较强的抗旋转能力,第二控制按键45受力后的运动路径与第二PCB电路板42相互平行,第二PCB电路板42能够很好地抵抗用时使用时,施加于第二控制按键45的转向力或者偏向力。In some embodiments, the first PCB circuit board 41 is connected to the first control button 44, the second PCB circuit board 42 is connected to the second control button 45, the movement path of the first control button 44 after being subjected to force is perpendicular to the first PCB circuit board 41, and the movement path of the second control button 45 after being subjected to force is parallel to the second PCB circuit board 42. Since the first PCB circuit board 41 is fixed by snap connection, and the second PCB circuit board 42 can support the first PCB circuit board 41, the first PCB circuit board 41 has a higher force strength in its vertical direction, and is suitable for assembling the first control button 44 that moves in its vertical direction. The second PCB circuit board 42 is fixed to the connector 15 by screws, has a large suspended area, and has a weak vertical force bearing capacity. However, due to the screw fixation, it has a strong anti-rotation ability, the movement path of the second control button 45 after being subjected to force is parallel to the second PCB circuit board 42, and the second PCB circuit board 42 can well resist the steering force or deflection force applied to the second control button 45 when in use.
本实施方式中的多个是指两个或者两个以上的数量。The term "plurality" in this embodiment refers to a number of two or more.
需要说明的是,本实施例中的任一实施方式都能够独立进行实施,或者通过与其他一个或者多个实施方式进行组合实施。组合实施时,其组合方式不应当局限于本实施例列举的组合方式。It should be noted that any implementation in this embodiment can be implemented independently or in combination with one or more other implementations. When implemented in combination, the combination method should not be limited to the combination methods listed in this embodiment.
方案12,如图11-1至11-5所示。Scheme 12 is shown in Figures 11-1 to 11-5.
在一个实施例中,如图11-1至图11-3所示,为本申请的高速电机,所述高速电机用于便携式风扇内。所述便携式风扇包括出风部100和手持部200,所述出风部100用于出风,所述手持部200用于供用户手持,便于用户手持移动使用。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-1 to FIG. 11-3, the high-speed motor of the present application is used in a portable fan. The portable fan includes an air outlet 100 and a hand-held part 200. The air outlet 100 is used to discharge air, and the hand-held part 200 is used for a user to hold it, so that the user can hold it and use it.
在一个实施例中,如图11-2和图11-3所示,所述出风部100自外向内包括外壳1、套壳2、缓冲件30和所述高速电机。所述高速电机包括筒体4、驱动板55、定子组件54、转子组件和扇叶6,所述高速电机可以提供足够的动力和转速,以保证所述便携式风扇的风力。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 11-2 and Fig. 11-3, the air outlet 100 includes a housing 1, a casing 2, a buffer 30 and the high-speed motor from the outside to the inside. The high-speed motor includes a barrel 4, a driving plate 55, a stator assembly 54, a rotor assembly and a fan blade 6. The high-speed motor can provide sufficient power and speed to ensure the wind force of the portable fan.
所述缓冲件30设于所述筒体4外,所述套壳2设于所述缓冲件30外,所述外壳1设于所述套壳2外。通过设置所述筒体4、所述缓冲件30、所述套壳2和所述外壳1四层结构,层层固定,整体结构稳定。在使用所述高速电机的同时,保证整体减振效果好,所述筒体4外设置所述缓冲件30,所述缓冲件30及时吸收并减少所述高速电机带来的振动,使得所述便携式风扇可以持续稳定地高速转动。The buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, the casing 2 is arranged outside the buffer 30, and the outer shell 1 is arranged outside the casing 2. By setting the cylinder 4, the buffer 30, the casing 2 and the outer shell 1 as a four-layer structure, the layers are fixed and the overall structure is stable. When using the high-speed motor, the overall vibration reduction effect is ensured to be good. The buffer 30 is arranged outside the cylinder 4, and the buffer 30 absorbs and reduces the vibration caused by the high-speed motor in time, so that the portable fan can continue to rotate at a high speed stably.
在一个实施例中,如图11-2和图11-3所示,所述缓冲件30用作所述筒体4和所述套壳2之间的隔离缓冲界面。在一个实施例中,所述缓冲件30为平滑表面;在另一个实施例中,为了增强其隔离特性和缓冲特性,还可以在所述缓冲件30的外表面间隔设置多个凸点。另外,所述缓冲件30可以只包覆所述筒体4的部分外表面,也可以包覆所述筒体4的全部外表面,还可以包覆所述筒体4的前端面和后端面,并不以此为限。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-2 and FIG. 11-3, the buffer member 30 is used as an isolation buffer interface between the barrel 4 and the casing 2. In one embodiment, the buffer member 30 is a smooth surface; in another embodiment, in order to enhance its isolation and buffering properties, a plurality of convex points may be arranged at intervals on the outer surface of the buffer member 30. In addition, the buffer member 30 may only cover part of the outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the entire outer surface of the barrel 4, or may cover the front end face and the rear end face of the barrel 4, but is not limited thereto.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-5所示,所述筒体4包括外环部40、内环部41,以及连接所述外环部40和所述内环部41的多个连接叶42,所述内环部41比所述外环部40短,所述内环部41的前端向前超过所述外环部40的前端。所述内环部41内形成有基板44,自所述基板44向后凸出延伸有中空的轴筒45,所述轴筒45向后超出所述内环部41的后端,但未超出所述外环部40的后端。所述定子组件54、所述转子组件和所述轴筒45三者相嵌套固定。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 11-3 and Fig. 11-5, the cylinder 4 includes an outer ring portion 40, an inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of connecting leaves 42 connecting the outer ring portion 40 and the inner ring portion 41. The inner ring portion 41 is shorter than the outer ring portion 40, and the front end of the inner ring portion 41 extends forward beyond the front end of the outer ring portion 40. A base plate 44 is formed in the inner ring portion 41, and a hollow shaft cylinder 45 protrudes backward from the base plate 44 and extends backward beyond the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, but does not exceed the rear end of the outer ring portion 40. The stator assembly 54, the rotor assembly and the shaft cylinder 45 are nested and fixed.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-4所示,所述轴筒45外侧面形成有第一台阶部451,所述定子组件54设于所述轴筒45外,且向前抵住所述第一台阶部451。所述转子组件包括转轴50、轴承51和磁环52,所述转轴50伸入所述轴筒45内,所述转轴50外设有所述轴承51,所述轴承51外设有缓冲套31,所述磁环52设于所述定子组件54外侧。通过在所述轴承51外设置所述缓冲套31,所述缓冲套31可以充分吸收所述轴承51产生的振动及因振动产生的噪音,使所述高速电机可以持续稳定地工作。 In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-3 and FIG. 11-4, a first step portion 451 is formed on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the stator assembly 54 is arranged outside the shaft cylinder 45 and abuts against the first step portion 451. The rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 50, a bearing 51 and a magnetic ring 52. The rotating shaft 50 extends into the shaft cylinder 45, the bearing 51 is arranged outside the rotating shaft 50, the buffer sleeve 31 is arranged outside the bearing 51, and the magnetic ring 52 is arranged outside the stator assembly 54. By arranging the buffer sleeve 31 outside the bearing 51, the buffer sleeve 31 can fully absorb the vibration generated by the bearing 51 and the noise generated by the vibration, so that the high-speed motor can work continuously and stably.
在一个实施例中,如图11-2、图11-3和图11-5所示,所述内环部41的前端设有收容部46和卡扣47,所述收容部46用于收容所述驱动板55,所述卡扣47用于扣合固定所述驱动板55。所述基板44设有过线口,导线穿过所述过线口,以电性连接所述驱动板55和所述定子组件54。所述驱动板55电性连接所述定子组件54,并驱动所述转子组件转动。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 11-2, Fig. 11-3 and Fig. 11-5, a receiving portion 46 and a buckle 47 are provided at the front end of the inner ring portion 41, wherein the receiving portion 46 is used to receive the drive plate 55, and the buckle 47 is used to buckle and fix the drive plate 55. The base plate 44 is provided with a wire passing opening, through which a wire passes to electrically connect the drive plate 55 and the stator assembly 54. The drive plate 55 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 54 and drives the rotor assembly to rotate.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-4所示,所述轴承51设有两个,包括第一轴承511和第二轴承512,所述第一轴承511和所述第二轴承512均设于所述转轴50外。且所述第一轴承511位于所述第二轴承512的前方,所述第一轴承511和所述第二轴承512中的至少一个设有所述缓冲套31。在本实施例中,所述第一轴承511和所述第二轴承512外均设有所述缓冲套31。当然,在其他实施例中,也可以是所述第一轴承511外设有所述缓冲套31,所述第二轴承512外不设有所述缓冲套31;或者是所述第一轴承511外不设有所述缓冲套31,所述第二轴承512外设有所述缓冲套31。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-3 and FIG. 11-4, the bearing 51 is provided with two, including a first bearing 511 and a second bearing 512, and the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 are both provided outside the rotating shaft 50. The first bearing 511 is located in front of the second bearing 512, and at least one of the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 is provided with the buffer sleeve 31. In this embodiment, the buffer sleeve 31 is provided outside the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512. Of course, in other embodiments, the buffer sleeve 31 may be provided outside the first bearing 511, and the buffer sleeve 31 may not be provided outside the second bearing 512; or the buffer sleeve 31 may not be provided outside the first bearing 511, and the buffer sleeve 31 may be provided outside the second bearing 512.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-4所示,所述缓冲套31形成有凹槽313,所述凹槽313形成于所述缓冲套31的径向外侧、径向内侧、轴向外侧、轴向内侧中的一个或几个。在本实施例中,所述凹槽313形成于所述缓冲套31的径向外侧,且所述凹槽313环设于所述缓冲套31。所述凹槽313的设置,可以给所述缓冲套31一些变形的空间,使所述缓冲套31的缓冲吸收能力更强。所述缓冲套31的外径为5.96mm(毫米,下同),所述凹槽313的深度为0.1mm,所述凹槽313的宽度为0.7mm。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-3 and FIG. 11-4, the buffer sleeve 31 is formed with a groove 313, and the groove 313 is formed on one or more of the radial outer side, radial inner side, axial outer side, and axial inner side of the buffer sleeve 31. In this embodiment, the groove 313 is formed on the radial outer side of the buffer sleeve 31, and the groove 313 is arranged around the buffer sleeve 31. The provision of the groove 313 can give the buffer sleeve 31 some deformation space, so that the buffer sleeve 31 has a stronger buffering absorption capacity. The outer diameter of the buffer sleeve 31 is 5.96 mm (millimeter, the same below), the depth of the groove 313 is 0.1 mm, and the width of the groove 313 is 0.7 mm.
在一个实施例中,所述第一轴承511和所述第二轴承512外均设有所述缓冲套31。所述第一轴承511外设有第一缓冲套311,所述第二轴承512外设有第二缓冲套312。所述第一轴承511和所述第二轴承512分别具有内壁、外壁,以及设于所述内壁和所述外壁之间的滚珠,所述转轴50穿设于所述第一轴承511和所述第二轴承512的内壁中。所述轴筒45内侧形成有第二台阶部452,所述第一轴承511和所述第一缓冲套311自前向后抵设于所述第二台阶部452,所述第一缓冲套311包覆所述第一轴承511的所述外壁的径向外侧和后侧。所述第二轴承512和所述第二缓冲套312自后向前抵设于所述轴筒45的后端,所述第二缓冲套312包覆所述第二轴承512的所述外壁的径向外侧和前侧,所述定子组件54的部分设于所述第二缓冲套312外。In one embodiment, the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 are both provided with the buffer sleeve 31. The first bearing 511 is provided with the first buffer sleeve 311, and the second bearing 512 is provided with the second buffer sleeve 312. The first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512 respectively have an inner wall, an outer wall, and a ball disposed between the inner wall and the outer wall, and the rotating shaft 50 is penetrated through the inner walls of the first bearing 511 and the second bearing 512. A second step portion 452 is formed on the inner side of the shaft cylinder 45, and the first bearing 511 and the first buffer sleeve 311 are abutted against the second step portion 452 from front to back, and the first buffer sleeve 311 covers the radial outer side and rear side of the outer wall of the first bearing 511. The second bearing 512 and the second buffer sleeve 312 are abutted against the rear end of the shaft cylinder 45 from back to front, and the second buffer sleeve 312 covers the radial outer side and front side of the outer wall of the second bearing 512, and part of the stator assembly 54 is disposed outside the second buffer sleeve 312.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-4所示,所述转子组件还包括机壳53。所述机壳53朝前开口,所述机壳53包括第一侧壁531、第二侧壁532和后壁533。所述第一侧壁531位于所述第二侧壁532的径向内侧,且所述第一侧壁531短于所述第二侧壁532,所述后壁533连接所述第一侧壁531和所述第二侧壁532。所述第一侧壁531固设于所述转轴50外,所述第二侧壁532设于所述磁环52外。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-3 and FIG. 11-4 , the rotor assembly further includes a housing 53. The housing 53 opens forward, and includes a first side wall 531, a second side wall 532, and a rear wall 533. The first side wall 531 is located radially inward of the second side wall 532, and the first side wall 531 is shorter than the second side wall 532, and the rear wall 533 connects the first side wall 531 and the second side wall 532. The first side wall 531 is fixedly disposed outside the rotating shaft 50, and the second side wall 532 is disposed outside the magnetic ring 52.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-4所示,所述第二侧壁532和所述内环部41在轴向上相邻设置,所述第一侧壁531和所述第二轴承512在轴向上相邻设置。所述第二侧壁532和所述内环部41之间的间距,小于所述第一侧壁531和所述第二轴承512之间的间距。在本实施例中,所述第一侧壁531和所述第二轴承512之间的间距为0.8mm,所述第二侧壁532和所述内环部41之间的间距为0.7mm,当然,并不以此为限制。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 11-3 and 11-4 , the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 are adjacently arranged in the axial direction, and the first side wall 531 and the second bearing 512 are adjacently arranged in the axial direction. The spacing between the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the spacing between the first side wall 531 and the second bearing 512. In this embodiment, the spacing between the first side wall 531 and the second bearing 512 is 0.8 mm, and the spacing between the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 is 0.7 mm, but this is not limiting.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3和图11-4所示,所述第二侧壁532的前端和/或所述内环部41的后端设有缓冲垫33。在本实施例中,所述内环部41的后端设有缓冲垫33,所述缓冲垫33设有多个,分布于所述内环部41的后端,这样即使所述高速电机在跌落或者受到外界撞击时,也能避免所述第二侧壁532的前端对所述内环部41的后端的冲击震动。所述缓冲垫33的厚度为0.3mm,可以很好地吸收并减小冲击震动,当然不以此为限制。应当理解,所述第二侧壁532的前端也可以设置所述缓冲垫33,且所述缓冲垫33可以是一圈环绕设置在所述第二侧壁532的前端和/或所述内环部41的后端。并且,所述第二侧壁532和所述内环部41之间的间距,小于所述转轴50和所述驱动板55之间的间距。这样即使所述高速电机在跌落或者受到其他外界撞击时,所述转轴50的前端也不会撞击损伤所述驱动板55。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11-3 and FIG. 11-4, a buffer pad 33 is provided at the front end of the second side wall 532 and/or the rear end of the inner ring portion 41. In this embodiment, a buffer pad 33 is provided at the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, and a plurality of buffer pads 33 are provided, which are distributed at the rear end of the inner ring portion 41, so that even when the high-speed motor falls or is hit by an external impact, the front end of the second side wall 532 can be prevented from impacting and vibrating the rear end of the inner ring portion 41. The thickness of the buffer pad 33 is 0.3 mm, which can well absorb and reduce the impact vibration, but it is not limited to this. It should be understood that the buffer pad 33 can also be provided at the front end of the second side wall 532, and the buffer pad 33 can be arranged in a circle around the front end of the second side wall 532 and/or the rear end of the inner ring portion 41. In addition, the spacing between the second side wall 532 and the inner ring portion 41 is smaller than the spacing between the rotating shaft 50 and the driving plate 55. In this way, even if the high-speed motor falls or is hit by other external impacts, the front end of the rotating shaft 50 will not hit and damage the driving plate 55.
在一个实施例中,如图11-3至图11-5所示,所述筒体4的外径为23.71-24.05mm,所述筒体4的长度为30-33.05mm。所述筒体4的体积较小,使得所述便携式风扇整体体积也可以较小,提高所述便携式风扇的便携性。所述筒体4还包括多个延伸叶43,多个所述延伸叶43和多个所述连接叶42一一对应,所述延伸叶43自所述连接叶42向后延伸形成。所述连接叶42竖直向前延伸,所述延伸叶43为弧形弯曲延伸,多个所述延伸叶43环绕于所述第二侧壁532外。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 11-3 to 11-5 , the outer diameter of the barrel 4 is 23.71-24.05 mm, and the length of the barrel 4 is 30-33.05 mm. The barrel 4 is small in size, so that the overall volume of the portable fan can also be small, thereby improving the portability of the portable fan. The barrel 4 also includes a plurality of extension leaves 43, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 correspond to the plurality of connecting leaves 42 one by one, and the extension leaves 43 are formed by extending backward from the connecting leaves 42. The connecting leaves 42 extend vertically forward, and the extension leaves 43 extend in an arc shape, and the plurality of extension leaves 43 surround the outside of the second side wall 532.
在一个实施例中,如图11-2至图11-4所示,所述转轴50的后端还固设有扇叶6。所述扇叶6的前端与所述机壳53的所述后壁533在轴向上紧邻设置。所述扇叶6与所述机壳53、所述磁环52、所述轴承51同轴设置,且所述扇叶6和所述机壳53紧邻设置,无需在所述机壳53和所述扇叶6之间另外设置传动装置,有效提高了所述扇叶6的传动效率。所述扇叶6包括轮毂60,以及间隔环绕设置于所述轮毂60外侧的多个叶片61。所述轮毂60内侧还设有轴柱62,所述轴柱62固设于所述转轴50外,多个筋叶63连接所述轴柱62和所述轮毂60。所述后壁533贯穿有缺口,弹性件32穿过所述后壁533的缺口,且所述弹性件32的两端分别抵设于所述筋叶63和所述第二轴承512。所述弹性件32抵顶所述筋叶63的一端的直径, 大于所述弹性件32抵顶所述第二轴承512的直径,所述弹性件32的最大外径为7-7.8mm,所述弹性件32的最小内径为2.05mm。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 11-2 to 11-4, a fan blade 6 is also fixedly provided at the rear end of the rotating shaft 50. The front end of the fan blade 6 is arranged adjacent to the rear wall 533 of the housing 53 in the axial direction. The fan blade 6 is coaxially arranged with the housing 53, the magnetic ring 52, and the bearing 51, and the fan blade 6 and the housing 53 are arranged adjacent to each other, and there is no need to set a transmission device between the housing 53 and the fan blade 6, which effectively improves the transmission efficiency of the fan blade 6. The fan blade 6 includes a hub 60, and a plurality of blades 61 arranged around the outer side of the hub 60 at intervals. A shaft column 62 is also provided on the inner side of the hub 60, and the shaft column 62 is fixedly provided outside the rotating shaft 50, and a plurality of ribs 63 connect the shaft column 62 and the hub 60. The rear wall 533 is penetrated with a notch, and the elastic member 32 passes through the notch of the rear wall 533, and the two ends of the elastic member 32 are respectively abutted against the ribs 63 and the second bearing 512. The elastic member 32 abuts against the diameter of one end of the rib leaf 63. The diameter of the elastic member 32 is larger than the diameter of the second bearing 512 abutted by the elastic member 32 . The maximum outer diameter of the elastic member 32 is 7-7.8 mm, and the minimum inner diameter of the elastic member 32 is 2.05 mm.
在一个实施例中,如图11-2和图11-3所示,所述扇叶6为斜流扇叶,所述轮毂60自后向前径向增大延伸,且所述轮毂60呈弧形。所述轮毂60的直径、所述机壳53的直径和所述内环部41的直径三者中的任意两者相差小于0.5mm,且在轴向上,所述机壳53和所述内环部41前后相邻间隔设置,所述轮毂60和所述机壳53紧邻设置。所述扇叶6的后端未向后超出所述外环部40的后端,所述风扇可以完整的设于所述外环部40、所述缓冲件30、所述套壳2和所述外壳1四层结构内,可有效吸收并减小所述扇叶6高速转动产生的噪声。应当理解,所述内环部41和所述外环部40之间的通道、所述第二侧壁532和所述外环部40之间的通道属于所述便携式风扇的风道。所述扇叶6转动,高速旋转的所述扇叶6产生的高速紊流,先流经弯曲延伸的所述延伸叶43得到初步梳理,再流经竖直向前延伸的所述连接叶42得到再次梳理,并被引导竖直向前喷射,以减小动能损失,保留大风量和大风压。In one embodiment, as shown in Figures 11-2 and 11-3, the fan blade 6 is a diagonal flow fan blade, the hub 60 radially increases and extends from the back to the front, and the hub 60 is arc-shaped. The diameter of the hub 60, the diameter of the housing 53, and the diameter of the inner ring portion 41 are less than 0.5 mm apart from each other, and in the axial direction, the housing 53 and the inner ring portion 41 are arranged adjacent to each other in front and back intervals, and the hub 60 and the housing 53 are arranged in close proximity. The rear end of the fan blade 6 does not extend backward beyond the rear end of the outer ring portion 40, and the fan can be completely arranged in the four-layer structure of the outer ring portion 40, the buffer 30, the sleeve 2, and the outer shell 1, which can effectively absorb and reduce the noise generated by the high-speed rotation of the fan blade 6. It should be understood that the channel between the inner ring portion 41 and the outer ring portion 40, and the channel between the second side wall 532 and the outer ring portion 40 belong to the air duct of the portable fan. The fan blades 6 rotate, and the high-speed turbulence generated by the high-speed rotating fan blades 6 first flows through the curved extension blades 43 to be initially combed, then flows through the connecting blades 42 extending vertically forward to be combed again, and is guided to be sprayed vertically forward to reduce kinetic energy loss and retain large air volume and high wind pressure.
在一个实施例中,如图11-1至图11-3所示,所述出风部100还包括进风罩7和出风罩8。所述进风罩7卡固于所述套壳2的后侧,并设于所述外壳1的后侧。所述出风罩8卡固于所述套壳2的前侧,并设于所述外壳1的前侧。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 11-1 to 11-3 , the air outlet portion 100 further includes an air inlet cover 7 and an air outlet cover 8. The air inlet cover 7 is fixed to the rear side of the casing 2 and is disposed on the rear side of the outer shell 1. The air outlet cover 8 is fixed to the front side of the casing 2 and is disposed on the front side of the outer shell 1.
在一个实施例中,如图11-2和图11-3所示,所述手持部200内设有供电件201和控制板202,所述出风部100和所述手持部200相固定。所述控制板202与所述驱动板55通过导线电性连接。所述供电件201设于所述控制板202的下方,且所述供电件201与所述控制板202电性连接。所述供电件201可直接供电给所述高速电机,以在不连接外部电源的情况下,驱动所述扇叶6转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 11-2 and 11-3 , a power supply 201 and a control board 202 are provided in the handheld portion 200, and the air outlet portion 100 and the handheld portion 200 are fixed. The control board 202 is electrically connected to the drive board 55 through a wire. The power supply 201 is provided below the control board 202, and the power supply 201 is electrically connected to the control board 202. The power supply 201 can directly supply power to the high-speed motor to drive the fan blade 6 to rotate without connecting to an external power supply.
应当理解,所述缓冲件30、所述缓冲套31、所述弹性件32均具有弹性变形的能力,但具体的材料、形式、形变能力可从现有的弹性材料中选择,例如,所述缓冲件30可以是硅胶材料,也可以是泡棉材料,所述缓冲套31可以是硅胶材料,也可以是泡棉材料;所述弹性件32可以是弹簧材料,也可以是硅胶材料。具体的弹性材料不以上述举例为限制,只要具有弹性变形能力且可提供缓冲减震作用的材料均可。It should be understood that the buffer 30, the buffer sleeve 31, and the elastic member 32 all have the ability to be elastically deformed, but the specific material, form, and deformation ability can be selected from existing elastic materials. For example, the buffer 30 can be a silicone material or a foam material, and the buffer sleeve 31 can be a silicone material or a foam material; the elastic member 32 can be a spring material or a silicone material. The specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it has the ability to be elastically deformed and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
方案13,如图12-1至12-5所示。Scheme 13 is shown in Figures 12-1 to 12-5.
在一个实施例中,如图12-1和图12-2所示,为本申请的高速电机。所述高速电机包括筒体1、定子组件2和转子组件。所述筒体1包括外环部11、内环部12,以及连接所述外环部11和所述内环部12的多个连接叶13。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12-1 and FIG. 12-2 , a high-speed motor of the present application is provided. The high-speed motor comprises a barrel 1, a stator assembly 2 and a rotor assembly. The barrel 1 comprises an outer ring portion 11, an inner ring portion 12, and a plurality of connecting blades 13 connecting the outer ring portion 11 and the inner ring portion 12.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述内环部12内形成有基板14,自所述基板14向后凸出延伸的轴筒15,所述轴筒15内设有一体成型的轴承安装结构,所述轴承安装结构包括第一轴承室151和第二轴承室152。所述定子组件2、所述转子组件和所述轴筒15三者相嵌套固定。其中,所述转子组件包括转轴31,以及设于所述转轴31径向外侧的第一轴承32和第二轴承33,所述转轴31伸入所述轴筒15内,所述第一轴承32收容于所述第一轴承室151,所述第二轴承33收容于所述第二轴承室152,以固定所述转轴31和所述轴筒15。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12-3 to FIG. 12-5, a base plate 14 is formed in the inner ring portion 12, and a shaft cylinder 15 protrudes and extends backward from the base plate 14. An integral bearing mounting structure is provided in the shaft cylinder 15, and the bearing mounting structure includes a first bearing chamber 151 and a second bearing chamber 152. The stator assembly 2, the rotor assembly and the shaft cylinder 15 are nested and fixed. The rotor assembly includes a rotating shaft 31, and a first bearing 32 and a second bearing 33 arranged on the radial outer side of the rotating shaft 31. The rotating shaft 31 extends into the shaft cylinder 15, the first bearing 32 is accommodated in the first bearing chamber 151, and the second bearing 33 is accommodated in the second bearing chamber 152, so as to fix the rotating shaft 31 and the shaft cylinder 15.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述轴筒15的外侧面形成有第一台阶部153,所述定子组件2设于所述轴筒15外,且向前抵住所述第一台阶部153。通过设置所述第一台阶部153,使所述定子组件2嵌套定位于所述轴筒15的径向外侧。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 12-3 to 12-5 , a first step portion 153 is formed on the outer side of the shaft cylinder 15, and the stator assembly 2 is disposed outside the shaft cylinder 15 and abuts against the first step portion 153. By providing the first step portion 153, the stator assembly 2 is nested and positioned radially outside the shaft cylinder 15.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述轴承安装结构一体成型于所述轴筒15内。也就是说,在本实施例中,所述第一轴承室151和所述第二轴承室152直接由所述轴筒15一体成型形成,所述第一轴承室151的轴心、所述第二轴承室152的轴心以及所述轴筒15的轴心重合,既保证了所述第一轴承32和所述第二轴承33的同心度,还保证了所述第一轴承32、所述第二轴承33和所述轴筒15的同心度。当然,在其他实施例中,所述轴承安装结构可以是单独一体成型,然后再嵌固于所述轴筒15内,同样能够保证所述第一轴承32和所述第二轴承33之间的同心度。所述第一轴承室151位于所述第二轴承室152的前方,所述第一轴承室151的后端形成第二台阶部154,所述第二轴承室152的后端形成第三台阶部155,在轴承室的后端形成台阶部,可限位轴承的向后移动,固定定位轴承。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12-3 to FIG. 12-5, the bearing mounting structure is integrally formed in the shaft cylinder 15. That is, in this embodiment, the first bearing chamber 151 and the second bearing chamber 152 are directly integrally formed by the shaft cylinder 15, and the axis of the first bearing chamber 151, the axis of the second bearing chamber 152 and the axis of the shaft cylinder 15 coincide, which not only ensures the concentricity of the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33, but also ensures the concentricity of the first bearing 32, the second bearing 33 and the shaft cylinder 15. Of course, in other embodiments, the bearing mounting structure can be integrally formed separately and then embedded in the shaft cylinder 15, which can also ensure the concentricity between the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33. The first bearing chamber 151 is located in front of the second bearing chamber 152, and the rear end of the first bearing chamber 151 forms a second step portion 154, and the rear end of the second bearing chamber 152 forms a third step portion 155. The step portion is formed at the rear end of the bearing chamber to limit the backward movement of the bearing and fix the bearing.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述第一轴承室151的直径大于所述第二轴承室152的直径,所述第一轴承32的外径大于所述第二轴承33的外径。因此,所述第二轴承33先自所述轴筒15前端进入,并收容于所述第二轴承室152后,所述第一轴承32再自所述轴筒15前端进入,并收容于所述第一轴承室151。在本实施例中,所述第一轴承32与所述第二台阶部154之间设有缓冲垫,以缓冲所述第一轴承32和所述第二台阶部154之间的振动。另外,在其他实施例中,所述第二轴承33和所述第三台阶部155之间也可以设有所述缓冲垫。或者所述第一轴承32与所述第二台阶部154之间不设置所述缓冲垫,所述第二轴承33和所述第三台阶部155之间设置所述缓冲垫。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 12-3 to 12-5 , the diameter of the first bearing chamber 151 is greater than the diameter of the second bearing chamber 152, and the outer diameter of the first bearing 32 is greater than the outer diameter of the second bearing 33. Therefore, after the second bearing 33 first enters from the front end of the shaft cylinder 15 and is accommodated in the second bearing chamber 152, the first bearing 32 then enters from the front end of the shaft cylinder 15 and is accommodated in the first bearing chamber 151. In this embodiment, a buffer pad is provided between the first bearing 32 and the second step portion 154 to buffer the vibration between the first bearing 32 and the second step portion 154. In addition, in other embodiments, the buffer pad may also be provided between the second bearing 33 and the third step portion 155. Alternatively, the buffer pad is not provided between the first bearing 32 and the second step portion 154, and the buffer pad is provided between the second bearing 33 and the third step portion 155.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述第一轴承室151的直径为5.8-7.2mm,所述第二轴承室152的直径为4.8-5.2mm。所述第一轴承32外和所述第二轴承33外还可以设置缓冲套,所述缓冲套可 进一步缓解所述第一轴承32和所述第二轴承33的振动,从而进一步降低噪音。当然,所述第一轴承32外和所述第二轴承33外也可以不设置所述缓冲套。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12-3 to FIG. 12-5, the diameter of the first bearing chamber 151 is 5.8-7.2 mm, and the diameter of the second bearing chamber 152 is 4.8-5.2 mm. A buffer sleeve may be provided outside the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33. The buffer sleeve may be The vibration of the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33 is further alleviated, thereby further reducing noise. Of course, the buffer sleeve may not be provided outside the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述轴承安装结构还包括设于所述第一轴承室151和所述第二轴承室152之间的过渡段156,所述过渡段156的直径自前向后呈递减趋势。自前向后呈递减趋势的所述过渡段156,有利于所述第二轴承33自所述轴承安装结构的前端向后移入所述第二轴承室152。所述过渡段156收容有隔离件6,所述隔离件6用于隔离定位所述第一轴承32和所述第二轴承33,防止所述第一轴承32与所述转轴31、所述第二轴承33与所述转轴31发生相对位移。所述隔离件6的长度为5.65-6.05mm。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12-3 to FIG. 12-5, the bearing mounting structure further includes a transition section 156 disposed between the first bearing chamber 151 and the second bearing chamber 152, and the diameter of the transition section 156 decreases from front to back. The transition section 156 decreases from front to back, which facilitates the second bearing 33 to move backward from the front end of the bearing mounting structure into the second bearing chamber 152. The transition section 156 accommodates an isolating member 6, and the isolating member 6 is used to isolate and position the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33, so as to prevent the first bearing 32 and the rotating shaft 31, and the second bearing 33 and the rotating shaft 31 from relative displacement. The length of the isolating member 6 is 5.65-6.05 mm.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述转轴31插入所述轴筒15,且穿过所述第二轴承33和所述第一轴承32,所述转轴31的前端形成有卡槽,所述限位件7和所述第一轴承32之间设有缓冲件8。所述限位件7和所述缓冲件8限制定位所述第一轴承32与所述转轴31之间的相对位移。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 12-3 to 12-5 , the rotating shaft 31 is inserted into the shaft cylinder 15 and passes through the second bearing 33 and the first bearing 32. A slot is formed at the front end of the rotating shaft 31, and a buffer 8 is provided between the stopper 7 and the first bearing 32. The stopper 7 and the buffer 8 limit the relative displacement between the first bearing 32 and the rotating shaft 31.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述转子组件还包括设于所述转轴31径向外侧的机壳34和磁环35,所述磁环35设于所述定子组件2的径向外侧,所述机壳34开口朝前,所述机壳34的侧壁设于所述磁环35的径向外侧。所述高速电机还包括扇叶4和驱动板5。所述扇叶4固设于所述转轴31的后端,所述扇叶4和所述机壳34紧邻设置。所述驱动板5设于所述内环部12的前端,所述驱动板5电性连接所述定子组件2,并驱动所述转子组件和所述扇叶4转动。In one embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 12-3 to 12-5, the rotor assembly further includes a housing 34 and a magnetic ring 35 disposed radially outside the rotating shaft 31, the magnetic ring 35 being disposed radially outside the stator assembly 2, the housing 34 opening facing forward, and the side wall of the housing 34 being disposed radially outside the magnetic ring 35. The high-speed motor further includes a fan blade 4 and a drive plate 5. The fan blade 4 is fixedly disposed at the rear end of the rotating shaft 31, and the fan blade 4 and the housing 34 are disposed adjacent to each other. The drive plate 5 is disposed at the front end of the inner ring portion 12, the drive plate 5 is electrically connected to the stator assembly 2, and drives the rotor assembly and the fan blade 4 to rotate.
在一个实施例中,如图12-3至图12-5所示,所述机壳34的后壁与所述第二轴承33之间还设有弹性件,以进一步限制定位所述第二轴承33与所述转轴31之间的相对位移,并且缓冲减小所述第二轴承33的振动。所述第一轴承32的前后两端、所述第二轴承33的前后两端均被抵住,所述第一轴承32、所述第二轴承33与所述高速电机整体之间的预压力平衡,缓冲减小所述第一轴承32和所述第二轴承33的振动,有效减小所述高速电机的噪音。In one embodiment, as shown in Fig. 12-3 to Fig. 12-5, an elastic member is further provided between the rear wall of the housing 34 and the second bearing 33 to further limit the relative displacement between the second bearing 33 and the rotating shaft 31, and to buffer and reduce the vibration of the second bearing 33. The front and rear ends of the first bearing 32 and the front and rear ends of the second bearing 33 are both supported, and the pre-pressure between the first bearing 32, the second bearing 33 and the whole high-speed motor is balanced, and the vibration of the first bearing 32 and the second bearing 33 is buffered and reduced, thereby effectively reducing the noise of the high-speed motor.
应当理解,本申请所述高速电机中的所述隔离件6、所述缓冲件8、所述缓冲垫和所述弹性件均为可具有弹性,但具体的材料和形式可从现有的弹性材料中选择,例如,所述隔离件6、所述缓冲件8和所述弹性件都可以是硅胶材料;所述隔离件6、所述缓冲件8可以是硅胶材料,所述弹性件是弹性金属材料。具体的弹性材料不以上述举例为限制,只要具有弹性可提供缓冲减震作用的材料均可。It should be understood that the isolating member 6, the buffer member 8, the buffer pad and the elastic member in the high-speed motor described in the present application can all be elastic, but the specific material and form can be selected from existing elastic materials, for example, the isolating member 6, the buffer member 8 and the elastic member can all be silicone materials; the isolating member 6 and the buffer member 8 can be silicone materials, and the elastic member is an elastic metal material. The specific elastic material is not limited to the above examples, as long as it is elastic and can provide a buffering and shock absorbing effect.
在一个实施例中,所述高速电机应用于便携式风扇内,所述便携式风扇可以是手持风扇,也可以是挂脖风扇、夹子风扇、挂式风扇等便携式风扇中的任意形式。当然,所述高速电机还可以应用在其他设备中,不以例举为限。In one embodiment, the high-speed motor is used in a portable fan, which can be a handheld fan, a neck hanging fan, a clip fan, a hanging fan, etc. Of course, the high-speed motor can also be used in other devices, not limited to the examples.
以上仅为本申请的较佳实施例而已,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内所作的任何修改、等同替换和改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are only preferred embodiments of the present application and are not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions and improvements made within the spirit and principles of the present application should be included in the protection scope of the present application.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202510997388.5A CN120906849A (en) | 2023-11-23 | 2024-04-10 | Fan module, motor of portable rotating equipment and high-speed motor |
| CN202480004935.9A CN120641664A (en) | 2023-11-23 | 2024-04-10 | Fan modules, motors for portable rotating equipment and high-speed motors |
| PCT/CN2025/077534 WO2025213956A1 (en) | 2024-04-10 | 2025-02-17 | Fan module for portable fan, portable fan based on high-speed three-phase motor, and neck-worn fan |
Applications Claiming Priority (28)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202321611615.9 | 2023-06-23 | ||
| CN202321611615.9U CN220248402U (en) | 2023-06-23 | 2023-06-23 | Fan module and handheld fan |
| CN202321800703.3 | 2023-07-07 | ||
| CN202321800703.3U CN220539890U (en) | 2023-07-07 | 2023-07-07 | Fan module and blowing device |
| CN202323182975.4 | 2023-11-23 | ||
| CN202323182975.4U CN221236925U (en) | 2023-11-23 | 2023-11-23 | Buffer part of fan module, fan module and handheld fan |
| CN202323366356.0U CN222121856U (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2023-12-08 | Fan module and blowing device |
| CN202323364527.6U CN221401057U (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2023-12-08 | Fan module and blowing device |
| CN202323366356.0 | 2023-12-08 | ||
| CN202323364527.6 | 2023-12-08 | ||
| CN202323366172.4 | 2023-12-08 | ||
| CN202323366977.9U CN221401058U (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2023-12-08 | Fan module and blowing device |
| CN202323366172.4U CN221647256U (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2023-12-08 | Fan module and blowing device |
| CN202323366722.2 | 2023-12-08 | ||
| CN202323366722.2U CN221647257U (en) | 2023-12-08 | 2023-12-08 | Fan module and blowing device |
| CN202323366977.9 | 2023-12-08 | ||
| CN202420069999.4 | 2024-01-11 | ||
| CN202420069999.4U CN222185143U (en) | 2024-01-11 | 2024-01-11 | Portable fan |
| CN202420075156.5 | 2024-01-11 | ||
| CN202420075156.5U CN221838573U (en) | 2024-01-11 | 2024-01-11 | Portable fan |
| CN202420064807.0U CN222127757U (en) | 2024-01-11 | 2024-01-11 | Motor and handheld fan of portable rotary device |
| CN202420064807.0 | 2024-01-11 | ||
| CN202420178660.8U CN222558800U (en) | 2024-01-24 | 2024-01-24 | Portable fan |
| CN202420178660.8 | 2024-01-24 | ||
| CN202420471842.4 | 2024-03-08 | ||
| CN202420471842.4U CN222950320U (en) | 2024-03-08 | 2024-03-08 | High-speed motor |
| CN202420585930.7U CN222706346U (en) | 2024-03-22 | 2024-03-22 | High-speed motor |
| CN202420585930.7 | 2024-03-22 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024260079A1 true WO2024260079A1 (en) | 2024-12-26 |
Family
ID=93934804
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/087098 Pending WO2024260079A1 (en) | 2023-06-23 | 2024-04-10 | Fan module, motor for portable rotating device and high-speed motor |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2024260079A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025213956A1 (en) * | 2024-04-10 | 2025-10-16 | 深圳市几素科技有限公司 | Fan module for portable fan, portable fan based on high-speed three-phase motor, and neck-worn fan |
Citations (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE102007013913A1 (en) * | 2007-03-13 | 2009-01-02 | Jet Computer Products Gmbh | Fan |
| CN103352866A (en) * | 2007-06-05 | 2013-10-16 | 雷斯梅德电动科技有限公司 | Blower with bearing tube |
| CN113153787A (en) * | 2021-04-13 | 2021-07-23 | 沈阳兴华航空电器有限责任公司 | Fan |
| CN113550916A (en) * | 2021-08-25 | 2021-10-26 | 苏州隆盈智能科技有限公司 | A new type of axial fan bearing system |
| WO2021254463A1 (en) * | 2020-06-18 | 2021-12-23 | 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 | Fan cover, fan, and cleaning device |
| CN217029355U (en) * | 2021-09-27 | 2022-07-22 | 深圳市几素科技有限公司 | Hand-held fan |
| CN217083776U (en) * | 2022-03-09 | 2022-07-29 | 广东美的生活电器制造有限公司 | Detection subassembly, electrical equipment and vehicle |
| CN219220787U (en) * | 2023-04-04 | 2023-06-20 | 深圳市康家佳品智能电器科技有限公司 | Air-out guide structure of handheld fan |
| CN220539890U (en) * | 2023-07-07 | 2024-02-27 | 深圳市几素科技有限公司 | Fan module and blowing device |
-
2024
- 2024-04-10 WO PCT/CN2024/087098 patent/WO2024260079A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE102007013913A1 (en) * | 2007-03-13 | 2009-01-02 | Jet Computer Products Gmbh | Fan |
| CN103352866A (en) * | 2007-06-05 | 2013-10-16 | 雷斯梅德电动科技有限公司 | Blower with bearing tube |
| WO2021254463A1 (en) * | 2020-06-18 | 2021-12-23 | 追觅创新科技(苏州)有限公司 | Fan cover, fan, and cleaning device |
| CN113153787A (en) * | 2021-04-13 | 2021-07-23 | 沈阳兴华航空电器有限责任公司 | Fan |
| CN113550916A (en) * | 2021-08-25 | 2021-10-26 | 苏州隆盈智能科技有限公司 | A new type of axial fan bearing system |
| CN217029355U (en) * | 2021-09-27 | 2022-07-22 | 深圳市几素科技有限公司 | Hand-held fan |
| CN217083776U (en) * | 2022-03-09 | 2022-07-29 | 广东美的生活电器制造有限公司 | Detection subassembly, electrical equipment and vehicle |
| CN219220787U (en) * | 2023-04-04 | 2023-06-20 | 深圳市康家佳品智能电器科技有限公司 | Air-out guide structure of handheld fan |
| CN220539890U (en) * | 2023-07-07 | 2024-02-27 | 深圳市几素科技有限公司 | Fan module and blowing device |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2025213956A1 (en) * | 2024-04-10 | 2025-10-16 | 深圳市几素科技有限公司 | Fan module for portable fan, portable fan based on high-speed three-phase motor, and neck-worn fan |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12480508B2 (en) | Centrifugal fan, neck fan, and vortex shell assembly | |
| US20250297617A1 (en) | Neck fan | |
| KR20240088808A (en) | portable bladeless fan | |
| WO2024260079A1 (en) | Fan module, motor for portable rotating device and high-speed motor | |
| CN106762777B (en) | Pedestal and bladeless fan | |
| WO2025011180A1 (en) | Fan module and neck fan | |
| CN107450696A (en) | A kind of tool-free dismounting fan module and the fan assembly with the fan module | |
| CN119393387A (en) | Fan module and blowing device | |
| CN210715177U (en) | Low-vibration mute fan | |
| KR20250133711A (en) | Bladeless fan lamp | |
| CN110994905B (en) | A noise reduction motor | |
| CN218991912U (en) | Portable blowing device | |
| CN222185143U (en) | Portable fan | |
| CN120641664A (en) | Fan modules, motors for portable rotating equipment and high-speed motors | |
| CN221401058U (en) | Fan module and blowing device | |
| CN222558800U (en) | Portable fan | |
| CN208920359U (en) | A motor installation structure, outdoor unit and air conditioner | |
| CN119146089A (en) | Fan module and blowing device | |
| WO2025016174A1 (en) | Portable fan | |
| US20260016021A1 (en) | Fan blade and fan | |
| CN109944820A (en) | Portable fan | |
| CN112484278A (en) | Air duct assembly and air conditioner with same | |
| CN215409335U (en) | Hanging screen fan | |
| CN211975473U (en) | Ducted circulating fan and floor fan | |
| CN210951572U (en) | Fan assembly and air conditioner |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24824981 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202480004935.9 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 202480004935.9 Country of ref document: CN |